Download Samsung DVD-HR735 คู่มือการใช้งาน

HR735/736_XST_Cover
4/12/06 6:35 PM
Page 1
Instruction Manual
DVD-HR735
DVD-HR736
www.samsung.com/th
English
AK68-01082W
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 2
IMPORTANT NOTE
Getting Started
Warning
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT
REMOVE THE COVER(OR BACK).
NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS ARE INSIDE. REFER
SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.
The mains lead on this equipment is supplied with a
moulded plug incorporating a fuse. The value of the
fuse is indicated on the pin face of the plug. If it requires
replacing, a fuse approved to BS1362 of the same
rating must be used.
Never use the plug with the fuse cover omitted if the cover
is detachable. If a replacement fuse cover is
required, it must be of the same colour as the pin face of
the plug. Replacement covers are available from your
dealer.
If the fitted plug is not suitable for the power points in your
house or the cable is not long enough to reach a
power point, you should obtain a suitable safety approved
extension lead or consult your dealer for assistance.
This symbol indicates “dangerous voltage”
inside the product that presents a risk of
electric shock or personal injury.
This symbol indicates important instructions
accompanying the product.
Do not install this equipment in a confined space such
as a bookcase or similar unit.
WARNING : To prevent damage which may result in fire
or electric shock hazard, do not expose this
appliance to rain or moisture.
CAUTION : HDD & DVD RECORDER USES AN INVISIBLE
LASER BEAM WHICH CAN CAUSE
HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE IF
DIRECTED. BE SURE TO OPERATE HDD & DVD
RECORDER CORRECTLY AS INSTRUCTED.
CAUTION
THIS PRODUCT UTILIZES A LASER.
USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR
PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER
THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT
IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
DO NOT OPEN COVERS AND DO NOT REPAIR
YOURSELF. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED
PERSONNEL.
2 - English
However, if there is no alternative to cutting off the plug,
remove the fuse and then safely dispose of the
plug. Do not connect the plug to a mains jack, as there is a
risk of shock hazard from the bared flexible cord.
The product unit accompanying this user manual is
licenced under certain intellectual property rights of certain
third parties. This licence is limited to private noncommercial use by end-user consumers for licenced
contents.
No rights are granted for commercial use.
The licence does not cover any product unit other than this
product unit and the licence does not extend to any
unlicenced product unit or process conforming to ISO/IEC
11172-3 or ISO/IEC 13818-3 used or sold in combination
with this product unit. The licence only covers the use of
this product unit to encode and/or decode audio files
conforming to the ISO/IEC 11172-3 or ISO/IEC 13818-3.
No rights are granted under this licence for product
features or functions that do not conform to the ISO/IEC
11172-3 or ISO/IEC 13818-3.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 3
Precaution
Read these operating instructions carefully before using
the unit. Follow all the safety instructions listed below.
Keep these operating instructions handy for future
reference.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Read these instructions.
Keep these instructions.
Heed all warnings.
Follow all instructions.
Do not use this apparatus near water.
Clean only with dry cloth.
Do not block any ventilation openings, Install in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
8) Do not install near any heat sources such as
radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other apparatus
(including amplifiers) that produce heat.
9) Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized or
grounding- type plug. A polarized plug has two
blades with one wider than the other. A groundingtype plug has two blades and a third grounding
prong. The wide blade or the third prong are
provided for your safety. if the provided plug does
not fit into your outlet, consult an electrician for
replacement of the obsolete outlet.
10) Protect the power cord from being walked on or
pinched particularly at plugs, convenience
receptacles, the point where they exit from the
apparatus.
11) Only use attachments/accessories specified by the
manufacturer.
12) Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or
table specified by the manufacturer, or sold with the
apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution when
moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid
injury from tip-over.
13) Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or
when unused for long periods of time.
14) Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
Servicing is required when the apparatus has been
damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or
plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled or objects
have fallen into the apparatus, the apparatus has
been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate
normally, or has been dropped.
• Before connecting other components to this HDD &
DVD RECORDER, be sure to turn them all off.
• Do not move the HDD & DVD RECORDER while a
disc is being played, or the disc may be scratched
or broken, the HDD & DVD RECORDER internal
parts may be damaged.
• Do not put a flower vase filled with water or any
small metal objects on the HDD & DVD RECORDER.
• Be careful not to put your hand into the disc tray.
• Do not place anything other than the disc in the
disc tray.
• Exterior interference such as lightning and static
electricity can affect normal operation of this HDD
& DVD RECORDER. If this occurs, turn the HDD &
DVD RECORDER off and on again with the
STANDBY/ON button, or disconnect and then
reconnect the AC power cord to the AC power
outlet. The HDD & DVD RECORDER will operate
normally.
• Be sure to remove the disc and turn off the HDD &
DVD RECORDER after use.
• Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC outlet
when you don’t intend to use the HDD & DVD
RECORDER for long periods of time.
• Clean the disc by wiping in a straight line from the
inside to the outside of the disc.
Maintenance of Cabinet
For safety reasons, be sure to disconnect the AC
power cord from the AC outlet.
• Do not use benzene, thinner, or other solvents
for cleaning.
• Wipe the cabinet with a soft cloth.
HDD (Hard Disk Drive)
The hard disk has a high storage density, which
enables long recording durations and quick
access to written data. However, it can easily be
damaged by shock, vibration or dust and should
be kept away from magnets. To avoid losing
important data, observe the following precautions.
• Do not use the HDD & DVD RECORDER in a
place subject to extreme changes in
temperature.
• Do not apply a strong shock to the HDD & DVD
RECORDER.
• Do not place the HDD & DVD RECORDER in a
location subject to mechanical vibrations or in an
unstable location.
English - 3
Getting Started
Important Safety Instructions
Handling Cautions
Getting Started
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 4
• Do not place the HDD & DVD RECORDER on
top of a heat source.
• Do not disconnect the AC power cord while the
power is on.
• Do not attempt to change the hard disk. This
may result in a malfunction.
Should the hard disk be damaged, you cannot
recover lost data. The hard disk is only a
temporary storage space.
• Do not apply labels or stickers to discs. (Do not
use discs fixed with exposed tape adhesive or
leftover peeled-off stickers.)
• Do not use scratch-proof protectors or covers.
• Do not use discs printed with label printers
available on the market.
• Do not load warped or cracked discs.
Disc Storage
Disc Handling
• Use discs with regular
shapes. If an irregular disc
(a disc with a special shape)
is used, this HDD & DVD
RECORDER may be
damaged.
Holding discs
Be careful not to harm the disc because the data on
these discs is highly vulnerable to the environment.
• Do not keep under direct sunlight.
• Keep in a cool ventilated area.
• Store vertically.
• Keep in a clean protection jacket.
• If you move your HDD & DVD RECORDER suddenly
from a cold place to a warm place, condensation may
generate on the operating parts and lens and cause
abnormal disc playback. If this occurs, do not connect
the plug to the power outlet and wait for two hours.
Then insert the disc and try to play back again.
• Avoid touching the surface of a
disc where recording is
performed.
Disc Specifications
DVD-RAM, DVD-RW and DVD-R
• Clean with an optional DVD-RAM/PD
disc cleaner (LF-K200DCA1 where
available). Do not use cleaners or
cloths for CDs to clean DVD-RAM/
-RW/-R discs.
DVD-Video, Audio-CD
• Wipe off dirt or contamination on the disc with a
soft cloth.
Disc Type
DVD-Video
• A digital versatile disc (DVD) can contain up to 135minutes of images, 8 audio languages and 32 subtitle
languages. It is equipped with MPEG-2 picture
compression and Dolby digital surrounding, allowing
you to enjoy vivid and clear theatre quality images in
the comfort of your own home.
• When switching from the first layer to the second layer
of a dual-layered DVD Video disc, there may be
momentary distortion in the image and sound. This is
not a malfunction of the unit.
• Once a DVD-RW/-R recorded in Video Mode is
finalised, it becomes DVD-Video.
Cautions on handling discs
• Do not write on the printed side with a ball-point
pen or pencil.
• Do not use record cleaning sprays or antistatic.
Also, do not use volatile chemicals, such as
benzene or thinner.
4 - English
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 5
Audio CD
• Recording and playback can be performed on DVDRW discs in both the Video and VR Modes.
• Once a DVD-RW recorded in both the Video and VR
Modes is finalised, you cannot perform additional
recording.
• Once a DVD-RW recorded in Video Mode is finalised,
it becomes DVD-Video.
CD-R/-RW
• Use a 700MB(80 minutes) CD-R/-RW disc. If possible,
do not use a 800MB(90 minutes) or above disc, as the
disc may not play back.
• If the CD-R/-RW disc was not recorded as a closed
session, you may experience a delay in the early
playback time, all recorded files may not play.
• Some CD-R/-RW discs may not be playable with this
unit, depending on the device which was used to burn
them. For contents recorded on CD-R/-RW media from
CDs for your personal use, playability may vary
depending on contents and discs.
DVD-R Disc Playback and Recording
• Once a DVD-R recorded in Video Mode is finalised, it
becomes DVD-Video.
• You can record onto the available space on the disc
and perform editing functions such as giving titles to
discs and programmes and erasing programmes
before finalising.
• When programming is erased from a DVD-R, that
space does not become available. Once an area on a
DVD-R is recorded on, that area is no longer available
for recording, whether the recording is erased or not.
• It takes about 30 seconds for the unit to complete
recording management information after recording
finishes.
• This product optimizes the DVD-R for each recording.
Optimizing is carried out when you start recording
after inserting the disc or turning on the unit.
Recording onto the disc may become impossible if
optimizing is carried out too many times.
• Playback may be impossible in some cases due to the
condition of recording.
• This unit can play back DVD-R discs recorded and
finalised with a Samsung DVD video recorder. It may
not be able to play some DVD-R discs depending on
the disc and the condition of the recording.
• In both modes, playback can be performed before and
after finalisation, but additional recording, deleting and
editing can not be performed after finalisation.
• If you want to record the disc in VR Mode and then
record in V Mode, be sure to execute Format. Be
careful when executing Format because all the
recorded data may be lost.
• A DVD-RW blank disc is initialized to VR Mode when
first initialized.
DVD-RAM Disc Playback
• You cannot play a DVD-RAM in most DVD
components due to compatibility issues.
• Only DVD-RAM standard Version 2.0. discs can be
played in this unit.
• For cartridge type DVD-RAM discs, remove the
cartridge and use the disc only.
Disc Copy
Contents Copy Specifications
Contents
Recorded Video Title
Copy Protected Title
Copy Once Title
MP3
JPEG(photo)
DivX
HDD ➞ DVD
DVD ➞ HDD
Supported
Supported
Not supported Not supported
Move
(Deletes the Title in the Not supported
HDD after copying)
Supported
supported
Supported
supported
Supported
Supported
Once "Copy Once programme" has been recorded on the
DVD disc, this title cannot be copied to HDD anymore.
But "Copy Once programme" has been recorded on the
HDD, this title can be copied to DVD-RW(VR mode).
English - 5
Getting Started
• An audio disc on which 44.1kHz PCM Audio is
recorded.
• Plays CD-DA format audio CD-R and CD-RW discs.
• The unit may not be able to play some CD-R or
CD-RW discs due to the condition of the recording.
DVD-RW Disc Playback and Recording
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 6
Getting Started
COPY PROTECTION
• Many DVD discs are encoded with copy
protection. Because of this, you should only
connect your HDD & DVD RECORDER directly to
your TV, not to a VCR. Connecting to a VCR
results in a distorted picture from copy-protected
DVD discs.
• This product incorporates copyright protection
technology that is protected by methods claims of
certain U.S. patents and other intellectual
property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation
and other rights owners. Use of this copyright
protection technology must be authorised by
Macrovision Corporation, is intended for home
and other limited viewing uses only unless
otherwise authorised by Macrovision Corporation.
Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
Protection
This HDD & DVD RECORDER can allow you to protect
the contents of your discs, as described below.
• Programme-protected: See page 89
“Locking(Protecting) a Title”
Using JPEG disc
• CD-R/-RW, DVD-RAM/-RW/-R recorded with UDF,
ISO9660 or JOLIET format can be playbacked.
• Only JPEG files with the “.jpg” or “.JPG” extension can
be displayed.
• The unit can handle a maximum of 500 files and 100
sub folders under a folder.
• MOTION JPEG and progressive JPEG are not
supported.
Using MPEG4 disc
• Disc : CD-R/-RW, DVD-RAM/-RW/-R
• MPEG4(DivX) File with following extensions can be
played. : .avi, .divx, .AVI, .DIVX
• DivX Video (Codec) Format : DivX 3.11 DivX 4.x
DivX 5.x (without QPEL and GMC)
• DivX Audio (Codec) Format : MP3, MPEG1 Audio Layer 2,
Windows Media Audio, LPCM, AC3
• Supported subtitle file formats: .smi, .srt, .sub, .psb,
.txt, .ass
• The unit can handle a maximum of 500 files and 100
sub folders under a folder.
• Disc-protected: See page 114 “Disc Protection”
❋ DVD-RW/-R discs that are incompatible with the
DVD-VIDEO format cannot be played with this
product.
❋ For more information on DVD recording compatibility,
consult your DVD-RW/-R manufacturer.
❋ Use of poor quality DVD-RW/-R discs may cause
following unexpected problems including, without
limitation, recording failure, loss of recorded or
edited materials or damage to the HDD & DVD
RECORDER.
DVD-RW (VR)
• This is a format that is used for recording data on a
DVD-RW disc. You can record multiple titles, edit,
delete, partial delete, create a playlist, etc.
• A disc that is recorded in this mode may not be played
by existing HDD & DVD RECORDER.
DVD-RW (V)/-R
Disc Format
Using MP3 disc
• CD-R/-RW, DVD-RAM/-RW/-R, HDD with MP3 files
recorded with UDF, ISO9660 or JOLIET format can be
playbacked.
• Only MP3 files with the “.mp3” or “.MP3” extension
can be played.
• For MP3 files recorded with a VBR(Variable Bit
Rates), from 32 Kbps to 320 Kbps, the sound may cut
in out.
• Playable bit-rate range is from 56 Kbps to 320 Kbps.
• The unit can handle a maximum of 500 files and 100
sub folders under a folder.
6 - English
• This is a format that is used for recording data on a
DVD-RW or DVD-R disc. The disc can be played by
existing HDD & DVD RECORDER once it has been
finalised.
• If a disc that has been recorded in Video Mode by a
different maker’s recorder but has not been finalised,
it cannot be played or additionally be recorded by this
HDD & DVD RECORDER.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 7
Do not use the following discs!
Getting Started
• LD, CD-G, CD-I, CD-ROM and DVD-ROM discs
should not be used in this product.
[Note]
Disc types that can be played : CD/CD-R/-RW/
MP3/JPEG/DVD-Video/DVD-RAM/-RW-R.
For a DVD-RW/-R disc, which has been recorded in
Video Mode on another component, it can play only
when finalised.
• Some commercial discs and DVD discs purchased
outside your region may not be playable with this
product. When these discs are played, either “No
disc.” or “Please check the regional code of the disc.”
will be displayed.
• If your DVD-RW disc is an illegal copy or is not in DVD
video format, it may also not be playable.
Disc compatibility
• High Speed Recording discs can be used in this unit.
• Not all brands of discs will be compatible with this
unit.
English - 7
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 8
Connecting to AV 1 IN,AV 2 IN, DV input jack ...25
Getting Started
Contents
Getting Star ted
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Important Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Handling Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Maintenance of Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
HDD (Hard Disk Drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Disc Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Disc Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Disc Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Disc Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
General Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Before Reading the User’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . .11
How to use the HDD & DVD RECORDER . . . . . .11
Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Tour of the Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Connecting & Setting Up
Quick Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Connecting the HDD & DVD RECORDER . . . . . .19
Other type of connecting the Video output cable . .19
Case 1 : Connecting to a Video (Composite)
output jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Case 2 : Connecting to an S-Video output jack . . . . . .20
Case 3 : Component Video output jacks . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Other type of connecting the Audio output cable . . . .21
Case 1 : Connecting to your TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Case 2 : Connecting to a stereo amplifier
with AV output jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Case 3: Connecting to an AV amplifier
with a digital output jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Connecting HDMI/DVI to a TV . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Case 1 : Connecting to a TV with HDMI Jack . . . .23
Case 2 : Connecting to a TV with DVI Jack . . . . . .23
8 - English
Connecting a VCR, Set-Top Box(STB) or
DVD player to the AV 1 IN jacks ...........................25
Connecting a Camcorder to the AV 2 IN jacks .........25
Connecting a Camcorder to the DV IN jack ..............25
System Setup
On-Screen Menu Navigation..................................26
Plug & Auto Setup ...................................................27
Setting the Clock......................................................28
Presetting Channels with
the Auto Setup function..........................................29
Presetting Channels with
the Manual Setup function.....................................30
Setting up the Language Options.........................31
Auto Power Off Setting ...........................................32
Setting up the Quick Recording Options ............33
Automatic Chapter Creator ....................................34
DivX(R) Registration................................................35
CM Skip Time Setting..............................................35
EP Mode Time Setting.............................................36
Setting up the Audio Options................................37
Setting up the Video display Options...................39
Setting up the Progressive scan...........................39
Canceling the Progressive scan ...........................40
Setting up the Parental Lock .................................41
If you forgot your password.............................................42
Setting the Rating Level..................................................42
Changing the Password..................................................42
Playback
Before Playing ..........................................................43
Playing a Disc...........................................................44
Using the Disc Menu & Title Menu........................45
Using the Search & Skip Functions .....................45
Slow Motion Play/Step Motion Play......................46
About ANYKEY ........................................................47
Playing the Title List ................................................48
Navigation menu......................................................49
Using Markers ..........................................................52
Using the Bookmarks .............................................54
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 9
Deleting an Undesired Title from the Copy List...........107
Previewing a Selected Title from the Copy List...........108
Selecting Record Mode of Each Title from
the Copy List..................................................................108
Changing Record Mode of All Titles from
the Copy List..................................................................109
Copying from DVD to HDD ..................................109
Copying MP3, JPEG or Divx................................111
File Copy........................................................................111
Folder Copy ...................................................................112
Disc Manager .........................................................113
Recording
Before Recording.....................................................73
Recording the current TV programme
you are watching......................................................75
Recording from external equipment
you are watching......................................................77
Copying from a Camcorder....................................78
Making a One Touch Recording (OTR).................79
Simultaneous Recording and Playback...............80
Making a Timer Recording .....................................81
Editing the Scheduled List.....................................83
Deleting a Scheduled List ......................................84
Go To Recorded List................................................85
Editing the Disc Name ..................................................113
Disc Protection ..............................................................114
Formatting a Disc ..........................................................114
Delete All Title Lists/Music Lists/Photo Lists................115
Delete All Title Lists.......................................................116
Finalising a Disc ............................................................117
Unfinalising a Disc (V/VR mode)..................................118
Reference
Troubleshooting .....................................................119
Specifications ........................................................123
Editing
Basic Editing (Title List) .........................................88
Renaming(Labeling) a Title.............................................88
Locking (Protecting) a Title ............................................89
Deleting a Title.................................................................90
Splitting a Section of a Title (Split)..................................91
Deleting a Section of a Title (Partial Delete)..................92
Advanced Editing (Playlist)....................................94
Creating a Playlist............................................................94
Playing Entries in the Playlist..........................................96
Renaming a Playlist Entry...............................................96
Editing a Scene for the Playlist.......................................97
Deleting a Playlist Entry from the Playlist ....................102
Copying from HDD to DVD ..................................103
About the Copy Screen.................................................103
Changing the Record Mode .........................................105
Copying Multiple Titles at One Time ..................106
English - 9
Getting Started
Selecting the Subtitle Language...........................55
Selecting the Soundtracks & Audio channels....56
Changing the Camera Angle .................................57
Repeat Play...............................................................58
Zooming-In................................................................59
Select Media..............................................................60
Playing an Audio CD/MP3 ......................................60
Viewing a Picture .....................................................67
Playing an MPEG4...................................................71
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 10
Getting Started
General Features
The HDD(Hard Disk Drive) & DVD RECORDER allows
you to record and play high quality digital video on DVDRW/-R discs or on the HDD. You can also edit digital
images on DVD-RW discs or HDD.
Automated Quality Adjustment for Timer
Recording
If FR mode is selected, the video quality is adjusted
automatically so that all video for the scheduled time can
be recorded onto the free disc space.
(See page 82)
Creating a DVD video title using DVD-RW/-R
disc
With the HDD & DVD RECORDER, you can create your
own DVD Video titles on 4.7 GB DVD-RW/-R discs.
HDD Recording
• DVD-HR735
You can record up to 272 hours of video (in EP mode) on
the internal 160GB (gigabyte) hard disk (HDD).
• DVD-HR736
Copying data from a digital camcorder using
a DV input jack
Record DV Device video onto HDD and DVD-RW/-R discs
using the DV input jack (IEEE 1394-4pin/4pin).
(See page 78)
You can record up to 437 hours of video (in EP mode) on
the internal 250GB (gigabyte) hard disk (HDD).
With both recordable DVD and a high-capacity HDD in the
same recorder, you have the flexibility to keep recordings
on the HDD for quick access anytime, or record to DVD
for archiving or playing on other DVD players.
Copy between HDD and DVD
You can copy recordings from the HDD to recordable
DVD, or from DVD to the HDD. Usually you can use the
high speed copy feature.
You can also choose to copy material at a different
recording quality from the original. For example, you might
want to copy at XP mode (highest quality) recording on
the HDD to SP (standard play) quality on a DVD so that
you can fit other recordings on the same disc.
Simultaneous Recording and Playback
Playback and recording for both the DVD and the built-in
hard disk drive (HDD) are completely independent. For
example you can record a broadcast programme to either
a recordable DVD or the HDD, while watching another
recording you already made on the same DVD or on the
HDD.
High quality digital audio and video recording
and playback
Record up to 8-hours of video with a 4.7 GB DVD-RW/-R
disc, depending on the recording mode.
Selectable Recording Mode
You can set your HDD & DVD RECORDER to one of four
different recording speeds, each varying in recording
quality and length. EP (6Hr or 8Hr) mode yields the most
recording time, LP & SP modes provide less recording
time with higher quality recording, XP mode gives you the
highest quality recording.
10 - English
High quality progressive scan
Progressive scanning provides high resolution and flicker
free video. The 10-bit 54-MHz DAC and 2D Y/C
Separating Circuitry provides the highest image playback
and recording quality. (See pages 39~41)
A variety of functions with an easy-to-use
user interface
The integrated menu system allows you to perform
desired operations both easily and conveniently. With a
HDD, DVD-RW disc, you can edit recorded video, create a
playlist, edit video in a specific sequence according to
your requirements.
MPEG4 playback
This HDD & DVD RECORDER can play MPEG4 formats
within an avi file.
DivX Certification
DivX, DivX Certified, and associated
logos are trademarks of DivXNetworks,
Inc and are used under licence.
HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface)
HDMI reduces picture noise by allowing a pure digital
video/audio signal path from the HDD & DVD RECORDER
to your TV.
This HDD & DVD RECORDER only supports 576p.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 11
©2006 Samsung Electronics Co.
All rights reserved; No part or whole of this user’s
manual may be reproduced or copied without the prior
written permission of Samsung Electronics Co.
Make sure to check the following terms before reading
the user manual.
Icons that will be used in manual
Icon
How to use the
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Term
Definition
HDD
This involves a function available
on the HDD.
DVD
This involves a function available
on DVD or DVD-R/DVD-RW
discs that have been recorded
and finalised in Video Mode.
RAM
This involves a function available
on DVD-RAM.
RW
This involves a function available
on DVD-RW.
R
This involves a function available
on DVD-R.
CD
This involves a function available
on a data CD (CD-R or CD-RW).
JPEG
This involves a function available
on CD-R/-RW or DVD-R/-RW/
-RAM discs.
MP3
This involves a function available
on CD-R/-RW or DVD-R/-RW/
-RAM discs.
Step 2
MPEG4
This involves a function available
on CD-R/-RW or DVD-R/-RW/
-RAM discs.
Unlike a VCR, the HDD & DVD RECORDER automatically
starts formatting when an unused disc is inserted. This is
required for the preparation of recording on a disc.
Caution
This involves a case where a
function does not operate or
settings may be cancelled.
NOTE
This involves tips or instructions
on the page that help each
function operate.
One-Touch A function that can be operated
button
by using only one button.
ANYKEY A function that can be operated
button
by using ANYKEY button.
Step 1
Select the disc type or HDD
This unit can record on the following types of discs.
If you want to repeatedly record on the same disc or
you want to edit the disc after recording, select a
rewritable DVD-RW type disc. If you want to save a
recording without any changes, choose a nonrewritable DVD-R. You can record files directly to the
built-in HDD or edit a recorded file.
Format the disc to start recording
Using the HDD
Formatting unneccessory.
Using a DVD-RW
This type of disc can be formatted in either DVD-Video
format (V mode) or DVD-Video Recording format (VR
mode). For an unused disc, a message that asks whether
to initialize a disc or not. If you select “Yes”, disc will be
formatted in VR mode. You can play a Video mode disc
on various DVD components. A VR mode disc allows
more varied editing.
Using a DVD-R
Formatting disc is unnecessary and only V Mode Recording
is supported. You can play these type of discs on various
DVD components only when they have been finalised.
About the use of this user’s manual
1) Be sure to be familiar with Safety Instructions before
using this product. (See pages 2~7)
2) If a problem occurs, check the Troubleshooting.
(See pages 119~122)
English - 11
Getting Started
Before Reading the
User’s Manual
Copyright
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
■
NOTE
Getting Started
■
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 12
You can only use either the VR or Video
mode on a DVD-RW, but not both at the
same time.
You can change the DVD-RW to format to
another format by reinitializing.
It should be noted that the disc's data will
be lost when changing formats.
Step 5
Editing a recorded disc
Editing on discs is easier than conventional video
tapes. The HDD & DVD RECORDER supports many
different edit functions, possible only with DVDs and
HDD.
With a simple and easy edit menu, you can operate
various edit functions, such as delete, copy, rename,
lock, etc., on a recorded title.
Step 3
Recording
There are two different recording methods, Direct
Recording and Timer Recording. Timer recording is
classified as follows:
Recording mode : XP (high quality mode), SP
(standard quality mode), LP (long recording mode),
and EP (extended mode) according to the recording
mode. When recording is set in the FR mode, the best
quality picture is recorded with regards to the
remaining time on the disc.
Creating a playlist (DVD-RW in VR mode, HDD)
With this HDD & DVD RECORDER, you can create a
new playlist on a disc and edit it without the original,
pre-existing recording.
Step 6
Finalising & Playing on
other DVD components
To play your DVD on other DVD components, finalising
may be necessary. First, finish all editing and recording
operations, then finalise the disc.
When using a DVD-RW disc in VR Mode
Step 4
Playing
You can select the title you want to play in a
displayed menu and then immediately start
playback.
A DVD consists of sections, called titles, and subsections, called chapters.
During recording, a title is created between two
points where you start and stop recording.
Chapters will be created automatically when you
finalise recording on DVD-RW/-R discs in Video
mode.
The chapter’s length (interval between chapters)
varies according to the recording mode.
12 - English
DVD discs recorded in VR mode can only be played
back in DVD recorders, not players.
When using a DVD-RW disc in Video Mode
The disc should be finalised first to enable playback on
anything other than this HDD & DVD RECORDER. No
more editing or recording can be made on the disc
once it has been finalised.
To enable recording on the disc again, the disc must
be unfinalised.
When using a DVD-R disc
You should finalise the disc to play it on a component
other than this HDD & DVD RECORDER.You cannot
edit or record on the disc once it has been finalised.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 13
Unpacking
Setting the Remote Control
Check for the supplied accessories below.
You can control certain functions of another
manufacturer’s TV with this remote control.
Control function buttons involve: TV STANDBY/ON,
PROG
, VOL + –, Number buttons, TV MUTE,
INPUT SEL. button.
Video/Audio Cable
RF Cable for TV
HDMI Cable
Remote Control
Instruction Manual
Batteries for Remote
Control (AAA Size)
Quick Guide
Preparing the Remote Control
Install Batteries in the Remote Control
• Open the battery cover on the back of the remote control.
• Insert two AAA batteries. Make sure that the polarities
(+ and –) are aligned correctly.
• Replace the battery cover.
If the remote does not operate properly:
• Check the polarity + – of the batteries (Dry-Cell)
• Check if the batteries are drained.
• Check if remote sensor is blocked by obstacles.
• Check if there is any fluorescent lighting nearby.
Dispose of batteries according to local environmental
regulations. Do not put them in the household trash.
English - 13
Getting Started
Accessories
Getting Started
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 14
To determine whether your television is
compatible, follow the instructions below.
1. Switch your television on.
2. Point the remote control towards the television.
3. Press and hold the TV STANDBY/ON button and
enter the two-figure code corresponding to the
brand of your television, by pressing the
appropriate number buttons.
Controllable TV Codes
BRAND
SAMSUNG
AIWA
ANAM
BANG & OLUFSEN
BLAUPUNKT
BRANDT
BRIONVEGA
CGE
CONTINENTAL EDISON
DAEWOO
EMERSON
FERGUSON
FINLUX
FORMENTI
FUJITSU
GRADIENTE
GRUNDIG
HITACHI
IMPERIAL
JVC
LG
LOEWE
LOEWE OPTA
MAGNAVOX
METZ
MITSUBISHI
MIVAR
NEC
NEWSAN
NOBLEX
NOKIA
NORDMENDE
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PHONOLA
PIONEER
RADIOLA
RADIOMARELLI
RCA
REX
SABA
SALORA
SANYO
SCHNEIDER
14 - English
BUTTON
01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09
82
10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18
57
71
73
57
52
75
19, 20, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34
64
73
06, 49, 57
57
84
70
49, 52, 71
60, 72, 73, 75
52
61, 79
06, 19, 20, 21, 22, 78
06, 69
06, 57
40
57
06, 48, 62, 65
52, 77
83
68
66
74
72, 73, 75
53, 54, 74, 75
06, 55, 56, 57
06, 56, 57
58, 59, 73, 74
06, 56
57
45, 46
74
57, 72, 73, 74, 75
74
41, 42, 43, 44, 48
06
BRAND
SELECO
SHARP
SIEMENS
SINGER
SINUDYNE
SONY
TELEAVA
TELEFUNKEN
THOMSON
THOMSON ASIA
TOSHIBA
WEGA
YOKO
ZENITH
BUTTON
74
36, 37, 38, 39, 48
71
57
57
35, 48
73
67, 73, 75, 76
72, 73, 75
80, 81
47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52
57
06
63
Result: If your television is compatible with the
remote control, it will switch off.
It is now programmed to operate with the
remote control.
■
If several codes are indicated for your
television brand, try each one in turn until
you find one that works.
■
If you replace the remote control's
batteries, you must set the brand code
again.
NOTE
Then you can control the television using the following
buttons after pressing the TV button.
Button
TV STANDBY/ON
INPUT SEL.
VOL (+ -)
PROG (
)
TV MUTE
Number
■
NOTE
Function
Used to switch the television on and off.
Used to select an external source.
Used to adjust the volume of the television.
Used to select the desired channel.
Used to toggle the sound on and off.
Used to input number directly.
The functions listed above will not necessarily
work on all televisions. If you encounter
problems, operate the television directly.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 15
Description
Getting Started
Front Panel
< DVD-HR735/HR736 >
1. STANDBY/ON BUTTON
Turns the HDD & DVD RECORDER on and off.
2. DISC TRAY
Opens to accept a disc.
3. OPEN/CLOSE BUTTON
Opens and closes the disc tray.
4. DISPLAY
Displays the playing status, time, etc.
5. PLAY/PAUSE BUTTON
Plays a disc or pauses playback.
6. SEARCH/SKIP BUTTONS
Goes to the next title/chapter/track or goes back
to the previous title/chapter/track.
7. AV 2 INPUT
Connect external equipment.
8. DV-INPUT
Connect external digital equipment with a DV
jack. (such as a camcorder)
9. P.SCAN BUTTON
Selects the progressive scan mode.
10. DVD BUTTON
Select DVD mode.
11. HDD BUTTON
Select HDD mode.
12. PROG
BUTTONS
Select TV preset Channels. Same as PROG
button on the remote control.
13. REC BUTTON
Starts recording.
14. STOP BUTTON
Stops disc playback.
English - 15
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 16
Getting Started
Rear Panel
Fan
The fan always revolves when the power is on.
Ensure a minimum of 10cm clear space on all sides of
the fan when installing the product.
1. HDMI OUT
2. DIGITAL AUDIO OUT(OPTICAL)
Connects to an amplifier having a digital optical
audio input jack.
3. DIGITAL AUDIO OUT(COAXIAL)
Connects to an amplifier having a digital coaxial
audio input jack.
4. AV AUDIO OUT
Connects to the audio input of external equipment
using audio cables.
5. AV VIDEO OUT(good video quality)
Connects the input of external equipment using a
Video cable.
6. AV S-VIDEO OUT(better video quality)
Connects the input of external equipment using
an S-Video cable.
7. COMPONENT VIDEO OUT(best video quality)
Connects to equipment having Component video
input jacks.
8. AV 1 AUDIO IN
Connects the output of external equipment using
an audio cables.
9. AV 1 VIDEO IN
Connects the output of external equipment using
a video cable.
10. AV 1 S- VIDEO IN
Connects the output of external equipment using
an S-Video cable.
11.
In from aerial connector
12.
Out to TV connector
■
NOTE
The Antenna connection does not pass the
output signal of the DVD. To watch DVD/HDD
playback your TV, you must connect
audio/video.
Front Panel Display
1. Lights
2. Lights
3. Lights
4. Lights
when a disc is loaded.
in the record mode.
when a HDD/DVD is selected.
when a -R/RW/RAM disc is loaded.
16 - English
5. Playing time/clock/current status indicator.
6. Lights in the progressive scan mode.
7. Lights to indicate the timer record mode.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 17
Tour of the Remote Control
13. TITLE LIST/DISC MENU Button
Use this to enter the View Recording list/disc menu.
14. INFO Button
This will display current setting or disc status.
20
21
22
23
4
15. ANYKEY Button
Allows access to common functions of the recorder.
16. SUBTITLE Button
Press this to switch the DVD’s subtitle language.
17. REC Button
Use to make a recording on HDD/DVD-RW/-R discs.
5
24
6
7
8
9
6
10
26
11
27
28
8
25
12
18. REC PAUSE Button
Use this to pause during recording.
19. COPY Button
Press this when you copy DVD to HDD and HDD and
vice-versa.
To start copying, press the COPY button on the title list
screen or press the COPY button during the playback.
20. INPUT SEL Button
Select input signal in external input mode (PROG, AV1,
AV2 or DV input)
21. HDD Button
Press this to operate HDD.
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
22. TV STANDBY/ON Button
23. OPEN/CLOSE Button
To open and close the disc tray.
24. CM SKIP Button
When a programme recorded on DVD disc or HDD is
played, the unit can be set to automatically skip a portion
of the programme.
25. PLAY/PAUSE Button
Press to play/pause a disc.
1.
2.
TV Button
Press this to operate TV.
DVD Button
Press this to operate DVD.
26. PROG Button
Use this to select a TV programme.
27. TV MUTE/AUDIO Button
In TV mode, this operates as sound mute.
Use this to access various audio functions on a disc (DVD mode).
3.
STANDBY/ON Button
28. RETURN Button
4.
NUMBER Buttons
5.
TV/DVD Button (Not available)
6.
REVERSE/FORWARD SKIP Buttons
Press to skip backwards or forwards.
29. PLAY LIST/TITLE MENU Button
Use this to return to the Title menu, or to view the
recorded files list.
30. CANCEL Button
7.
REVERSE/FORWARD STEP Buttons
Each time this button is pressed, a new frame will appear.
31. REPEAT A-B Button
Allows you to repeat a title, chapter, track or disc.
8.
REVERSE/FORWARD SEARCH Buttons
Press to search a disc backwards or forwards.
32. REPEAT Button
Allows you to repeat a title, chapter, track or disc.
9.
STOP Button
Press to stop a disc.
33. TIMER Button
Press to directly enter the Timer Recording Mode menu.
10. VOL Button
TV volume adjustment
11. MENU Button
Brings up the HDD & DVD RECORDER’s setup menu.
12. OK/DIRECTION Buttons (…†œ √ Buttons)
34. REC MODE Button
Use this to set the desired Recording time and picture
quality. (XP/SP/LP/EP).
35. MARKER Button
Use this to bookmark a position while playing a disc.
English - 17
Getting Started
1
2
3
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 18
Connecting & Setting Up
Connecting &
Setting Up
This section involves various methods of
connecting the HDD & DVD RECORDER to
other external components and required initial
setting modes.
Quick Overview
A Quick Overview presented in this guide will give you enough
information to start using the HDD & DVD RECORDER.
Connecting the HDD & DVD RECORDER
†
Other type of connecting the Video
output cable
†
Other type of connecting the Audio
output cable
†
Connecting to HDMI/DVI to a TV
†
Connecting to AV 1 IN, AV2 IN,
DV input jack
Quick Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Connecting the HDD & DVD RECORDER . . . . . . . .19
Other type of connecting the Video output cable . . . . . .19
Other type of connecting the Audio output cable . . . . . . . .21
Connecting HDMI/DVI to a TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Connecting to AV 1 IN, AV 2 IN, DV input jack . . . . .25
18 - English
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 19
Connecting the
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Wall
■
NOTE
■
There are several ways to output video signal. Select
one of the following video connecting that best suits
you below.
• Case 1 : Connecting to a Video (Composite) output
jack
• Case 2 : Connecting to an S-Video output jack
• Case 3 : Component Video output jacks
S-Video, Component video and Progressive
Output Modes
• S-Video and Component video output are available
only if your TV supports S-Video input or
Component video input, respectively. If S-Video or
Component video output does not work, check the
TV connections and the TV input selection settings.
• Compared to standard interlaced video,
progressive scan doubles the amount of video lines
fed to your TV, resulting in a more stable, flickerfree, clear image than interlaced video.
This is only available with TVs that support
progressive scan.
• Progressive Scan Output (576p)
Consumers should note that not all high definition
television sets are fully compatible with this product
and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the
picture, in case of 576 progressive scan picture
problems, It is recommended that the user switch
the connection to the ‘standard definition’ output. If
there are questions regarding our TV set
compatibility with this model 576p HDD & DVD
RECORDER, please contact our customer service
centre.
The RF cable connection of this product sends
only signals of TV. You must connect
Audio/Video cables to watch a DVD from your
HDD & DVD RECORDER.
Power off HDD & DVD RECORDER, then you
can watch programmes received through 2 RF
cable.
English - 19
Connecting & Setting Up
1. Disconnect the aerial cable from your TV and
connect it to In from aerial connector on the rear
panel of the HDD & DVD RECORDER.
2. Connect Out to TV connector of the HDD & DVD
RECORDER and the aerial input of your TV using
the supplied aerial cable.
3. Use the Video/Audio Cable to connect ANALOG
AUDIO OUT(R/L)/VIDEO OUT jacks on the HDD &
DVD RECORDER to the Audio &Video jacks on the
TV.
4. Plug in the HDD & DVD RECORDER and TV
5. Turn on the HDD & DVD RECORDER and TV.
6. Press the INPUT SEL. button on your TV remote
control until the Video signal from the HDD & DVD
RECORDER appears on the TV screen.
Other type of connecting
the Video output cable
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 20
Connecting & Setting Up
Case 1 : Connecting to a Video
(Composite) output jack
Case 2 : Connecting to an S-Video
output jack
1. Connect a video(yellow) cable between the VIDEO
(yellow) OUT jack on HDD & DVD RECORDER
and VIDEO (yellow) INPUT jack on your TV (or AV
amplifier).
• You will enjoy regular quality images.
1. Connect an S-Video cable (not included) between
the S-VIDEO OUT jack on HDD & DVD
RECORDER and S-VIDEO INPUT jack on your TV
(or AV amplifier).
• You will enjoy high quality images.
2. Connect audio cables (white and red) between the
AUDIO OUT jacks on the HDD & DVD RECORDER
and AUDIO IN jacks on TV (or AV amplifier).
(See pages 21~22)
2. Connect audio cables (white and red) between the
AUDIO OUT jacks on HDD & DVD RECORDER
and AUDIO IN jacks on TV (or AV amplifier).
(See pages 21~22)
yellow
Video/Audio Cable
yellow
20 - English
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 21
Case 3 : Component Video output
jacks
1. Connect Component video cables(not supplied)
between the COMPONENT OUT(Y,PB,PR) jacks on
HDD & DVD RECORDER and COMPONENT
IN(Y,PB,PR) jacks on your TV.
• You will enjoy high quality and accurate colour
reproduction images.
There are several ways to connect your HDD & DVD
RECORDER. Select the audio connection that best
suits you below.
• Case 1 : Connecting to your TV
• Case 2 : Connecting to a stereo amplifier with AV
output jacks
• Case 3 : Connecting to an AV amplifier with a
digital output jack
3. After connecting, refer to the pages 39~41.
Manufactured under licence from Dolby
Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
“DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of
Digital Theatre System, Inc.
green
blue
red
Case 1 : Connecting to your TV
If your TV has audio input jacks, use this connection.
green
blue
red
yellow
yellow
■
Make sure that the colour coded
connections match. The Y, PB, PR
component output jacks of your HDD &
DVD RECORDER must be connected to
the exact corresponding component input
jacks on your TV.
white
NOTE
red
■
white
red
Progressive setting is only available when
the HDD & DVD RECORDER is connected
to your TV using component cables.
(See pages 39~41)
English - 21
Connecting & Setting Up
2. Connect audio cables (white and red) between the
AUDIO OUT jacks on the HDD & DVD
RECORDER and AUDIO IN jacks on TV (or AV
amplifier).
(See pages 21~22).
Other type of connecting
the Audio output cable
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 22
Case 2 : Connecting to a stereo
amplifier with AV output jacks
Connecting & Setting Up
If your stereo amplifier only has AUDIO INPUT
jacks(L and R), use the AUDIO OUT jacks.
red
white
red
white
Front(L)
speaker
Front(R)
speaker
Case 3: Connecting to an AV
amplifier with a digital output jack
If your AV amplifier has a Dolby Digital, MPEG2
or DTS decoder and a digital input jack, use this
connection. To enjoy Dolby Digital, MPEG2 or
DTS sound, you will need to set up the audio
settings.
According to your amplifier, connect to an optical
cable or a coaxial cable.(See pages 37~38)
or
Rear(L)
Rear(R)
Front(L)
Front(R)
Subwoofer
22 - English
Centre
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 23
Connecting HDMI/
DVI to a TV
If your TV has a HDMI/DVI input, connect HDMI/DVI
Adapter cable to a TV. You will enjoy the best quality
images and sounds.
Case 1 : Connecting to a TV with
HDMI Jack
• Using the DVI Adapter Cable(not supplied),
connect the HDMI OUT jack on the rear of the
HDD & DVD RECORDER to the DVI IN jack of
your TV.
• Using the audio cables, connect the AUDIO
(red and white) OUT jacks on the rear of the HDD
& DVD RECORDER to the AUDIO (red and white)
IN jacks of your TV. Turn on the HDD & DVD
RECORDER and TV.
• Press the input selector on your TV remote control
until the DVI signal from the HDD & DVD
RECORDER appears on your TV screen.
• Using the HDMI cable connect the HDMI OUT
jack on the rear of the HDD & DVD RECORDER to
the HDMI IN jack of your TV.
• Press the input selector on your TV remote control
until the HDMI signal from the HDD & DVD
RECORDER appears on your TV screen.
■
To use HDMI cable, make the Audio/Video
connection before plugging in the power cord
or after finishing the “Plug & Auto Setup.”
Do not connect the HDMI cable while the
“Plug & Auto Setup” is progressing.
■
Progressive scan automatically activates when
HDMI is connected.
■
If your TV does not have Bitstream decoder,
you must set the digital audio output to PCM in
order to watch through the HDMI output.
(See pages 37~38)
■
Depending on the HDMI device
(TV/HDMI Receiver) you use, audio may not be
supported. If TV/HDMI Receiver does not
support Dolby digital, Audio output is not
available when you set Digital output as
'Bitstream' in Audio setup menu. In this case,
set the digital audio output to PCM. If TV/HDMI
Receiver does not support DTS, Audio output
is not available when you play disc in DTS
format.
■
You can switch from the HDMI output to other
output only in stop mode.
CAUTION
English - 23
Connecting & Setting Up
• Case 1 : Connecting to a TV with HDMI Jack
• Case 2 : Connecting to a TV with DVI Jack
Case 2 : Connecting to a TV with
DVI Jack
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 24
■
Why does Samsung use HDMI?
white
red
Connecting & Setting Up
Analog TVs require an analog video/audio signal.
However, when playing a DVD, the data
transmitted to a TV is digital. Therefore either
a digital-to-analog converter (in the HDD & DVD
RECORDER) or an analog-to-digital converter
(in the TV) is required. During this conversion,
the picture quality is degraded due to noise and
signal loss. HDMI technology is superior because
it requires no D/A conversion and is a pure digital
signal from the HDD & DVD RECORDER to your
TV.
white
red
■
NOTE
HDMI (High Definition Multimedia
Interface)
HDMI is an interface to enable the digital
transmission of video and audio data with
just a single connector. Since HDMI is
based on DVI, it is completely compatible
with DVI. The only difference between
HDMI and DVI is that HDMI supports
multi-channel audio.
Using
HDMI, the HDD & DVD RECORDER
transmits a digital video and audio signal
and displays a vivid picture on a TV
having an HDMI input jack.
■
HDMI connection description
HDMI connector - Both uncompressed
video data and digital audio data
(LPCM or Bit Stream data).
- Though the HDD & DVD RECORDER
uses a HDMI cable, the HDD & DVD
RECORDER outputs only a pure digital
signal to the TV.
- If TV does not support HDCP
(High -bandwidth Digital Content
Protection), snow noise appears on the
screen.
24 - English
■
What is the HDCP?
HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content
Protection) is a system for protecting DVD content
outputted via HDMI from being copied.
It provides a secure digital link between a video
source (PC, DVD. etc) and a display device
(TV, projector. etc). Content is encrypted at the
source device to prevent unauthorized copies
from being made.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 25
Connecting to AV 1 IN,
AV 2 IN, DV input jack
You can also use the AV 2 IN jacks on the front panel of
the HDD & DVD RECORDER. You can record from
connected equipment, such as a camcorder.
When an input source is inserted into AV 2 while
viewing TV, the input will be switched to AV 2
automatically. If the input is not selected automatically,
use INPUT SEL. button to select proper input.
< DVD-HR735/HR736 >
• Case 1 : Connecting a VCR, Set-Top Box(STB) or
DVD player to the AV 1 IN jacks
• Case2 : Connecting a Camcorder to the AV 2 IN jacks
• Case3 : Connecting a Camcorder to the DV IN jack
Case 1 : Connecting a VCR, Set-Top
Box(STB) or DVD player to the AV 1
IN jacks
Camcorder
red
white
yellow
Connecting a VCR or external device to AV1 IN
jacks of the HDD & DVD RECORDER.
You can record from connected equipment (VCR,
STB or DVD).
yellow
white
red
Case 3 : Connecting a Camcorder to
the DV IN jack
VCR
STB
If your digital camcorder has a DV output jack,
connect it to the DV input jack of your HDD & DVD
RECORDER.
DVD
< DVD-HR735/HR736 >
or
Camcorder
■
You can also use the AV 2 IN jacks on the
front panel of the HDD & DVD
RECORDER.
■
When the S-Video jack and Video jack are
both connected, the S-Video jack will have
priority.
NOTE
■
Copy protected content cannot be
recorded.
■
NOTE
If the input is not selected automatically,
use INPUT SEL. button to select proper
input.
English - 25
Connecting & Setting Up
This allows you to connect your HDD & DVD
RECORDER to other external devices and view or
record their outputs.
Case2 : Connecting a Camcorder to
the AV 2 IN jacks
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 26
System Setup
On-Screen Menu
Navigation
The on-screen menus allow you to enable or disable
various functions on your HDD & DVD RECORDER.
Use the following buttons to open and navigate
through the on-screen menus.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Library
HDD
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
System Setup
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
1
MENU Button
2
…†œ √ Buttons
3
OK Button
4
RETURN Button
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press this button on the remote control to open
the on-screen menu.
Press again to exit the on-screen menu.
On-Screen Menu Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Plug & Auto Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Setting the Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Presetting Channels with
the Auto Setup function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Presetting Channels with
the Manual Setup function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Setting up the Language Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Press these buttons on the remote control to move
the selection bar …†œ √ to cycle through the
menu options.
Press this button on the remote control to confirm any
new settings.
Auto Power Off Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Setting up the Quick Recording Options . . . . . . . . . .33
Automatic Chapter Creator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
DivX(R) Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
CM Skip Time Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
EP Mode Time Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Setting up the Audio Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Setting up the Video display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Setting up the Progressive scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Canceling the Progressive scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Setting up the Parental Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
26 - English
Press this button on the remote control to return to
the Previous menu screen displayed or to exit the
on-screen menu.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 27
Plug & Auto Setup
5
Auto channel scan will be started.
Auto Setup
Please wait.
68%
Your HDD & DVD RECORDER will automatically set itself up
when it is plugged in for the first time. TV stations and clock
will be stored in memory. The process takes a few minutes.
Your HDD & DVD RECORDER will then be ready for use.
1
• The number of stations automatically stored by the
HDD & DVD RECORDER depends on the number of
stations that it has found.
6
Auto Channel Scan is completed. In 3~4 seconds,
you will see Clock Setting Menu. If you want to
start Clock Setting immediately, Press OK button.
Plug the HDD & DVD RECORDER into the mains.
“AUTO” in the front panel display flickers.
Auto channel scan completed successfully.
OK
3
Press a number button to select the language.
Press
4
1
Check the date and time.
for English
Touche
2
pour Français
Drücken Sie
3
Für Deutsch
Pulse
4
para Español
Premere
5
per Italiano
Druk op
6
voor Nederlands
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ
7
‰Îfl ÛÒÒÍÓ„Ó.
Press the OK button to start the auto setup.
Auto setup will be started.
Yes
7
No
mo.
da.
yr.
hr.
min.
JAN
01
2006
12
00
Sunday
• if it is : Correct, press OK button then the date
and time will be saved. If you don't press the OK
button, the date and time will be saved
automatically after 5 seconds.
• if it is : Incorrect, input correct Month, Day, Year,
Hour or Minute using …†œ √ buttons or
number buttons.
Press OK button then the date and time will be
saved. When you need to change clock setting,
you can set up it manually.
English - 27
System Setup
2
Connect the RF cable as indicated on page 19.
(Connecting Your HDD & DVD RECORDER to the
TV Using the RF Cable and Audio/Video Cable.)
To use HDMI cable, make the cable connection
before plugging in the power cord or after finishing
the “Plug & Auto Setup.”
Do not connect the HDMI cable while the
“Plug & Auto Setup” is progressing.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 28
■
Now, HDD & DVD RECORDER is ready
for use. Function for “Plug & Auto Setup”
is fixed already. So if you want to change
this fixed one, you can change it by
Presetting the Stations in OSD
“Presetting Channels with the Manual
Setup function” menu. (See pages 30~31)
■
Auto setup function can be performed by
pressing STOP ( ) on the unit
continuously for 5 seconds or more
during power off with no disc inserted.
NOTE
Setting the Clock
This menu is used to set the current time.
You need to set the time to use timer recording.
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Library
HDD
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
System Setup
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
2
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select System,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
28 - English
SELECT
RETURN
√
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 29
Press the …† buttons to select Clock Set, then
press the OK or √ button.
Press the …†œ √ buttons to input Month, Day,
Year, Hour or Minute. Press the number buttons to
input clock data directly.
The day of the week is displayed automatically.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Clock Set
HDD
Presetting Channels with
the Auto Setup function
This feature allows you to manually set the HDD & DVD
RECORDER tuner band to Antenna or Cable,
whichever you connected to the Antenna In jack during
initial setup.
Library
Disc Manager
mo.
da.
yr.
hr.
min.
Programme
JAN
01
2006
12
00
Setup
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
1
2
Press the OK button, then the date and time will
be saved. If you don’t press the OK button, it will
not be saved.
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
press the …† buttons to select System,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
4
SELECT
√
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Channel Set,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Channel Set
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Auto Setup
√
Manual Setup
√
Programme
Setup
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 29
System Setup
5
Sunday
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
5
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 30
Press the …† buttons to select Auto Setup, then
press the OK or √ button.
The message “Your data will be lost. Press [OK] to
continue, [Return] to exit.” is displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Presetting Channels with
the Manual Setup function
Channel Set
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Auto Setup
√
Manual Setup
√
Programme Your data will be lost.
Press [OK] to continue, [Return] to exit.
Setup
Setup
You can add preset channel that Auto Channel Search
missed. And you can delete a channel you wish to
remove. You can programme the order of channels.
OK
System Setup
SELECT
6
RETURN
EXIT
Press the OK button. If you want to exit, press the
MENU button.
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Auto Setup
Please wait.
System
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
3%
MOVE
Stop
• The first frequency band is scanned and the first
station found is displayed and stored. And the
HDD & DVD RECORDER searches for the
second station and so on.
• The number of stations automatically stored by
the HDD & DVD RECORDER depends on the
number of stations that it has found.
3
SELECT
RETURN
Press the …† buttons to select System,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
7
EXIT
MOVE
Channel scan will be started. Press the OK button
to stop the Auto Setup.
4
SELECT
√
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Channel Set,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Channel Set
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Auto Setup
√√
Manual Setup
√
Programme
Setup
MOVE
30 - English
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
5
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 31
Press the …† buttons to select Manual Setup,
then press the OK or √ button.
- Name : Display station name automatically detected in
broadcasting signal. If not detected, you can edit
name by using …†œ √ buttons.
Manual Setup
PR
01
CH
002
---
02
004
----
03
---
----
04
---
----
05
---
----
06
---
07
---
MOVE
6
- CH : Tune the channel using œ √ buttons.
Name
----
- MFT(Manual Frequency Tunning) : You can tune up the
channel frequency better using œ √ buttons.
-------
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select a PR(programme)
you wish to edit, delete, or swap, then press the
ANYKEY button.
Select Edit, Delete or Swap.
• In case of Delete : the channel information of selected
PR(programme) will be removed.
• In case of Swap : You can swap the channel
information of two PR(programme). For example,
if you wish to swap PR2 and PR5, select swap at PR2,
then press the OK button at PR5.
CH
Name
01
--002
----
02
004
----
03
---
----
04
---
----
05
Edit
06
Delete
Swap07
---
----
---
----
---
MOVE
----
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• In case of Edit : You can add or edit PR(programme)
information. After change PR
informations(CH., Name, MFT), select
Save, then press the OK button.
Manual Setup
PR
01
CH
002
Name
----
MFT
Setting up the Language
Options
If you set the audio, subtitle, disc menu and on-screen
menu, in advance, they will come up automatically
every time you watch a movie.
If the selected language is not recorded on the disc, the
original pre-recorded language is selected.
Save
MOVE
CHANGE
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
English - 31
System Setup
Manual Setup
PR
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
2
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 32
Press the …† buttons to select Setup,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
5
Press the …† buttons to select the desired
language, then press the OK or √ button.
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
System
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
System Setup
3
SELECT
RETURN
Press the RETURN or œ button to return
to the previous menu. Press the MENU
button to exit the menu.
■
The selected language will only appear if
it is supported on the disc.
NOTE
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Language,
then press the OK or √ button.
Language setup menu will be displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
■
Auto Power Off Setting
Language
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Audio
Original
:: Original
√√
Subtitle
: Automatic
√
Disc Menu
: English
√
Menu
: English
√
MOVE
4
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select the desired
language option, press the OK or √ button.
This feature automatically turns off your HDD & DVD
RECORDER, if you do not press any button for the
selected time.
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
HDD
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Language
System
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
√
Video
√
√
Parental Lock
√
Library
HDD
Disc Manager
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
MOVE
Audio
Original
:: Original
Original
Subtitle
English
: Automatic
Disc Menu
Menu
SELECT
Français
: English
Deutsch
: English
Español
Italiano
Nederlands
Korean
RETURN
√√
Programme
√
Setup
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
• Audio : For the disc audio language.
• Subtitle : For the disc subtitles.
• Disc Menu: For the disc menu contained on the
disc
• Menu: For the on-screen menu of your HDD & DVD
RECORDER.
3
Press the …† buttons to select System,
then press the OK or √ button.
System menu will be displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
32 - English
SELECT
RETURN
√
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 33
Press the …† buttons to select Auto Power Off,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
2
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Library
Channel Set
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off Off
Off
:: Off
Quick Recording 2 Hours : Off
Chapter Creator 6 Hours : Off
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
5
Setup
HDD
HDD
SELECT
RETURN
Disc Manager
Programme
√√
Setup
√
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
√
√
MOVE
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select the desired item,
then press the OK or √ button.
3
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select System, then
press the OK or √ button.
• Off : Auto power off is disabled.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
4
SELECT
√
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Quick Recording,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Setting up the
Quick Recording Options
If this function is set to on, HDD & DVD RECORDER
will power on quickly,which enables you to immediatedly record a desired channel.
1
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording Off
: Off
√
√
On
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
5
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select On, then press
the OK or √ button.
With the unit in Stop mode/No Disc mode,press
the MENU button.
NOTE
SELECT
√
■
The Quick Recording is set to Off as default.
■
If this function is set to on, power consumption
will be increased when the unit power off.
English - 33
System Setup
• 2 Hours : HDD & DVD RECORDER will
automatically turn off for 2 hours after
the last button is pressed.
• 6 Hours : HDD & DVD RECORDER will
automatically turn off for 6 hours after
the last button is pressed.
• If the turn off time set with the Auto Power off
function is reached during playback or recording,
the device will operate until the playback or
recording is finished.
SELECT
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 34
Automatic Chapter
Creator
4
Press the …† buttons to select Chapter Creator,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
DVD-RW(V)
Library
A DVD-Video consists of ‘Titles’ and ‘Chapters’.
When you record one programme, it makes one Title.
If you use this function, the Title will be divided into
Chapters.
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Off
:: Off
√√
Chapter Creator
Off
On
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
√
EXIT
(V mode)
System Setup
1
2
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
5
• Off: Select if you do not want use Automatic
Chapter Creator.
• On: Select this option to use the Automatic
Chapter Creator feature.
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Press the …† buttons to select Off or On, then
press the OK or √ button.
Press the MENU button to exit the menu.
Setup
DVD-RW(V)
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
System
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
3
SELECT
RETURN
6
Press the REC button to start recording.
(See page 74 about how to set recording speed)
The message “Do you want to create the chapter
menu after this recording?” is displayed.
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select System, then
press the OK or √ button.
System menu will be displayed.
Do you want to create the chapter menu
after this recording?
Yes
HDD & DVD RECORDER
No
System
DVD-RW(V)
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
34 - English
SELECT
RETURN
√
7
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes and press the
OK button.
• A new chapter is created according to the selected
recording mode. A chapter will be about 5 minutes
long in XP and SP, and about 15 minutes long in LP
and EP mode.
8
Press the STOP button to stop recording.
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
9
4/12/06 5:19 PM
To display the created titles, finalise the disc
(See page 117) and then press the TITLE MENU
button. The title menu will be displayed.
Previous
10
Page 35
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
Top
CM Skip Time Setting
When a programme recorded on a HDD, a DVD-RW, or
a DVD-R is played, the unit can be set to automatically
skip a portion of the programme corresponding to a
CM(commercial) skip time set by the user.
Next
CHAPTER
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Previous
Top
Next
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
■
Caution
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
The Automatic Chapter Creator function does
not work during Timer Recording or when you
turn the power off.
3
Press the …† buttons to select PVR Option, then
press the OK or √ button.
PVR Option menu will be displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
PVR Option
HDD
DivX(R) Registration
Library
CM Skip Time
: 15 Sec
√√
Disc Manager
EP Mode Time
: 6 Hours
√
Programme
Setup
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Please use the Registration code to register this HDD &
DVD RECORDER with the DivX(R) Video On Demand
format. For more information, visit www.divx.com/vod
English - 35
System Setup
To display the created chapters, select the
desired Title and then press the DISC MENU
button. The chapter menu for the selected Title
will be displayed.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 36
Press the …† buttons to select CM Skip Time,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
EP Mode Time Setting
PVR Option
HDD
Library
CM Skip Time
Disc Manager
EP Mode Time
15::15
Sec
15Sec
Sec
30: 6Sec
Hours
√√
√
60 Sec
Programme
Setup
System Setup
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
5
Press the …† buttons to select the desired time
interval, then press the OK or √ button.
6
If you press the CM SKIP button during playback,
the section corresponding to the set time is
skipped, and then the next section is played.
You can select one of four recording modes by pressing
the REC MODE button repeatedly.
EP mode is one of four REC Mode (XP, SP, LP, EP).
In EP(Extended Play) mode, you can set recording time
to 6 or 8 hours with this setting.
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
HDD
■
NOTE
CM Skip can be performed only during
normal playback.
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
■
When the time set is more than a
remaining time of a current title: The next
title is played from the beginning.
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
■
When the time set is more than a
remaining time of a play list, the next
scene is played.
■
CM Skip does not work in still picture
mode.
■
When a set time is greater than the
remaining time of a scene, last title, or
last track that is currently displayed, a
prohibition mark appears.
■
■
CM Skip releases Repeat (including
Repeat A-B, Chapter, and Title).
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select PVR Option, then
press the OK or √ button.
PVR Option menu will be displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
PVR Option
HDD
Library
CM Skip Time
15Sec
Sec
::15
√√
Disc Manager
EP Mode Time
: 6 Hours
√
Programme
Setup
CM Skip may not operate with some
DVD-Video discs.
MOVE
36 - English
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 37
Press the …† buttons to select EP Mode Time,
then press the OK or √ button.
Press the …† buttons to select Audio, then press
the OK or √ button.
3
HDD & DVD RECORDER
HDD & DVD RECORDER
PVR Option
HDD
Digital Output
: PCM
√
Disc Manager
DTS
: Off
√
Programme
DRC
: On
√
NICAM
: Off
√
V-Mode Compatibility
: Off
√
Library
Library
Disc Manager
CM Skip Time
: 15 Sec
√
EP Mode Time
66 :Hours
6 Hours
Hours
√
8 Hours
Programme
Setup
Setup
MOVE
MOVE
5
SELECT
RETURN
You can connect the HDD & DVD RECORDER to an
external amp or Home theatre.
Allows you to setup the Audio device and sound status
depending on the audio system in use.
You can also set NICAM mode.
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
Programme
Setup
MOVE
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
4
Press the …† buttons to select the desired audio
option, then press the OK or √ button.
5
Press the …† buttons to select the desired item,
then press the OK or √ button.
■
NOTE
Press the RETURN or œ button to return
to the previous menu.
Press the MENU button to exit the menu.
Digital Output
1. PCM : Select this when your equipment is not
decode Dolby Digital compatible.
2. Bitstream : Outputs Dolby Digital (or MPEG-2)
audio as bitstream. Select this
when your AV receiver or AV
amplifier has a Dolby Digital (or
MPEG-2) Decoder.
■
Digital output setting is equally applied to
both Dolby Digital and MPEG-2 audio.
LPCM sound track is always outputted as
PCM. It has no relation with Digital
Output setting.
■
Be sure to select the correct Digital
Output or you will hear no sound or a
loud noise.
NOTE
HDD
Library
RETURN
EXIT
English - 37
System Setup
Setting up the Audio
Options
Disc Manager
SELECT
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select the desired Time,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Audio
HDD
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:19 PM
Page 38
DTS
V-Mode Compatibility
1. Off : Doesn’t output DTS signal. Select this when
your AV receiver (or AV amplifier) does not
have DTS decoder.
2. On : Outputs DTS Bitstream via digital output
when you play DTS track. Select this only
when your AV receiver (or AV amplifier) have
DTS decoder.
■
System Setup
NOTE
When DTS soundtrack is played, sound
does not output from AV Audio Output.
This feature is about the setup for selecting
audios when recording the NICAM STEREO
(Multi-audio) broadcasting on HDD. It does not
affect to the direct DVD recording of a programme.
1. Off : Both “Dual L” and “Dual R” of the
multi-audio broadcasting are recorded on
HDD. Titles recorded on HDD under such
setup status cannot be copied to V mode
(DVD-RW/-R).
2. On : Either “Dual L” or “Dual R” of the
multi-audio broadcasting is recorded on
HDD. Titles recorded on HDD under such
setup status can be copied to DVD-R or
DVD-RW (V mode). “Dual L” and “Dual R”
options can be selected from “Audio
Selection.”
DRC
This is only active when a Dolby Digital signal is
detected.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Digital Output
: PCM
√
Disc Manager
DTS
: Off
√
Programme
DRC
: On
Library
1. Off : You can enjoy the movie with the standard
Dynamic Range.
Audio
HDD
Setup
2. On : When Movie soundtracks are played at
low volume or from smaller speakers, the
system can apply appropriate
compression to make low-level content
more intelligible and prevent dramatic
passages from getting too loud.
√
NICAM
: Off
√
V-Mode Compatibility
Compatibility
V-Mode
Off
Off
:: Off
√√
On
On
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
HDD & DVD RECORDER
EXIT
Audio
HDD
: PCM
√
Disc Manager
DTS
: Off
√
Programme
DRC
: On
√
NICAM
: Off
√
V-Mode Compatibility
: On
√
Off
Dual :L: Off
√√
Library
NICAM
NICAM programmes are divided into 3 types. NICAM
Stereo, NICAM Mono and Bilingual (transmission in
another language). NICAM programmes are always
accompanied by a standard mono sound broadcast and
you can select the desired sound by setting NICAM on
or off.
1. Off: Only set at this position to record the standard
mono sound during a NICAM broadcast if the
stereo sound is distorted due to inferior reception
conditions.
2. On: NICAM mode
38 - English
Setup
Digital Output
Audio
Audio Selection
Selection
Dual R
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 39
Setting up the Video
display Options
This function allows you to setup the TV screen
settings. This function depends on disc type. It may
not work for some disc types.
1
2
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Video, then press
the OK or √ button.
Video setup menu will be displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Disc Manager
NOTE
Press the RETURN or œ button to return
to the previous menu.
Press the MENU button to exit the menu.
TV Aspect
Depending on the type of television you have,
you may want to adjust the screen setting.
(aspect ratio)
1. 4:3 Letter Box : Select when you want to see
the total 16:9 ratio screen DVD
supplies, even though you have
a TV with a 4:3 ratio screen.
Black bars will appear at the
top and bottom of the screen.
2. 4:3 Pan-Scan : Select this for conventional size
TV when you want to see the
central portion of the 16:9
screen.
(Extreme left and right side of
movie picture will be cut off.)
3. 16:9 Wide
: You can view the full 16:9
picture on your widescreen TV.
3D Noise Reduction (motion
adaptive noise reduction)
Video
HDD
Library
■
TV
TV Aspect
Aspect
: 4:3 Letter Box
3D Noise Reduction : Off
√√
√
1. Off : Normal
2. On : Provides a clear picture through noise
reduction (for recording).
Programme
Setup
MOVE
4
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select the desired video
option, then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Video
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
TV Aspect
: 4:3Letter
LetterBox
Box
4:3
3D Noise Reduction4:3
: OffPan-Scan
16:9 Wide
√
√
√
Setup
Setting up the
Progressive scan
If your TV supports Progressive Scan, press the
P.SCAN button on the front of the HDD & DVD
RECORDER.
To view ‘Progressive scan mode’, first connect the
component cable.(See page 21)
Be sure the Component cables are connected properly.
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 39
System Setup
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Press the …† buttons to select the desired item,
then press the OK or √ button.
5
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
1
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 40
With the unit in Stop mode, press the P.SCAN button
on the front of the HDD & DVD RECORDER.
The message “Press [Yes] to confirm Progressive
scan mode. Otherwise, press [No].” will appear.
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, and then
press the OK button.
Canceling the
Progressive scan
1
Press [Yes] to confirm Progressive scan mode.
Otherwise, press [No].
System Setup
Yes
2
No
The message “Please, set your TV to Progressive
input. To deactivate, press [STOP] key.” will
appear. Press the OK button.
Please, set your TV to Progressive input.
To deactivate, press [STOP] key.
OK
3
With the unit in Stop mode, press the P.SCAN button
on the front of the HDD & DVD RECORDER.
The message “Press [Yes] to confirm Interlace
scan mode. Otherwise, press [No].” will appear.
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, and then
press the OK button.
Press [Yes] to confirm Interlace scan mode.
Otherwise, press [No]
Yes
2
The message “Video Output Mode Progressive
Scan” will appear.
The video will now be Progressive Scan.
No
The message “Please, set your TV to Interlace
input. To deactivate, press [STOP] key.” will
appear. Press the OK button.
Please, set your TV to Interlace input.
To deactivate, press [STOP] key.
OK
Video Output Mode
Progressive Scan.
3
■
NOTE
When the HDMI cable is connected, this
screen is not displayed.
■
If the P.SCAN button on the HDD & DVD
RECORDER’s front panel is pressed
during playback, the message “This
function is possible only on stop mode”
appears on the screen.
■
Progressive setting is only available when
the HDD & DVD RECORDER is in stop
mode.
40 - English
The message “Video Output Mode Interlace Scan”
will appear.
Video Output Mode
Interlace Scan.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
■
NOTE
■
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 41
Do not press the P.SCAN button if you are
using a TV that does not support
Progressive mode as nothing will be
displayed on the screen.
If you press the P.SCAN button by mistake
when your TV does not support Progressive
mode, the mode will then need to be released.
To release the Progressive mode, press the
P.SCAN button on the front panel 3 times.
The screen will recover after the PS
indicator on the front panel display turns off.
3
Press the …† buttons to select Parental Lock,
then press the OK or √ button.
When you operate your HDD & DVD RECORDER
for the first time, the “Create the Password”
message will be displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Create the password
Programme
Setup
0-9NUMBER
4
RETURN
EXIT
Enter the 4-digit password using the number
buttons on the remote control.
The “Confirm the password” message will be
displayed. Enter your password again.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
The Parental Lock function works in conjunction with
DVDs that have been assigned a rating which helps you
control the types of DVDs that your family watches.
There are up to 8 rating levels on a disc.
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Confirm the password
Programme
Setup
0-9NUMBER
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Setup, then press
the OK or √ button.
5
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the OK or √ button to select Password.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Password
Disc Manager
Off
On
Programme
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
MOVE
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
MOVE
6
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select On or Off, then
press the OK or √ button.
■
NOTE
SELECT
Press the RETURN or œ button to return
to the previous menu.
Press the MENU button to exit the menu.
English - 41
System Setup
Setting up the Parental
Lock
SELECT
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 42
If you forgot your password
Changing the Password
1
1
Remove the disc.
2
Press and hold the PROG (
) button on the
front panel for 5 seconds or more.
Press the …† buttons to select Change Password,
then press the OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Password
: On
Rating Level
: Level1 - Kids
Change
Change Password
Password
√
√
√√
Setup
MOVE
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setting the Rating Level
System Setup
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Change Password
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
1
Programme
Press the …† buttons to select Rating Level,
then press the OK or √ button.
0~9 NUMBER
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Enter the password
Setup
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Password
Rating Level
Level8 - Adults
√
Level7
√√
Level6
√
: On
: Level1 - Kids
Change Password
2
Level5
Setup
Level4
Level3
Level2
Enter the 4-digit password using the number
buttons on the remote control.
The “Confirm the password” message will be displayed.
Level1-Kids
Level1-Kids
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Change Password
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
2
Press the …† buttons to select the rating level
you want, then press the OK or √ button.
For example, if you select up to Level 6, discs that
contain Level 7, 8 will not play. A larger number
indicates that the programme is intended for adult
use only.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Password
: On
√
Rating Level
: Level6
√
Change Password
√
Setup
MOVE
42 - English
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Programme
Confirm the password
Setup
0~9 NUMBER
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Enter your password again using the number
buttons on the remote control.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 43
Before Playing
Playback
Read the following information before playing a disc.
This section introduces basic functions of
playback and playback by disc type.
Dolby Digital
DTS
Region code (DVD-Video only)
Both the HDD & DVD RECORDER and the discs are coded
by region. These regional codes must match in order for the
disc to play. If the codes do not match, the disc will not play.
The Region Number for this HDD & DVD RECORDER is
described on the rear panel of the HDD & DVD RECORDER.
Digital Audio
Disc types that can be played
Stereo
PAL broadcast
system in U.K, France,
Germany, etc.
MP3
DivX
Disc Logo Recorded content
DVD-VIDEO
AUDIO + VIDEO
AUDIO-CD
AUDIO
DVD-RAM
AUDIO + VIDEO
DVD-RW
AUDIO + VIDEO
DVD-R
AUDIO + VIDEO
Before Playing ........................................................................43
Playing a Disc.........................................................................44
Using the Disc Menu & Title Menu .......................................45
Using the Search & Skip Functions......................................45
Slow Motion Play/Step Motion Play ......................................46
About ANYKEY......................................................................47
Playing the Title List ...............................................................48
Navigation Menu ....................................................................49
Using Markers ........................................................................52
Using the Bookmarks ............................................................54
Selecting the Subtitle Language ...........................................55
Selecting the Soundtracks & Audio channels ......................56
CD-R/-RW
DVD-RAM/
-RW/-R
JPEG
MP3
MPEG4
Max. Playing Time
or minute
Single sided(12cm)
240
Double sided(12cm)
480
Single sided(8cm)
80
Double sided(8cm)
160
Single sided(12cm)
74
Single sided(8cm)
20
1 (XP: Excellent Quality)
Single-sided 2 (SP: Standard Quality)
12cm (4.7GB) 4 (LP: Long Playback)
6 or 8 (EP:Extended)
2 (XP: Excellent Quality)
Double-sided 4 (SP: Standard Quality)
12cm (9.4GB) 8 (LP: Long Playback)
12 or 16 (EP:Extended)
1 (XP: Excellent Quality)
2 (SP: Standard Quality)
12cm (4.7GB)
4 (LP: Long Playback)
6 or 8 (EP:Extended)
1 (XP: Excellent Quality)
2 (SP: Standard Quality)
12cm (4.7GB)
4 (LP: Long Playback)
6 or 8 (EP:Extended)
Disc Shape
-
Approx.38 (XP:Excellent Quality)
Approx.72 (SP:Standard Quality)
Approx.138 (LP:Long Playback)
Approx.205 or Approx.272
(EP:Extended)
Changing the Camera Angle.................................................57
DVDHR735
Repeat Play............................................................................58
Zooming-In .............................................................................59
Select Media...........................................................................60
Playing an Audio CD/MP3.....................................................60
Viewing a Picture ...................................................................67
Playing an MPEG4 ................................................................71
HDD
AUDIO + VIDEO
DVDHR736
-
-
Approx.62 (XP:Excellent Quality)
Approx.116 (SP:Standard Quality)
Approx.223 (LP:Long Playback)
Approx.330 or Approx.437
(EP:Extended)
English - 43
Playback
Disc Types
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 44
Discs that cannot be played
•
•
•
•
DVD-Video with a region number other than “3” or “ALL”
12cm 2.6 GB and 5.2 GB DVD-RAM
3.9 GB DVD-R Disc for Authoring.
DVD-RAM/-RW(VR mode) not recorded following the Video
Recording Standard
• Unfinalised DVD-R,unfinalised DVD-RW(V mode) recorded on
other equipment.
• DVD-ROM/PD/MV-Disc, etc
• CVD/CD-ROM/CDV/CD-G/CD-I
■
NOTE
■
■
Playback
■
■
This HDD & DVD RECORDER can only operate
with discs that are compatible with DVD-RAM
Standard Version 2.0.
Playback and/or recording may not work for
some types of discs, or when specific operations,
such as angle change and aspect ratio
adjustment, are being performed. Information
about the discs is written in detail on the box.
Please refer to this if necessary.
Do not allow the disc to become dirty or
scratched, finger prints, dirt, dust, scratches or
deposits of cigarette smoke on the recording
surface may make it impossible to use the disc for
recording.
DVD-RAM/-RW/-R discs may not be able to
play on some DVD players, depending on the
player, disc and the condition of the recording.
Discs with NTSC programmes recorded on
them cannot be played and recorded using
this product.
1
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button.
2
Place a disc gently into the tray with the disc’s
label facing up.
3
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close the disc tray.
• Your HDD & DVD RECORDER closes the disc
tray and plays the disc automatically.
• The HDD & DVD RECORDER does not play discs
automatically after being powered on initially.
• When the HDD & DVD RECORDER is powered
on and a disc is in the tray, the unit will be
activated and wait in stop status.
• Press the PLAY(
• If you want the unit to play automatically when it
is powered on with a disc in the unit, power on
with the PLAY( ) button.
4
Press the STOP(
) button to stop playback.
■
When you stop playing back a disc, the HDD & DVD
RECORDER remembers where you stopped, so
when you press PLAY( ) button again, it will pick
up where you left off. (Unless the disc is removed or
the HDD & DVD RECORDER is unplugged, or if
you press the STOP( ) button twice.)
■
Do not move your HDD & DVD RECORDER
while playing, as this may cause damage to
the disc.
Make sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE
button to open or close the disc tray.
Do not push the disc tray while it is being
opened or closed, as this may cause a
product malfunction.
Do not place foreign materials on or in the
disc tray.
Some functions may perform differently or
be disabled depending on the disc type.
If this occurs, refer to the instructions
written on the disc case.
Be especially careful that children's fingers
are not caught between the disc tray and
the tray chassis when it closes.
You must only insert one DVD disc at a
time. Inserting two or more discs will not
allow playback and may cause damage to
the HDD & DVD RECORDER.
NOTE
Playing a Disc
Caution
■
■
■
■
■
■
44 - English
) button to start playback.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 45
Using the Disc Menu &
Title Menu
Using the Search & Skip
Functions
Searching through a Chapter or
Track
Some type of discs contain a dedicated menu system that
allows you to select special functions for title, chapter, audio
track, subtitle, film preview, information on characters, etc.
For DVD-VIDEO Disc
Press the DISC MENU button to enter the disc menu
of the disc.
1
• Move to the setup menu related to playback
operation.
• You can select audio language and subtitle etc.
provided by the disc.
2
During play, press the SEARCH (
the remote control.
HDD/
DVD-VIDEO/
DVD-RAM/-RW/-R
Fast 1 ➞
Fast 3 ➞
Fast 5 ➞
MPEG4
Fast 1 ➞
AUDIO CD
(CD-DA)
X2 ➞
) buttons on
Fast 2 ➞
Fast 4 ➞
Fast 6 ➞
Fast 2 ➞
X4➞
Fast 3
X8➞
• You can scan the programme in reverse.
To return to normal speed playback, press the
PLAY ( ) button.
• When you press and hold the SEARCH (
)
buttons, playback is done at the default speed of X4.
If you release the SEARCH (
) buttons ,
playback is performed at a normal speed.
For HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW/-R Disc
• The speed marked in this function may be
different from the actual playback speed.
1
Press the TITLE LIST button to display title list.
■
NOTE
■
Title List : Title List is a list of previously
recorded programmes. If a title
is deleted, that title cannot be
played again.
■
Play List : This refers to a list of userselected titles. When one
playlist is played,only the scene
selected by the user will play
and then stop. Since only the
information necessary for
playing a desired scene is
included in a playlist, even if
that playlist is deleted, the
original recording will not be
deleted. (only VR mode)
NOTE
No sound is heard during Scan(Search)
mode, except with CDs (CD-DA).
(You can hear sound during forward
search(Fast 1) in disc.)
English - 45
Playback
Press the TITLE MENU button to move to the title
menu of the disc.
• Press this button if the disc contains more than one
title. Some discs may not support the title menu
functionality.
1
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 46
Step Motion Play
Skipping Chapters, Tracks or
Markers
During play, you can search quickly through a chapter
or track.
Press the STEP(
in the pause mode.
During play, press the SKIP (
remote control.
1
) buttons on the
• Each time the button is pressed, a new frame will
appear.
When the STEP(
• If you press the SKIP ( ) button,
it moves to the beginning of the chapter or track or
marker(HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW(VR mode)).
Pressing the button once again within 3 seconds
returns to the beginning of the previous chapter or
track or marker(HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW(VR mode)).
When the STEP(
Playback
Slow Motion Play
In pause or step mode, press the SEARCH (
the remote control.
Slow 1 ➞
Slow 2 ➞
• If you press the SEARCH (
) buttons on
)button,
Slow 3
) button,
Slow 1 ➞
Slow 2 ➞
Slow 3
• To return to normal speed playback, press the
) button.
PLAY (
) buttons during
Press and hold the SEARCH (
pause, the disc will play slowly at 1/4 speed. If the
button is released, the pause operation will resume.
■
NOTE
■
The speed marked in this function may be
different from the actual playback speed.
Slow motion operates only in the forward
direction on MPEG4 discs.
46 - English
) button is pressed, the next
frame will be activated.
• To return to normal speed playback, press the PLAY
) button.
(
■
NOTE
Slow Motion Play/
Step Motion Play
) button is pressed, the previous
frame will be activated.
• If you press the SKIP (
) button,
it moves to the next chapter or track or marker
(HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW(VR mode)).
• If you press the SEARCH (
) buttons on the remote control
Step motion operates only in the forward
direction on MPEG4 discs.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 47
About ANYKEY
2
Press the …† buttons to select Search, then
press the OK or √ button.
Search
The ANYKEY function allows you to easily search for
a desired scene by accessing title, chapter, time.
You can also change the subtitle and audio settings
and set some features including Marker, Angle,
Zoom, Repeat, Media.
ANYKEY
Title
1/3
Time
00:00:37
CHANGE
Moving to a scene directly using the
ANYKEY
Search
Title
Chapter
Time
SELECT
ANYKEY
1/5
1/40
00:02:16
CHANGE
SELECT
• If you want to move to a title or a chapter to find
a desired scene.
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
HDD
Press the …† buttons to select Title or
Chapter.
4
Press the œ √ buttons or number buttons to
select the desired scene, then press the OK
button.
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
MOVE
√
SELECT
DVD-VIDEO
ANYKEY
Search
√
Bookmark
ENG
Subtitle
Off
Angle
1/1
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
D5.1CH
HDD
Off
Media
DVD
SELECT
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Off
Zoom
MOVE
1
√
Audio
Repeat
• If you want to move to a desired time, the following
instructions will help you find a scene.
√
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
MOVE
√
SELECT
DVD-VIDEO
ANYKEY
Search
√
Bookmark
√
Audio
ENG
Subtitle
Off
Angle
1/1
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
DVD
MOVE
D5.1CH
√
SELECT
English - 47
Playback
1
3
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
2
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 48
Press the …† buttons to select Search, then
press the OK or √ button.
Search
ANYKEY
Title
1/3
Time
00:00:37
CHANGE
Search
Title
Chapter
Time
CHANGE
Playing the Title List
SELECT
Follow these instructions to play back a scene from the
Title List.
Using the TITLE LIST button
ANYKEY
1/5
1/40
00:02:16
SELECT
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
HDD
3
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Press the …† buttons to select Time.
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Playback
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
4
Enter the time in the sequence of hours, minutes,
and seconds using the number buttons, then
press the OK button.
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
■
NOTE
■
■
This may not work for some discs.
When an audio CD(CD-DA) or an MP3
disc is inserted, depending on the disc
type, the information display may not appear.
The Time Search function does not
operate in some discs.
To make the screen disappear, press the
RETURN button.
48 - English
• Press the …† buttons to select Library, then
press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title, then
press the OK or √ button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select an entry you
want to play from Title List, then press the OK
or PLAY ( ) button.
The selected entry (title) will be played back.
3
To stop title play, press the STOP( ) button.
To return the title list screen, press the TITLE
LIST button.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 49
- About INFO button If you press the INFO button once during a playback,
the system information screen appears.: Displays Active
Status, Background Status, and Screen information.
HDD
Active status
Play
Background Status
––
Screen
Playback
Navigation Menu
System Info
Scene Navigation
12:00
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
If there is a title composed of markers (See page 52), you
can search the desired scene using the Scene Navigation.
Pressing the INFO button twice, Disc information screen
appears.: Displays Total numbers of Titles and Playlists,
Recordable Time(Title), Available Space(Music/Photo).
HDD
Total Title
Total Playlist
Recordable Time: Title
Available Space:Music/Photo
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
(VR mode)
Using the TITLE LIST button
Disc Info
3
1
35:41 SP
4755 MB
12:00
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
HDD
Name
Title
Created Time
Length
Playing Time
Audio
Title Protection
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
Playing Info
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR
1
1/3
JAN/01/2006 17:30
01:00:00 SP
00:00:02
Dolby Digital 2/0 L+R
Not Protected
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
12:00
• Press the …† buttons to select Title, then
press the OK or √ button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select an entry you
want to play from Title List, then press the
ANYKEY button.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
Protection
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
Copy
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Rename
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Delete
Edit
√
Playlist
√
Navigation
SP
√
JAN/01/2006 00:00
Select Media
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 49
Playback
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Pressing the INFO button three times, Current playback
information screen appears.: Displays information of
Playback Name, Title, Created Time, Length, Playing
Time, Audio, and if the disc protection is activated.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
3
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 50
Press the …† buttons to select Navigation,
then press the OK or √ button.
Press the OK button.
3
HDD
Scene Navigation
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
Protection
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
Copy
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Rename
01
Edit
√
Playlist
√
Navigation
SP
√
Scena Navigation
Navigation
Scene
Select Media
√
Time Navigation
JAN/01/2006 00:00
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
00:00:35
03
00:01:05
1/3
00:00:35
03
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select desired
scene, then press the OK or PLAY ( ) button.
4
■
02
SELECT
EXIT
Scene Navigation
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
00:00:05
02
MOVE
Press the …† buttons to select Scene
Navigation, then press the OK or √ button.
01
00:00:05
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Delete
4
1/3
Title List
NOTE
Scene Navigation will not operate if a
selected title does not have Markers.
00:01:05
Time Navigation
Playback
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
(VR mode)
5
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select desired
scene, then press the OK or PLAY ( ) button.
Using this function, you can search scene minute-byminute from the recorded title list.
Using the TITLE LIST button
Using the ANYKEY button
1
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
2
Press the …† buttons to select Navigation,
then press the œ √ buttons to select Scene.
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
HDD
ANYKEY
Search
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
√
Navigation Scene
Marker
Subtitle
√
Using the MENU button.
Off
Audio
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
CHANGE
√
SELECT
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title, then
press the OK or √ button.
50 - English
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
2
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 51
Press the …† buttons to select an entry you
want to play from Title List, then press the
ANYKEY button.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
Using the ANYKEY button
1
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Navigation,
then press the œ √ buttons to select Time.
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
Rename
Protection
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Copy
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Delete
Edit
√
Playlist
√
JAN/01/2006 00:00
Navigation
SP
Select Media
√
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HDD
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
3
Marker
Press the …† buttons to select Navigation,
then press the OK or √ button.
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
CHANGE
HDD
√
SELECT
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
Rename
Protection
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Copy
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Delete
Edit
√
Playlist
√
Navigation
SP
√
Scena Navigation
Navigation
Scene
√
Time Navigation
JAN/01/2006 00:00
Select Media
SELECT
RETURN
Press the OK button.
EXIT
HDD
Time Navigation
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
4
Press the …† buttons to select Time
Navigation, then press the OK or √ button.
00:00
01:00
00:00
œ√
HDD
1/3
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Time Navigation
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
4
Press the œ √ buttons to skip one minute at a
time and search the desired scene, then press
the OK or PLAY ( ) button.
00:00
01:00
00:00
œ√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
■
5
Press the œ √ buttons to skip one minute at a
time and search the desired scene, then press
the OK or PLAY ( ) button.
NOTE
■
■
Cursor does not move if the selected
recorded title is shorter than 1 minute.
The Navigation function may not work on
a disc that has not been recorded by this
device.
An edited title may not display the exact
search time.
English - 51
Playback
MOVE
3
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:20 PM
Page 52
4
Using Markers
Set marks at scenes you want to see again so that you
can start playback from the marked position.
Press the OK button again when the desired scene
appears.
• The number 02 is displayed and the scene is
memorized.
Marker
01 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
MOVE
PLAY
N:2
CANCEL
RETURN
(VR mode)
Using the MARKER button
1
Press the MARKER button during playback.
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Playback
Marker
SELECT
• HDD or DVD-RW (VR Mode) discs have the Marker
function instead of the Bookmark function. Since the
scenes may be displayed as many different pages,
numbering is necessary. If a disc in use is encoded
with Disc Protection or is a DVD-RAM disc, Markers
cannot be set or deleted, only playback is available.
N:0
Playing back a marker
RETURN
Using the ANYKEY button.
(VR mode)
• Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
• Press the …† buttons to select Marker,
then press the OK or √ button.
2
Press the OK button when the desired scene appears.
• The number 01 is displayed and the scene is memorized.
Using the MARKER button
1
Press the MARKER button during playback.
Marker
Marker
01 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
PLAY
CANCEL
N:2
N:1
MOVE
MOVE
01 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
RETURN
Using the ANYKEY button.
• Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
3
Press the √ buttons to move to the next position.
52 - English
• Press the …† buttons to select Marker,
then press the OK or √ button.
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
2
4/12/06 5:21 PM
Page 53
Press the œ √ buttons to select a marked scene.
2
Press the œ √ buttons to select a marked scene.
Marker
Marker
01 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 - - - - N : 8
N:2
MOVE
MOVE
3
PLAY
CANCEL
Press the OK or PLAY ( ) button to start
playing from the selected scene.
3
CANCEL
RETURN
Press the CANCEL button to delete the
selected mark.
• If you press the SKIP ( ) button, it moves to
the beginning of the marker. Pressing the button
once again within 3 seconds returns to the
beginning of the previous marker.
• If you press the SKIP (
the next marker.
PLAY
RETURN
Marker
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 - - - - - - N : 7
) button, it moves to
MOVE
Clearing a marker
(VR mode)
RETURN
When a marker is cleared while HDD/
DVD-RW (VR mode) is playing, marker
numbers will change. For example, if the 7th
marker is cleared after ten markers are
registered, the marker numbers after the
eighth will automatically move ahead by one
and the 8th marker becomes the 7th.
Using the MARKER button
1
Press the MARKER button during playback.
Marker
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 - - - - N : 8
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
Using the ANYKEY button.
• Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
• Press the …† buttons to select Marker,
then press the OK or √ button.
English - 53
Playback
■
SELECT
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:21 PM
Page 54
Using the Bookmarks
Press the OK button again when the desired
scene appears.
The number 2 is displayed and the scene is
memorized.
4
Bookmark
1 2- - - - - - -
--
(V-mode)
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
Using the MARKER button
• Repeat above to bookmark other positions.
1
Press the MARKER button during playback.
Bookmark
- - - - - - - - -
• You can bookmark up to 10 scenes.
--
■
NOTE
Playback
MOVE
SELECT
When the disc tray is opened and then
closed, bookmarks will disappear.
RETURN
Playing back a bookmark
Using the ANYKEY button.
• Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
• Press the …† buttons to select Bookmark,
Using the MARKER button
then press the OK or √ button.
.
2
1
Press the OK button when the desired scene
appears.
Press the MARKER button during playback.
Bookmark
1 2- - - - - - -
--
• The number 1 is displayed and the scene is
memorized.
Bookmark
1- - - - - - - -
--
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
Using the ANYKEY button.
• Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
MOVE
3
PLAY
CANCEL
Press the √ buttons to move to the next position.
54 - English
• Press the …† buttons to select Bookmark,
then press the OK or √ button.
RETURN
2
Press the œ √ buttons to select a bookmarked
scene.
3
Press the OK or PLAY(
from the selected scene.
) button to start playing
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:21 PM
Page 55
Clearing a bookmark
Using the MARKER button
1
Selecting the Subtitle
Language
Press the MARKER button during playback.
Bookmark
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -
--
Selects one of the subtitle language recorded on the
disc.
(VR mode)
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
Using the ANYKEY button.
Using the SUBTITLE button
• Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
• Press the …† buttons to select Bookmark,
then press the OK or √ button.
2
PLAY
--
CANCEL
RETURN
Press the CANCEL button to delete the selected
bookmark.
Bookmark 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - -
MOVE
SELECT
Off
Playback
MOVE
Press the SUBTITLE button during playback.
Subtitle
Press the œ √ buttons to select a bookmarked
scene.
Bookmark 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -
3
1
2
Press the …† buttons to select the desired
subtitle language. Also, press the SUBTITLE
button repeatedly to select the desired subtitle
language.
• To make the screen disappear, press the
CANCEL or RETURN button.
--
RETURN
English - 55
HR735/736_XSS_01~56
4/12/06 5:21 PM
Page 56
Using the ANYKEY button
1
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Subtitle.
Selecting the Soundtracks
& Audio Channels
Selecting the Audio
HDD
Selects one of the soundtracks recorded on the disc.
Also selects the audio channels from recorded TV
programmes.
ANYKEY
Search
√
(VR mode)
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
MOVE
√
Using the AUDIO button
CHANGE
1
Press the AUDIO button during playback.
HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW
Playback
3
Press the œ √ buttons to select the desired
subtitle language.
■
NOTE
■
Audio
The subtitle display may be different
depending on the disc type.
Some discs allow you to select the
language for the disc menu only.
***Dolby Digital 2/0 L+R
DVD-VIDEO
Audio ENG Dolby Digital 5.1CH
2
56 - English
Press the …† buttons to select the desired
soundtracks or audio channel. Also, press the
AUDIO button repeatedly to select the desired
soundtracks or audio channel.
• To make the screen disappear, then press the
CANCEL or RETURN button.
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:51 PM
Page 57
Using the ANYKEY button
1
2
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
Press the …† buttons to select Audio.
HDD
Changing the Camera
Angle
When a DVD VIDEO contains multiple angles of a
particular scene, you can select the Angle function.
ANYKEY
Search
√
Using the ANYKEY button
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
D 2/0 L+R
Audio
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
MOVE
3
√
1
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Angle.
CHANGE
Press the œ √ buttons to select the desired
soundtracks or audio channel.
DVD-VIDEO
ANYKEY
Search
√
Bookmark
■
NOTE
■
Subtitle
Off
Angle
1/3
Repeat
Soundtracks or Audio channel may be
different because they are disc-specific.
Some discs allow you to select the audio
language for the disc menu only.
D5.1CH
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
DVD
MOVE
3
√
ENG
Playback
Audio
√
CHANGE
Press the œ √ buttons to select the desired angle.
■
NOTE
■
■
This function is disc-dependent, and may
not work on all DVDs.
This function does not work when a DVD
has not been recorded with a multi-camera
angle system.
Displays the current angle, total angle
number.
English - 57
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:51 PM
Page 58
Repeat Play
Press the œ √ buttons to select Repeat Off,
Repeat A-B or Repeat Title or Repeat Chapter
you want to play repeatedly, then press the OK
button.
3
Playing Repeatedly(Repeat Playback)
■
NOTE
■
HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW(VR mode),
unfinalised DVD-R and unfinalised
DVD-RW (V mode) discs will do not repeat
a chapter.
You can also activate Normal Playback by
pressing the CANCEL button.
Using the REPEAT button
1
Press the REPEAT button during playback.
Repeat
Repeat A-B
Off
Playback
Using the REPEAT A-B button
2
Press the …† buttons to select the Off, Title or
Chapter you want to play repeatedly, then
press the OK button.
1
Press the REPEAT A-B button during playback.
Repeat A-B
Off
Using the ANYKEY button
1
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
2
Press the …† buttons to select the Repeat.
2
Press the OK button at the point where you want the
repeat play to start (A) and press it again at the point
where you want the repeat play to stop (B). Repeat
playback of the A-B section starts.
Repeat A-B
HDD
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
D 2/0 L+R
Audio
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
CHANGE
58 - English
√
SELECT
A-B
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 59
- To return to normal playback -
3
Press the CANCEL button to return to normal
playback.
■
NOTE
■
■
If you set point (B) before five seconds of
playback has lapsed, the prohibition mark
( ) will appear.
You can also activate Normal Playback by
pressing the CANCEL button.
Audio CDs(CD-DA), MP3 discs and
MPEG4 discs do not support the Repeat
A-B function.
Using the ANYKEY button
1
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Repeat.
Zooming-In
HDD
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
SELECT
1
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
HDD
Playback
CHANGE
√
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Marker
3
Press the œ √ buttons to select Repeat A-B,
then press the OK button.
Subtitle
Audio
Press the OK button at the point where you
want the repeat play to start (A) and press it
again at the point where you want the repeat
play to stop (B).Repeat playback of the A-B
section starts.
Repeat A-B
2
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
MOVE
4
√
Off
√
SELECT
Press the …† buttons to select Zoom, then press
the OK √ button. ( ) will be displayed.
A-B
- To return to normal playback -
5
Press the CANCEL button to return to normal
playback.
English - 59
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 60
3
Press …† œ √ buttons to move to the area you
want to enlarge.
4
Press the OK button.
The screen will be enlarged to twice the normal
size. The screen size will be enlarged to four times
the normal size.
HDD/DVD-VIDEO/
DVD-RAM/-RW/-R
■
NOTE
normal size ➞ X2 ➞ X4
➞ X2 ➞ normal size
Playing an Audio CD/
MP3
Playing an Audio CD(CD-DA)
1
Insert an audio CD (CD-DA) into the disc tray.
• The audio CD menu appears and the tracks
(songs) are played automatically.
CD
When the recording is done in EP mode, the
zoom function is not supported except when
the recording has been in V mode.
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
√
00:02:22
TRACK01
Playback
2
Length
TRACK
TRACK 01
01
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
005
TRACK 05
4:09
006
TRACK 06
5:08
007
TRACK 07
MOVE
Select Media
Title
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
†
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select the track (song)
you want to hear, and then press the OK button.
Audio CD(CD-DA) Screen Elements
!
1
Press the ANYKEY button during playback.
CD
Music List
TRACK01
2
Press the …† buttons to select Media.
@
√
00:02:22
TRACK01
#
HDD
ANYKEY
Search
$
%
1/16
No.
Title
Length
TRACK 01
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
005
TRACK 05
4:09
006
TRACK 06
5:08
007
TRACK 07
MOVE
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
^
†
EXIT
√
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
D 2/0 L+R
Audio
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
CHANGE
3
√
SELECT
Press the œ √ buttons to select HDD or DVD,
then press the OK button.
60 - English
1. Current track (song): Displays the number of the
track currently being played.
2. This shows the operating state of a disc and a
playback time corresponding to a portion that is
currently played.
3. Displays the current file type and file name.
4. Display available buttons.
5. Displays the current play index, total track number.
6. Displays the track list (song list).
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 61
Buttons on the Remote Control
used for Audio CD(CD-DA) playback
Playing an MP3 Disc
1
Insert an MP3 disc into the disc tray.
• The menu is displayed
2
Press the …† buttons to select Library, then press
the OK or √ button.
3
Press the …† buttons to select Music, then press
the OK or √ button.
4
Press the …† buttons to select the track you want to
hear, and then press the OK button.
CD
Music List
Song 1.mp3
1/10
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
Song1.mp3
1.mp3
Song
√
00:02:22
3.8 MB
MB
3.8
002 Song 10.mp3
3.8 MB
003 Song 2.mp3
5.1 MB
MP3 Song1.mp3
004 Song 3.mp3
9.2 MB
ROOT
005 Song 4.mp3
5.2 MB
006 Song 5.mp3
10.3 MB
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
†
EXIT
Playback
MP3 Screen Elements
!
ROOT
CD
Music List
Song 1.mp3
ROOT
%
1/10
No.
Title
Size
^
ROOT
Song
Song1.mp3
1.mp3
1. …†: Selects a track (song).
2. OK button, Play ( ) button : Plays the selected
track (song).
3. SKIP ( ) button: Plays the next track.
4. SKIP ( ) button: Returns to the beginning of the
current track when pressed during playback. If
pressed again, your HDD & DVD RECORDER moves
to and plays the previous track.
If you press the this button within three seconds after
playback starts, the previous track will be played.
If you press the this button after three seconds, the
current track will be replayed from the beginning.
5. STEP(
) buttons: Move the page up/down.
6. Press the SEARCH (
) buttons:
Fast Play (X2, X4, X8)
7. STOP ( ) button: Stops a track(song).
8. PLAY ( ) button: Plays a track(song) or pauses
playback.
9. ANYKEY button: The ANYKEY menu is displayed.
@
#
$
√
00:02:22
3.8
3.8 MB
MB
002 Song 10.mp3
3.8 MB
003 Song 2.mp3
5.1 MB
MP3 Song1.mp3
004 Song 3.mp3
ROOT
005 Song 4.mp3
5.2 MB
006 Song 5.mp3
10.3 MB
MOVE
SELECT
9.2 MB
RETURN
†
EXIT
1. Current track (song): Displays the name of the track
being played.
2. This shows the operating state of a disc and a
playback time corresponding to a portion that is
currently played.
3. Displays the current filetype, file name and
folder name.
4. Displays available buttons.
5. Displays the current play index, total track number.
6. Displays the track list (song list).
English - 61
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 62
Buttons on the Remote Control
used for MP3 playback
Repeat CD (CD-DA) & MP3
Using the REPEAT button.
1
During playback, press the REPEAT button repeatedly to
select the repeat mode you want.
CD
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
√
00:02:22
TRACK01
Title
Length
TRACK 01
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
005
TRACK 05
4:09
006
TRACK 06
5:08
007
TRACK 07
MOVE
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
†
EXIT
Playback
• Normal (CD (CD-DA)/MP3): Tracks on a disc are
played in the order in which they were recorded on the
disc.
•
Repeat Track (CD (CD-DA)/MP3)
•
Repeat Folder (MP3)
•
Repeat All (CD (CD-DA)/MP3)
•
Random (CD (CD-DA)/MP3): The random option
plays a disc’s track in random order.
- To return to normal playback -
2
1. …†: Selects a track (song).
2. OK button, Play ( ) button: Plays the selected
track (song).
3. SKIP ( ) button: Plays the next track.
4. SKIP ( ) button: Returns to the beginning of the
current track when pressed during playback. If
pressed again, your HDD & DVD RECORDER
moves to and plays the previous track.
If you press the this button within three seconds after
playback starts, the previous track will be played.
If you press the this button after three seconds, the
current track will be replayed from the beginning.
5. STEP(
) buttons: Move the page up/down.
6. STOP ( ) button: Stops a track(song).
7. PLAY ( ) button: Plays a track(song) or pauses
playback.
8. ANYKEY button: The ANYKEY menu is displayed.
62 - English
Press the REPEAT or CANCEL button repeatedly
to return to normal playback.
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 63
New Playlist
Using the ANYKEY button
1
Press the ANYKEY button during the Music List
playback.
CD
You can register a maximum 28 tracks in the playlist.
1
Press the ANYKEY button during the Music List
playback.
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
00:02:22
Title
Length
TRACK
TRACK 01
01
4:19
002 TRACK 02
3:57
003 TRACK 03
3:57
004 TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK01
Play Mode
Mode
Play
005 √√ TRACK 05
4:09
Playlist
006 √ TRACK 06
5:08
Select Media
007 √ TRACK 07
3:31
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
CD
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
EXIT
4:19
002 TRACK 02
3:57
003 TRACK 03
3:57
004 TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK01
Play Mode
Mode
Play
005 TRACK 05
4:09
Playlist
006 √ TRACK 06
5:08
Select Media
007 √ TRACK 07
√√
MOVE
2
3:31
SELECT
RETURN
†
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Play Mode, then
press the OK or √ button.
2
CD
Press the …† buttons to select Playlist, then
press the OK or √ button.
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
00:02:22
TRACK01
Play Mode
Playlist
Select Media
Title
Length
TRACK 01
4:19
002 TRACK 02
3:57
003 TRACK 03
Normal04
004 TRACK
3:57
Repeat05
Track
005 √√ TRACK
4:09
√
Repeat06
All
006 TRACK
5:08
CD
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
√
007 TRACK
07
Random
3:31
SELECT
RETURN
4:19
002 TRACK 02
3:57
003 TRACK 03
3:57
004 TRACK 04
4:03
4:09
Playlist
Playlist
005 √ TRACK 05
New
NewPlaylist
Playlist
006 √ TRACK
06
Select Media
Go To 07
Playlist
007 √ TRACK
II
00:00:02
00:02:22
†
EXIT
MOVE
Press the …† buttons to select desired play mode,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Normal (CD (CD-DA)/MP3): Tracks on a disc are
played in the order in which they were recorded on the
disc.
•
Repeat Track (CD (CD-DA)/MP3)
•
Repeat Folder (MP3)
•
Repeat All (CD (CD-DA)/MP3)
•
Random (CD (CD-DA)/MP3): The random option
plays a disc’s tracks in random order.
3
Length
SELECT
5:08
3:31
RETURN
†
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select New Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
CD
No.
Make Playlist
Title
No.
Playlist
ADD
RETURN
001 TRACK 01
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 03
004 TRACK 04
005 TRACK 05
006 TRACK 06
007 TRACK 07
MOVE
4
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select tracks in the
order in which you want them to play, then
press the OK button.
CD
No.
Make Playlist
Title
No.
001 TRACK 01
Playlist
001 TRACK 04
002 TRACK 02
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 03
003 TRACK 06
004 TRACK 04
004 TRACK 01
005 TRACK 05
005 TRACK 07
006 TRACK 06
007 TRACK 07
MOVE
ADD
RETURN
EXIT
English - 63
Playback
MOVE
Title
TRACK 01
4:03
Play Mode
3
Length
TRACK 01
00:02:22
†
Title
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
5
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 64
If you playlisted a wrong track, press the √…†
buttons to select the wrong track, then press the
OK or CANCEL button. The wrong track will be
removed.
CD
Go To Playlist
1
Press the ANYKEY button during the Music List
playback.
Make Playlist
No.
Title
001 TRACK 01
Playlist
001 TRACK 04
002 TRACK 02
002 TRACK 02
CD
No.
004 TRACK 04
003 TRACK 06
004 TRACK 01
005 TRACK 05
005 TRACK 07
003 TRACK 03
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
00:02:22
006 TRACK 06
TRACK01
007 TRACK 07
MOVE
CANCEL
EXIT
Title
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
Play
2PlayMode
Mode
005
√
√
TRACK 05
4:09
Playlist
006
√
TRACK 06
5:08
Select Media
007
√
TRACK 07
MOVE
6
3:31
SELECT
RETURN
†
EXIT
To store the Playlist, press the ANYKEY button.
2
CD
Press the …† buttons to select Playlist, then
press the OK or √ button.
Make Playlist
No.
Title
No.
001 TRACK 01
Playlist
001 TRACK 04
002 TRACK 02
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 03
003 TRACK 06
004 TRACK 01
004 TRACK 04
CD
1/16
No.
00:02:22
Go To
Playlist07
007
TRACK
Playback
Music List
TRACK01
005 TRACK 07
005 TRACK 05
Delete
Delete
006
TRACK 06
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
3
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK 05
New
NewPlaylist
Playlist
TRACK
06
4:09
004
005
√
Playlist
006
√
007
√
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
†
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Go To Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
Playlist
Playlist
No.
No.
é
5:08
Go To Playlist
TRACK
07
CD
CD
Length
01
TRACK 01
MOVE
Press the …† buttons to select the Go To
Playlist, then press the OK button.
A new Playlist will be created.
Title
Play Mode
Select Media
7
Length
TRACK 01
Title
PLAYLIST
PLAYLIST
Playlist01
Length
é
Title
PLAYLIST
PLAYLIST
Playlist01
Length
00:00:00
PLAYLIST
00:00:00
PLAYLIST
MOVE
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
4
64 - English
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select the desired
playlist folder, then press the OK button.
The selected tracks are played automatically.
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 65
Delete the Playlist
1
Press the ANYKEY button during the Music List
playback.
CD
Press the …† buttons to select the Playlist you
want to delete.
5
Press the ANYKEY button.
Music List
TRACK01
CD
1/16
No.
II 00:02:22
00:00:02
Title
TRACK 01
Length
4:19
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
Playlist
No.
4:03
√
00:02:22
Delete
Delete Playlist
Playlist
4:09
Playlist
Edit Playist
PLAYLIST
006
√
TRACK 06
5:08
Select Media
007
√
TRACK 07
3:31
RETURN
New Playlist
†
CD
Go To Music List
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Playlist, then
press the OK or √ button.
MOVE
6
Music List
TRACK01
TRACK 01
4:19
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK 05
New Playlist
TRACK
06
4:09
Go To Playlist
TRACK
07
3:31
005
√
Playlist
Playlist
006
√
Select Media
007
√
MOVE
SELECT
Press the …† buttons to select the Delete
Playlist, then press the OK or √ button.
Playlist
No.
Do you want to delete?
PLAYLIST
Yes
No
†
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Go To Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
CD
Length
√
00:02:22
Delete
Playlist
5:08
RETURN
Title
PLAYLIST
Playlist01
MOVE
3
EXIT
Length
002
004
RETURN
7
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press
the OK button. The selected Playlist is deleted.
Playlist
No.
Title
PLAYLIST
PLAYLIST
Length
Playlist01
Playlist02
é
00:00:00
PLAYLIST
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 65
Playback
00:02:22
Play Mode
Title
SELECT
CD
1/16
No.
Length
Playlist02
TRACK 04
005 √√ TRACK 05
SELECT
Title
PLAYLIST
Playlist01
TRACK01
Play Mode
MOVE
2
4
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 66
Go To Edit Playlist
1
5
Press the ANYKEY button in playlist mode.
Press the ANYKEY button during the Music List
playback.
CD
Playlist
No.
Title
PLAYLIST
Length
Playlist01
Playlist02
CD
√
00:02:22
Delete
Playlist
Music List
TRACK01
Edit Playist
PLAYLIST
1/16
No.
00:02:22
Title
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK01
Play Mode
005 √√ TRACK 05
4:09
Playlist
006
√
TRACK 06
5:08
Select Media
007
√
TRACK 07
MOVE
SELECT
New Playlist
Length
TRACK 01
Go To Music List
MOVE
3:31
RETURN
Press the …† buttons to select Edit Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
CD
No.
001 TRACK 04
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 06
Music List
004 TRACK 04
004 TRACK 01
1/16
005 TRACK 05
005 TRACK 07
006 TRACK 06
TRACK 01
4:19
007 TRACK 07
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK 05
4:09
Playback
005
Playlist
Playlist
New
New Playlist
Playlist
006 √ TRACK
06
Select Media
Go To Playlist
007 √ TRACK
07
MOVE
3
√
SELECT
MOVE
3:31
RETURN
Title
PLAYLIST
PLAYLIST
EXIT
†
7
Press the …† buttons to select tracks in the order
in which you want them to play, then press the OK
button.
8
If you playlisted a wrong track, press the √ …†
buttons to select the wrong track, then press the
OK or CANCEL button.
9
To store the Playlist, press the ANYKEY button.
Length
Playlist01
Playlist02
é
RETURN
EXIT
Playlist
No.
ADD
5:08
Press the …† buttons to select Go To Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
CD
Playlist
003 TRACK 03
Title
Play Mode
No.
002 TRACK 02
Length
No.
00:02:22
Edit Playlist
Title
001 TRACK 01
TRACK01
EXIT
†
Press the …† buttons to select Playlist, then
press the OK or √ button.
CD
RETURN
EXIT
6
2
SELECT
00:00:00
PLAYLIST
CD
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
No.
EXIT
Edit Playlist
Title
No.
Playlist
001 TRACK 01
001 TRACK
TRACK 04
04
002 TRACK 02
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 03
003 TRACK 06
004 TRACK 04
004 TRACK 01
005 TRACK 05
4
Delete
Delete
006
TRACK 06
Press the …† buttons to select the Playlist you
want to edit.
007
Go ToTRACK
Playlist07
MOVE
10
66 - English
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select the Go To
Playlist, then press the OK button.
Playlist will be edited.
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 67
Go To Music List
1
2
Press the ANYKEY button during the Playlist
playback.
Press the …† buttons to select Select Media, then
press the OK or √ button.
CD
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
CD
Playlist
TRACK04
1/4
No.
Title
00:02:22
Length
Playlist01
00:02:22
TRACK04
Title
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK 05
HDD 06
TRACK
4:09
TRACK01
Play Mode
005
√
006
√
007
√
TRACK 04
4:03
Playlist
002
TRACK 02
3:57
Select Media
003
TRACK 06
5:08
004
TRACK 01
4:19
Length
TRACK 01
5:08
DVD 07
TRACK
MOVE
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
†
EXIT
†
New
NewPlaylist
Playlist
Go To Music List
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
3
2
Press the …† buttons to select Go To Music List,
then press the OK or √ button.
CD
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
√
00:00:05
TRACK01
Title
Length
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
005
TRACK 05
4:09
006
TRACK 06
5:08
007
TRACK 07
3:31
SELECT
RETURN
Viewing a Picture
†
EXIT
Select Media
1
Insert a JPEG disc into the disc tray.
• The menu is displayed
2
Press the …† buttons to select Library, then press the
OK or √ button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Press the ANYKEY button.
Library
Library
Programme
Setup
Music List
TRACK01
Title
√
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
1/16
No.
Title
Length
TRACK 01
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
Play
2PlayMode
Mode
005 √√ TRACK 05
4:09
Playlist
006
√
TRACK 06
5:08
Select Media
007
√
TRACK 07
00:02:22
TRACK01
Library
CD
Disc Manager
CD
Playback
TRACK 01
MOVE
1
Press the …† buttons to select HDD or DVD, then
press the OK or √ button.
MOVE
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
†
EXIT
English - 67
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
3
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 68
Press the …† buttons to select Photo, then press the
OK or √ button.
6
Press the …† buttons to select Slideshow,
then press the OK or √ button.
Photo List
CD
CD
Photo List
Image 1.jpg
1/17
Image 1.jpg
1/17
ROOT
ROOT
Image 1.jpg
Image 10.jpg
Image 1.jpg
Copy
Slideshow
Slideshow
Image Media
13.jpg
Select
Image 13.jpg
Image 14.jpg
Image 15.jpg
4
SELECT
Image 11.jpg
Image 16.jpg
Image 15.jpg
Image 16.jpg
Slow
√√
RETURN
Normal
Normal
Image
√ 14.jpg
Fast
MOVE
MOVE
Image 10.jpg
Image 11.jpg
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select a picture.
• To see the next 8 pictures, press the SKIP (
button.
• To see the previous 8 pictures, press the
SKIP( ) button.
)
7
Press the …† buttons to select the slideshow
speed, then press the OK or √ button.
The slide show starts.
Playback
- To stop the Slide Show -
1
Slide Show
5
Press the ANYKEY button.
Press the ANYKEY button.
Photo List
CD
é
1/17
Image 1.jpg
00:00:00
Slideshow
√
Slideshow Off
Go to Photolist
ROOT
Image 1.jpg
Image 10.jpg
Image 11.jpg
Image 15.jpg
Image 16.jpg
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Copy
Slideshow
Select
Media
Image 13.jpg
√
√
Image
14.jpg
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
2
68 - English
Press the …† buttons to select Slideshow Off,
then press the OK or √ button.
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 69
Rotate
- To stop the Rotate -
To setup, follow steps 1 to 4 in pages 67~68.
Press the ANYKEY button.
1
-1 Press the OK button to select the picture you
want to see, then press the ANYKEY button.
5
Image 15.jpg
6/17
Rotate
Rotate
√√
Go to Photolist
MOVE
Slideshow
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
√
00:00:00 √
é
Rotate
Zoom
Go to Photolist
MOVE
6
SELECT
RETURN
Press the …† buttons to select Rotate, then
press the OK or √ button.
Image 15.jpg
Slideshow
é
Rotate
2
Press the …† buttons to select Rotate, then
press the OK or √ button.
3
Press the …† buttons to select Rotate Off, then
press the OK or √ button.
6/17
Zoom
√
Rotate Off
00:00:00 √√ Rotate 90
Rotate 180
Go to Photolist
To setup, follow steps 1 to 4 in pages 67~68.
Rotate 270
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select the rotate angle,
then press the OK or √ button.
-1 Press the OK button to select the picture you
want to see, then press the ANYKEY button.
5
Image 15.jpg
Slideshow
Slideshow
é
Rotate
6/17
√
√
00:00:00 √
Zoom
Go to Photolist
MOVE
6
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Zoom, then
press the OK or √ button.
English - 69
Playback
Zoom
7
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
7
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 70
Go To Photo List
Each time the OK button is pressed, the picture
is enlarged up to 4x(four times the normal size).
To setup, follow steps 1 to 4 in pages 67~68.
➞ X2 ➞ X4 ➞ X2 ➞ Normal
5
-1 Press the OK button to select the picture you
want to see, then press the ANYKEY button.
Image 15.jpg
6/17
- To stop the Zoom Slideshow
1
Press the ANYKEY button.
é
Rotate
√
√
00:00:00 √
Zoom
Go to Photolist
MOVE
6
Zoom
ZoomOff
Off
Photo List
Image 15.jpg
RETURN
Image 13.jpg
Image 1.jpg
Image 14.jpg
MOVE
Press the …† buttons to select Zoom Off, then
press the OK or √ button.
70 - English
6/17
EXIT
Playback
SELECT
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Go to Photo
list, then press the OK or √ button.
ROOT
2
RETURN
CD
Go to Photolist
MOVE
SELECT
Image 10.jpg
Image 11.jpg
Image 15.jpg
Image 16.jpg
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 71
Playing an MPEG4
4
Press the …† buttons to select the avi file
(DivX), then press the OK or PLAY ( ) button.
5
When MPEG4 file is played, you can use
following functions. Pressing the STOP ( )
button once during playback will display the file
list, pressing the button again will exit the menu
screen.
Using the MENU button
MPEG4 Function Description
1
2
Insert a DivX disc into the disc tray.
• The menu is displayed
Function
Press the …† buttons to select Library, then
press the OK or √ button.
(In case of playing a DivX Disc, see number 4 on
this page.)
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Description
Skip
During play, press the SKIP (
) buttons,
it moves forward or backward 5 minutes.
Search
During play, press the SEARCH (
) buttons and press
again to search at a faster speed. (Fast 1, Fast 2, Fast 3)
Slow Motion In pause or step mode, press the SEARCH ( )
Play
button on the remote control.(Slow1,Slow2,Slow3)
Step Motion Press the STEP ( ) button on the remote
Play
control in the still mode.
Library
CD
Library
Library
Programme
Setup
MOVE
3
Title
√√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
SELECT
RETURN
■
NOTE
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select DivX(MPEG4),
then press the OK or √ button.
The DivX(MPEG4) List screen is displayed.
■
■
CD
DivX (MPEG4) List
Movie 1.avi
1/1
No.
Title
Size
This unit can play the following video
compression formats,
- DivX Video (Codec) Format : DivX 3.11
DivX 4.x DivX 5.x (without QPEL and
GMC)
- DivX Audio (Codec) Format : MP3, MPEG1
Audio Layer 2, Windows Media Audio,
LPCM, AC3
Supported subtitle file formats: .smi, .srt,
.sub, .psb, .txt, .ass (The subtitle file
should have exactly the same name to
corresponding MPEG4 file name)
Some MPEG4 files created on a personal
computer may not be play back.
Codec Type, Version and Higher resolution
over specification are not supported.
ROOT
001 Movie 1.avi
162.8MB
162.8MB
DivX(MPEG4)
MPEG4
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 71
Playback
Disc Manager
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 72
DivX Subtitle Encoding
1
Press the ANYKEY button in the file list.
CD
DivX (MPEG4) List
Movie 1.avi
1/1
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
001 Movie_01.avi
Movie 1.avi
162.8MB
0.7MB
DivX(MPEG4)
Copy
Copy
ROOT
Subtitle
Encoding
√
Select Media
√
MOVE
2
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Subtitle
Encoding, then press the OK or √ button.
CD
DivX (MPEG4) List
Movie 1.avi
1/1
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
Movie 1.avi
001 Movie_01.avi
162.8MB
0.7MB
Western(Windows)
Western(Windows)
Playback
DivX(MPEG4)
Copy
Central(Windows)
ROOT
Subtitle
Encoding
√
Greek(Windows)
Select Media
√
Cyrillic(Windows)
MOVE
3
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select a supported
DivX subtitle language by region, then press the
OK button.
Western
Afrikaans, Basque, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
English, Faeroese, Finnish, French, German,
Icelandic, Indonesian, Italian, Malay, Norwegian,
Portuguese, Spanish, Swahili, Swedish
Central
English, Albanian, Croatian, Czech, Hungarian,
Polish, Romanian, Serbian(Latin), Slovak,
Slovenian
Greek
English, Greek
Cyrillic
English, Azeri, Belarusian, Bulgarian, Kazakh,
Macedonian, Russian, Serbian, Tatar, Ukrainian,
Uzbek
■
NOTE
SELECT
If the subtitle language is displayed in
broken fonts, change DivX Subtitle to the
appropriate region. If is still does not work,
the format is not supported.
72 - English
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 73
Recording
Before Recording
This unit can record on various types of discs. Before
recording, read the following instructions and select the
disc type according to your preference.
Recordable Discs
This section shows various HDD & DVD
Recording methods.
This HDD & DVD RECORDER can record on the
following discs.
HDD
DVD-RW
DVD-R
•DVD-RWs are rewritable.
•DVD-Rs are non-rewritable
Compatibility between Samsung and Other Company’s
Recorder
Disc Types
Recording
format
VR Mode
V Mode
Before Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
V Mode
DVD-R
Recording the current TV programme
you are watching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Recording from external equipment
you are watching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Copying from a Camcorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Making a One Touch Recording (OTR) . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Simultaneous Recording and Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Making a Timer Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Editing the Scheduled List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Deleting a Scheduled List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Go To Recorded List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
■
NOTE
■
Finalise
- This closes the DVD-RW/-R so no
additional recording can be done.
Unfinalise
- This allows additional recording on a
DVD-RW disc originally recorded on the
HDD & DVD RECORDER.
- A DVD-RW disc that has been recorded
by DAO(Disc At Once) in a PC cannot be
unfinalised.
- A DVD-RW disc that has been recorded
in Video Mode of a different maker’s
recorder cannot be unfinalised.
- A DVD-R disc cannot be unfinalised.
English - 73
Recording
DVD-RW
Recording Device Finalising Additional Recording
in Samsung Recorder
Not recordable
finalised
Samsung
Recordable
not finalised
Not recordable
finalised
Other Company
Recordable
not finalised
Not recordable
finalised
Samsung
not finalised
Recordable
Not recordable
finalised
Other Company
not finalised Not recordable
finalised
Not recordable
Samsung
not finalised
Recordable
finalised
Not recordable
Other Company
not finalised Not recordable
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 74
Recording Formats
When you insert an unused disc, the following message
appears. Since available functions differ depending on
the disc type, select a disc that best fits your preferences.
DVD-RW: When unused DVD-RW disc is first inserted,
the message “Uninitialized Disc Do you want to
initialize this disc?” will be displayed. If you
select Yes, the disc will be formatted in VR
mode.
If you want to change the mode, refer to
Formatting a Disc on pages 114~115.
Uninitialized Disc.
Do you want to initialize this disc?
Yes
No
DVD-R: Formatting disc is unnecessary and only V Mode
Recording is supported.
Recording Mode
Select one of four recording modes by pressing the
REC MODE button repeatedly while the unit is in Stop
mode for the desired recording time and picture quality.
In general, picture quality improves as the recording
time decreases. In FR mode, the most suitable record
mode is adjusted automatically, according to remaining
time on the disc and length of the timer recording. This
function is selected only one mode in XP, SP, LP and
EP modes and you can use this mode for timer recording.
• DVD-HR735
Recording Mode
XP
(high quality mode)
SP
(standard quality mode)
Recording Times
HDD (160GB)
DVD-RW/-R
Approx. 1 hour
Approx. 38 hours
about 8.5 Mbps
Approx. 2 hours
Approx. 72 hours
about 4.5 Mbps
LP
(long recording mode)
Approx. 138 hours
EP
(extended mode)
FR
(Flexible Recording)
Approx. 205 hours
Approx. 272 hours
Approx.38~205 hours
Approx. 4 hours
about 2 Mbps
Approx. 6 hours/
about 1.6 Mbps
Approx. 8 hours/
about 1.2 Mbps
Approx.1~6 hours
DVD-RW(V mode)/-R
Recording
• Chapters will be created automatically when you finalise
recording on DVD-RW/-R discs in Video mode.
The chapter’s length (interval between chapters) varies
according to the recording mode.
• Simple editing (erasing titles/changing title name)
DVD-RW(VR mode)
• This mode allows multiple editing functions (such as
deletion of the whole title, partial deletion of a title, etc.)
• Various editing options using a created Playlist.
• DVD-HR736
Recording Mode
XP
(high quality mode)
SP
(standard quality mode)
Recording Times
HDD (250GB)
DVD-RW/-R
Approx. 1 hour
Approx. 62 hours
about 8.5 Mbps
Approx. 2 hours
Approx. 116 hours
about 4.5 Mbps
LP
(long recording mode)
Approx. 223 hours
EP
(extended mode)
FR
(Flexible Recording)
■
NOTE
74 - English
Approx. 330 hours
Approx. 437 hours
Approx.62~330 hours
Approx. 4 hours
about 2 Mbps
Approx. 6 hours/
about 1.6 Mbps
Approx. 8 hours/
about 1.2 Mbps
Approx.1~6 hours
Recording time may vary according to
specific conditions.
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 75
Unrecordable pictures
Video with copy protection cannot be recorded on this
HDD & DVD RECORDER.
When the HDD & DVD RECORDER receives a copyguard signal while recording, recording stops and the
following message appears on the screen.
Recording the current TV
programme you are watching
Check that the disc has enough available space for the
recording. Adjust the recording mode.
You cannot record copy protected movie.
1
Concerning Copy Control Signals
TV broadcasts that contain copy control signals may have one
of the following three signal types, Copy-Free, Copy-Once and
Copy-Never. If you want to record a copy-once type
programme, use DVD-RW with CPRM in VR Mode.
Signal type
Media
DVD-RW(Ver.1.1)
Copy-Free
Copy-Once
Copy-Never
O
-
-
Press the HDD or DVD button.
If you select DVD, Press the OPEN/CLOSE button and
place a recordable disc on the disc tray.
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close the disc tray.
Wait until LOAD disappears from the front panel display.
If an unused DVD-RW disc is used, whether to initialize
or not will be asked first. Make your selection, then press
the OK button.(See page 74)
DVD-RW(Ver.1.1)
with CPRM
Uninitialized Disc.
Do you want to initialize this disc?
VR mode
O
V mode
O
-
DVD-R
O
-
O*
Yes
No
cannot be done anymore.
- Content Protection for Recordable Media (CPRM)
CPRM is a mechanism that ties a recording to the media on
which it is recorded. It is supported by some HDD & DVD
RECORDERs, but not by many DVD players. Each blank
recordable DVD has a unique 64-bit media ID etched in the
BCA. When protected content is recorded onto the disc, it can
be encrypted with a 56-bit C2 (Cryptomeria) cipher derived
from the media ID.
2
Press the PROG (
) or number buttons to select
the current programme you want to record.
During playback, the ID is read from the BCA and used to
generate a key to decrypt the contents of the disc. If the
contents of the disc are copied to other media, the ID will be
absent or wrong and the data will not be decryptable.
English - 75
Recording
Once “Copy Once” has been recorded, recording
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
3
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 76
Press the REC MODE button repeatedly, (or press the
REC MODE button and then press the …† buttons) to
select the recording speed(quality).
➞ SP ➞ LP ➞ EP ➞ XP
Record Mode
4
Recording : PR 1 [SP]
Recording
You can not change the recording mode
and the PROG while recording.
■
Recording will stop automatically if there is
no free space left for recording.
■
Up to 99 titles can be recorded onto a
disc.(DVD-RW/-R)
■
Up to 999 titles can be registered on the
HDD.
■
HDD recording is available for up to 24
hours, and when recording for 24 hours, 4
titles will be recorded with each being 6
hours in length.
■
Recording will stop automatically if a copy
protected image is selected.
■
DVD-RW discs must be formatted before
starting to record. Most new discs are sold
unformatted.
■
Do not use DVD-R authoring discs with
this unit.
NOTE
SP(35:12)
Press the REC button.
Information concerning the channel is displayed
on the screen, then recording begins.
Icon( ) is displayed on the front panel.
- To pause recording • Press the REC PAUSE button to pause a recording
in progress.
• Press the REC PAUSE button again during pause to
resume recording.
• You can switch channels by pressing the
PROG (
) buttons while recording pauses.
- To stop recording Press the STOP ( ) button to stop or finish a
recording in progress.
• When using DVD-RW/-R discs, the message
“Updating the information of disc. Please wait for a
moment” is displayed.
76 - English
■
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:52 PM
Page 77
Recording from external
equipment you are watching
4
Press the REC button.
Information concerning the external input mode is
displayed on the screen, then recording begins.
Icon(
) is displayed on the front panel.
- To pause recording • Press the REC PAUSE button to pause a recording
in progress.
Before you start
Check that the disc has enough available space for the
recording. Adjust the recording mode.
• Press the REC PAUSE button again during pause to
resume recording.
• You can switch channels by pressing the
PROG (
) buttons while recording pauses.
1
2
Press the HDD or DVD button.
If you select DVD, press the OPEN/CLOSE button and
place a recordable disc on the disc tray. Press the
OPEN/CLOSE button to close the disc tray.
Wait until LOAD disappears from the front panel display.
If an unused DVD-RW disc is used, whether to initialize
or not will be asked first. (See page 74)
Press the INPUT SEL. button to select the input
source according to the connection you made.
The front panel display changes in the following
sequence:
➞ PR Number ➞ AV1 ➞ AV2 ➞ DV
- To stop recording Press the STOP ( ) button to stop or finish a
recording in progress.
• When using DVD-RW/-R discs, the message
“Updating the information of disc. Please wait for a
moment” is displayed.
If you connect a digital camcorder, press the
INPUT SEL. button to select DV. (See page 78)
Press the REC MODE button repeatedly, (or press
the REC MODE button, then press the …† buttons)
to select the recording speed (quality).
Recording
3
➞ SP ➞ LP ➞ EP ➞ XP
Record Mode
SP(35:12)
English - 77
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:53 PM
Page 78
Copying from a Camcorder
4
Press the INPUT SEL. button to select DV.
If the input is set to DV, a playback/record menu that
enables camcorder control appears on the top of the
screen.
DV
You may control the Camcorder using the IEEE1394 (DV)
interface.
The DV device is connected
Recording
MOVE
1
Connect the DV output jack of your camcorder to the
DV input jack on the front of your HDD & DVD
RECORDER using a DV cable.
2
3
RETURN
5
Select the Play (√) icon on the upper part of the
screen to playback the camcorder and find the
starting position to copy.
Press the HDD or DVD button.
If you select DVD, press the OPEN/CLOSE button and
place a recordable disc on the disc tray. Press the
OPEN/CLOSE button to close the disc tray. Wait until
LOAD disappears from the front panel display.
6
To start recording, use the œ √ buttons to select
Record ( ● ) icon in the top side of the screen, then
press the OK button.
You can press the REC button of the remote control
to start recording.
Press the REC MODE button repeatedly to select
the recording speed(quality).
- To stop recording -
➞ SP ➞ LP ➞ EP ➞ XP
Press the STOP ( ) button to stop or finish a
recording in progress.
• When using DVD-RW/-R discs, the message
“Updating the information of disc. Please wait for
a moment” is displayed.
Record Mode
SP(35:12)
■
NOTE
78 - English
To display playback related icons on the
screen, press any direction button on the
remote control.
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:53 PM
Page 79
Making a One Touch
Recording (OTR)
You can set the HDD & DVD RECORDER to record in
30-minute increments up to 8 hours by pressing the REC
button.
■
NOTE
The timer counter decreases by the
minute from 8:00 to 0:00, then the HDD &
DVD RECORDER stops recording.
- To stop recording Press the STOP ( ) button. The message “Do you
want to stop recording?” is displayed.
• Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the
OK button.
• Or press the STOP (
1
2
3
Press the HDD or DVD button.
If you select DVD, press the OPEN/CLOSE button and
place a recordable disc on the disc tray. Press the
OPEN/CLOSE button to close the disc tray. Wait until
LOAD disappears from the front panel display.
Press the PROG (
) or number buttons to select
the programme to record. If you want to record
through a connected external component, press the
INPUT SEL. button to select an appropriate external
input(AV1, AV2, DV or PR01).
) button again.
About INFO button
During recording, press the INFO button once, the system
information screen appears.: Displays Active Status,
Background Status, and Main Screen information.
HDD
Active status
Record SP
Background Status – –
Screen
Recording:PR1 [SP]
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
12:00
Press the REC button to start recording.
Recording : PR 1 [SP]
Disc Info
3
None
35:37 SP
4745MB
12:00
Press the REC button repeatedly to adjust the
desired recording time.
➞ 0:30 ➞ 1:00 ➞ ... 8:00 ➞ Off
OTR Mode
Pressing the INFO button three times: Current recording
information screen appears.: Displays information of
recording Name, Title, Created Time and Recording Time.
0:30
HDD
Name
Recording Title
Recording Info
JAN/01/2006 12:00 PR
1
4
Created Time
JAN/01/2006 12:00
Recording Time
00:13:27
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
12:00
English - 79
Recording
Pressing the INFO button twice, Disc information screen
appears.: Displays Total numbers of Titles and Playlists,
Recordable Time(Title), Available Space(Music/Photo).
HDD
Total TItle
Total Playlist
Recordable Time:Title
Available Space:Music/Photo
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
4
System Info
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:53 PM
Page 80
Simultaneous
Recording and Playback
2
Press the OK or PLAY ( ) button.
It plays back the title that you are currently
recording from the beginning.
√ Play
You can play back from the beginning of the programme
you are currently recording.
You can watching the previous title list while recording a
programme.
While Recording
1
Press the PLAY (
) button.
It plays back the title that you are currently
recording from the beginning.
Playback is not available for 10 seconds from the
start of recording.
You can use the SKIP (
) and other
playback-related buttons to view the previous
recorded list.
- Stopping Playback / Recording -
1
Press the STOP ( ) button. Playback screen
disappears and the recording in progress screen
appears.
2
Pressing the STOP (
stop the recording.
) button once more will
√ Play
■
NOTE
■
Recording
■
Using the TITLE LIST button
1
With the unit in recording mode, press the TITLE LIST
button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
Press the …†/SKIP (
) buttons to select the
recording title list.
HDD
Title List
RECORDING...
4/4
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
004 RECORDING...
Recording
00:00:00
JAN/02/2006 00:00
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
80 - English
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
No sound is heard during search mode.
DVD disc playback is available during HDD
recording. However, JPEG, MP3, and DivX
files in the disc cannot be played back.
HDD playback is available during DVD
recording. However, JPEG and MP3 files in
the HDD cannot be played back.
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:53 PM
Page 81
Making a Timer
Recording
3
Press the OK button to select Add a list.
HDD
Scheduled List
Current Time 10:54
No.
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
Mode
No.01 No Title
1. Check the antenna cable is connected.
2. Check the remaining time of the disc.
3. Check the date and time are correct.
Make sure the Clock (Setup-Clock Set) must be set
before you proceed with a timer recording.
(See pages 28~29)
To
Source
Date
Start
End
HDD
PR 01
JAN 01
10 : 54
12 : 54
Recordable Time HDD 35:45 SP
Recordable Time
HDD
MOVE
Title
SP
Save
35:45 SP
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the ANYKEY button.
• Press the ANYKEY button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Add, then press
the OK or √ button.
Using the TIMER button
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the TIMER button.
The Programme screen is displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Disc Manager
Set timer recording option.
• Fill the input items using the …†œ √ buttons and
number buttons.
œ √ : Moves to the previous/next item.
…†, 0~9 : Sets a value.
Programme
HDD
Library
4
Scheduled List
√
√
Recorded List
√
Programme
Setup
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• To : Select the media to record HDD or DVD.
• Source : The video input source (AV1 or AV2)
or the broadcasting channel you want to make a
timer recording from.
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press
the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Programme, then
press the OK or √ button.
JAN 31
JAN 30
JAN 29
JAN 02
JAN 01
2
Every SUN
Every SAT
MON-FRI
MON-SAT
Every Day
Press the OK or √ button to select Scheduled List.
HDD
Scheduled List
Current Time 10:54
No.
To
Source
Date
Start
Add a list
End
Mode
Recordable Time HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 81
Recording
• Date : Timer Recording allows setting the
recording time within one month period. Set the
recording day. (month/day)
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:53 PM
Page 82
• Start/End Time : Start and end time of the timer
recording.
• Mode (Recording Mode) :
- FR (Flexible Recording) : Select when you want to
set video quality automatically. In FR mode, the most
suitable record mode is adjusted automatically,
according to remaining time on the disc and length
of the timer recording. This function is selected only
one mode in XP, SP, LP and EP modes.
5
After selecting the set up value for each mode, press the
OK button to select Save, and press the OK button
again.
•
will appear on the front panel. It means that a
timer recording is registered.
If the timer settings overlap;
The programmes are recorded in order of priority.
If timer recording is set for the first programme and
then again for the second programme and both
programmes overlap, the following message will
appear on the screen: “This setting is identical with
1.” The message shows that the first programme has
priority. After recording of the first programme is
complete, the second programme starts being
recorded.
- XP (high quality) : Select when video quality is
important.
- SP (standard quality) : Select to record in standard
quality.
- LP (low quality) : Select when a long recording time
is required.
- EP (extended) : Select when a longer recording time
is required.
To exit without saving the current setting
Press the MENU button.
■
NOTE
When you are recording at EP mode on a
DVD-RW(V mode)/-R disc, it may not
record the full 6 or 8 hours because the
unit uses the VBR(Variable Bit Rate)
ENCODING system. For example, if you
record a programme with a lot of action,
it uses a higher bit rate which in turn consumes
more disc memory.
Recording
• TITLE : To label the title name, select the title and then press
the OK button. Title renaming screen appears.
See page 88 for the registration.
To return to the previous menu
Press the RETURN button if you don’t want to set a
timer recording.
6
When you want to recording on DVD-RW/-R, you must
insert the disc.
7
Turn the power off to finish the Timer Recording
setting.
Timer Recording will not work when the power is on.
■
The timer recording time may differ from the
set time depending on disc status and
overall timer recording status (for example,
recording times overlapping, or when the
previous recording ends within 2 minutes
before the start time of the next recording.)
■
You can make the Timer Recording up to 12
programmes.
■
If HDD disk has no available recording
space, blinks. It means that HDD disk has
no space to record.
NOTE
82 - English
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:53 PM
Page 83
Editing the Scheduled
List
3
Press the …† buttons to select the number of the
Scheduled List you want to edit, then press the
ANYKEY button.
• The Add, Edit, Delete and Go to Recorded List
items is displayed.
Scheduled List
HDD
Follow these directions to edit the Scheduled List.
Current Time 10:54
No.
To Source
-- --- ----
Date
-- --
Start
--:--
End
--:--
Mode
01 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
17:30
18:30
SP
02 HDD PR 01
Add
03 HDD PR 01
Edit
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
--
Delete
Recordable
Time ListHDD 35:45 SP
Go to Recorded
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the TIMER button
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press
the TIMER button. The Programme screen is
displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
4
Programme
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Scheduled List
List
Scheduled
√
√
Recorded List
√
Press the …† buttons to select Edit, then press the
OK or √ button.
• The Scheduled Record Input item is displayed.
Edit the items you want to modify. See the “Making a
Timer Recording” section for more information on
Timer Recording Input items. (See pages 81~82)
Programme
Scheduled List
HDD
Setup
Current Time 10:54
No. To
Source
Date
End
Mode
To
Source
Date
Start
Start
End
Mode
HDD
PR 01
JAN 01
17 : 30
18 : 30
SP
Title
Save
No.01 No Title
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Recordable Time HDD 35:45 SP
Recordable Time
Using the MENU button.
MOVE
HDD 35:45 SP
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press
the MENU button.
2
Press the OK or √ button to select Scheduled List.
HDD
5
Press the OK button to select Save, then press the
OK button to confirm the edited setting.
6
Press the MENU button after finishing the operation.
The Scheduled List screen will disappear.
Scheduled List
Current Time 10:54
No.
To
Source
Date
HDD
HDD
HDD
PR 01
PR 01
PR 01
JAN 01
JAN 01
JAN 01
Start
End
Mode
18:30
22:00
23:45
SP
SP
SP
Add a list
01
02
03
Recordable Time
17:30
21:00
23:15
HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 83
Recording
• Press the …† buttons to select Programme,
then press the OK or √ button.
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:53 PM
Page 84
Deleting a Scheduled
List
3
Press the …† buttons to select the number of the
Scheduled List you want to delete, and then press
the ANYKEY button.
• The Add, Edit, Delete and Go to Recorded List
items are displayed.
Follow these directions to delete an entry from the
Scheduled List.
HDD
Scheduled List
Current Time 11:01
No.
To Source
-- --- ----
Date
-- --
Start
--:--
End
--:--
Mode
01 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
17:30
18:30
SP
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
Add
03 HDD
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
PR 01
--
Edit
Delete
Recordable
Time List
HDD 35:45 SP
Go to Recorded
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the TIMER button
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press
the TIMER button. The Programme screen is
displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
4
Press the …† buttons to select Delete, then press
the OK or √ button.
• You will be prompted with the delete confirm
message such as “Do you want to delete?”.
Programme
HDD
HDD
Scheduled List
List
Scheduled
Library
Recorded List
Disc Manager
Scheduled List
Current Time 11:01
√
√
No.
√
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
No.01
Programme
Do you want to delete?
Setup
Yes
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
No
Recordable Time
HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
Recording
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press
the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Programme, then
press the OK or √ button.
5
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the
OK button.
• The selected entry will be deleted from the list.
HDD
Scheduled List
Current Time 11:01
2
No.
Press the OK or √ button to select Scheduled List.
HDD
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Date
-- --
Start
--:--
End
--:--
Mode
01 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
Recordable Time
Scheduled List
Current Time 10:54
No.
To Source
-- --- ----
--
HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Mode
Add a list
01
02
03
HDD
HDD
HDD
PR 01
PR 01
PR 01
Recordable Time
JAN 01
JAN 01
JAN 01
18:30
22:00
23:45
SP
SP
SP
6
HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
84 - English
17:30
21:00
23:15
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the MENU button after finishing the operation.
The Scheduled List screen will disappear.
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:53 PM
Page 85
Go To Recorded List
3
Press the MENU button after finishing the operation.
The Recorded List screen will disappear.
You can confirm the performance results of title lists that have
passed the reserved recording time.
Information about Recorded List
Informs whether the selected Recorded List performed a
Timer Recording successfully.
-1 Press the …† buttons to select the number of the
Recorded List, then press the ANYKEY button.
3
Using the TIMER button
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press
the TIMER button. The Programme screen is
displayed.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
HDD
Programme
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Scheduled List
List
Scheduled
√
√
Recorded List
√
Recorded List
No.
To Source
01 HDD PR 01
01
Date
JAN 01
Start
17:30
End
18:30
Mode
Status
SP
OK
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
OK
03 HDD PR 01
Info
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
OK
Delete
List Clear
Go to Scheduled List
Programme
MOVE
Setup
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Programme,
then press the OK or √ button.
Press the …† buttons to select Info, then press the
OK or √ button.
HDD
No.
To
Scheduled List
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
Status
Timer rec was finished successfully
2
Press the …† button to select Recorded List,
then press the OK or √ button.
The Recorded List screen is displayed.
HDD
OK
Recordable Time
HDD 35:45 SP
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Recorded List
No.
To Source
01 HDD PR 01
01
Date
JAN 01
Start
17:30
End
18:30
Mode
Status
SP
OK
OK
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
OK
03 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
OK
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 85
Recording
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press
the MENU button.
4
HR735/736_XSS_57~86
4/12/06 5:53 PM
Page 86
Delete Recorded List
Press the …† buttons to select List Clear, then
press the OK or √ button.
4
Deletes a Recorded List individually.
-1 Press the …† buttons to select the number of the
Recorded List you want to delete, and then press
the ANYKEY button.
3
HDD
No.
Recorded List
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
Status
Do you want to delete a Recorded list?
No
Yes
HDD
Recorded List
No.
To Source
01 HDD PR 01
01
Date
JAN 01
Start
17:30
End
18:30
Mode
Status
SP
OK
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
OK
03 HDD PR 01
Info
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
OK
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Delete
List Clear
Go to Scheduled List
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Delete, then press
the OK or √ button.
4
Recorded List
HDD
No.
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
Go to Scheduled List
Switches directly from the Recorded List to the Scheduled
List.
Status
No.01
-1 Press the ANYKEY button.
3
Do you want to delete?
Yes
Recordable Time
MOVE
Recording
No
HDD
HDD 35:45 SP
SELECT
RETURN
Recorded List
EXIT
No.
To Source
01 HDD PR 01
01
Date
JAN 01
Start
17:30
End
18:30
Mode
Status
SP
OK
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
OK
03 HDD PR 01
Info
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
OK
Delete
List Clear
Go to Scheduled List
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Clear Recorded List
Clears all Recorded List at once.
4
-1 Press the ANYKEY button.
3
HDD
Press the …† buttons to select Go to Scheduled
List, then press the OK or √ button.
Recorded List
HDD
Scheduled List
Current Time 10:54
No.
To Source
01 HDD PR 01
01
Date
JAN 01
Start
17:30
End
18:30
Mode
Status
SP
OK
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
OK
03 HDD PR 01
Info
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
OK
No.
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
Add a list
Delete
List Clear
Go to Scheduled List
MOVE
86 - English
Recordable Time
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 5:58 PM
Page 87
Editing
This section introduces basic functions of
editing and explains both edit functions for the
recording on a disc and edit functions for the
entire disc.
• Title List
Title List is a list of previously recorded programmes.
If a title is deleted, that title cannot be played again.
Basic Editing (Title List) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Advanced Editing (Playlist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Copying from HDD to DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Copying Multiple Titles at One Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Copying from DVD to HDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
This refers to a unit of playback, which is made by
selecting a desired scene in the entire Title List.
When one playlist is played, only the scene selected by
the user will play and then stop. Since only the
information necessary for playing a desired scene is
included in a playlist, even if that playlist is deleted, the
original stream will not be deleted.
Recording or editing might not be completed if an
error, such as a sudden power failure occurs.
Please be aware that a material that has been
damaged is unable to be retrieved to its
original content.
Copying MP3, JPEG or Divx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Disc Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
English - 87
Editing
• Play List
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 5:58 PM
Page 88
Basic Editing (Title List)
3
Press the …† buttons to select Rename, then press
the OK or √ button.
The Rename screen is displayed.
HDD
Renaming(Labeling) a Title
Rename
JAN / 01 / 2006 17:30 PR1
Follow these instructions to rename a title list entry,
i.e., to edit the title of a recorded programme.
Back Space
Space
MOVE
Using the TITLE LIST button
1
4
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
HDD
Delete
SELECT
RETURN
Clear
EXIT
Select the desired characters using the …† œ √
buttons, press the OK button.
HDD
Rename
Sports(A1)
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
Back Space
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
Space
MOVE
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Delete
SELECT
RETURN
Clear
EXIT
• Back Space: Deletes and moves the cursor
backwards by one position.
• Space: Enters a blank and moves the cursor one
forward (to the right).
• Delete: Deletes the character at the cursor position.
• Clear: Deletes all the character inputs.
• Save: Registers the character inputs.
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press
the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
Editing
then press the OK or √ button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select an entry you want to
rename from the Title List, then press the ANYKEY
button.
5
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select Save, and then
press the OK button.
The changed title name is displayed on the title item
of the selected entry.
HDD
Title List
Sports(A1)
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 Sports(A1)
001
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
Protection
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
MOVE
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
MOVE
88 - English
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
1/3
√
√
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 5:58 PM
Page 89
Locking (Protecting) a Title
Follow these instructions to lock an entry to protect it
from accidental deletion.
3
Press the …† buttons to select Protection, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Title Protection:
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30 On
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
Using the TITLE LIST button
MOVE
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button .
The Title List screen is displayed.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
4
Off
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the œ √ buttons to select On, then press the
OK button. The key icon on the information window
for the selected entry changes to the locked status.
( ➝ )
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
EXIT
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
Using the MENU button.
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
then press the OK or √ button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select an entry you want to
protect from the Title List, then press the ANYKEY
button.
Editing
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
MOVE
√
√
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 89
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 5:58 PM
Page 90
Deleting a Title
Follow these instructions to delete an entry from the
Title List.
3
Press the …† buttons to select Delete, then press the
OK or √ button.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Do you want
to delete?
003 may
JAN/01/2006
23:15 PR 00:30:00
(Related playlists
be deleted.)
Using the TITLE LIST button
JAN/01/2006 17:30Yes
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• The message may be different depending on the type of
disc. You will be prompted with the confirmation
message. HDD, DVD-RW(VR mode): If a Playlist is
present, the message “Do you want to delete?
(Related playlists may be deleted.)” is displayed.
DVD-RW(Video mode)/-R: If a Playlist is not
present, the message “Do you want to delete?” is
displayed.
Title List
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
No
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press
the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
4
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the OK
button.
Title List
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
then press the OK or √ button.
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Deleting...
003 wait.)
JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
(Please
then press the OK or √ button.
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
2
Press the …† buttons to select an entry you want to
delete in the Title List, then press the ANYKEY button.
HDD
Editing
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
Protection
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
Title List
JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR1
1/3
Title
Length
001
001 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
JAN/01/2006 21:00
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
√
√
√
MOVE
MOVE
90 - English
1/2
No.
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 5:58 PM
Page 91
■
You cannot delete a protected entry. If you
want to delete a protected entry, select
“Off” in the Title Protection menu.
(See page 89)
■
When the Disc Protection has been set to
Protected, you cannot delete titles.
(See page 114)
NOTE
■
■
2
Press the …† buttons to select an entry you want to
Split from the Title List, then press the ANYKEY button.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
Once an entry is deleted from the Title List
it cannot be recovered.
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
Once DVD-RW/-R is finalised, it cannot be
deleted.
√
√
√
MOVE
3
Splitting a Section of a Title (Split)
SELECT
HDD
Title List
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
√
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Split
Partial Delete
√
√
MOVE
1
EXIT
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Follow these instructions to split a section of a Title
List entry into two titles.
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
RETURN
Press the …† buttons to select Edit, then press the
OK or √ button.
The Edit menu is displayed.
Rename
Using the TITLE LIST button
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
4
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Split, then press the
OK or √ button.
HDD
Split
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
Split 1
Split 2
00:00:00
00:00:00
00:00:01
Select
Return
Split
Title List
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Editing
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press
the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
then press the OK or √ button.
English - 91
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
5
4/12/06 5:58 PM
Page 92
Using the playback-related buttons (PLAY( ),
)), move to a point for
SEARCH (
splitting and press the OK button.
If it is not the point where you want to split, press the
RETURN button to cancel the selection. Using the
playback-related buttons, move to a point to split and
press the OK button.
7
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the
OK button.
The split title is divided into two, and the following titles
will be shifted down by one.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/4
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 00:30:55
001
00:00:55
HDD
002 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 00:29:05
Split
003 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 00:02:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
004 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:02:06
Title List No. 001
①
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
Split 1
Split 2
00:00:00
00:30:55
00:30:55
Select
Return
Split
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
➂
➁
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
① First split interval
➁ Current playtime
➂ Start time of the second split and its screen
Deleting a Section of a Title
(Partial Delete)
Follow these instructions to delete a section of a
Title List entry.
HDD
Split
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
Split 1
Split 2
(VR mode)
00:00:00
00:30:55
00:30:55
Select
MOVE
6
Using the TITLE LIST button
Return
Split
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the OK button to select Split.
The message “This title cannot be recovered after
splitting. Do you want to split?” is displayed.
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Editing
HDD
Split
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Title List No. 001
Split 1
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Split 2
This title cannot be recovered after splitting
Do you want to split?
00:00:00
Yes
Select
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
00:00:00
No
00:00:55
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Return
Split
MOVE
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
then press the OK or √ button.
92 - English
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
2
4/12/06 5:59 PM
Page 93
Partial Delete List Screen Elements
Press the …† buttons to select an entry you want to
edit from the Title List, then press the ANYKEY button.
HDD
Partial Delete
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
Title List
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
Protection
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
00:19:10
00:00:00
00:19:10
End
Start
Return
Delete
➃
➁
√
MOVE
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
➂
EXIT
① Playback bar
➁ Playtime
➂ Section deletion starting point window and time
➃ Section deletion end point window and time
• Select the start and end points of the section you
want to delete using the playback related buttons.
• Playback related buttons :
(PLAY( ), SEARCH (
))
• When using a DVD-RW(VR) disc, you can select
Partial Delete directly by pressing the ANYKEY
button. (Then go to step 5)
3
End
①
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
Start
1/3
Press the …† buttons to select Edit, then press the
OK or √ button.
The Edit Title List screen is displayed.
Title List
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Rename
Protection
Copy
6
Press the OK button at the end point.
The image and end point time is displayed in the
Section deletion ending point window.
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
√
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Split
HDD
Partial Delete
Partial Delete
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
√
Title List No. 001
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Start
End
00:19:10
00:41:20
00:41:20
4
Start
Press the …† buttons to select Partial Delete, then
press the OK or √ button.
HDD
Delete
MOVE
Return
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Partial Delete
7
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
Start
End
00:00:00
00:00:00
00:00:00
Start
End
End
Return
Delete
HDD
Partial Delete
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
SELECT
RETURN
Editing
MOVE
Press the œ √ buttons to select Delete, then
Press the OK button.
Title List No. 001
EXIT
Start
End
Do you want to delete?
(Deleted part will not be restored)
5
Press the OK button at the starting point.
The image and starting point time is displayed in the
section deletion starting point window.
HDD
00:01:00
Yes
Start
End
MOVE
00:06:35
No
00:06:35
Delete
Return
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Partial Delete
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
Start
End
00:19:10
00:00:00
00:19:10
Start
End
MOVE
Return
Delete
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 93
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 5:59 PM
Page 94
8
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the
OK button. The selected section has been deleted.
9
Press the œ √ buttons to select Return, then press
the OK button to finish the operation.
Advanced Editing
(Playlist)
Creating a Playlist
Follow these instructions to create a new playlist entry
from a recorded title.
■
The length of the section to be deleted
must be at least 5 seconds long.
■
If the length of the section to be deleted is
less than 5 seconds, you will be prompted
with the message “The range is too
short.”.
NOTE
■
If the end time precedes the starting time,
you will be prompted with the message
“End point cannot be marked earlier than
start point”.
■
The section cannot be deleted when it
includes a still picture.
■
Press the MENU button after the operation has
finished.
The Title List screen will disappear.
(VR mode)
Using the TITLE LIST button
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
Editing
then press the OK or √ button.
2
Press the ANYKEY button.
Press the …† buttons to select Playlist, then
press the OK or √ button.
Title List
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
√
New Playlist
√
Go To Playlist
MOVE
94 - English
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
3
4/12/06 5:59 PM
Page 95
Press the …† buttons to select New Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
The Make Playlist screen is displayed.
HDD
6
Make Playlist
New Playlist
Scene No. 001
Title List 1/3
Start
End
00:00:00
00:00:00
• To make a new playlist.
Repeat steps 1~6 if you want to make a new playlist.
00:00:00
Start
End
Return
Make
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
7
4
Press the œ √ buttons to select Make,
then press the OK button.
• To make a scene for the playlist.
A new Make scene screen is displayed.
Repeat steps 4~6 to make a new scene for the playlist.
A new scene will be added to the current playlist.
You can check and see all the scenes on the Edit
playlist screen. (See page 97)
Press the œ √ button to select Return,
then press the OK button to finish the operation.
Press the OK button at the start point.
NOTE
HDD
Make Playlist
New Playlist
Scene No. 001
Title List 1/3
Start
End
00:08:38
00:00:00
■
You can create up to 99 playlist entries.
■
Depending on the kind of disc, the
displayed screen may have a slight
difference.
00:08:38
Start
End
Return
Make
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• The image and time at the start point is displayed on
the Start window.
• The yellow-coloured selection bar moves to the End
item.
• Select the starting point of the section from which you
want to create a new scene using the playback
related buttons (PLAY( ), SEARCH (
)).
5
Press the OK button at the end point.
HDD
Make Playlist
New Playlist
Title List 1/3
End
00:08:38
00:11:03
Editing
Scene No. 001
Start
00:11:03
Start
End
MOVE
Make
Return
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• The image and end point time is displayed in the
End window.
• The yellow-coloured selection bar moves to the
Make item.
English - 95
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 5:59 PM
Page 96
Renaming a Playlist Entry
Playing Entries in the Playlist
Follow these instructions to play the playlist entries.
Follow these instructions to rename a playlist entry, i.e.
to edit the title of a playlist entry.
(VR mode)
(VR mode)
Using the PLAY LIST button
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
PLAY LIST button.
The Playlist screen is displayed.
HDD
Using the PLAY LIST button
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
PLAY LIST button.
The Edit Playlist screen is displayed.
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006 13:47
001
Length
00:06:09
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
HDD
1/3
00:03:33
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006 13:47
001
Length
00:06:09
00:01:54
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
JAN/02/2006 13:47
6 Scenes
MOVE
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
JAN/02/2006 13:47
6 Scenes
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
then press the OK or √ button.
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
then press the OK or √ button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
The Title List screen is displayed.
• Press the ANYKEY button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Playlist, then press
the OK or √ button.
• Press the ANYKEY button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Playlist, then press
the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Go To Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
Editing
• Press the …† buttons to select Go To Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select the playlist you
want to play, then press the OK or PLAY ( )
button.
3
Press the STOP ( ) button to stop playing.
The screen returns to the Playlist screen.
2
Press the …† buttons to select the title you want to
Rename from the Playlist, then press the ANYKEY
button.
ANYKEY menu is displayed : Rename, Copy, Delete,
Edit Playlist, New Playlist, Go to Titlelist.
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006 13:47
Length
00:06:09
Rename
Rename
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
Copy
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
Delete
Edit Playlist
13:47
NewJAN/02/2006
Playlist
6 Scenes
Go to Titlelist
MOVE
96 - English
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
3
4/12/06 5:59 PM
Page 97
Press the …† buttons to select Rename, then press
the OK or √ button.
The Rename screen is displayed.
HDD
Editing a Scene for the Playlist
Follow these instructions to edit scenes for a playlist.
Rename
(VR mode)
JAN / 02 / 2006 13:47
Using the PLAY LIST button
Back Space
MOVE
4
Space
Delete
SELECT
Clear
RETURN
EXIT
1
Select the desired characters using the …† œ √
buttons, then press the OK button.
HDD
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
PLAY LIST button.
The Edit Playlist screen is displayed.
HDD
Playlist
1/3
JAN/02/2006 13:47
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006
001
JAN/02/2006 13:47
13:47
Length
00:06:09
00:06:09
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
Rename
JAN/02/2006 13:47
6 Scenes
Dolphin
MOVE
Back Space
MOVE
Space
Delete
SELECT
Clear
RETURN
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
EXIT
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
• This function is the same as the Rename function in
Renaming the Title. (See page 88)
• The maximum number of characters that can be
entered is 31. All 31 characters can be displayed
by pressing the INFO button.
5
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the ANYKEY button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select Save, then press
the OK button.
The changed title is displayed in the title field of the
selected playlist entry.
Playlist
1/3
No.
Title
001 Dolphin
Dolphin
001
Length
00:08:15
00:01:07
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
2
Press the …† buttons to select the title you want to
edit from the Playlist, then press the ANYKEY button.
The Edit Playlist menu is displayed: Rename, Copy,
Delete, Edit Playlist, New Playlist, Go to Titlelist.
JAN/02/2006 13:50
6 Scenes
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006 13:47
Length
00:06:09
00:06:09
Rename
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
Copy
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
Delete
Edit Playlist
13:47
NewJAN/02/2006
Playlist
6 Scenes
Go to Titlelist
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 97
Editing
HDD
Dolphin
• Press the …† buttons to select Go To Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
3
4/12/06 5:59 PM
Page 98
Press the …† buttons to select Edit Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
The Edit Scene screen is displayed.
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
01
00:02:24
05
00:00:09
02
06
00:00:34
03
00:01:06
MOVE
00:00:31
07
04
Modifying a Scene (Replacing a Scene)
To setup, follow steps 1 to 3 in pages 97~98.
4
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select the scene you
want to Modify, then press the ANYKEY button.
00:01:22
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
00:00:00
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Play 00:02:24
Play
01
02
0:00:34
03
00:00:31.
06
00:01:06
07
07
00:00:00
00:00:00
04
0:01:22
Modify
Move
Add
05
Delete0:00:09
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Playing a Selected Scene
4
Press the …†œ √ buttons to select the scene you
want to play, then press the ANYKEY button.
The playlist entry to be played is selected.
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
5
Press the …† buttons to select Modify, then press the
OK or √ button.
The Modify Scene screen is displayed.
HDD
Modify Scene
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 001
01Play 00:02:24
02
0:00:34
03
00:00:31.
04
Start
End
00:00:00
00:00:00
0:01:22
Modify
Title List : 1/3
Move
00:00:00
Add
05Delete0:00:09
06
MOVE
5
00:01:06
07
SELECT
End
Start
00:00:00
RETURN
Change
MOVE
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Play, then press the
OK or √ button.
The selected scene is played.
6
Cancel
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the OK button at the start point of the scene.
HDD
Modify Scene
Editing
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 001
√ Play
Title List : 1/3
Start
End
00:04:54
00:00:00
00:05:27
Start
End
Change
MOVE
• To stop scene play, press the STOP (
98 - English
) button.
Cancel
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• The image and starting point time is displayed
on the Start window.
• Select the starting or ending point of the section
you want to modify using the playback related
buttons (PLAY( ), SEARCH (
)).
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
7
4/12/06 5:59 PM
Page 99
Press the OK button at the end point of the scene.
HDD
Modify Scene
Moving a Scene (Changing the Position of a Scene)
To setup, follow steps 1 to 3 in pages 97~98.
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 001
Title List : 1/3
Start
End
00:01:44
00:06:25
00:06:25
Start
End
Change
MOVE
-1 Press the …† œ √ buttons to select the scene you
want to move (change the position), then press the
ANYKEY button.
4
Cancel
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• The image and ending point time is displayed in the
End window.
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
Play00:02:24
01Play
02
0:00:34
03
06
00:01:06
07
00:00:31.
04
0:01:22
Modify
Move
Add
05Delete0:00:09
8
MOVE
Press the œ √ buttons to select Change, then press
the OK button.
01
05 05
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
00:02:10
0:00:34 03 03 00:00:04
00:00:31. 04 04
02
0:00:26
0:00:09 0606
5
SELECT
00:00:00
00:00:00
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Move, then press the
OK or √ button.
0:00:03
0:01:22
00:01:07
00:01:06 07 07 00:00:00
00:00:00
MOVE
07
RETURN
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
EXIT
• The scene you want to modify is changed with the
selected section.
01
00:04:31
05
0:00:09
02
0:00:34
06
00:01:06
MOVE
03
00:00:31.
07
00:00:00
SELECT
04
RETURN
0:01:22
EXIT
• A yellow selection window is displayed on the
scene to be moved.
Editing
English - 99
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
6
4/12/06 5:59 PM
Page 100
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select the position
to which you want to move the selected scene,
then select the OK button.
Adding a Scene
To setup, follow steps 1 to 3 in pages 97~98.
01
05
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 6/6
00:04:31
00:00:09
02
00:00:34
06
00:01:06
MOVE
03
00:00:31.
07
00:00:00
SELECT
04
-1 Press the …† œ √ buttons to select the scene that
will have a new scene inserted before it, then press
the ANYKEY button.
4
00:01:22
RETURN
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
EXIT
Play 00:02:24
01
02
0:00:34
03
06
00:01:06
07
00:00:31.
04
0:01:22
Modify
• The selected scene is moved to the selected
position.
Move
Add
07
05
Delete0:00:09
MOVE
01
05
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 5/6
0:00:34
00:04:31
02
00:00:31
06
00:01:06
MOVE
03
0:01:22
07
00:00:00
SELECT
04
RETURN
00:00:09
5
00:00:00
00:00:00
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Add, then press the
OK or √ button.
The Add Scene screen is displayed.
EXIT
HDD
Add Scene
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 001
■
NOTE
■
You cannot move the selected scene to
the position of the next scene, because
the selected scene should be inserted
before that position, which requires no
action.
Depending on the kind of disc, the
displayed screen may have a slight
difference.
Title List 1/3
Start
End
00:00:00
00:00:00
00:00:00
Start
End
MOVE
6
Cancel
Add
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the OK button at the starting point of the scene.
HDD
Add Scene
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Editing
Scene No. 001
Title List 1/3
Start
End
00:01:51
00:00:00
00:01:51
Start
End
MOVE
Add
Cancel
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• The image and starting point time is displayed
on the Start window.
• Select the starting or ending point of the
section you want to modify using the playback
related buttons (PLAY( ), SKIP (
)).
100 - English
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
7
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 101
Press the OK button at the end point of the scene.
HDD
Add Scene
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Deleting a Scene
To setup, follow steps 1 to 3 in pages 97~98.
Scene No. 001
Start
Title List 1/3
End
00:01:51
-1 Press the …† œ √ buttons to select the scene you
want to delete, then press the ANYKEY button.
4
00:07:28
00:07:28
End
Start
Cancel
Add
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• The image and end point time are displayed in
the End window.
• To cancel, press the œ √ buttons to select Cancel,
then press the OK button.
8
Press the œ √ buttons to select Add, then press the OK
button.
01
05
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/7
00:03:30
0:01:22
02
06
MOVE
00:02:24
0:00:09
03
07
SELECT
0:00:34
00:01:06
04
08
RETURN
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
Play 00:02:24
01
02
0:00:34
06
00:01:06
03
00:00:31.
07
00:00:00
04
0:01:22
Modify
Move
Add
05
Delete0:00:09
MOVE
5
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Delete, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
00:00:31
Do you want to delete the scene ?
01
00:02:24
02
05
0:00:09
06
0:00:34
03
Yes
00:00:00
EXIT
MOVE
00:01:06
00:00:31.
04
0:01:22
No
07
SELECT
00:00:00
RETURN
EXIT
• The message “Do you want to delete the scene ?” is
displayed.
• The section you want to add is inserted prior to the
scene selected in step 4 of Adding a Scene on the
previous page.
6
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes,
then press the OK to delete the selected scene.
Editing
English - 101
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 102
Deleting a Playlist Entry from the
Playlist
3
Press the …† buttons to select Delete, then press
the OK or √ button.
• You will be prompted with the delete confirmation
message “Do you want to delete?”.
Using the PLAY LIST button
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/02/2006
JAN/02/200613:47A
13:47A 00:06:09
00:06:09
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51A 00:03:33
1
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
PLAY LIST button.
The Edit Playlist screen is displayed.
003 to
JAN/02/2006
Do you want
delete? 14:08A 00:01:54
JAN/02/2006 13:47Yes
6 Scenes
MOVE
HDD
No
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Playlist
1/3
JAN/02/2006 13:47
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006 13:47
001
Length
00:06:09
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
4
JAN/02/2006 13:47
6 Scenes
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the
OK button.
You will be automatically returned to the Playlist screen
after the delete operation has finished.
HDD
Playlist
JAN/19/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
Title
Length
001 JAN/16/2006 12:15A 00:10:21
002 JAN/19/2006 12:15A 00:40:03
Deleting...
(Please wait.)
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
JAN/01/2006 12:15
7 Scenes
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
then press the OK or √ button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
• Press the ANYKEY button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Playlist, then press
the OK or √ button.
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:51
1/2
No.
• Press the …† buttons to select Go To Playlist,
then press the OK or √ button.
Title
Length
001 JAN/02/2006 13:51
001
00:03:33
002 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
JAN/02/2006 13:51
3 Scenes
Editing
2
Press the …† buttons to select the title you want to
edit from the Playlist, then press the ANYKEY button.
The Edit Playlist menu is displayed:Rename, Copy,
Delete, Edit Playlist, New Playlist, Go To Titlelist.
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006
JAN/02/2006 13:47
13:47
Length
00:06:09
Rename
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
Copy
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
Delete
Edit Playlist
13:47
NewJAN/02/2006
Playlist
6 Scenes
Go to Titlelist
MOVE
102 - English
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 103
Copying from HDD to
DVD
About the Copy Screen
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
!
@
No.
Title
Rec. Mode
Add a list
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS
Length
Start
01:00:00
Rec. Mode
Using the TITLE LIST button
1
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button and place a
recordable disc on the disc tray.
2
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close the disc tray.
Wait until LOAD disappears from the front panel
display. Check that the disc has enough available
space for the recording.
3
Select the HDD by pressing the HDD button on the
front panel of the HDD & DVD RECORDER or on the
remote control.
4
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
%
^
[DVD] Available
SP
#
$
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
04:01:01
4.44GB
&
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
*
EXIT
! Add titles to be copied (up to 7 titles can be copied
at one time)
@ Title to be copied
# Recording mode for copying
$
%
^
&
*
- HS(high speed): you can copy more quickly than
normal playback speed.
Copies in the same record mode as source title.
- XP/SP/LP/EP : you can not use high speed copy.
Record time of title to be copied
Copy start button
Record mode setup button
Remaining time and space on the current disc in
DVD Record mode
Total record time and space of selected titles for
copying
HDD
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
Once "Copy Once programme" has been recorded on the
DVD disc, this title cannot be copied to HDD anymore.
But "Copy Once programme" has been recorded on the
HDD, this title can be copied to DVD-RW(VR mode).
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
then press the OK or √ button.
5
Press the …† buttons to select the title you want to
copy.
To move to other pages, press the SKIP(
buttons.
SKIP( ) : previous page of title list
SKIP(
)
) : next page of title list
English - 103
Editing
Copy Once Title
HDD ➞ DVD
Supported
Not supported
Move
(Deletes the Title in the HDD after copying)
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
Contents Copy Specifications
Contents
Recorded Video Title
Copy Protected Title
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
6
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 104
- Copying a Title that has been edited
once before -
Press the ANYKEY button.
Title List
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Rename
Rename
Protection
Copy
9
The “Do you want to view screen of copying title?”
message is displayed.
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
√
HDD
√
MOVE
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
√
SELECT
RETURN
No.
- ---
EXIT
Rec. Mode Length
-- --:--:--
Title
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Do you want to view screen of copying title?
2 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Yes
7
Press the …† buttons to select Copy, then press the
OK or √ button.
Copy screen is displayed.
Copy
HDD
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
Title
Rec. Mode
Add a list
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS
Length
MOVE
10
Start
01:00:00
No
SELECT
Total
00:03:05
0.06 GB
RETURN
EXIT
To copy a title while viewing the title on the copy
screen, press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then
press the OK button.
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
04:01:01
4.44GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
21%
• If you want to change the record mode when copying,
see pages 108~109.
8
If you want to stop copy, press CANCEL key.
• If No is selected, the title to be copied is not displayed
on the screen, and copying begins while the currently
broadcasting programme is displayed on the screen.
• Press the INFO button to change the copy
processing bar.
If you press INFO button again, copy processing
bar will be appeared.
• To cancel the copying in progress, press the
CANCEL button.
Press the OK or √ button to select Start,
then press the OK button.
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
Editing
SP
MOVE
SELECT
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:03:05
0.06 GB
RETURN
EXIT
- About Using COPY button Press the …† buttons to select title you want to
copy from the title list and then press the COPY
button on the remote control. You can go to copy
screen.
• During Playback, you can also copy the title by
pressing the COPY button.
- Copying an Unedited title -1 The “Do you want to use high speed copy mode?”
message is displayed.
9
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Do you want
to use
speed copy mode?
2 JAN/01/2006
21:00 PR
SP ➞high
HS 01:00:00
Yes
MOVE
104 - English
SELECT
No
Total
00:03:05
0.06 GB
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
■
NOTE
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 105
High speed copy : This means that you
can transfer without having to worry about
the quality getting worse with each copy
‘generation’. It also means that copying
can be carried out at the maximum speed
possible.
Changing the Record Mode
To setup, follow steps 1 to 7 in pages 103~104.
-1
8
Press the √ and † buttons to select Rec. Mode,
then press the OK button.
To begin high speed copy, press the œ √ buttons to
select Yes, then press the OK button.
High speed copy begins. The title to be copied is not
played back, while the currently broadcasting
programme is displayed on the screen.
10
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
1
Title
LP
EP
[DVD] Available
LP
SELECT
RETURN
04:01:01
4.44GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select record mode you want
to record, then press the OK button.
• HS(High Speed) : Copies in the same record mode as
HDD.
• XP/SP/LP/EP : You cannot copy at a higher
quality mode than original. If the same record
mode is selected, the title is copied at high speed.
21%
If you want to stop copy, press CANCEL key.
■
NOTE
■
■
■
After a successful copy, “The title is successfully
copied” message is displayed.
■
Using the same method, you can copy a
Playlist.
High speed copying is not available for a title
list that has been partially deleted.
During copying, timer recording is not
available.
High speed copying is not available when:
- Copying a title that can only be copied once
- Copying a playlist
- Copying a partially-deleted title
Regarding title lists that can be copied only
once:
- Only available for DVD discs that support
CPRM
- If a playlist contains a scene that can only be
copied once, it cannot be copied.
English - 105
Editing
The title is successfully copied.
Start
Rec. Mode
High Speed
9
11
Length
--- - - - :-XP
-:JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
SP
MOVE
• If No is selected, the title to be copied is displayed at
its playback speed while copying.
• Press the INFO button to change the copy
processing bar.
If you press INFO button again, copy processing
bar will be appeared.
• To cancel the copying in progress, press the
CANCEL button.
Rec.Mode
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 106
Copying Multiple Titles
at One Time
6
Press the ANYKEY button.
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
Using the TITLE LIST button
√
√
√
MOVE
1
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button and place a
recordable disc on the disc tray.
2
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close the disc tray.
Wait until LOAD disappears from the front panel
display. Check that the disc has enough available
space for the recording.
7
3
4
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
SELECT
HDD
Copy
Title
Rec.Mode
Add a list
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS
Length
Start
01:00:00
SP
8
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the ANYKEY button.
1/3
Copy
HDD
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
No.
Title
Rec.Mode
Add a list
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS
Length
Start
01:00:00
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Add
Add
MOVE
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title,
then press the OK or √ button.
Press the …† buttons to select the titles you want to
copy.
)
To move to other pages, press the SKIP (
buttons.
SKIP( ) : previous page of title list
SKIP( ) : next page of title list
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
Editing
04:01:01
4.44GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
106 - English
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
5
EXIT
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
MOVE
HDD
RETURN
Press the …† buttons to select Copy, then press the
OK or √ button.
Copy screen is displayed.
No.
Select the HDD by pressing the HDD button on the
front panel of the HDD & DVD RECORDER or on the
remote control.
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
001
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
9
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 107
Deleting an Undesired Title from the
Copy List
Press the OK button.
Add Copy List screen is displayed.
To setup, follow steps 1 to 7 in page 106.
HDD
Add Copy List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 00:35:00
-1 Press the …† buttons to select a title you want to
delete from the copy screen.
8
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
HDD
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
EXIT
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
Start
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
10
Press the …† buttons to select an additional title
you want to copy, then press the OK button.
Repeat steps 8~10 to select a title you want to copy.
HDD
MOVE
SELECT
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
RETURN
EXIT
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
1
2
Rec.Mode
Length
---JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS
JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR SP ➞ HS
Title
--:--:-01:00:00
01:00:00
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
03:59:42
4.42GB
9
Press the ANYKEY button. Press the …† buttons to
select Delete, then press the OK or √ button.
The message “Do you want to delete?” is displayed.
Total
00:03:05
0.06 GB
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Do you want to delete?
11
SP
Press the OK or √ buttons to select Start,
then press the OK button.
Yes
MOVE
HDD
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
No
SELECT
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.06 GB
RETURN
EXIT
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
2 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
MOVE
SELECT
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:03:05
0.06 GB
RETURN
EXIT
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the
OK button.
The selected title is deleted.
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
Title
Rec.Mode Length
Start
Add a list
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:00:00
0.00 GB
MOVE
■
NOTE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
If copy list contains at least one title that
cannot be copied at high speed, it performs
step 9 described on page 104. Otherwise, it
performs the step 9-1 described on page 104.
English - 107
Editing
The added title lists are copied into the copy list.
To cancel the copying in progress, press the CANCEL
button.
10
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 108
Selecting Record Mode of Each Title
from the Copy List
Previewing a Selected Title from the
Copy List
You can copy multiple titles while setting different record
modes for each title.
To setup, follow steps 1 to 7 in page 106.
-1 Press the …† buttons to select a title you want to
preview in the copy screen.
To setup, follow steps 1 to 7 in page 106.
8
-1 Press the …† buttons to select a title to change its
record mode in the copy screen.
8
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Start
HDD
Rec. Mode
SP
MOVE
SELECT
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
[DVD] Available
No.
- ---
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
RETURN
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
SP
EXIT
MOVE
9
Press the ANYKEY button. Press the …† buttons to
select Preview, then press the OK or √ button.
You can preview the selected title through the display
window located at the centre of the screen.
HDD
9
Title
HDD
No.
- ---
Start
Rec. Mode
SP
Copy
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
RETURN
Add
XP
Delete
SP
Preview
LP
√
EP
EXIT
MOVE
Press the RETURN button to exit the Preview mode.
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
Rec.Mode
SELECT
Editing
EXIT
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
[DVD] Available
108 - English
RETURN
Copy
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
10
SELECT
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
Press the ANYKEY button. Press the …† buttons to
select Rec. Mode, then press the OK or √ button.
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SELECT
SP
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
RETURN
EXIT
10
Press the …† buttons to select the record mode you
want, then press the OK or √ button.
11
Repeat steps 9~11 to select a title to change its record
mode.
Rest of the copying process can be performed as
described in pages 103~105.
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 109
Changing Record Mode of All Titles
from the Copy List
You can copy multiple titles while setting the same record
mode for all titles.
Copying from DVD to
HDD
To setup, follow steps 1 to 7 in page 106.
-1 Select the Rec. Mode on the right-hand side on the
screen using the …†œ √ buttons, then press the
OK button.
Using the TITLE LIST button
8
HDD
1
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button and place a
recorded disc on the disc tray.
2
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close the disc tray.
3
With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode, press the
TITLE LIST button.
The Title List screen is displayed.
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
1
Title
Rec.Mode
Length
Start
--- - - - :-XP
-:JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
SP
LP
EP
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
LP
High Speed
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
04:01:01
4.44GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
EXIT
Title List
DVD-RW(VR)
9
Press the …† buttons to select the record mode you
want, then press the OK button.
Rest of the copying process can be performed as
described in pages 103~105.
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 00:17:55
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 00:02:06
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:01:03
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Using the MENU button.
• With the unit in Stop mode/Playback mode,
press the MENU button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Library,
then press the OK or √ button.
• Press the …† buttons to select Title, then press
the OK or √ button.
Editing
English - 109
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 110
4
Press the …† buttons to select the title you want to
copy.
)
To move to other pages, press the SKIP (
buttons.
SKIP( ) : previous page of title list
SKIP( ) : next page of title list
5
Press the ANYKEY button.
7
21%
If you want to stop copy, press CANCEL key.
DVD-RW(VR)
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
1/3
Protection
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 00:17:55
01:00:00
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 00:02:06
Delete
• Press the INFO button to change the copy
processing bar.
If you press INFO button again, copy processing
bar will be appeared.
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:01:03
partial Delete
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
MOVE
√
√
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
8
6
Press the OK or √ buttons to select Start, then press
the OK button.
After a successful copy, “The title is successfully copied.”
message is displayed.
Press the …† buttons to select Copy, then press the
OK or √ button.
Copy screen is displayed.
The title is successfully copied.
DVD-RW(VR)
Copy
Copy To : DVD ➞ HDD
No.
Title
Rec.Mode
Add a list
Length
Start
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 00:17:55
[HDD] Available
SP
65:02:32
72.88GB
Total
00:17:55
0.02 GB
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• Copying Multiple Titles at One Time – Same as an
Editing
HDD operation(See page 106)
- About Using COPY button -
• Deleting an Undesired Title from the Copy List –
Press the …† buttons to select the title you want
to copy from the title list and then press the COPY
button on the remote control. You can go to copy
screen.
• During Playback, you can also copy the title by
pressing the COPY button.
• Previewing a Selected Title from the Copy List –
110 - English
Same as an HDD operation(See page 107)
Same as an HDD operation(See page 108)
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
■
NOTE
■
■
■
■
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 111
You cannot copy anything else on finalised
DVD-R and DVD-RW(V mode) mode.
You cannot copy a DVD-VIDEO to HDD.
High speed copying from a DVD-RW (VR
mode) is available.
When you copy from DVD-RW(V mode)/-R
disc to HDD, high speed copy is not
available.
Record mode cannot be changed when
you copy a title from DVD to HDD.
5
Press the …† buttons to select the MP3, JPEG or DivX
files you want to copy, then press the ANYKEY button.
CD
Music List
Song1.mp3
Title
Size
ROOT
Song 1.mp3.
1.mp3.
Song
3.8
3.8 MB
MB
002 Song 10.mp3
3.8 MB
003 Song 2.mp3
5.1 MB
MP3 Mode
Song1.mp3
Play
√
004 Song
3.mp3
9.2 MB
ROOT
Playlist
√
005 Song
4.mp3
5.2 MB
Select Media
√
006 Song
5.mp3
10.3 MB
√
Copy
00:02:22
Contents Copy Specifications
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
†
EXIT
DVD ➞ HDD
Contents
Recorded Video Title
Copy Protected Title
Copy Once Title
Supported
Not supported
Not supported
Copying MP3, JPEG or
Divx
6
Press the …† buttons to select Copy, then press the
OK or √ button.
File copy begins.
CD
File Copy
Music List
Song1.mp3
1/10
No.
Copying...
Title
Size
ROOT
Song 1.mp3.
1.mp3.
Song
Free space : 4699 MB
002 Song 10.mp3
Total00:02:22
file number : 1/1
√
003 Song 2.mp3
File Name : Song 1.mp3
MP3
1
2
1/10
No.
3.8
3.8 MB
MB
3.8 MB
5.1 MB
Song1.mp3
004 Song 3.mp3
ROOT
005 Song 4.mp3
5.2 MB
006 Song 5.mp3
10.3 MB
33%
9.2 MB
†
CANCEL
Insert a JPEG disc, MP3 disc or DivX disc into the disc
tray.
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close the disc tray.
Wait until LOAD disappears from the front panel display.
Check that the disc has enough available space for the
recording.
Press the …† buttons to select Library, then press the
OK or √ button.
4
Press the …† buttons to select Music, Photo or
DivX(MPEG4), then press the OK or √ button.
CD
Editing
3
Music List
Song1.mp3
1/10
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
√
MP3
Song1.mp3.
1.mp3.
Song
3.8 MB
002 Song 10.mp3
3.8 MB
00:02:22
003 Song 2.mp3
5.1 MB
Song1.mp3
004 Song 3.mp3
ROOT
005 Song 4.mp3
5.2 MB
006 Song 5.mp3
10.3 MB
MOVE
SELECT
9.2 MB
RETURN
†
EXIT
English - 111
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 112
Folder Copy
5
1
Insert a Disc (JPEG, MP3 or DivX) into the tray.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Library, then press the
OK or √ button.
Press the …† buttons to select Copy, then press the
OK or √ button.
Folder copy begins.
Subfolders and files in the selected folder are copied.
CD
Music List
No.
Copying...
Title
File Name : Song 2.mp3
3
Press the …† buttons to select Music, Photo or
DivX(MPEG4) then press the OK or √ button.
MP3, JPEG or DivX folder is displayed.
CD
Song1.mp3
004 Song 3.mp3
ROOT
005 Song 4.mp3
13%
3.8 MB
MB
3.8
3.8 MB
5.1 MB
9.2 MB
5.2 MB
†
CANCEL
Music List
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
ROOT
DivX(MPEG4)
■
Pressing the CANCEL button during folder
copying will cancel the folder copying after
the current file is copied.
■
Up to 500 files and 100 subfolders can be
copied into one folder for MP3 files.
■
Up to 500 files and 100 subfolders can be
copied into one folder for JPEG files.
■
Up to 500 files and 100 subfolders can be
copied into one folder for DivX files.
■
Files having an existing name of
***.mp3/***.jpg, are automatically renamed
to ***01.mp3/***01.jpg and copied.
■
It allows up to 999 copies to have the
same name.
■
You cannot copy an Audio CD.
■
File size on a disc and the copied file in
the HDD may be slightly different due to
the file system.
Jpg
é
Size
ROOT
Song 1.mp3.
1.mp3.
Song
Free space : 4699
MB
002 Song 10.mp3
file number : 2/8
√ Total00:02:22
003 Song 2.mp3
00:00:00
MP3
NOTE
ROOT
ROOT
MOVE
4
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select the MP3, JPEG or
DivX folder you want to copy, then press the
ANYKEY button.
CD
Music List
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
DivX(MPEG4)
Jpg
é
00:00:00
MP3
CopyROOT
Playlist
ROOT
Select Media
√
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Editing
Contents Copy Specifications
Contents
MP3
JPEG(photo)
DivX
HDD ➞ DVD
Supported
Supported
Supported
DVD ➞ HDD
supported
supported
Supported
• Disc(CD-R/ CD-RW/ DVD-R(Finalise)/DVD-RW(Finalise))
➞ HDD
• HDD➞ DVD-R, DVD-RW(V)
• The disc that has Video recording or has title dubbing
from HDD can’t be copied.
• If the disc is finalised through Disc Manager, it can be
compatible with PC as a disc with a UDF file system.
112 - English
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 113
3
Disc Manager
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select Rename, then
press the OK button.
The Rename screen is displayed.
Rename
DVD-RW(VR)
Editing the Disc Name
Follow these instructions to give a name to a disc.
Back Space
Space
MOVE
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
4
Delete
SELECT
Clear
RETURN
EXIT
Select the desired characters using the …† œ √
buttons, then press the OK button.
Library
Rename
DVD-RW(VR)
DVD-RW(VR)
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
Disc
1
Back Space
MOVE
2
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Disc Manager, then
press the OK or √ button.
DVD-RW(VR)
5
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
Clear
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select Save,
then press the OK button.
A disc name is given to the disc.
DVD-RW(VR)
Rename
Delete All
MOVE
Delete
SELECT
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
Protection
Space
MOVE
Finalise
SELECT
RETURN
Format
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
Disc_ 1
00:17
02:10 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
Rename
EXIT
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
Finalise
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
You may need to clear Disc Protection
beginning editing.
■
Depending on the kind of disc, the
displayed screen may be different.
NOTE
English - 113
Editing
■
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 114
Formatting a Disc
Disc Protection
Disc Protection allows you to protect your discs from
being formatted or deleted due to unintended
operations.
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
Use these instructions to format a disc.
The disc protect should also be cleared.
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Library
HDD
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Library
Library
Library
Disc Manager
DVD-RW(VR)
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
Programme
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Setup
Music
√
Photo
√
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
MOVE
2
SELECT
RETURN
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Disc Manager, then
press the OK or √ button.
2
Press the …† buttons to select Disc Manager, then
press the OK or √ button.
HDD
Disc Manager
DVD-RW(VR)
SELECT
Disc Manager
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000:20
Available Space
035:29 SP
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
[Music/Photo Partition]
Used Space
Availlable Space
0119MB
4636MB
Rename
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
3
Finalise
SELECT
RETURN
MOVE
EXIT
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select Protection, then
press the OK button.
DVD-RW(VR)
Delete All
Format
3
SELECT
RETURN
Press the œ √ buttons to select Format, then press the
OK button.
HDD
Editing
00:17
01:54 SP
Rename
Protection
Delete All
Disc Manager
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
Disc
NotProtection
Protected
VR-Mode
On
Off
Finalise
Format
Do you want to format this disc?
[Music/Photo Partition]
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
Yes 4636MB No
Delete All
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
Press the œ √ buttons to select On, then press
the OK button.
114 - English
Format
EXIT
MOVE
4
EXIT
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Format
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HDD
• You will be prompted with the confirmation
message “Do you want to format this disc?”.
• If you select Yes, you will be prompted with the
confirmation message “All data will be deleted.
Do you want to continue?”.
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 115
DVD-RW
• You will be prompted with the confirmation
message “Choose the recording format for
DVD- RW.”
2
Press the …† buttons to select Disc Manager, then
press the OK or √ button.
Disc Manager
HDD
DVD-RW(VR)
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000:20
Available Space
035:29 SP
00:00
02:10 SP
[Music/Photo Partition]
Used Space
Availlable Space
Choose the recoding format for DVD-RW.
Disc Protection Info
Not Protected
Current Rec.Mode
VR-Mode
DVD-VR
Protection
Delete All
DVD-V
Delete All
Finalise
4
SELECT
RETURN
SELECT
RETURN
3
Press the œ √ buttons to select Delete All, then press
the OK button.
HDD
DVD-VR and DVD-V are defined according to their
recording format.
DISC
DVD-V
DVD-RW/DVD-R
Disc Manager
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
Select contents to delete all?
[Music/Photo Partition]
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
4636MB
Title
DivX
Music
Photo
Delete All
MOVE
Delete All Title Lists/DivX Lists
/Music Lists/Photo Lists
SELECT
Format
RETURN
EXIT
• When Protected Entry exists: The Delete All Title List
function will not operate. If there is a title containing a
still picture, however, that function will not operate. If
you want to delete a protected entry, disable Protect
for it on the Lock item.
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Editing
1
EXIT
EXIT
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the OK
button. The disc is formatted.
DVD-VR
DVD-RW
Format
Format
MOVE
MOVE
0119MB
4636MB
Library
HDD
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
English - 115
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 116
Delete All Title Lists
Press the œ √ buttons to select the Title, DivX, Music
or Photo, then press the OK button.
HDD
Disc Manager
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
1
All playlists will also be deleted.
[Music/Photo Partition]
Do you want to continue?
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
4636MB
Yes
No
Delete All
MOVE
SELECT
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
Format
RETURN
HDD & DVD RECORDER
EXIT
Library
HDD
Library
Library
Disc Manager
HDD
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
All DivX(MPEG4) will be deleted.
[Music/Photo Partition]
Do you want to continue?
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
4636MB
Yes
No
Delete All
MOVE
SELECT
MOVE
RETURN
EXIT
Format
RETURN
EXIT
Disc Manager
HDD
SELECT
2
Press the …† buttons to select Disc Manager, then
press the OK or √ button.
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
All music will be deleted.
[Music/Photo Partition]
Do you want to continue?
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
4636MB
Yes
No
Delete All
MOVE
SELECT
DVD-RW(VR)
Format
RETURN
EXIT
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
Rename
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
Disc Manager
HDD
Finalise
SELECT
Format
RETURN
EXIT
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
All photo will be deleted.
[Music/Photo Partition]
Do you want to continue?
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
4636MB
Yes
No
Delete All
Editing
MOVE
SELECT
3
Format
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select Delete All, then
press the OK button.
• You will be prompted with the confirmation message
“Do you want to delete all title lists?”.
DVD-RW(VR)
5
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the
OK button.
All title lists, DivX lists, music lists or photo lists are
deleted.
00:17
01:54 SP
Do you want to delete all title lists?
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
Yes
Rename
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
116 - English
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
No
Finalise
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:00 PM
Page 117
• When Protected Entry exists: The Delete All Title List
function will not operate. If there is a title containing a
still picture, however, that function will not operate.
If you want to delete a protected entry, disable Protect
for it on the Lock item.
• When protected a DVD-RW is used, data cannot be
deleted from a disc.
• If you select Yes, you will be prompted with the
confirmation message “All playlists will also be
deleted. Do you want to continue?”.
4
3
Press the …† œ √ buttons to select Finalise, then
press the OK button.
You will be prompted with the message “Do you want to
finalise disc?”.
Disc Manager
DVD-RW(VR)
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
00:17
01:54 SP
Do you want to finalise disc?
Disc Protection Info
Not Protected
Current Rec.Mode
VR-Mode
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the OK
button.
All title lists are deleted.
Rename
Yes
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
No
Finalise
SELECT
Format
RETURN
EXIT
If you select Yes, you will be prompted again with the
message “Disc will be finalised. Do you want to
continue?”.
Finalising a Disc
DVD-RW(VR)
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
After you record titles onto a DVD-RW/DVD-R disc with
your HDD & DVD RECORDER, it needs to be finalised
before it can be played back on external devices.
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc will be finalised.
Disc Protection InfoDo you want
Not Protected
to continue?
Current Rec.Mode
VR-Mode
Rename
Yes
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
1
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Disc Manager
4
No
Finalise
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the
OK button.
The disc is finalised.
Library
DVD-RW(VR)
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
Once a disc is finalised, you cannot delete
entries from the record list.
■
After being finalised, the DVD-R/DVDRW(video mode) operates in the same
manner as a DVD-Video.
■
Depending on the disc type, the displayed
screen may be different.
■
Finalising time may be different depending
on the amount of data recorded on the
disc.
■
Data on the disc will be damaged if the
recorder is powered off during finalisation
process.
NOTE
MOVE
2
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Press the …† buttons to select Disc Manager, then
press the OK or √ button.
Disc Manager
DVD-RW(VR)
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
Rename
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
Finalise
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
English - 117
Editing
■
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:01 PM
Page 118
Unfinalising a Disc (V/VR mode)
DVD-RW(VR:F)
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Current Rec.Mode
VR-Mode
Disc will be unfinalised.
Do you want to continue?
Yes
1
No
Unfinalise
With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU
button.
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
Library
DVD-RW(VR:F)
HDD
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
4
Press the œ √ buttons to select Yes, then press the
OK button.
The disc is unfinalised.
EXIT
■
NOTE
2
Disc Manager
DVD-RW(VR:F)
VR-Mode
Unfinalise
MOVE
Editing
3
Unfinalise
DVD-RW(V)
Additional recording, protection
Operation Same as DVD-Video
and deletion are possible.
Press the …† buttons to select Disc Manager, then
press the OK or √ button.
Disc Name
Current Rec.Mode
SELECT
Format
RETURN
Disc Manager
DVD-RW(VR:F)
VR-Mode
Do you want to unfinalise disc?
Yes
No
Unfinalise
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
If you select Yes, you will be prompted again with the
message “Disc will be unfinalised. Do you want to
continue?”.
118 - English
Mark
■
Finalise
DVD-Video(RW)
A DVD-RW can be finalised or unfinalised
in VR mode.
Finalise
Unfinalise
Mark
DVD-RW(VR:F)
DVD-RW(VR)
Operation
Additional recording,
deletion, editing, and
protection are impossible.
Additional recording,
deletion, editing, and
protection are possible.
EXIT
Press the œ √ buttons to select Unfinalise, then
press the OK button.
You will be prompted with the message “Do you want
to unfinalise disc?”.
Disc Name
Current Rec.Mode
A DVD-RW can be finalised or unfinalised
in Video mode.
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:01 PM
Page 119
Reference
Troubleshooting
If your product malfunctions, go through the
checkpoints below before contacting a Samsung
authorised service centre.
Power
The input is displayed for a while when the
power is turned on.
Checkpoint 1
The HDD & DVD RECORDER
requires some time to initialize and the
input will be displayed for approx. 10
seconds after it is turned on.
But If Quick recording function is set
to on, the HDD & DVD RECORDER
will power on quickly,which enables
you to immediately record a desired
channel. (see page 33)
Recording
Cannot record TV programmes.
Checkpoint 1
Check whether the power cord is
securely plugged into the power outlet.
Checkpoint 2
Did you set the HDD & DVD
RECORDER channel settings correctly?
Checkpoint 3
Check the free space on your
HDD/DVD-RW/-R discs.
Checkpoint 1
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Recording is possible for HDD/DVD-RW/-R
discs only.
If a programme is copy protected, it
cannot be recorded.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
English - 119
Reference
I pressed the REC button but there is no response.
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:01 PM
Page 120
Playback
Cannot play the disc.
Checkpoint 1
Checkpoint 2
Checkpoint 3
Check whether the disc is inserted
correctly with the label facing up.
Checkpoint 1
Check the regional code of the DVD
disc.
The angle operation is available only
when the disc contains images
captured from different angles.
This HDD & DVD RECORDER cannot
play some types of discs.
(See pages 7, 44)
icon appears on the screen.
Checkpoint 1
The angle operation does not work while playing a
DVD disc.
You cannot use this operation or
function due to one of the following
reasons:
(1) Your DVD disc restricts it.
(2) Your DVD disc does not support
this feature (for example: angles)
(3) The feature is not available at the
moment.
(4) You've requested a title, chapter, or
scan time that is out of range.
The selected audio and/or subtitle language is not
played.
Checkpoint 1
Audio and subtitle languages are
disc-specific. Only the sound and
subtitle languages contained on the
DVD disc are available and displayed
in the disc menu.
Cannot copy title or file to the other mode.
Play mode settings are different from the settings
configured in the Settings menu.
Reference
Checkpoint 1
The disc does not support all selected
functions. In this case, some settings
configured in the settings menu may
not work properly.
Cannot change the aspect ratio.
Checkpoint 1
The aspect ratio is fixed for DVD discs.
(See page 39)
120 - English
Checkpoint 1
DVD discs encoded with copy
protection can not be copied to HDD.
Checkpoint 2
Refer to “Contents Copy Specifications”
on page 5 to check if copying is supported.
Refer to “V-Mode Compatibility” on page
38 to check if copying is support.
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:01 PM
Page 121
Video
Timer Recording
The disc revolves, but no image or bad quality
images is displayed.
Checkpoint 1
Be sure that the Video Setting is
properly set. (See pages 39~41)
Checkpoint 2
Check whether there is damage to or
any foreign material on your disc.
Checkpoint 3
Checkpoint 4
Some low quality discs may not play
properly.
If scenes change from dark to bright
suddenly, the screen may shake
vertically temporarily, but this is not a
fault.
Timer lamp flickers.
Checkpoint 1
Check there is enough space in the
disc or HDD for recording.
Checkpoint 2
Check whether the current disc is
recordable or not.
Make sure to check before the start
time of recording.
Timer recording does not work properly.
Checkpoint 1
Re-check the recording time and the
end time settings again.
Checkpoint 2
Recording will be cancelled if the
power is interrupted due to a power
failure or another similar reason
while recording.
Sound
No sound.
HDMI
Checkpoint 1
Are you watching a programme in
slow or skip mode?
If you are playing a programme at a
speed other than normal speed,
sound will not be heard.(excepr for
forward search (Fast 1) in disc.)
Checkpoint 2
Check the connections and settings.
(See pages 21~22, 37~38)
Checkpoint 3
Check whether the disc is damaged.
Clean the disc, if necessary.
Checkpoint 4
Check whether the disc is inserted
correctly with the label facing up.
No HDMI output.
Checkpoint 1
Checkpoint 2
Checkpoint 3
Checkpoint 4
No audio output.
Check whether you have selected
the correct digital output options in
the Audio Output Options menu.
(See page 37)
Abnormal HDMI output screen.
Checkpoint 1
If snow noise appears on the screen,
it means that TV does not support
HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital
Content Protection).
HDMI output Jitter
Checkpoint 1
Checkpoint 2
Check your TV system setup
correctly.
Please refer to the user’s manual of
your TV.
English - 121
Reference
Checkpoint 1
Check whether the mode is stop
mode or not. You can switch HDMI
mode in stop mode.
Check the Video output is HDMI
enabled.
Check the connection between the
TV and the HDMI jack of the HDD &
DVD RECORDER.
See if your TV supports HDMI.
HR735/736_XSS_87~125
4/12/06 6:01 PM
Page 122
Remote Control Unit
Other problems.
The remote control doesn't work.
Checkpoint 1
Point the remote control at the remote
control sensor on your HDD & DVD
RECORDER. Allow for proper
distance. Remove obstacles between
your HDD & DVD RECORDER and
the remote control.
Checkpoint 2
Check whether the batteries are
drained.
Checkpoint 3
Check whether TV control button is
selected or not.
Other
I forgot my password for parental supervision.
Checkpoint 1
Press and hold the PROG(
)
buttons on the front panel of the
Recorder for more than 5 seconds
with no disc in the unit. All settings
including the password will revert to
the factory settings. Do not use this
unless absolutely necessary. (Note
that this function is possible only when
no disc is inserted.)
Reference
Is it possible to change a subtitle and an audio
signal on a recorded disc?
Checkpoint 1
A recorded disc is played with only
the subtitle and the audio signal
which were selected during recording.
122 - English
Checkpoint 1
Read the table of contents and then
find and read the section describing
your problem, follow the instructions
given.
Checkpoint 2
Plug your HDD &DVD RECORDER
off and on.
Checkpoint 3
If the problem still persists, contact a
nearby Samsung service centre.
HR735/736_XST_123~back
4/12/06 6:34 PM
Page 123
Specifications
Power requirements
110-240V AC, 50/60Hz
Power consumption
35 Watts / 4.3Watts(Power off)
Weight
General
Dimensions
3,9 Kg
430mm(W) x 300mm(D) x 59mm(H)
Operating temp.
+5°C to +35°C
Other conditions
Keep level when operating. Less than 75% operating humidity
Composite Video : 1.0 V p-p at 75Ω load, sync negative
Video
Input
S-Video input (Y: 1.0Vp-p, C: 0.286Vp-p at 75Ω load)
Audio
Max.Audio Input Level : 2Vrms
DV Input
IEEE 1394(4p) compatible jack
Receivable Channels
Audio
PAL, SECAM-B/G, D/K, I
Analogue output jacks x 2
Optical/Coaxial digital audio output
Composite Video : Video output jack x 1
Output
Video
S-Video output x 1 (Y:1.0Vp-p, C:0.286Vp-p at 75Ω load)
Component output x 1 (Y: 1.0Vp-p, Pb: 0.70Vp-p, Pr: 0.70Vp-p at 75Ω load)
HDMI/DVI (576p)
Recording
Picture Compression format
MPEG-II
Audio Compression format
Dolby Digital 2ch/256Kbps, MPEG-II
Recording Quality
XP (about 8.5 Mbps), SP (about 4.5 Mbps), LP (about 2.5 Mbps),
EP (about 1.6 Mbps or about 1.2 Mbps)
Audio Frequency Response
HDD
Capacity
20 Hz~20 kHz
DVD-HR735
160 GB
DVD-HR736
250 GB
DVD
AUDIO CD(CD-DA)
Analog Audio Output
Disc Type
48 / 96kHz
44,1kHz
Digital Audio Output
48kHz
44,1kHz
English - 123
Reference
Audio Output
For DVD discs, audio signals recorded at 96kHz sampling frequency are converted into and output at 48kHz.
HR735/736_XST_123~back
4/12/06 6:34 PM
Page 124
HR735/736_XST_123~back
English
4/12/06 6:34 PM
Page 125
AK68-01082W
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.12
12:18 PM
Page 1
§¡
ËŸ Õ◊ °“√„™ßÈ “π
DVD-HR735
DVD-HR736
www.samsung.com/th
‰∑¬
AK68-01082W
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 2
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
§”‡μÕ◊ π
‡æ◊Õ
Ë ≈¥§«“¡‡¤’¬
Ë ß®“°‰øøÈ“™ÁÕ§ լ˓∂Õ¥Ω“§√Õ∫
(À√◊եȓπÀ≈—߇§√◊ËÕß)
¿“¬„π‡§√◊ËÕ߉¡Ë¡’¤Ë«π„¥∑’˺ŸÈ„™È¤“¡“√∂·°È‰¢‰¥È‡Õß
‚ª√¥„™È∫√‘°“√´ËÕ¡∫”√ÿß®“°™Ë“ߺŸÈ™”π“≠°“√
À¡“¬‡Àμ¤ÿ ”§≠
—
¤“¬‰øÀ≈—°¢ÕßÕÿª°√≥Ïπ’È®—¥¤Ëß„ÀÈæ√ÈÕ¡°—∫ª≈—Í°·∫∫À≈ËÕ¤”‡√Á®
∑’Ë¡’ø‘«¤ÏÕ¬ŸË¿“¬„π§Ë“¢Õßø‘«¤Ï®–√–∫ÿ‰«È∑’Ë¢“¢Õߪ≈—Í° À“°μÈÕß
‡ª≈’ˬπ μÈÕß„™Èø‘«¥Ï∑’ˉ¥È√—∫°“√√—∫√Õßμ“¡ BS1362 ∑’Ë¡’æ‘°—
¥‡∑Ë“°—π
լ˓„™Èª≈—Í°∑’ˉ¡Ë¡’Ω“§√Õ∫ø‘«¤Ï
À“°Ω“§√Õ∫¤“¡“√∂∂Õ¥ÕÕ°‰¥È À“°μÈÕß„™ÈΩ“§√Õ∫ø‘«¤Ï„À¡Ë
μÈÕß„™È¤’‡¥’¬«°—π¢“¢Õߪ≈—Í° ¤“¡“√∂´◊ÈÕΩ“§√Õ∫„À¡Ë‰¥È®“°μ—
«·∑π®”ÀπË“¬¢Õߧÿ≥
À“°ª≈—Í°∂“«√‰¡Ë‡À¡“–¤¡°—∫®ÿ¥®Ë“¬‰ø„π∫È“π¢Õߧÿ≥
À√◊Õ¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈¬“«‰¡ËæÕ¤”À√—∫®ÿ¥®Ë“¬‰ø §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¢Õ√—
∫¤“¬‰øμËÕæË«ß∑’ˉ¥È√—∫°“√√√—∫√Õß ´÷Ëß¡’§«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿—
¬·≈–‡À¡“–¤¡ À√◊Õμ‘¥μËÕμ—«·∑π®”ÀπË“¬¢Õߧÿ≥‡æ◊Õ
Ë ¢Õ§«“
¡™Ë«¬‡À≈◊Õ
¤—≠≈—°…≥Ïπ’È∫Ëß™’È∂÷ß "·√ߥ—π∑’ˇªÁπÕ—πμ√“¬"
¿“¬„πº≈‘μ¿≥±Ï∑’Ë¡’§«“¡‡¤’ˬßμËÕ°“√∂Ÿ°‰øøÈ“™Á
Õ§À√◊Õ‰¥È√∫
— ∫“¥‡®Á∫
¤—≠≈—°…≥Ïπ’È∫Ëß™’È«Ë“¡’§”·π–π”∑’ˤ”§—≠
∑’Ë·®È߉«È¤”À√—∫º≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ’È
Õ¬Ë“μ‘¥μ—ÈßÕÿª°√≥Ïπ’È„πæ◊Èπ∑’˧—∫·§∫ ‡™Ëπ ™—ÈπÀπ—ߤ◊ÕÀ√◊Õ‡§√◊ËÕ߇√◊Õ
π„π≈—°…≥–π’È
§”‡μÕ◊ π: ‡æÕË◊ ªÕÈ ß°π
— Õπ
— μ√“¬ ∑ÕË’ “®¤ßË º≈„À‡È °¥
‘ Õπ
— μ√“¬®“°‡
æ≈ß‘ ‰À¡À
È √Õ◊ ‰øø“È ™ÕÁ § Õ¬“Ë „À‡È §√ÕË◊ ß„™‰È øø“È ‡§√ÕË◊
ßπ∂
È’ °
Ÿ ΩπÀ√Õ◊ §«“¡™π
È◊
¢ÈÕ§«√√–«—ß: ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD „™È≈”·¤ß‡≈‡´Õ√Ï∑’Ë¡
Õߥȫ¬μ“‡ª≈Ë“‰¡Ë‡ÀÁπ ´÷Ëß®–¡’§«“¡‡¤’ˬßμËÕ°“√‰¥È√—
∫√—ߤ’∑’ˇªÁπÕ—πμ√“¬À“°¤—¡º—¤‚¥¬μ√ß ‚ª√¥·πË„
®«Ë“„™Èß“π‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷°μ“¡§”·π–π”լ˓ß∂Ÿ°μÈÕß
¢ÕÈ §«√√–«ß—
º≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ’È„™È‡≈‡´Õ√Ï °“√„™È¢—ÈπμÕπ‡æ◊ËÕ§«∫§ÿ¡ À√◊Õª√—∫·μËß
À√◊Õ°“√∑”ß“π πÕ°‡Àπ◊Õ®“°∑’Ë√–∫ÿ‰«È„π∑’Ëπ’È Õ“®¡’º≈„Àȇ¤’ˬß
μËÕ°“√‰¥È√—∫√—ߤ’∑’ˇªÁπÕ—πμ√“¬ ÀÈ“¡‡ª‘¥Ω“‡§√◊ËÕß·≈–ÀÈ“¡´ËÕ¡
·´¡¥È«¬μπ‡Õß ‚ª√¥¤Ë߇¢È“√—∫∫√‘°“√®“°™Ë“ߺŸÈ™”π“≠°“√
2 - ‰∑¬
լ˓߉√°Áμ“¡ À“°‰¡Ë¡’∑“߇≈◊Õ°¤”À√—∫°“√μ—¥ª≈—Í°ÕÕ°
„ÀÈ∂Õ¥ø‘«¤Ï®“°π—Èππ”ª≈—Í°‰ª∑‘Èßլ˓ߪ≈Õ¥¿—¬ լ˓μËÕª≈—Í°°—
∫™ËÕ߇¤’¬∫¤“¬‡¡π ‡π◊ËÕß®“°¡’§«“¡‡¤’ˬßμËÕÕ—
πμ√“¬®“°‰øøÈ“™ÁÕ§®“°¤“¬‡ª≈◊Õ¬∑’¬
Ë ◊¥À¬ÿπ
Ë ‰¥È
º≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïæ√ÈÕ¡°—∫§ŸË¡◊ÕºŸÈ„™Èπ’È ‰¥È√∫
— Õπÿ≠“μ¿“¬„μȤ‘∑∏‘Ï∑’ˇªÁπ∑
√—æ¬Ï¤‘π∑“ߪ—≠≠“¢Õß∫√‘…—∑À≈“¬·ÀËß „∫Õπÿ≠“μπ’È®”°—
¥Õ¬ŸË‡æ’¬ß°“√„™È∑’ˉ¡Ë„™È‡™‘ßæ“≥‘™¬Ï‚¥¬ºŸÈ∫√‘‚¿§¤”À√—
∫™¡¿“æ¬πμ√Ï≈‘¢¤‘∑∏‘Ï ‰¡Ë¡’°“√„ÀȤ‘∑∏‘Ï„π°“√„™Èß“π‡™‘ßæ
“≥‘™¬Ï„∫Õπÿ≠“μπ’ȉ¡Ë§√Õ∫§≈ÿ¡∂÷ߺ≈‘μ¿—≥±ÏÕ◊Ëπ∑’ËπÕ°‡Àπ◊Õ
®“°º≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ’È ·≈–„∫Õπÿ≠“μ‰¡Ë¢¬“¬‰ª¬—ߺ≈‘μ¿—≥±Ï∑’ˉ¡Ë
‰¥È√—∫Õπÿ≠“μ À√◊Õ°√–∫«π°“√μË“ßÊ ∑’ˤե§≈ÈÕß°—∫ ISO/IEC
11172-3 À√◊Õ ISO/IEC 13818-3 ∑’Ë„™ÈÀ√◊Õ∑’Ë®”ÀπË“¬æ√ÈÕ¡°—
∫º≈‘μ¿—≥±ÏπÈ’ „∫Õπÿ≠“μπ’§
È √Õ∫§≈ÿ¡‡©æ“–°“√„™Èß“πº≈‘μ¿—
≥±Ïπ’ȇæ◊ËÕ‡¢È“√À—¤ ·≈–/À√◊Õ ∂Õ¥√À—¤‰ø≈Ï∑’ˤե§≈ÈÕß°—
∫¡“μ√∞“π ISO/IEC 11172-3 À√◊Õ ISO/IEC 13818-3 ‡∑Ë“
π—Èπ ‰¡Ë¡’°“√„ÀȤ‘∑∏‘ÏÕπÿ≠“μ¿“¬„μÈ„∫Õπÿ≠“μπ’Ȥ”À√—∫§ÿ≥¤¡
∫—μ‘À√◊Õ°“√∑”ß“π¢Õߺ≈‘μ¿—≥±Ï∑’ˉ¡Ë¤Õ¥§≈ÈÕß°—∫¡“μ√∞“π
ISO/IEC 11172-3 À√◊Õ ISO/IEC 13818-3
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 3
∂Õ◊ ¥«È ¬§«“¡√–«ß—
¢ÕÈ §«√√–«ß— ‡∫ÕÈ◊ ßμπ
È
ÕË“π§”·π–π”„π°“√„™Èß“π‡À≈Ë“π’Èլ˓ß√Õ∫§Õ∫°ËÕπ„™È‡§√◊ËÕßπ’È
ªØ‘∫—μ‘μ“¡§”·π–π”‡æ◊ËÕ§«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿—¬∑—ÈßÀ¡¥∑’Ë·®È߉«È¥È“π≈Ë“ß
‡°Á∫§ŸË¡◊Õπ’ȉ«È„ÀÈæ√ÈÕ¡¤”À√—∫°“√ÕÈ“ßÕ‘ß„πÕπ“§μ
• լ˓¬È“¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°¢≥–∑’Ë°”≈—߇≈Ëπ·ºËπ ¡‘‡™Ëππ—Èπ·ºËπÕ“®
‡°‘¥√Õ¬¢’¥¢Ë«πÀ√◊Õ·μ°À—° ™‘Èπ¤Ë«π¿“¬„π‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°Õ“®‰¥È√—
∫§«“¡‡¤’¬À“¬
• լ˓«“ß·®°—π¥Õ°‰¡È∑’Ë∫√√®ÿπÈ” À√◊Õ«—μ∂ÿ∑’ˇªÁπ‚≈À–¢π“¥‡≈Á°
‰«È∫π‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
• √–«—ßլ˓«“ß¡◊Õ¢Õߧÿ≥‰«È∑’Ë∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
• լ˓«“ߤ‘ËßÕ◊Ëπ∑’ˉ¡Ë„™Ë·ºË𥑤°Ï≈ß„π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
ÕË“π§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’È
‡°Á∫§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’È
‚ª√¥¤—߇°μ§”‡μ◊Õπ∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
ªØ‘∫μ
— μ
‘ “¡§”·π–π”∑—ßÈ À¡¥
լ˓„™ÈÕÿª°√≥Ïπ’È„°≈È°—∫πÈ”
„™ÈºÈ“·ÀÈß∑”§«“¡¤–Õ“¥‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
լ˓ª‘¥°—π
È ™ËÕß√–∫“¬Õ“°“» „ÀÈμ¥
‘ μ—ßÈ ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ßμ“¡§”·π–π”
¢ÕߺŸÈº≈‘μ
լ˓μ—È߇§√◊ËÕß„°≈ÈÕÿª°√≥Ï∑’ˇªÁπ·À≈Ëߧ«“¡√ÈÕ𠇙Ëπ À¡ÈÕπÈ”
‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∑”§«“¡√ÈÕπ ‡μ“ À√◊ÕÕÿª°√≥ÏÕπ
Ë◊ Ê
(√«¡∂÷߇§√◊ËÕߢ¬“¬‡¤’¬ß) ∑’Ë°√–®“¬§«“¡√ÈÕπ
լ˓·°È‰¢ª≈—Í°∑’Ë„™È‡ªÁπ°√“«π¥ÏÀ√◊Õ¢—È«‡æ◊ËÕ§«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿—¬
ª≈—Í°·∫∫¡’¢—È«®–¡’¢“·∫π 2 ¢“ ´÷ËߢȓßÀπ÷Ëß®–°«È“ß°«Ë“Õ’°
¢È“ߪ≈—Í°ª√–‡¿∑°√“«¥Ï®–¡’¢“·∫π¤Õߢ“ ·≈–¡’¢“¤“¬¥‘π
¢“∑’ˤ“¡ ¢“·∫π∑’Ë°«È“ß°«Ë“ À√◊Õ¢“¤“¬¥‘ππ’È ¡’‰«È‡æ◊ËÕ§«“
¡ª≈Õ¥¿—¬¢Õߧÿ≥ À“°ª≈—Í°∑’Ë„Àȉ«È‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥È°—∫‡μÈ“
√—∫‰øøÈ“ „ÀÈμ¥
‘ μËՙ˓߉ø‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡ª≈’¬
Ë π‡μÈ“√—∫‰øøÈ“√ÿπ
Ë ‡°Ë“π’È
ªÈÕß°—𤓬‰ø®“°°“√∂Ÿ°‡À¬’¬∫À√◊Õ∫‘¥ßÕ
‚¥¬‡©æ“–∑’Ë∫√‘‡«≥ª≈—Í°μË“ßÊ ∑’ˇªÁπ®ÿ¥∑’ËÕÕ°®“°‡§√◊ËÕß
„™È·μËÕÿª°√≥χ¤√‘¡/¬÷¥μ‘¥ ∑’˺ŸÈº≈‘μ√–∫ÿ„ÀÈ„™È‰¥È‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
„™È·μË√∂‡¢Áπ ∞“πμ—Èß ¢“μ—Èß ·°π¬÷¥ À√◊Õ ‚μÍ– ∑’˺ŸÈº≈‘μ√–∫ÿ
À√◊Õ¢“¬æ√ÈÕ¡°—∫Õÿª°√≥Ïπ’ȇ∑Ë“π—Èπ ‡¡◊ËÕ„™È√∂‡¢Áπ „™È√–¡—¥√–«—
߇¡◊ËÕ‡§≈◊ËÕπ¬È“¬√∂‡¢Áπ/Õÿª°√≥Ï ‡æ◊ËÕÀ≈’°‡≈’ˬ߰“√‰¥È√—
∫∫“¥‡®Á∫®“°°“√¤–¥ÿ¥≈È¡
∂Õ¥ª≈—Í°Õÿª°√≥Ï√–À«Ë“ßΩπøÈ“§–πÕß À√◊Õ‡¡◊ËÕ‰¡Ë‰¥È„™Èß“
π‡ªÁπ‡«≈“π“π
„™È∫√‘°“√´ËÕ¡·´¡®“°™Ë“ߺŸÈ™”π“≠∑’ˉ¥È√—∫°“√√—∫√Õ߇∑Ë“
π—Èπ°“√´ËÕ¡·´¡‡ªÁπ¤‘Ëß®”‡ªÁπ‡¡◊ËÕÕÿª°√≥ω¥È√—
∫§«“¡‡¤’¬À“¬‰¡Ë«“Ë ª√–‡¿∑„¥ ‡™Ë𠤓¬‰øÀ√◊Õª≈—°
Í ™”√ÿ¥
¢Õ߇À≈«À√◊Õ«—¤¥ÿ‡¢È“‰ª„π‡§√◊ËÕß À√◊Õ‡§√◊ËÕß∂Ÿ°ΩπÀ√◊Õ§«“
¡™◊Èπ ‰¡Ë∑”ß“πμ“¡ª°μ‘ À√◊Õμ°À≈Ëπ
• ¤¿“æ·«¥≈ÈÕ¡¿“¬πÕ° ‡™Ëπ øÈ“ºË“ ·≈–ª√–®ÿ‰øøÈ“¤∂‘μ¬Ï ¤“¡
“√∂¡’º≈°√–∑∫μËÕ°“√∑”ß“πª°μ‘¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°π’ȉ¥È ∂È“‡°‘¥
‡Àμÿ°“√≥χ™Ëππ’È¢÷Èπ „ÀȪ‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°·≈–‡ª‘¥„À¡ËÕ’°§√—Èß
‚¥¬°¥ªÿË¡ STANDBY/ON À√◊Õ∂Õ¥ª≈—Í°ÕÕ° ®“°π—Èπ‡¤’¬
∫¤“¬‰ø AC ‡¢È“°—∫‡μÈ“√—∫‰øøÈ“ AC Õ’°§√—ßÈ ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷°®–∑”
ß“πμ“¡ª°μ‘
• ¥Ÿ„ÀÈ·πË„®«Ë“‰¥Èπ”·ºË𥑤°ÏÕÕ°·≈–ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°·≈È«À≈—
ß°“√„™Èß“π
• ∂Õ¥¤“¬‰øÕÕ°®“°‡μÈ“√—∫‡¡◊Õ
Ë §ÿ≥‰¡Ë‰¥È„™Èß“π‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—
π∑÷°‡ªÁπ‡«≈“π“π
• ∑”§«“¡¤–Õ“¥·ºË𥑤°Ï‚¥¬‡™Á¥‡ªÁπ‡¤Èπμ√ßÕÕ°®“°¥È“π„π
¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï‰ª¬—ߥȓππÕ°
°“√¥·Ÿ ≈√°
— …“μ«— ‡§√ÕË◊ ß
‡æ◊Õ
Ë §«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿—¬ ¥Ÿ„ÀÈ·πË„®«Ë“∂Õ¥¤“¬‰øÕÕ°®“°‡μÈ“√—
∫‰øøÈ“·≈È«
• լ˓„™È‡∫π´‘π ∑‘π‡πÕ√Ï À√◊ÕπÈ”¬“Õ◊ËπÊ ∑”§«“¡¤–Õ“¥‡§√◊ËÕß
• „™ÈºÈ“πÿË¡‡™Á¥∑’Ëμ—«‡§√◊ËÕß
HDD (Œ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °‰Ï ¥√ø)Ï
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¡’§«“¡Àπ“·πËπ„π°“√®—¥‡°Á∫‰¥È√–¥—∫¤Ÿß ´÷Ëߙ˫¬„ÀȤ“
¡“√∂∫π∑÷°‰¥È¬“«π“π·≈–‡¢È“„™Èß“π¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’ˇ¢’¬π‰«È‰¥Èլ˓ß√«¥
‡√Á« լ˓߉√°Áμ“¡ Õÿª°√≥Ϥ˫ππ’È®–‡¤’¬À“¬‰¥ÈßË“¬‡æ√“–‰øøÈ“™ÁÕ
§ °“√¤—Ëπ¤–‡∑◊Õπ À√◊ÕΩÿËπ≈–ÕÕß ·≈–§«√‡°Á∫„ÀÈÀË“ß®“°·¡Ë‡À≈Á°
‡æ◊ËÕÀ≈’°‡≈’ˬ߰“√¤Ÿ≠‡¤’¬¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¤”§—≠ „ÀȪؑ∫—μ‘μ“¡¢ÈÕ§«√√–«—
ßμËÕ‰ªπ’È
• լ˓„™È‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï „π∫√‘‡«≥∑’Ë¡’°“√‡ª≈’ˬ
π·ª≈ߢÕßÕÿ≥À¿Ÿ¡‘լ˓ß√ÿπ·√ß
• լ˓„ÀÈ¡’‰øøÈ“™ÁÕ§√–¥—∫√ÿπ·√߇°‘¥¢÷Èπ°—∫Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï·≈–‡§√◊ËÕß
∫—π∑÷° DVD
• լ˓«“ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï·≈–‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD „π¤∂“π∑’Ë∑’Ë¡’°“√
¤—Ëπ¤–‡∑◊Õπ¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß®—°√À√◊Õ∫π∑’Ëμ—Èß∑’ˉ¡Ë¡—Ëπ§ß
• լ˓«“߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ∫π«—¤¥ÿ∑’Ë¡’§«“¡√ÈÕπ
• լ˓∂Õ¥¤“¬‰ø¢≥–∑’‡Ë ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË
• լ˓欓¬“¡‡ª≈’ˬπ·ª≈ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ‡æ√“–Õ“®¡’º≈„ÀÈ°“
√∑”ß“πº‘¥ª°μ‘‰¥È
‰∑¬ - 3
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
§”·π–𔤔§≠
— ‡æÕË◊ §«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿¬
—
• °ËÕπ∑’Ë®–‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕÕÿª°√≥ÏÕ◊ËπÊ ‡¢È“°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°π’È ¥Ÿ„ÀÈ·π„®
«Ë“ª‘¥Õÿª°√≥χÀ≈Ë“π—Èπ·≈È«
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 4
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
À“°Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰¥È√—∫§«“¡‡¤’¬À“¬ §ÿ≥®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡√’¬°§◊
π¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’ˤŸ≠À“¬‰¥È Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‡ªÁπæ◊Èπ∑’Ë®—¥‡°Á∫¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈·∫∫
™—Ë«§√“«‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
°“√®¥
— °“√·ºπ
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï
• „™È·ºË𥑤°Ï√Ÿª∑√ß∑—Ë«‰ª À“°
„™È·ºË𥑤°Ï√ª
Ÿ ·∫∫º‘¥‰ª®“°ª°μ‘
(·ºË𥑤°Ï√ª
Ÿ ∑√ß摇»…) Õ“®∑”
„Àȇ§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï
¥¥‘¤°Ï ‰¥È√—∫§«“¡‡¤’¬À“¬‰¥È
°“√∂Õ◊ ·ºπ
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï
°“√‡°∫
Á ·ºπ
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï
‚ª√¥√–«—ßլ˓„ÀÈ¥‘¤°Ï‰¥È√—∫§«“¡‡¤’¬À“¬ ‡π◊ËÕß®“°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈„π·
ºË𥑤°Ï¡’§«“¡ÕËÕπ‰À«Õ¬Ë“ß¡“°μËÕ¤¿“æ·«¥≈ÈÕ¡
• լ˓«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ïμ“°·¥¥‚¥¬μ√ß
• ‡°Á∫·ºËπ‰«È„π∫√‘‡«≥∑’ˇ¬Áπ·≈–Õ“°“»∂Ë“¬‡∑
• ‡°Á∫·ºËπ„π·π«μ—Èß
• ‡°Á∫·ºËπ‰«È´Õß∑’ˤ–Õ“¥
• À“°§ÿ≥¬È“¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD ®“°∑’ˇ¬Áπ‰ª∑’ËÕ∫ÕÿËπ„π∑—π∑’∑—
π„¥ Õ“®‡°‘¥‰ÕπÈ”„π™‘Èπ¤Ë«π∑”ß“π·≈–‡≈π¤Ï ·≈–∑”„ÀÈ°“√‡≈Ë
π·ºËπº‘¥ª°μ‘‰¥È „π°√≥’‡™Ëππ’È „ÀÈπ”·ºËπÕÕ°·≈–√Õª√–¡
“≥ 1-2 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ‚¥¬‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß∑‘È߉«È °ËÕπ®–≈Õß欓¬“¡‡≈Ë
π·ºËπÕ’°§√—Èß
• ‚ª√¥√–«—ßլ˓„ÀÈ¥‘¤°Ï‰¥È√—∫§«“¡‡¤’¬À“¬ ‡π◊ËÕß®“°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈
„π·ºË𥑤°Ï¡’§«“¡ÕËÕπ‰À«Õ¬Ë“ß¡“°μËÕ¤¿“æ·«¥≈ÈÕ¡
• լ˓®—∫∑’Ëæ◊Èπº‘«¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï¥È“π∑’Ë®–∫—π∑÷°
¢ÕÈ ¡≈Ÿ ®”‡æ“–¢Õß·ºπ
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï
DVD-RAM, DVD-RW ·≈– DVD-R
D™π¥‘ ·ºπË ¥¤‘ °Ï
• ∑”§«“¡¤–Õ“¥¥È«¬πÈ”¬“∑”§«“¡¤–Õ
“¥·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD-RAM/PD ∑’ˇªÁπÕÿª
°√≥χ¤√‘¡ (LF-K200DCA1 ∂È“¡’„ÀÈ„™È)
լ˓„™ÈπÈ”¬“∑”§«“¡¤–Õ“¥À√◊պȓ∑’Ë„™È
°—∫·ºËπ CD ¤”À√—∫∑”§«“¡¤–Õ“¥·ºËπ
DVD-RAM/-RW/-R
DVD-Video, CD ‡æ≈ß
• „™ÈºÈ“πÿË¡‡™Á¥§√“∫¤°ª√°À√◊Õ¤‘Ë߇ª√Õ–‡ª◊ÈÕπÕÕ°®“°·ºË𥑤°Ï
¢ÕÈ §«√√–«ß— „π°“√®¥
— °“√·ºπ
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï
• լ˓„™Èª“°°“≈Ÿ°≈◊ËπÀ√◊Õ¥‘π¤Õ‡¢’¬π∑’˥ȓπ©≈“°æ‘¡æÏ
• լ˓„™È¤‡ª√¬Ï∑”§«“¡¤–Õ“¥À—«∫—π∑÷°À√◊ÕπÈ”¬“ªÈÕß°—π‰øøÈ“
¤∂‘μ πÕ°®“°π’È Õ¬Ë“„™È¤“√√–‡À¬ ‡™Ëπ ‡∫π´’πÀ√◊Õ∑‘π‡πÕ√Ï
• Õ¬Ë“μ‘¥©≈“°À√◊Õ¤μ‘Í°‡°Õ√Ï∑’Ë·ºË𥑤°Ï (լ˓„™È·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’Ëμ‘¥‡
∑ª°“«¥È“ππÕ°À√◊Õ≈Õ°¤μ‘°
Í ‡°Õ√ÏÕÕ°)
• լ˓„™È·ºË𪑥À√◊Õ·ºËπªÈÕß°—π√Õ¬¢’¥¢Ë«π
• լ˓„™È·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’Ëæ‘¡æϥȫ¬‡§√◊ËÕßæ‘¡æÏ©≈“°∑’Ë¡’Õ¬ŸËμ“¡∑ÈÕß
μ≈“¥
• լ˓∫√√®ÿ·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’ËßÕÀ√◊Õ·μ°À—°
4 - ‰∑¬
DVD-Video
• ·ºË𥑮‘μÕ≈ ‡«Õ√Ï´“‰∑≈Ï ¥‘¤°Ï (DVD) ¤“¡“√∂∫√√®ÿ¿“æ‰¥È 135
π“∑’ ¿“…“¢Õ߇¤’¬ßæ“°…Ï 8 ¿“…“ ·≈–¿“…“¢Õߧ”∫√√¬“¬ 32
¿“…“ ‚¥¬¡’§≥
ÿ ¤¡∫—μ°
‘ “√∫’∫Õ—¥¿“æ MPEG-2
·≈–√–∫∫‡¤’¬ß√Õ∫∑‘»∑“ߥÕ≈∫’È ¥‘®‘μÕ≈ μ‘¥μ—È߉«Èæ√ÈÕ¡
™Ë«¬„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡æ≈‘¥‡æ≈‘π°—∫¿“æ∑’Ë¡’§ÿ≥¿“槡™—
¥°√–®Ë“ß„¤®“°¿“¬„π∫È“π¢Õߧÿ≥‡Õß
• ‡¡◊ËÕ¤≈—∫®“°°“√ÕË“π·ºËπ‡≈‡¬Õ√Ï¢—Èπ∑’ËÀπ÷Ë߉ª¬—߇≈‡¬Õ√Ï¢—Èπ∑’ˤ
ÕߢÕß·ºËπ DVD Video ·∫∫‡≈‡¬Õ√ϧ˟ Õ“®¡’¿“æ·≈–‡¤’¬ß
∑’Ë∫‘¥‡∫’Ȭ«‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ™—Ë«§√ŸË ´÷Ëß°√≥’‡™Ëππ’ȉ¡Ë„™Ë°“√∑”ß“πº‘¥ª
°μ‘¢Õßμ—«‡§√◊ËÕß
• ‡¡◊ËÕ‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºËπ DVD-R/RW ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥ Video ·≈È«
·ºËπ¥—ß°≈Ë“«®–‡ªÁπ·ºËπ DVD-Video
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 5
CD ‡æ≈ß
CD-R/-RW
• „™È·ºËπ CD-R/-RW ¢π“¥ 700MB(80 π“∑’) À“°‡ªÁπ‰ª‰¥È
լ˓„™È·ºËπ 800MB(90 π“∑’) À√◊Õπ“π°«Ë“π—Èπ ‡π◊ËÕß®“°Õ“®
‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ‰¥È
• À“°·ºËπ CD-R/-RW ‰¡Ë‰¥È√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°‡ªÁπ‡´¤™—π∑’˪‘¥·≈È«
§ÿ≥Õ“®ª√–¤∫ª—≠À“§«“¡≈Ë“™È“¢Õß°“√‡≈Ëπ„π™Ë«ß·√°Ê
∑’ˇ≈Ëπ·ºËπ ·≈–Õ“®‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰ø≈Ï∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰¥È∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
• ·ºËπ CD-R/-RW ∫“ß·ºËπÕ“®‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕßπ’ȉ¥È
∑—Èßπ’È¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫Õÿª°√≥Ï∑’Ë„™È„π°“√‡∫‘√Ïπ·ºËππ—È𠤔À√—∫‡π◊ÈÕÀ“∑’Ë∫—
π∑÷°∫π¤◊ËÕ∫—π∑÷°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈ CD-R/-RW ®“°‡§√◊ËÕß´’¥’¤”À√—∫°“
√„™Èß“π¤Ë«πμ—«¢Õߧÿ≥ §«“¡¤“¡“√∂„π°“√‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ®–·μ
°μË“ß°—π¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫‡π◊ÈÕÀ“·≈–·ºË𥑤°Ï
• ¤“¡“√∂∑”°“√∫—π∑÷°·≈–‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ DVD-RW ‰¥È∑—Èß„π‚À¡¥
Video ·≈– VR
• ‡¡◊ËÕ·ºËπ DVD-RW ∑—Èß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥ Video ·≈– VR ‰¥È√—
∫°“√‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·≈È« §ÿ≥®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡‰¥È
• ‡¡◊ËÕ‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºËπ DVD-RW „π‚À¡¥ Video ·≈È« ·ºËππ—
Èπ®–‡ªÁπ·ºËπ DVD-Video
• „π∑—ÈߤÕß‚À¡¥ °“√‡≈Ëπ¤“¡“√∂∑”‰¥È∑—Èß°ËÕπ·≈–À≈—ß°“√‰øπ—
≈‰≈´Ï ·μË®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷° ≈∫ ·≈–·°È‰¢‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡‰¥ÈÀ≈—
ß®“°°“√‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
• À“°§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√∫—π∑÷°·ºËπ„π‚À¡¥ VR ·≈–®“°π—Èπ®÷ß∫—
π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥ V լ˓≈◊¡¤—Ëß Format (øÕ√Ï·¡μ) ‚ª√¥√–«—
߇¡◊ËÕ„™È§”¤—ËßøÕ√Ï·¡μ‡π◊ËÕß®“°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑—ÈßÀ¡¥∑’Ë∫—
π∑÷°‰«ÈÕ“®¤Ÿ≠À“¬‰¥È
• ·ºËπ‡ª≈Ë“ DVD-RW ®–∂Ÿ°¤√ȓߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ„π‚À¡¥ VR
‡¡◊ËÕ¤√ȓߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ§√—Èß·√°
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï DVD-RAM
• §ÿ≥‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ DVD-RAM „π‡§√◊ËÕß DVD ¤Ë«π„À≠Ë
‡π◊ËÕß®“°ª—≠À“°“√¤π—∫¤πÿπ°“√‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ
• ‡§√◊ËÕßπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ DVD-RAM ¡“μ√∞“𠇫Õ√Ï™—π 2.0.
‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
• ¤”À√—∫·ºËπ DVD-RAM ª√–‡¿∑μ≈—∫ „ÀÈπ”μ≈—
∫ÕÕ°·≈–„™È·ºË𥑤°Ï‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
°“√‡≈π
Ë ·≈–°“√∫π
— ∑°÷ ·ºπ
Ë DVD-R
• ‡¡◊ËÕ‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºËπ DVD-R ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥ Video ·≈È« ·ºËπ¥—
ß°≈Ë“«®–‡ªÁπ·ºËπ DVD-Video
• §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂∑”°“√∫—π∑÷°≈ß„πæ◊Èπ∑’Ë∑’ˇÀ≈◊ÕÕ¬ŸË¢Õß·ºËπ·≈–„™Èø—
ß°Ï™π
— ·°È‰¢ ‡™Ëπ „¤Ë™ËÕ
◊ ‡√◊ËÕß„π·ºËπ·≈–‚ª√·°√¡ ·≈–·°È‰¢‚ª√·
°√¡°ËÕπ®–‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
• ‡¡◊ËÕ°“√μ—Èß‚ª√·°√¡∂Ÿ°≈∫ÕÕ°®“°·ºËπ DVD-R æ◊Èπ∑’Ëπ—Èπ®–
‡ªÁπ¤Ë«π∑’ˉ¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥È ‡¡◊ËÕæ◊Èπ∑’Ë∫π·ºËπ DVD-R ∂Ÿ°∫—
π∑÷°·≈È« æ◊Èπ∑’ˤ˫ππ—Èπ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È¤”À√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°‰¥ÈÕ’°
‰¡Ë«Ë“®–≈∫¤‘Ëß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«ÈÕÕ°‰ªÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë°Áμ“¡
• ‡§√◊ËÕß®–„™È‡«≈“ª√–¡“≥ 30 «‘π“∑’‡æ◊ËÕ®∫¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈°“√®—¥°“√
°“√∫—π∑÷°À≈—ß®“°¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°“√∫—π∑÷°·≈È«
• √–∫∫®–∑”°“√ÕÕªμ‘‰¡´Ï (°”Àπ¥§Ë“∑’‡Ë À¡“–¤¡∑’¤
Ë ¥
ÿ ) „π·ºËπ
DVD-R ¤”À√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°·μË≈–§√—ßÈ °“√ÕÕªμ‘‰¡´Ï®–¥”‡π‘π
°“√‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥‡√‘Ë¡°“√∫—π∑÷°À≈—ß®“°„¤Ë·ºËπÀ√◊Õ‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß
À“°¥”‡π‘π°“√ÕÕªμ‘‰¡´ÏÀ≈“¬Ê §√—ßÈ Õ“®∑”„Àȉ¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∫—
π∑÷°·ºËπ‰¥È
• °“√‡≈ËπÕ“®∑”‰¡Ë‰¥È„π∫“ß°√≥’‡π◊ËÕß®“°‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢¢Õß°“√∫—π∑÷°
• ‡§√◊ËÕßπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ DVD-R ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°·≈–‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï¥È«
¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° Samsung DVD video ·≈–Õ“®®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂
‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ DVD-R ∫“ß·ºËπ ¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫·ºËπ·≈–‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢¢Õß°“√∫—
π∑÷°
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°¥¤‘ °Ï
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–°“√§—¥≈Õ°‡π◊Õ
È À“
‡π◊ÈÕÀ“
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕߪÈÕß°—π°“√§—¥≈Õ°
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß°“√§—¥≈
Õ°√Õ∫‡¥’¬«
MP3
JPEG(¿“æ∂Ë“¬)
DivX
HDD ➞ DVD
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ
¬È“¬ (≈∫™◊ËÕ‡√◊Õ
Ë
ß„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°ÏÀ≈—
ß®“°§—¥≈Õ°)
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
DVD ➞ HDD
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ
‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
‡¡◊ËÕ "‚ª√·°√¡·∫∫§—¥≈Õ°√Õ∫‡¥’¬«" ∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°≈ß„π¥‘¤°Ï
DVD ·≈È« ™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕßπ’È®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°≈ß„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤
·μË "Copy Once programme" ‰¥È√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°∫πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ¥—
ßπ—Èπ®÷ߤ“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕßπ’È≈ß„π DVD-RW(‚À¡¥ VR)
‰∑¬ - 5
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
• ¥‘¤°Ï‡æ≈ß ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π·∫∫ 44.1kHz PCM Audio
• ‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ CD-R ‡æ≈ß·≈–·ºËπ CD-RW „π√Ÿª·∫∫ CD-DA
• ‡§√◊ËÕßπ’ÈÕ“®‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ CD-R À√◊Õ CDRW ∫“ß·ºËπ
‡π◊ËÕß®“°‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢¢Õß°“√∫—π∑÷°
°“√‡≈π
Ë ·≈–°“√∫π
— ∑°÷ ·ºπ
Ë DVD-RW
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 6
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
°“√ªÕÈ ß°π
— °“√§¥
— ≈Õ°
• ·ºËπ DVD ¤Ë«π¡“°¡’°“√‡¢È“√À—¤‡æ◊ËÕªÈÕß°—π°“√§—¥≈Õ°
‰«È ¥È«¬‡Àμÿπ’È §ÿ≥§«√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘
¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥‡¢È“°—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ‚¥¬μ√߇∑Ë“π—Èπ ‚¥¬‰¡ËºË“π VCR
(‡§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ«‘¥’‚Õ) °“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‰ª¬—ß VCR ‡ªÁπº≈„ÀÈ¿“溑¥
‡æ’Ȭπ‡π◊ËÕß®“°·ºËπ DVD ∑’Ë¡’°“√ªÈÕß°—π°“√§—¥≈Õ°
• º≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ’È√«¡‡Õ“‡∑§‚π‚≈¬’°“√ªÈÕß°—π≈Ë“¤ÿ¥´÷Ë߉¥È√—∫§«
“¡§ÿÈ¡§√Õß‚¥¬¤‘∑∏‘∫—μ√¤À√—∞ ·≈–¤‘∑∏‘∫—μ√∑√—æ¬Ï¤‘π∑“ߪ—
≠≠“∑’ˇªÁπ¢Õß∫√‘…—∑ Macrovision Corporation ·≈–‡®È“
¢Õߤ‘∑∏‘ÏÕ◊ËπÊ °“√„™È‡∑§‚π‚≈¬’°“√ªÈÕß°—π≈‘¢¤‘∑∏‘Ïπ’È
μÈÕ߉¥È√—∫°“√Õπÿ≠“μ®“° Macrovision Corporation
·≈–¡’«—μ∂ÿª√–¤ß§Ï¤”À√—∫°“√™¡„π∫È“π ·≈–„π¤∂“π∑’Ë®”°—
¥‡∑Ë“π—Èπ∂È“‰¡Ë‰¥È√—∫Õπÿ≠“쇪Áπլ˓ßÕ◊Ëπ®“° Macrovision
Corporation ÀÈ“¡¥”‡π‘π°“√∑“ß«‘»«°√√¡¬ÈÕπ°≈—∫
À√◊Õ∂Õ¥™‘Èπ¤Ë«πº≈‘μ¿—≥±Ï
°“√ªÕÈ ß°π
—
‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ‡§√◊ËÕßπ’ș˫¬„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂ªÈÕß°—
π¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡π◊ÈÕÀ“¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥ ¥—ßÕ∏‘∫“¬‰«È∑’˥ȓπ≈Ë“ßπ’È
• ‚ª√·°√¡∑’Ë¡’°“√ªÈÕß°—π: ‚ª√¥¥Ÿ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 89 "°“√≈ÁÕ§ (ªÈÕß°—π)
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß"
• ¥‘¤°Ï∑’Ë¡’°“√ªÈÕß°—π: ¥ŸÀπÈ“ 114 "° “√ªÈÕß°—𥑤°Ï"
Using JPEG disc
• ¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ CD-R/-RW, DVD-RAM/-RW/-R
∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°¥È«¬√Ÿª·∫∫ UDF, ISO9660 À√◊Õ JOLIET ‰¥È
• ¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰¥È‡©æ“–‰ø≈Ï JPEG ∑’Ë¡’™◊ËÕ¤Ë«π¢¬“¬‡ªÁπ
".jpg"À√◊Õ ".JPG" ‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
• ‡§√◊ËÕßπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂®—¥°“√‰ø≈ω¥È¡“°∂÷ß 500 ‰ø≈Ï ·≈– 100
‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ϬÕ
Ë ¬¿“¬„μÈ‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ÏÀπ÷ËßÊ
• ‰¡Ë√Õß√—∫ MOTION JPEG ·≈– progressive JPEG
°“√„™·È ºπ
Ë MPEG4
• ·ºË𥑤°Ï:CD-RW/-R, DVD-RAM/-RW/-R
• ¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰ø≈Ï MPEG4(DivX) ∑’Ë¡’™◊ËÕ¤Ë«π¢¬“¬¢Õ߉ø≈Ï¥—
ßμËÕ‰ªπ’È: .avi, .divx, .AVI, .DIVX
• √Ÿª·∫∫«‘¥’‚Õ DivX (Codec): DivX 3.11 DivX 4.x DivX 5.x
(‰¡Ë¡’ QPEL ·≈– GMC)
• √Ÿª·∫∫ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ DivX (Codec) : MP3, MPEG1 Audio Layer
2, Windows Media Audio, LPCM, AC3
• √Ÿª·∫∫‰ø≈ϧ”∫√√¬“¬∑’ˤπ—∫¤πÿπ: .smi, .srt, .sub, .psb, .txt,
.ass
• ‡§√◊ËÕßπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂®—¥°“√‰ø≈ω¥È¡“°∂÷ß 500 ‰ø≈Ï ·≈– 100
‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ϬÕ
Ë ¬¿“¬„μÈ‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ÏÀπ÷ËßÊ
❋ ·ºËπ DVD-RW/-R ∑’ˉ¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ√Ÿª·∫∫
DVD-VIDEO ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂π”¡“‡≈Ëπ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕßπ’ȉ¥È
❋ ¤”À√—∫¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡°’ˬ«°—∫°“√¤π—∫¤πÿπ°“√∫—π∑÷° DVD
‚ª√¥¤Õ∫∂“¡®“°ºŸº
È ≈‘μ·ºËπ DVD-RW/-R
❋ °“√„™È·ºËπ DVD-RW/-R §ÿ≥¿“æμË” Õ“®°ËÕ
„Àȇ°‘¥ª—≠À“∑’˧“¥‰¡Ë∂÷ßÀ≈“¬ª√–°“√μËÕ‰ªπ’È √«¡∑—Èß·μË
‰¡Ë®”°—¥‡©æ“– §«“¡≈È¡‡À≈«„π°“√∫—π∑÷° °“√¤Ÿ≠‡¤’¬¤◊ËÕ∑’Ë∫—
π∑÷°À√◊Õ·°È‰¢ À√◊Õ§«“¡‡¤’¬À“¬°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
DVD-RW (‚À¡¥ VR)
• √Ÿª·∫∫π’È𔉪„™È¤”À√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∫π·ºËπ DVD-RW
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
À≈“¬™◊Õ
Ë ·°È‰¢ ≈∫ ≈∫∫“ߤ˫π ¤√È“ß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ œ≈œ ‰¥È
• ·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥π’ÈÕ“®‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ¥È«¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—
π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ∑’Ë¡’Õ¬ŸË
û
Ÿ ·∫∫¥¤‘ °Ï
DVD-RW (‚À¡¥ V)
Using MP3 disc
• ·ºËπ CD-RW, DVD-RAM/-RW/-R, Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï∑’Ë¡’‰ø≈Ï
MP3 ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°¥È«¬√Ÿª·∫∫ UDF, ISO9660 À√◊Õ JOLIET
®–¤“¡“√∂π”
¡“‡≈Ëπ‰¥È
• ¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰¥È‡©æ“–‰ø≈Ï MP3 ∑’Ë¡’™◊ËÕ¤Ë«π¢¬“¬‡ªÁπ ".mp3"
À√◊Õ ".MP3" ‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
• ¤”À√—∫‰ø≈Ï MP3 ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°¥È«¬§Ë“ VBR(Variable Bit Rates)
®“° 32 Kbps ∂÷ß 320 Kbps Õ“®®–¡’®ÿ¥μ—¥μËÕ„π‡¤’¬ß
• ™Ë«ß∫‘μ‡√μ∑’ˤ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰¥È§◊Õμ—Èß·μË 56 Kbps ∂÷ß 320 Kbps
• ‡§√◊ËÕßπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂®—¥°“√‰ø≈ω¥È¡“°∂÷ß 500 ‰ø≈Ï ·≈– 100
‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ϬÕ
Ë ¬¿“¬„μÈ‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ÏÀπ÷ßË Ê
6 - ‰∑¬
• √Ÿª·∫∫π’ȇªÁπ·∫∫∑’Ë„™È¤”À√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∫π·ºËπ DVDRW À√◊Õ DVD-R ·ºË𥑤°Ïπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ¥È«¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ∑’Ë¡’Õ¬ŸË‡¡◊ËÕ‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºËπ·≈È«
• À“°·ºË𥑤°ÏºË“π°“√∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥ Video ‚¥¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—
π∑÷°¢ÕߺŸÈº≈‘μ√“¬Õ◊Ëπ ·μˬ—߉¡Ë‰¥È∑”°“√‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈ËπÀ√◊Õ∫—π∑÷°‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡¥È«¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°π’ȉ¥È
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 7
Õ¬“Ë „™·È ºπ
Ë ¥¤
‘ °μ
Ï ÕË ‰ªπ!È’
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
• ‰¡Ë§«√„™È·ºËπ LD, CD-G, CD-I, CD-ROM ·≈– DVDROM °—∫º≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ’È
[À¡“¬‡Àμÿ]
ª√–‡¿∑¥‘¤°Ï∑’ˤ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰¥È: CD/CD-R/-RW/ MP3/
JPEG/DVD-Video/DVD-RAM/-RW/-R ¤”À√—∫¥‘¤°Ï
DVD-RW/-R ´÷Ë߉¥È√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥ Video ®“°‡§√◊ËÕ
ßÕ◊Ëπ ®–¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰¥ÈμËÕ‡¡◊ËÕ‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·≈È«‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
• ·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’Ë«“ߢ“¬∑—Ë«‰ª·≈–·ºËπ DVD ∫“ߪ√–‡¿∑ ∑’Ë´◊ÈÕ®“°
πÕ°ª√–‡∑»¢Õߧÿ≥Õ“®®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰¥È°—∫º≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ’È
‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤°Ï‡À≈Ë“π’È ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "No disc." À√◊Õ "Please
check the regional code of the disc." ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
• À“°·ºËπ DVD-RW ¢Õߧÿ≥‡ªÁπ·ºËπ∑’˧—¥≈հլ˓ߺ‘¥°ÆÀ¡“
¬ °ÁÕ“®®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰¥È‡™Ëπ°—π
§«“¡¤“¡“√∂„™ßÈ “π√«Ë ¡°π
— ¢Õß·ºπ
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï
• ¥‘¤°Ï∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß¤“¡“√∂π”¡“„™È„π‡§√◊ËÕßπ’ȉ¥È
• ¥‘¤°Ï∫“߬’ËÀÈÕ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™Èß“π√Ë«¡°—π‰¥È°—∫‡§√◊ËÕßπ’È
‰∑¬ - 7
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 8
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
¤“√∫≠
—
° “ √ ‡ √ ‘Ë¡ μ Èπ „ ™ Èß “ π
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË HDMI/DVI ‰ª¬ß— ‚∑√∑»
— πÏ ................................ 23
°√≥’∑’Ë 1 : °“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‚∑√∑—»πϥȫ¬·®Á§ HDMI..................23
°√≥’∑’Ë 2 : °“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‚∑√∑—»πϥȫ¬·®Á§ DVI .....................23
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·®§
Á AV 1 IN, AV 2 IN, DV Input .......................25
°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß‡≈Ëπ«‘¥’‚Õ, °≈ËÕ߇´Áμ∑Õª (STB)
À√◊Õ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß‡≈Ëπ DVD ‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ AV 1 IN ............................25
°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°≈ÈÕß«‘¥’‚Õ‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ AV 2 IN ........................25
°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°≈ÈÕß«‘¥’‚Õ‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ DV IN...........................25
§”‡μÕ◊ π ............................................................................. 2
¢ÕÈ §«√√–«ß— ‡∫ÕÈ◊ ßμπ
È ............................................................ 2
§”·π–𔤔§—≠‡æ◊Õ
Ë §«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿—¬ ...................................3
∂◊եȫ¬§«“¡√–«—ß ...........................................................3
°“√¥Ÿ·≈√—°…“μ—«‡§√◊ËÕß ....................................................3
HDD (Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰¥√øÏ) ....................................................3
°“√®—¥°“√·ºË𥑤°Ï.........................................................4
°“√‡°Á∫·ºË𥑤°Ï .............................................................4
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï ...............................................4
°“√§—¥≈Õ°¥‘¤°ÏÏ ..............................................................5
¤“√∫≠
— ............................................................................10
§≥
ÿ ¤¡∫μ
— ∑
‘ «Ë— ‰ª ................................................................. 11
¤ßË‘ ∑∫
Ë’ √√®„ÿ π°≈ÕË ß ............................................................. 13
§”Õ∏∫
‘ “¬ ........................................................................ 15
·ºß§«∫§ÿ¡¥È“πÀπÈ“......................................................15
·ºß¥È“πÀ≈—ß.................................................................16
®Õ·¤¥ßº≈∑’Ë·ºß§«∫§ÿ¡¥È“πÀπÈ“ ...................................16
¤Ë«πμË“ßÊ ¢Õß√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈ .........................................17
° “ √ μ —Èß § Ë“ √ – ∫ ∫
°“√‡√¬
’ °„™‡È ¡π∫
Ÿ πÀπ“È ®Õ .................................................. 26
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë Plug & Auto ......................................................27
°“√μßÈ— π“ð
‘ “ ...................................................................28
°“√μßÈ— ¤∂“π≈’ «Ë ßÀπ“È ¥«È ¬øß— °™Ï π
Ë— μßÈ— §“Ë Õμ
— ‚π¡μ
— ‘ (Auto Setup) 29
°“√μßÈ— ¤∂“π≈’ «Ë ßÀπ“È ¥«È ¬øß— °™Ï π
Ë— μßÈ— §“Ë ‡Õß (Manual Setup) ... 30
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë μ«— ‡≈Õ◊ °¿“…“ .....................................................31
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë °“√ª¥
‘ ‡§√ÕË◊ ßÕμ
— ‚π¡μ
— ‘ .......................................... 32
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë μ«— ‡≈Õ◊ °°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ ¥«Ë π ......................................... 33
°“√¤√“È ß∫∑‚¥¬Õμ
— ‚π¡μ
— ‘ ...................................................34
°“√≈ß∑–‡∫¬
’ π DivX(R) ....................................................35
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë ‡«≈“¢“È ¡ CM ......................................................35
°“√μßÈ— ‡«≈“„π‚À¡¥ EP ..................................................... 36
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë μ«— ‡≈Õ◊ °¢Õ߇¤¬
’ ß .................................................37
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë μ«— ‡≈Õ◊ °°“√·¤¥ßº≈«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ ....................................39
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë ‚ª√‡°√¤´æ
’ ¤·°π ................................................ 39
° “ √ ‡ ™ ◊ËÕ ¡ μ ËÕ · ≈ – ° “ √ μ —Èß § Ë“
¿“æ√«¡‚¥¬¤ß— ‡¢ª ...........................................................18
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ‡§√ÕË◊ ß∫π
— ∑°
÷ DVD &Œ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °Ï ..........................19
«∏‘ °
’ “√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ¤“¬¤≠
— ≠“≥«¥
‘ ‚’ ÕÕÕ°·∫∫Õπ
Ë◊ Ê ....................19
·∫∫∑’Ë 1 :°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥«‘¥‚’ ÕÕÕ°
(§Õ¡‚椑μ) .................................................................20
·∫∫∑’Ë 2 :°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥‡Õ¤-«‘¥‚’ ÕÕÕ° ........20
·∫∫∑’Ë 3 :·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμÏ«¥
‘ ‚’ ÕÕÕ° ...................21
«∏‘ °
’ “√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ¤“¬¤≠
— ≠“≥‡¤¬
’ ßÕÕ°·∫∫Õπ
Ë◊ Ê ....................21
·∫∫∑’Ë 1 :°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥ .........................21
·∫∫∑’Ë 2 :°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫¤‡μÕ√‘‚Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬¥È«¬·®Á§
¤—≠≠“≥ AV ÕÕ° ..........................................................22
·∫∫∑’Ë 3 :°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV ¥È«¬·®Á§¤—
≠≠“≥¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈ÕÕ°........................................................22
8 - ‰∑¬
°“√¬°‡≈°‘ ‚ª√‡°√¤´ø
’ ¤·°π .............................................. 40
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë °“√≈ÕÁ §‚¥¬ ºª
ÈŸ °§√Õß ........................................ 41
∂È“§ÿ≥≈◊¡√À—¤ºË“π¢Õߧÿ≥ ..............................................42
°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“√–¥—∫¢Õß¿“æ¬πμ√Ï .........................................42
°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ√À—¤ºË“π .......................................................42
° “ √ ‡ ≈ Ëπ ¿ “ æ
°ÕË π‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ .................................................................... 43
°“√‡≈π
Ë ·ºπ
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï ...............................................................44
°“√„™È Disc Menu (‡¡π¥
Ÿ ¤‘ °)Ï ·≈– Title Menu (‡¡π‡Ÿ √ÕË◊ ß) .......45
°“√„™ø
È ß— °™Ï π
Ë— §π
È À“·≈–¢“È ¡ ..............................................45
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ™“È /°“√‡≈π
Ë ∑≈’ –‡ø√¡ ........................................46
‡°¬
Ë’ «°∫
— ANYKEY ............................................................47
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 9
°“√‡≈π
Ë μ“¡√“¬™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß ..................................................... 48
‡¡ππ
٠ӷҧ .......................................................................49
°“√„™‡È §√ÕË◊ ßÀ¡“¬§π
Ë— ........................................................52
°“√‡≈Õ◊ °¿“…“¢Õߧ”∫√√¬“¬ ............................................ 55
°“√‡≈Õ◊ °™ÕË ß·™π·π≈‡¤¬
’ ß·≈–´“«π¥·Ï ∑√°Á ........................ 56
°“√‡ª≈¬
Ë’ π¡¡
ÿ °≈ÕÈ ß ...........................................................57
‡≈π
Ë ´”È ............................................................................. 58
°“√´¡
Ÿ ¿“懢“È ................................................................. 59
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°À≈“¬™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß„π§√ßÈ— ‡¥¬
’ « .................................106
°“√≈∫™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˉ¡ËμÈÕß°“√ÕÕ°®“°√“¬°“√§—¥≈Õ° .........107
°“√¥Ÿμ—«Õ¬Ë“ß™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°‰«È®“°√“¬°“√§—¥≈Õ° ..........108
°“√‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°¢Õß™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß·μË≈–‡√◊ËÕß®“°√“¬°“√
§—¥≈Õ°......................................................................108
°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°¢Õß™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥®“°√“¬°“√
§—¥≈Õ°......................................................................109
‡≈Õ◊ °¤ÕË◊ ........................................................................... 60
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°®“° DVD ‰ª¬ß— Œ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °Ï ................................ 109
°“√‡≈π
Ë CD ‡æ≈ß/MP3 .....................................................60
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ° MP3, JPEG À√Õ◊ Divx ................................... 111
°“√§—¥≈Õ°‰ø≈Ï ..........................................................111
°“√§—¥≈Õ°‚ø≈‡¥Õ√Ï ...................................................112
°“√™¡¿“æ ...................................................................... 67
°“√‡≈π
Ë MPEG4 .............................................................. 71
° “ √ ∫ —π ∑ ÷°
°ÕË π°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ .................................................................. 73
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ √“¬°“√‚∑√∑»
— π∑
Ï §
Ë’ ≥
ÿ °”≈ß— √∫
— ™¡Õ¬ËŸ .....................75
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ ®“°‡§√ÕË◊ ß¿“¬πÕ°∑§
Ë’ ≥
ÿ °”≈ß— √∫
— ™¡Õ¬Ë.Ÿ .................77
Disc Manager (μ«— ®¥
— °“√¥¤‘ °)Ï ........................................113
°“√·°È‰¢™◊ËÕ¥‘¤°Ï .........................................................113
°“√ªÈÕß°—𥑤°Ï ..........................................................114
°“√øÕ√Ï·¡μ¥‘¤°Ï ........................................................114
≈∫√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥/√“¬°“√‡æ≈ß/√“¬°“√¿“æ∂Ë“¬ .....115
°“√≈∫√“¬°“√™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥ ......................................116
°“√‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºË𥑤°Ï.................................................117
°“√‰¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºË𥑤°Ï (‚À¡¥ V/VR).........................118
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°®“°°≈ÕÈ ß∂“Ë ¬«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ ...........................................78
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ ·∫∫¤¡
— º¤— ‡¥¬
’ « (OTR) ....................................... 79
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ ·≈–°“√‡≈π
Ë æ√ÕÈ ¡°π
— ...........................................80
°“√μßÈ— ‡«≈“∫π
— ∑°
÷ ............................................................. 81
¢ ÈÕ ¡ Ÿ≈ Õ È“ ß Õ ‘ß
°“√·°‰È ¢°“√·¤¥ßº≈√“¬°“√∑°Ë’ ”À𥇫≈“ .........................83
°“√·°‰È ¢√“¬°“√∑°Ë’ ”À𥇫≈“ ..........................................84
°“√·°‰È ¢ª≠
— À“ .............................................................. 119
°“√≈∫√“¬°“√∑°Ë’ ”À𥇫≈“ ..............................................85
¢ÕÈ ¡≈Ÿ ®”‡æ“– .................................................................123
° “ √ μ —¥ μ ËÕ
°“√·°‰È ¢¢π
È— æπ
È◊ ∞“π (√“¬™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß) ....................................... 88
°“√‡ª≈’¬
Ë π™◊Õ
Ë (©≈“°°”°—∫) ‡√◊Õ
Ë ß.....................................88
°“√≈ÁÕ§ (ªÈÕß°—π) ™◊Õ
Ë ‡√◊Õ
Ë ß ..............................................89
°“√≈∫™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß ..............................................................90
°“√·¬°¤Ë«π„π‡√◊Õ
Ë ß (·¬°) .............................................91
°“√≈∫¤Ë«π„π‡√◊ËÕß (≈∫∫“ߤ˫π) .....................................92
°“√·°‰È ¢¢π
È— ¤ßŸ (√“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë ) ..............................................94
°“√¤√È“ß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ .....................................................94
√“¬°“√¤”À√—∫‡≈Ëπ„π√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ ....................................96
°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ...............................................96
°“√·°È‰¢©“°¤”À√—∫√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ .....................................97
°“√≈∫∫—π∑÷°√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ®“°√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ .......................102
‰∑¬ - 9
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
°“√„™∑
È §
Ë’ π
Ë— ......................................................................54
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°®“°Œ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °‰Ï ª¬ß— ·ºπ
Ë DVD ..........................103
‡°’ˬ«°—∫ÀπÈ“®Õ§—¥≈Õ° ................................................103
°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷° ................................................105
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 10
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
§≥
ÿ ¤¡∫μ
— ∑
‘ «Ë— ‰ª
∫„π‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° ·μË≈–√–¥—∫®–¡’§«“¡¬“«·≈–§ÿ≥¿“æ°“√∫—
π∑÷°∑’ËμË“ß°—π‚À¡¥ EP(6Hr À√◊Õ 8Hr) ®–„Àȇ«≈“°“√∫—
π∑÷°‰¥Èπ“π∑’ˤÿ¥ ‚À¡¥ LP & SP ®–„Àȇ«≈“°“√∫—
π∑÷°∑’ËπÈÕ¬°«Ë“·μ˧ÿ≥¿“æ°“√∫—π∑÷°¤Ÿß°«Ë“ ·≈–‚À¡¥ XP
„Àȧÿ≥∫—π∑÷°¥È«¬§ÿ≥¿“椟ߤÿ¥
°“√ª√∫
— §≥
ÿ ¿“æ‚¥¬Õμ
— ‚π¡μ
— ¤‘ ”À√∫
— °“√μßÈ— ‡«≈“∫π
— ∑°
÷
‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï™Ë«¬„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°·≈–‡≈Ëπ
¿“æ«‘¥‚’ Õ¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈§ÿ≥¿“椟ß∫π·ºËπ DVD-RW/-R
À√◊ÕŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰¥È πÕ°®“°π’È §ÿ≥¬—ߤ“¡“√∂·°È‰¢¿“楑®‘μÕ≈
∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD-RW À√◊ÕŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰¥È
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ Œ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °Ï
• DVD-HR735
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°«‘¥’‚Õ‰¥È∂÷ß 272 ™—Ë«‚¡ß („π‚À¡¥ EP) ∫πŒ“√Ï¥
¥‘¤°Ï (HDD) ¿“¬„π¢π“¥ 160GB (°‘°–‰∫μÏ) ¥È«¬°“√¡’∑ß—È ·ºËπ
• DVD-HR736
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°«‘¥’‚Õ‰¥È∂÷ß 437 ™—Ë«‚¡ß („π‚À¡¥ EP) ∫πŒ“√Ï¥
¥‘¤°Ï (HDD) ¿“¬„π¢π“¥ 250GB (°‘°–‰∫μÏ) ¥È«¬°“√¡’∑ß—È ·ºËπ
À“°‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ FR §ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß«‘¥’‚Õ®–‰¥È√∫
— °“√ª√—∫‚¥¬Õ—
μ‚π¡—쑇æ◊ËÕ„ÀÈ«‘¥’‚Õ∑—ÈßÀ¡¥μ“¡μ“√“߇«≈“∑’Ë°”Àπ¥‰«È¤“¡“
√∂‰¥È√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°≈ß„πæ◊Èπ∑’˫˓ߢÕß·ºË𥑤°Ï (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 82)
°“√¤√“È ß‡√ÕË◊ ß„π«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ DVD ‚¥¬„™·È ºπ
Ë DVD-RW/-R
‡¡◊ËÕ„™È‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ïπ’È §ÿ≥®–¤“¡“√∂¤√ȓ߇√◊ËÕß
¢Õß DVD Video ∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD-RW/-R ¢π“¥ 4.7 GB ‰¥È
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°¢ÕÈ ¡≈Ÿ ®“°°≈ÕÈ ß«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ¥®‘ μ
‘ Õ≈‚¥¬„™·È ®§
Á ¤≠
— ≠“≥‡¢“È DV
∫—π∑÷°¿“æ«‘¥’‚Õ®“°Õÿª°√≥Ï DV ≈ß„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï·≈–·ºËπ
DVD-RW/-R ‚¥¬„™È·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“ DV (IEEE 13944æ‘π/4æ‘π)(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 78)
°“√¤·°π·∫∫‚ª√¤‡°¤´ø
’ §≥
ÿ ¿“æ¤ßŸ
DVD ∑’ˤ“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‰¥È ·≈–Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï§«“¡®ÿ¤ŸßÕ¬ŸË„π‡§√◊ËÕß∫—
π∑÷°‡¥’¬«°—π §ÿ≥®÷ß¡’§«“¡¬◊¥À¬ÿËπ„π°“√∫—π∑÷°≈ß„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
‰¥È‡¤¡Õ‡æ◊ËÕ°“√‡¢È“„™Èß“π‰¥Èլ˓ß√«¥‡√Á«∑ÿ°§√—Èß À√◊Õ∫—π∑÷°≈ß
∫π·ºËπ DVD ¤”À√—∫°“√‡°Á∫∂“«√À√◊Õ‡≈Ëπ„π‡§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ DVD
Õ◊π
Ë Ê
°“√¤·°π·∫∫‚ª√¤‡°¤´’ø®–„ÀÈ¿“æ«‘¥‚’ Õ∑’Ë¡’§«“¡≈–‡Õ’¬¥√–¥—
∫¤Ÿß·≈–‰¡Ë¡’¿“æ°–æ√‘∫«ß®√Õ‘‡≈Á°∑√Õπ‘°¤Ï·∫∫·¬° 10-bit
54-MHz DAC ·≈– 2D Y/C ®–„Àȧ≥
ÿ ¿“æ°“√∫—
π∑÷°·≈–°“√‡≈Ëπ¿“æ„π√–¥—∫¤Ÿß¤ÿ¥(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 39~41)
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°√–À«“Ë ßŒ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °·Ï ≈–·ºπ
Ë DVD
øß— °™Ï π
Ë— À≈“°À≈“¬æ√ÕÈ ¡Õπ
‘ ‡μÕ√‡Ï ø´¤”À√—
∫º„ÈŸ ™∑
È „Ë’ ™ßÈ “π‰¥ßÈ “Ë ¬¥“¬
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°°“√∫—π∑÷°®“°Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰ª¬—ß·ºËπ DVD
·∫∫∫—π∑÷°‰¥È À√◊Õ®“°·ºËπ DVD ‰ª¬—ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‚¥¬∑—Ë«‰ª·≈È«
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂„™È§ÿ≥¤¡∫—μ‘°“√§—¥≈Õ°§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß‰¥ÈπÕ°®“°π’È
§ÿ≥¬—ߤ“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°§—¥≈Õ°¤◊Ëեȫ¬§ÿ≥¿“æ°“√∫—π∑÷°∑’Ë·μ°μË“
ß®“°μÈπ©∫—∫‰¥È μ—«Õ¬Ë“ß‡™Ëπ §ÿ≥Õ“®μÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°°“√∫—π∑÷°
‚À¡¥ XP (§ÿ≥¿“椟ߤÿ¥) ∫πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰ª‡ªÁπ§ÿ≥¿“æ SP
(°“√‡≈Ëπ¡“μ√∞“π) ∫π·ºËπ DVD ‡æ◊Õ
Ë „ÀȤ“¡“√∂„¤Ë°“√∫—
π∑÷°Õ◊ËπÊ ≈ß„π·ºËπ‡¥’¬«°—π‰¥È
√–∫∫‡¡πŸ·∫∫√«¡·≈–ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ°“√·®ÈߢÈÕ§«“¡™Ë«¬„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“
√∂¤—Ëß°“√∑”ß“πμ“¡§«“¡μÈÕß°“√‰¥Èլ˓ߤ–¥«°·≈–ßË“
¬¥“¬¥È«¬°“√„™È·ºËπ HDD, DVD-RW
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂·°È‰¢¿“æ«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«È ¤√È“ß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ
·°È‰¢«‘¥‚’ Õμ“¡≈”¥—∫‡©æ“–μ“¡§«“¡μÈÕß°“√¢Õߧÿ≥‰¥È
°“√‡≈π
Ë MPEG4
‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ïπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰ø≈Ï√Ÿª·∫∫
MPEG4 ¿“¬„π‰ø≈Ï avi ‰¥È
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ ·≈–°“√‡≈π
Ë æ√ÕÈ ¡°π
—
°“√‡≈Ëπ·≈–°“√∫—π∑÷°¤”À√—∫∑—Èß·ºËπ DVD ·≈–Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰¥√øÏ
(HDD) ¿“¬„π ¡’§«“¡‡ªÁπÕ‘¤√–®“°°—π μ—«Õ¬Ë“ß‡™Ëπ
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‚ª√·°√¡·æ√Ë¿“扪¬—ß·ºËπ DVD ·∫∫∫—
π∑÷°‰¥È À√◊Õ‰ª¬—ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ¢≥–∑’Ë™¡°“√∫—π∑÷°Õ◊ËπÊ
∑’˧ÿ≥∑”‰«È·≈È«∫π·ºËπ DVD À√◊Õ∫πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‡¥’¬«°—π
DivX, DivX Certified ·≈–‚≈‚°È∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß
‡ªÁπ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬°“√§È“¢Õß DivXNetworks,
Inc ·≈–¡’°“√„™È‚¥¬‰¥È√—∫Õπÿ≠“μ
°“√‡≈π
Ë ·≈–∫π
— ∑°
÷ «¥
‘ ‚’ Õ·≈–‡¤¬
’ ߥ®‘ μ
‘ Õ≈§≥
ÿ ¿“æ¤ßŸ
HDMI (Õπ
‘ ‡μÕ√‡Ï ø´¡≈— μ¡
‘ ‡’ ¥¬
’ §«“¡≈–‡Õ¬
’ ¥¤ßŸ )
∫—π∑÷°«‘¥’‚Õ‰¥Èπ“π∂÷ß 8 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ¥È«¬·ºËπ DVD-RW/-R §«“¡®ÿ
4.7 GB ∑—Èßπ’È¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫‚À¡¥°“√∫—π∑÷°
HDMI ®–≈¥¤—≠≠“≥√∫°«π∫π¿“æ ‚¥¬Õπÿ≠“μ„ÀÈ¡°
’ “√
„™È‡¤Èπ∑“ߤ—≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ/‡¤’¬ß¥‘®‘μÕ≈·∫∫∫√‘¤ÿ∑∏‘Ï®“°‡§√◊ËÕß∫—
π∑÷° HDD &DVD ‰ª¬—ß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD π’Ȥπ—∫¤πÿπ‡©æ“– 576p
‚À¡¥°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ ∑¤Ë’ “¡“√∂‡≈Õ◊ °‰¥È
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂μ—Èߧ«“¡‡√Á«°“√∫—π∑÷°∑’Ë·μ°μË“ß°—π 4 √–¥—
10 - ‰∑¬
°“√√∫
— √Õß DivX
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 11
≈¢‘ ¤∑
‘ ∏Ï‘
°ÕË πÕ“Ë π§¡
ËŸ Õ◊ º„ÈŸ ™π
È È’
‚ª√¥·πË„®«Ë“§ÿ≥¥Ÿ§”®”°—¥§«“¡μËÕ‰ªπ’È·≈È«°ËÕπÕË“π§ŸË¡◊Õ
ºŸÈ„™È‡≈Ë¡π’È
‰Õ§Õπ∑„Ë’ ™„È π§¡
ËŸ Õ◊
‰Õ§Õπ
§”»—æ∑Ï
§”®”°—¥§«“¡
«∏‘ „’ ™‡È §√ÕË◊ ß∫π
— ∑°
÷ DVD
& Œ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °Ï
HDD
‡ªÁπ¤Ë«π∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—∫ø—ß°Ï
™—Ëπ∑’Ë„™È‰¥È„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
DVD
‡ªÁπ¤Ë«π∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’Ë„™È‰¥È¤”À√—∫·ºËπ
DVD À√◊Õ DVD-R/DVD-RW ∑’‰Ë ¥È√∫
— °“√∫—
π∑÷°·≈–‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï„π‚À¡¥ Video Mode
RAM
‡ªÁπ¤Ë«π∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’Ë„™È‰¥È¤”À√—∫·ºËπ
DVD-RAM
RW
‡ªÁπ¤Ë«π∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’Ë„™È‰¥È¤”À√—∫·ºËπ
DVD-RW
R
‡ªÁπ¤Ë«π∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’Ë„™È‰¥È¤”À√—∫·ºËπ
DVD-R
CD
‡ªÁπ¤Ë«π∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’Ë„™È‰¥È¤”À√—∫·ºËπ
CD ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈ (CD-R À√◊Õ CD-RW)
JPEG
¤‘Ëßπ’ȇ°’ˬ«°—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’Ë„™È‰¥È„π·ºË𥑤°Ï
CD-R/-RW À√◊Õ DVD-R/-RW/-RAM
MP3
¤‘Ëßπ’ȇ°’ˬ«°—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’Ë„™È‰¥È„π·ºË𥑤°Ï
CD-R/-RW À√◊Õ DVD-R/-RW/-RAM
¢π
È— ∑Ë’ 2
MPEG4
¤‘Ëßπ’ȇ°’ˬ«°—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’Ë„™È‰¥È„π·ºË𥑤°Ï
CD-R/-RW À√◊Õ DVD-R/-RW/-RAM
‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°π’È®–‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ°“√øÕ√Ï·¡μ‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—쑇¡◊ËÕ„¤Ë·
ºËπ∑’ˬ—߉¡Ë‰¥È„™Èß“π≈ß„π‡§√◊ËÕß ´÷Ëß®–·μ°μË“ß®“°¢—ÈπμÕπ¢
Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°«‘¥’‚Õ (VCR)¢—ÈπμÕππ’ȇªÁπ¤‘Ëß®”‡ªÁπ¤”À√—
∫°“√‡μ√’¬¡°“√∫—π∑÷°≈ß„π·ºË𥑤°Ï
¢ÈÕ§«√√–«—ß
‡ªÁπ¤Ë«π∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—∫°√≥’∑’ˉ¡Ë¤“¡“√∂
¤—Ëß°“√∑”ß“π¢Õßø—ß°Ï™—ËπÀπ÷ËßÊ ‰¥È À√◊Õ°“√
μ—ßÈ §Ë“Õ“®∂Ÿ°¬°‡≈‘°
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
ªÿË¡¤—¡º—
¤‡¥’¬«
ªÿË¡
ANYKEY
‡ªÁπ¤Ë«π∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—∫‡§≈Á¥≈—∫À√◊Õ§”·π–π”
∑’ËÀπÈ“π—ÈπÊ ´÷Ëß®–·π–π”«‘∏’„™È°“√∑”ß“π¢Õß·
μË≈–ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’ˤ“¡“√∂∑”ß“π‰¥È‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡‡æ’¬ß
Àπ÷ËߪÿË¡
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’ˤ“¡“√∂∑”ß“π‰¥È‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡ ANYKEY
¢π
È— ∑Ë’ 1
‡≈Õ◊ °ª√–‡¿∑¥¤‘ °ÀÏ √Õ◊ Œ“√¥Ï ¥¤‘ °Ï
‡§√◊ËÕßπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‚¥¬„™Èª√–‡¿∑·ºË𥑤°Ï¥—ßμËÕ‰ªπ’ÈÀ“
À“°§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√∫—π∑÷°´È”∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï‡¥’¬«°—πÀ√◊ÕμÈÕß°“√
·°È‰¢·ºË𥑤°ÏÀ≈—ß®“°°“√∫—π∑÷° „Àȇ≈◊Õ°·ºË𥑤°Ïª√–‡¿∑
DVD-RW ≥μÈÕß°“√®—¥‡°Á∫°“√∫—π∑÷°‚¥¬‰¡Ë‡ª≈’ˬπ
·ª≈ß„¥Ê ‡≈◊Õ°·ºËπ DVD-R ·∫∫‡¢’¬π´È”‰¡Ë‰¥È §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂
∫—π∑÷°‰ø≈ωª¬—ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰¥È‚¥¬μ√ßÀ√◊Õ·°È‰¢‰ø≈Ï∑’Ë∫—
π∑÷°„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
øÕ√·Ï ¡μ·ºπË ¥¤‘ °‡Ï æÕË◊ ‡√¡Ë‘ °“√∫π— ∑°÷
°“√„™ŒÈ “√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °Ï
‰¡Ë¡’§«“¡®”‡ªÁπμÈÕßøÕ√Ï·¡μ
°“√„™·È ºπ
Ë DVD-RW
·ºË𥑤°Ïª√–‡¿∑π’Ȥ“¡“√∂∑”°“√øÕ√Ï·¡μ∑—Èß„π√Ÿª·∫∫ DVD
Video (‚À¡¥ V) À√◊Õ√Ÿª·∫∫°“√∫—π∑÷° DVD-Video (‚À¡¥ VR)
¤”À√—∫·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’ˬ—߉¡Ë‰¥È„™È ®–¡’¢ÈÕ§«“¡∂“¡«Ë“μÈÕß°“√øÕ√Ï·¡μ
·ºË𥑤°ÏÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë ∂È“§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ° çYes („™Ë)é ·ºË𥑤°Ï®–∂Ÿ°øÕ√Ï·
¡μ„π‚À¡¥ VR ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥
Video °—∫‡§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ DVD μË“ßÊ ‰¥È·ºË𥑤°Ï„π‚À¡¥ VR
™Ë«¬„ÀÈ∑”°“√·°È‰¢‰¥ÈÀ≈“¬·∫∫¡“°°«Ë“
°“√„™·È ºπ
Ë DVD-R
‰¡Ë®”‡ªÁπμÈÕßøÕ√Ï·¡μ DVD-R ·≈–¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‰¥È„π‚À¡
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ë𥑤°Ïª√–‡¿∑π’È∫π‡§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ DVD μË“ßÊ
‰¥ÈμËÕ‡¡◊ËÕ‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºËπ·≈È«‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
‡°¬
Ë’ «°∫
— °“√„™§
È ¡
ËŸ Õ◊ º„ÈŸ ™‡È ≈¡
Ë πÈ’
1) ‚ª√¥·πË„®«Ë“‰¥ÈÕ“Ë π·≈–‡¢È“„®§”·π–π”‡√◊Õ
Ë ß§«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿—
¬°ËÕπ„™Èß“πº≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ’È(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 2~7)
2) À“°¡’ª—≠À“‡°‘¥¢÷È𠂪√¥μ√«®¤Õ∫∑’Ë°“√·°È‰¢ª—≠À“
(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 119~122)
‰∑¬ - 11
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
©2006 Samsung Electronics Co.
¤ß«π≈‘¢¤‘∑∏‘Ï ÀÈ“¡∑”´È”À√◊Õ§—¥≈Õ°¤Ë«π„¥¤Ë«πÀπ÷ËßÀ√◊Õ
∑—ÈßÀ¡¥¢ÕߧŸË¡◊ÕºŸÈ„™Èπ’È‚¥¬‰¡Ë‰¥È√—∫§«“¡¬‘π¬Õ¡‡ªÁπ≈“¬≈—°…≥ÏÕ—
°…√®“° Samsung Electronics Co.
HR735_01082W-THA-1
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
■
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 12
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥È∑—Èß‚À¡¥ VR À√◊Õ‚À¡¥ Video °—
∫·ºËπ DVD-RW ·μˉ¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È∑ßÈ— ¤Õß·∫∫æ√È
Õ¡°—π
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡ª≈’¬
Ë π√Ÿª·∫∫ DVD-RW ‰ª‡ªÁπ√Ÿª
·∫∫Õ◊Ëπ ‚¥¬°“√‡√‘Ë¡¤√ȓߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡√‘Ë¡μÈπÕ’°§√—Èß‚ª
√¥∑√“∫«Ë“¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï®–¤Ÿ≠À“¬‰ª‡¡◊ËÕ‡ª
≈’¬
Ë π√Ÿª·∫∫
¢π
È— ∑Ë’ 3
°“√∫π
— ∑°÷
«‘∏’°“√∫—π∑÷°¡’Õ¬Ÿ¤
Ë Õß·∫∫∑’Ë·μ°μË“ß°—π §◊Õ °“√∫—
π∑÷°‚¥¬μ√ß ·≈–°“√∫—π∑÷°∑’Ëμ—È߇«≈“‰«È°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—
π∑÷°®–·∫Ë߇ªÁπª√–‡¿∑μË“ßÊ
‚À¡¥°“√∫—π∑÷°:XP (‚À¡¥§ÿ≥¿“椟ß), SP
(‚À¡¥§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“μ√∞“π), LP (‚À¡¥°“√∫—π∑÷°π“π) ·≈–
EP (‚À¡¥·∫∫¢¬“¬) μ“¡·μË‚À¡¥°“√∫—π∑÷° ‡¡◊Õ
Ë μ—ßÈ °“√∫—
π∑÷°‰«È∑’Ë‚À¡¥ FR ¿“æ∑’Ë¡’§ÿ≥¿“楒∑’ˤÿ¥®–‰¥È√—∫°“√∫—
π∑÷°μ“¡‡«≈“∑’ˇÀ≈◊ÕÕ¬ŸË¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï
¢π
È— ∑Ë’ 5
°“√·°‰È ¢·ºπ
Ë ¥¤
‘ °∑
Ï ∫
Ë’ π
— ∑°
÷
°“√·°È‰¢∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï®–∑”‰¥ÈßË“¬°«Ë“‡∑ª«‘¥’‚Õ
∑—Ë«‰ª‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°π’Ȥπ—∫¤πÿπø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ°“√·°È‰¢∑’Ë·μ°μË“ß°—
π¡“°¡“¬ ´÷Ëß∑”‰¥È‡©æ“–∫π·ºËπ DVD ·≈–Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
¥È«¬°“√„™È‡¡πŸ·°È‰¢∑’ˇ¢È“„®·≈–¥ŸßË“¬ §ÿ≥®–¤“¡“√∂„™Èø—
ß°Ï™π
Ë— ·°È‰¢μË“ßÊ ‡™Ëπ ≈∫ §—¥≈Õ° ‡ª≈’¬
Ë π™◊Õ
Ë ≈ÁÕ§ œ≈œ °—
∫‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«È
°“√¤√“È ß√“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë (·ºπ
Ë DVD-RW „π‚À¡¥ VR,
Œ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °)Ï
¥È«¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°‡§√◊ËÕßπ’È §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¤√È“ß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ√
“¬°“√„À¡Ë„π·ºË𥑤°Ï·ºËπ‡¥’¬«°—π ·≈–·°È‰¢√“¬°“√π’È
‰¥È‚¥¬‰¡ËμÈÕ߇ª≈’ˬπ·ª≈ß°“√∫—π∑÷°¥—È߇¥‘¡
¢π
È— ∑Ë’ 6
°“√‰øπ≈— ‰≈´·Ï ≈–°“√‡≈π
Ë
„π‡§√ÕË◊ ß DVD ‡§√ÕË◊ ßÕπ
Ë◊
À“°μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ DVD ¢Õߧÿ≥„π‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß DVD
‡§√◊ËÕßÕ◊Ëπ §ÿ≥®–®”‡ªÁπμÈÕ߉øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºËπ ‚¥¬Õ—π¥—∫·√°
„ÀÈ∑”°“√·°È‰¢·≈–°“√∫—π∑÷°∑—ÈßÀ¡¥„Àȇ¤√Á®¤‘Èπ ®“°
π—Èπ®÷߉øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºË𥑤°Ï
¢π
È— ∑Ë’ 4
°“√‡≈π
Ë
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ®“°‡¡πŸ∑’Ë·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
®“°π—Èπ®–‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ‡≈Ëπ‰¥È„π∑—π∑’·ºËπ DVD ®–ª√–°Õ∫¥È«
¬¤Ë«πμË“ßÊ ∑’ˇ√’¬°«Ë“ ‡√◊ËÕß ·≈–¤Ë«π¬ËÕ¬∑’ˇ√’¬°«Ë“ ∫∑
„π√–À«Ë“ß°“√∫—π∑÷° ‡√◊ËÕß®–∂Ÿ°¤√ȓߢ÷Èπ√–À«Ë“ß®ÿ¥
¤Õß®ÿ¥∑’˧ÿ≥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ·≈–À¬ÿ¥°“√∫—π∑÷°∫∑®–∂Ÿ°¤√È“ß
‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—쑇¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï°“√∫—π∑÷°∫π·ºËπ
DVD-RW/-R „π‚À¡¥ Video
§«“¡¬“«¢Õß∫∑ (™Ë«ß‡«≈“√–À«Ë“ß∫∑μË“ß Ê) ®–·μ°μË“ß°—
π¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°
12 - ‰∑¬
‡¡ÕË◊ „™·È ºπ
Ë DVD-RW disc „π‚À¡¥ VR
·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥ VR ¤“¡“√∂®–‡≈Ëπ‰¥È„π
HDD & ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD ‡∑Ë“π—Èπ ‰¡Ë„™Ë‡§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ∑—Ë«‰ª
‡¡ÕË◊ „™·È ºπ
Ë DVD-RW disc „π‚À¡¥ Video
§«√‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºË𥑤°Ï°ËÕπ‡æ◊ËÕ„ÀȤ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ∫π‡§√◊Ë
ÕßÕ◊Ëπ‰¥È‡¡◊ËÕ‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·≈È« ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂·°È‰¢À√◊Õ∫—π∑÷°·
ºËππ—Èπ‰¥ÈÕ’°À“°μÈÕß°“√„ÀȤ“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°∫π·ºË𥑤°Ïπ’È
‰¥ÈÕ’°§√—Èß μÈÕ߉¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºËπ
‡¡ÕË◊ „™·È ºπ
Ë D V D -R
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºË𥑤°Ï‡æ◊ËÕπ”·ºËπ‰ª‡≈Ëπ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕ
ßÕ◊ËππÕ°‡Àπ◊Õ®“°‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°π’ȇ¡◊ËÕ‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·≈È« §ÿ≥®–
‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂·°È‰¢À√◊Õ∫—π∑÷°·ºËππ—Èπ‰¥È
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 13
¤ßË‘ ∑∫
Ë’ √√®„ÿ π°≈ÕË ß
°“√μßÈ— √‚’ ¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂„™È√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈π’ȧ«∫§ÿ¡ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∫π∑’«’¢Õß
ºŸÈº≈‘μ√“¬Õ◊Ëπ‰¥È
TV STANDBY/ON, PROG
ªÿË¡ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ§«∫§ÿ¡ √«¡∂÷ß:T
VOL + -, ªÿË¡°¥μ—«‡≈¢, TV MUTE, ªÿ¡
Ë INPUT SEL.
¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ RF ¤”À√—
∫μËÕ°—∫‚∑√∑—»π
¤“¬«‘¥’‚Õ/ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ
¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ HDMI
·∫μ‡μÕ√’¤
Ë ”À√—
∫√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
(¢π“¥ AAA)
√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
§ŸË¡◊Õ°“√„™Èß“π
§”·π–π”‚¥¬¤—߇¢ª
°“√‡μ√¬
’ ¡√‚’ ¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
°“√μ¥
‘ μßÈ— ·∫μ‡μÕ√„Ë’ π√‚’ ¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
• ‡ª‘¥Ω“ª‘¥·∫μ‡μÕ√’Ë´÷ËßÕ¬ŸË∑’˥ȓπÀ≈—ߢÕß√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
• „¤Ë·∫μ‡μÕ√’Ë AAA ¤Õß°ÈÕπμ√«®¥Ÿ„ÀÈ·πË„®«Ë“„¤Ë·∫μ‡μÕ√’Ë (+ ·≈– -)
∂Ÿ°¥È“π
• „¤ËΩ“ª‘¥·∫μ‡μÕ√’°
Ë ≈—∫§◊π
À“°√‚’ ¡∑∑”ß“π‰¡∂Ë °Ÿ μÕÈ ß:
• μ√«®¤Õ∫¢—«È + - ¢Õß·∫μ‡μÕ√’Ë (‡´≈≈Ï·ÀÈß)
• μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“æ≈—ßß“π·∫μ‡μÕ√’ËÀ¡¥À√◊Õ‰¡Ë
• μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“‡´π‡´Õ√Ï¢Õß√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈¡’Õ–‰√¡“∫—ßÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë
• μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“¡’·¤ß‰øø≈ŸÕÕ‡√¤‡´πμÏÕ¬ŸË¢È“ßÊ À√◊Õ‰¡Ë
∑ßÈ‘ ·∫μ‡μÕ√μ
Ë’ “¡√–‡∫¬
’ ∫¢ÕÈ ∫ß— §∫
— ¥“È π¤ßË‘ ·«¥≈ÕÈ ¡„π∑ÕÈ ß∂π
Ë‘ Õ¬“Ë
∑ßÈ‘ √«¡°∫
— ¢¬–®“°§√«— ‡√Õ◊ π
‰∑¬ - 13
,
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
Õª
ÿ °√≥‡Ï ¤√¡
‘
μ√«®¤Õ∫Õÿª°√≥χ¤√‘¡∑’Ë®—¥¤Ë߉ªæ√ÈÕ¡°—πμ“¡¥È“π≈Ë“ßπ’È
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 14
À“°μÕÈ ß°“√μ√«®¤Õ∫«“Ë ‚∑√∑»
— π¢Ï Õߧ≥
ÿ ¤π∫
— ¤ππ
ÿ À√Õ◊ ‰¡Ë
„Àª
È Ø∫
‘ μ
— μ
‘ “¡§”·π–π”¥“È π≈“Ë ßπÈ’
1. ‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ
2. ‡≈Áß√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈‰ª∑’Ë‚∑√∑—»πÏ
3. °¥ªÿË¡ TV STANDBY/ON §È“߉«È ·≈–„¤Ë√À—¤¤ÕßÀ≈—
°∑’Ëμ√ß°—∫¬’ËÀÈÕ‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
‚¥¬°¥ªÿË¡À¡“¬‡≈¢∑’ˇÀ¡“–¤¡
√À¤— ¢Õß‚∑√∑»
— π∑
Ï §
Ë’ «∫§¡
ÿ ‰¥È
BRAND
SAMSUNG
AIWA
ANAM
BANG & OLUFSEN
BLAUPUNKT
BRANDT
BRIONVEGA
CGE
CONTINENTAL EDISON
DAEWOO
EMERSON
FERGUSON
FINLUX
FORMENTI
FUJITSU
GRADIENTE
GRUNDIG
HITACHI
IMPERIAL
JVC
LG
LOEWE
LOEWE OPTA
MAGNAVOX
METZ
MITSUBISHI
MIVAR
NEC
NEWSAN
NOBLEX
NOKIA
NORDMENDE
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PHONOLA
PIONEER
RADIOLA
RADIOMARELLI
RCA
REX
SABA
SALORA
SANYO
SCHNEIDER
14 - ‰∑¬
BUTTON
01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09
82
10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18
57
71
73
57
52
75
19, 20, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34
64
73
06, 49, 57
57
84
70
49, 52, 71
60, 72, 73, 75
52
61, 79
06, 19, 20, 21, 22, 78
06, 69
06, 57
40
57
06, 48, 62, 65
52, 77
83
68
66
74
72, 73, 75
53, 54, 74, 75
06, 55, 56, 57
06, 56, 57
58, 59, 73, 74
06, 56
57
45, 46
74
57, 72, 73, 74, 75
74
41, 42, 43, 44, 48
06
BRAND
SELECO
SHARP
SIEMENS
SINGER
SINUDYNE
SONY
TELEAVA
TELEFUNKEN
THOMSON
THOMSON ASIA
TOSHIBA
WEGA
YOKO
ZENITH
BUTTON
74
36, 37, 38, 39, 48
71
57
57
35, 48
73
67, 73, 75, 76
72, 73, 75
80, 81
47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52
57
06
63
º≈≈—æ∏Ï: À“°‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥√Õß√—∫°“√„™Èß“π°—∫√’‚¡∑§Õπ
‚∑√≈π’È ‚∑√∑—»πÏ®–ª‘¥„πμÕππ’È‚∑√∑—»πω¥È√—∫°“√μ—Èß
‚ª√·°√¡„ÀÈ∑”ß“π¥È«¬√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈π’È·≈È«
■
À“°¡’°“√√–∫ÿ√À—¤À≈“¬√À—¤¤”À√—∫¬’ËÀÈÕ‚∑√∑—
»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥ „ÀÈ≈Õß∑’≈–√À—¤®π°«Ë“®–æ∫√À—
¤∑’Ë„™Èß“π‰¥È
■
∂È“§ÿ≥‡ª≈’ˬπ·∫μ‡μÕ√’¢
Ë Õß√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
§ÿ≥μÈÕßμ—Èߧ˓√À—¤¬’ËÀÈÕÕ’°§√—Èß
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
®“°ππ
È— §≥
ÿ ®–¤“¡“√∂§«∫§¡
ÿ ‚∑√∑»
— π‚Ï ¥¬„™ª
È ¡
Ëÿ μ“Ë ßÊ μÕË ‰ªπÀ
È ’ ≈—
ß®“°°¥ª¡
Ë ÿ TV
ªÿË¡
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ
TV STANDBY/ON
INPUT SEL.
VOL (+ -)
PROG (
)
TV MUTE
μ—«‡≈¢
„™È‡æ◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥·≈–ª‘¥‚∑√∑—»πÏ
„™È‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°·À≈ËߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¿“¬πÕ°
„™È‡æ◊ËÕª√—∫√–¥—∫‡¤’¬ß¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ
„™È‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°™ËÕß∑’ËμÈÕß°“√
„™È‡æ◊ËÕ¤≈—∫ª‘¥·≈–‡ª‘¥‡¤’¬ß
„™È‡æ◊ËÕ°¥μ—«‡≈¢‚¥¬μ√ß
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
ø—ß°Ï™—ËπμË“ßÊ Õ“®®–‰¡Ë‰¥È„™Èß“π‰¥È∑—ÈßÀ¡¥„π‚∑√∑—
»πÏ∫“ß√ÿËπÀ“°§ÿ≥æ∫ª—≠À“ „ÀȤ—Ëß°“√∑”ß“π®“°‚∑√∑—
»πÏ‚¥¬μ√ß
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 15
§”Õ∏∫
‘ “¬
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
·ºß§«∫§¡
ÿ ¥“È πÀπ“È
< DVD-HR735/HR736 >
1. STANDBY/ON BUTTON
‡ª‘¥·≈–ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
2. DISC TRAY
‡ª‘¥‡æ◊ËÕ„¤Ë·ºË𥑤°Ï
3. OPEN/CLOSE BUTTON
‡ª‘¥·≈–ª‘¥∂“¥«“ߥ‘¤°Ï
4. DISPLAY
·¤¥ß¤∂“π–°“√‡≈Ëπ ‡√◊ËÕß/∫∑/‡«≈“ œ≈œ
5. PLAY/PAUSE BUTTON
‡≈Ëπ·ºËπÀ√◊ÕÀ¬ÿ¥‡≈Ëπ™—Ë«§√“«
6. SEARCH/SKIP BUTTONS
‰ª∑’ˇ√◊ËÕß/∫∑/·∑√Á°∂—¥‰ª À√◊Õ¬ÈÕπ°≈—
∫‡√◊ËÕß/∫∑/·∑√Á°°ËÕπÀπÈ“
7. AV 2 INPUT
‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫Õÿª°√≥Ï¿“¬πÕ°
8. DV-INPUT
‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫Õÿª°√≥Ï¥®‘ μ
‘ Õ≈¿“¬πÕ°∑“ß·®Á§
DV(‡™Ëπ °≈ÈÕß«‘¥’‚Õ)
9. P.SCAN BUTTON
‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø¤·°π
10. DVD BUTTON
‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ DVD
11. HDD BUTTON
‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ HDD
12. PROG
BUTTONS
‡≈◊Õ°™ËÕß√“¬°“√∑’«’∑’Ëμ—È߉«È‡™Ëπ‡¥’¬«°—∫ªÿË¡ PROG
∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
13. REC BUTTON
‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ°“√∫—π∑÷°
14. STOP BUTTON
À¬ÿ¥°“√‡≈Ë𥑤°Ï
‰∑¬ - 15
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 16
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
·ºß¥“È πÀ≈ß—
æ¥
— ≈¡
æ—¥≈¡®–À¡ÿπ∑ÿ°§√—È߇¡◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß
¥Ÿ„ÀÈ·πË„®«Ë“‡«Èπæ◊Èπ∑’Ë«Ë“ß√Õ∫¥È“π¢Õßæ—¥≈¡‰«Èլ˓ßπÈÕ¬ 10 ´¡. ‡¡◊ËÕμ—Èߺ≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ’È
1. HDMI OUT
2. DIGITAL AUDIO OUT(OPTICAL)
‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕߢ¬“¬‡¤’¬ß‚¥¬„™È·®Á§¤—
≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß‡¢È“ºË“𤓬ÕÕªμ‘§Õ≈¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈
3. DIGITAL AUDIO OUT(COAXIAL)
‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕߢ¬“¬‡¤’¬ß‚¥¬„™È·®Á§¤—
≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß‡¢È“ºË“𤓬‚§·Õ°´Ï¥®‘ μ
‘ Õ≈
4. AV AUDIO OUT
‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫™ËÕߤ—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß‡¢È“¢ÕßÕÿª°√≥Ï¿“¬πÕ°
‚¥¬„™È¤“¬ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ‡§‡∫‘≈
5. AV VIDEO OUT (§≥
ÿ ¿“æ«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ√–¥∫
— ¥)’
‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“¢ÕßÕÿª°√≥Ï¿“¬πÕ°
‚¥¬„™È¤“¬«‘¥’‚Õ‡§‡∫‘≈
6. AV S-VIDEO OUT(§≥
ÿ ¿“æ«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ√–¥∫
— ¥°’ «“Ë )
‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“°—∫Õÿª°√≥Ï¿“¬πÕ°‚¥¬„™È¤“Ë
¬‡§‡∫‘≈‡Õ¤-«‘¥‚’ Õ
ÿ ¿“æ«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ√–¥∫
— ¥∑
’ ¤Ë’ ¥
ÿ )
7. COMPONENT VIDEO OUT(§≥
‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°—∫Õÿª°√≥Ï∑’Ë¡’™ËÕßÕ‘πæÿμ«‘¥’‚Õ√«¡
(Component)
8. AV 1 AUDIO IN
‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ°¢ÕßÕÿª°√≥Ï¿“¬πÕ°‚¥¬„™È¤“¬
ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ‡§‡∫‘≈
9. AV 1 VIDEO IN
‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ°¢ÕßÕÿª°√≥Ï¿“¬πÕ°‚¥¬„™È¤“
¬«‘¥’‚Õ‡§‡∫‘≈
10. AV 1 S- VIDEO IN
‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ°°—∫Õÿª°√≥Ï¿“¬πÕ°‚¥¬„™È¤“Ë
¬‡§‡∫‘≈‡Õ¤-«‘¥‚’ Õ
‡¢“È ®“°¢«È— μÕË ‡¤“Õ“°“»
11.
ÕÕ°‰ª¬ß— ¢«È— μÕË ‚∑√∑»
— πÏ
12.
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬Õ“°“»®–‰¡Ë¤ßË ºË“π¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ°¢Õß
DVDÀ“°μÈÕß°“√¥Ÿ DVD
∂È“μÈÕß°“√¥Ÿ¥’«’¥’∫π‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
§ÿ≥μÈÕ߇™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ¤“¬ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ/«‘¥’‚Õ
®Õ·¤¥ßº≈∑·Ë’ ºß§«∫§¡
ÿ ¥“È πÀπ“È
1.
2.
3.
4.
‰ø·¤¥ß¤∂“π–‡¡◊ËÕ„¤Ë·ºË𥑤°Ï
‰ø·¤¥ß¤∂“π–„π‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°
¤«Ë“߇¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° HDD/DVD
‰ø·¤¥ß¤∂“π–‡¡◊ËÕ„¤Ë·ºËπ -R/RW/RAM
16 - ‰∑¬
5. ‰ø·¤¥ß¤∂“𖇫≈“‡≈Ëπ/π“Ñ°“/¤∂“π–ª—®®ÿ∫—π
6. ‰ø·¤¥ß¤∂“π–„π‚À¡¥‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø¤·°π
7. ‰ø·¤¥ß¤∂“π–∑’Ë√–∫ÿ‚À¡¥μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 17
14. ª¡
Ë ÿ INFO
„™È‡æ◊ËÕ·¤¥ß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ª—®®ÿ∫—πÀ√◊Õ¤∂“π–¢Õߥ‘¤°Ï
¤«Ë πμ“Ë ßÊ ¢Õß√‚’ ¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
20
21
22
23
4
16. ª¡
Ë ÿ SUBTITLE
°¥‡æ◊Õ
Ë ¤≈—∫¿“…“¢Õߧ”∫√√¬“¬¢Õß DVD
17. ª¡
Ë ÿ REC
„™È‡æ◊ËÕ¤√È“ß°“√∫—π∑÷°∫πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï/¥‘¤°Ï DVD-RW/-R
18. ª¡
Ë ÿ REC PAUSE
„™ÈªÿË¡π’ȇæ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥™—Ë«§√“«√–À«Ë“ß°“√∫—π∑÷°
5
24
6
7
8
9
6
10
26
11
27
28
8
25
19. ª¡
Ë ÿ COPY
°¥ªÿË¡π’ȇ¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥§—¥≈Õ° DVD ‰ª¬—ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°ÏÀ√◊ÕŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤
°Ï‰ª¬—ß DVD
À“°μÈÕß°“√‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ°“√§—¥≈Õ° °¥ªÿË¡ COPY
∑’ËÀπÈ“®Õ√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß À√◊Õ°¥ªÿË¡ COPY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
20. ª¡
Ëÿ INPUT SEL.
‡≈◊Õ°¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“„π‚À¡¥¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“®“°¿“¬πÕ°
(PROG, AV1,AV2 À√◊Õ DV input)
21. ª¡
Ë ÿ HDD
°¥ªÿË¡π’ȇæ◊ËÕ„™Èß“πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
12
22. ª¡
Ë ÿ TV STANDBY/ON
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
23. ª¡
Ë ÿ OPEN/CLOSE
‡æ◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥·≈–ª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
24. ª¡
Ë ÿ CM SKIP
‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈Ëπ‚ª√·°√¡∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π·ºËπ DVD À√◊ÕŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
®–¤“¡“√∂μ—Èß„Àȇ§√◊ËÕߢȓ¡∫“ߤ˫π¢Õß‚ª√·°√¡‰¥È‚¥¬Õ—
μ‚π¡—μ‘
25. ª¡
Ë ÿ PLAY/PAUSE
°¥‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ/À¬ÿ¥·ºËπ™—Ë«§√“«
1. ª¡
Ë ÿ TV
°¥ªÿË¡π’ȇæ◊ËÕ„™Èß“π TV
2. ª¡
Ë ÿ DVD
°¥ªÿË¡π’ȇæ◊ËÕ„™Èß“π DVD
3. ª¡
Ë ÿ STANDBY/ON
4. ª¡
Ë ÿ NUMBER
5. ª¡
Ëÿ TV/DVD („™‰È ¡‰Ë ¥)È
6. ª¡
Ë ÿ REVERSE/FORWARD SKIP
°¥‡æ◊Ëբȓ¡‡¥‘πÀπÈ“À√◊Õ∂Õ¬À≈—ß„π·ºËπ
7. ª¡
Ë ÿ REVERSE/FORWARD STEP
∑ÿ°§√—Èß∑’Ë°¥ªÿË¡π’È ¿“æ‡ø√¡„À¡Ë®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
8. ª¡
Ë ÿ REVERSE/FORWARD SEARCH
°¥‡æ◊ËÕ§ÈπÀ“‡¥‘πÀπÈ“À√◊Õ∂Õ¬À≈—ß„π·ºËπ
9. ª¡
Ë ÿ STOP
°¥‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥·ºËπ
10. ª¡
Ë ÿ VOL
ª√—∫√–¥—∫§«“¡¥—ߢÕß∑’«’
11. ª¡
Ë ÿ MENU
‡√’¬°‡¡πŸ°“√μ—Èߧ˓¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
12. ª¡
Ëÿ OK/DIRECTION (ª¡
Ëÿ …†œ √)
13. ª¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST/DISC MENU
„™ÈªÿË¡π’ȇæ◊ËÕ‡¢È“¤ŸË‡¡πŸ View Recording list/disc (¥Ÿ°“√∫—
π∑÷°√“¬°“√/¥‘¤°Ï )
26. ª¡
Ë ÿ PROG
„™ÈªÿË¡π’ȇæ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡∑’«’
27. ª¡
Ëÿ AUDIO/TV MUTE
„™ÈªÿË¡π’ȇæ◊ËÕ‡¢È“‰ª¬—ßø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ‡¤’¬ßμË“ßÊ ∑’Ë¡’∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï
(‚À¡¥ DVD)ªÿË¡π’È®–∑”ÀπÈ“∑’˪‘¥‡¤’¬ß(‚À¡¥ TV)
28. ª¡
Ë ÿ RETURN
29. ª¡
Ë ÿ PLAY LIST/TITLE MENU
„™È‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫‰ª¬—߇¡πŸ Title (‡√◊ËÕß) À√◊Õ‡æ◊ËÕ¥Ÿ√“¬°“√‰ø≈Ï∑’Ë∫—
π∑÷°
30. ª¡
Ë ÿ CANCEL
31. ª¡
Ë ÿ REPEAT A-B
„™È„π°“√‡≈Ëπ´È”‡√◊ËÕß ∫∑ ·∑√Á° À√◊Õ∑—Èß·ºËπ
32. ª¡
Ë ÿ REPEAT
„™È„π°“√‡≈Ëπ´È”‡√◊ËÕß ∫∑ ·∑√Á° À√◊Õ∑—Èß·ºËπ
33. ª¡
Ë ÿ TIMER
°¥‡æ◊ËÕ‡¢È“¤ŸË‡¡πŸ Timer Recording Mode (‚À¡¥μ—È߇«≈“∫—
π∑÷°) ‚¥¬μ√ß
34. ª¡
Ë ÿ REC MODE
„™ÈªÿË¡π’ȇæ◊ËÕμ—È߇«≈“°“√∫—π∑÷°·≈–§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß¿“æ∑’ËμÈÕ
ß°“√(XP/SP/LP/EP)
35. ª¡
Ë ÿ MARKER
„™È‡æ◊ËÕ¤√È“ß°“√§—Ëπμ”·ÀπËß∑’Ë°”≈—߇≈Ëπ∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï
‰∑¬ - 17
°“√‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È „™ßÈ “π
1
2
3
15. ª¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
Õπÿ≠“μ‡¢È“„™Èß“πø—ß°Ï™—π∑—Ë«‰ª¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 18
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·≈–°“√μßÈ— §“Ë
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·
≈–°“√μßÈ— §“Ë
¿“æ√«¡‚¥¬¤ß— ‡¢ª
¿“æ√«¡‚¥¬¤—߇¢ª∑’Ë·¤¥ß„π§ŸË¡◊Õπ’È®–„ÀÈ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’ˇ撬ßæÕ
„π°“√‡√‘Ë¡„™È‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°π’È
∫∑π’È®–Õ∏‘∫“¬∂÷ß«‘∏’μË“ßÊ „π°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ‡¢È“°—∫¤Ë«πª√–°Õ∫¿“¬πÕ°Õ◊π
Ë Ê
·≈–‚À¡¥°“√μ—Èߧ˓‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ∑’ËμÈÕß∑”
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ‡§√ÕË◊ ß∫π
— ∑°
÷ DVD & Œ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °Ï
†
«∏‘ °’ “√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ¤“¬¤≠
— ≠“≥«¥‘ ‚’ ÕÕÕ°·∫∫ÕπË◊ Ê
†
«∏‘ °’ “√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ¤“¬¤≠
— ≠“≥‡¤¬’ ßÕÕ°·∫∫ÕπË◊ Ê
†
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË HDMI/DVI ‰ª¬ß— ‚∑√∑»
— πÏ
†
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·®§
Á AV 1 IN, AV 2 IN, DV Input
¿“æ√«¡‚¥¬¤—߇¢ª .................................................18
°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD &Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï .................19
«‘∏°
’ “√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬¤—≠≠“≥«‘¥‚’ ÕÕÕ°·∫∫Õ◊π
Ë Ê ..........19
«‘∏°
’ “√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ßÕÕ°·∫∫Õ◊π
Ë Ê...........21
°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ HDMI/DVI ‰ª¬—ß‚∑√∑—»πÏ.......................23
°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ·®Á§ AV 1 IN, AV 2 IN, DV Input .............25
18 - ‰∑¬
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 19
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ‡§√ÕË◊ ß∫—
π∑°÷ DVD &Œ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °Ï
ºπ—ß
À√◊Õ
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
¡’À≈“¬«‘∏’„π°“√¤Ëߤ—≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚ÕÕÕ° ‡≈◊Õ°«‘∏’°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ
«‘¥’‚Õ·∫∫„¥·∫∫Àπ÷Ëߥ—ßμËÕ‰ªπ’È∑’ˇÀ¡“–¤¡°—∫§ÿ≥¡“°∑’ˤÿ¥
• ·∫∫∑Ë’ 1 : °“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥«‘¥‚’ ÕÕÕ° (§Õ¡‚椑μ)
• ·∫∫∑Ë’ 2 : °“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥‡Õ¤-«‘¥‚’ ÕÕÕ°
• ·∫∫∑Ë’ 3 : ·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμÏ«¥
‘ ‚’ ÕÕÕ°
‚À¡¥¤≠
— ≠“≥‡Õ¤-«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ §Õ¡‚æ‡ππμ«Ï ¥
‘ ‚’ Õ ·≈–‚ª√‡°√¤´ø
’ ÕÕ°
• ¤—≠≠“≥‡Õ¤-«‘¥‚’ Õ·≈–§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμÏ«¥
‘ ‚’ ÕÕÕ°®–„™È‰¥È‡©æ
“–‡¡◊ËÕ‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥√Õß√—∫¤—≠≠“≥‡Õ¤-«‘¥’‚ÕÀ√◊Õ§Õ¡
‚æ‡ππμÏ«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢È“μ“¡≈”¥—∫∂È“¤—≠≠“≥‡Õ¤-«‘¥’‚ÕÀ√◊Õ§Õ¡
‚æ‡ππμÏ«‘¥’‚Õ‰¡Ë∑”ß“π „ÀÈμ√«®¤Õ∫°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°—∫‚∑√∑—
»πÏ·≈–°“√μ—Èߧ˓°“√‡≈◊Õ°¤—≠≠“≥‚∑√∑—»πχ¢È“
• ‡¡◊Õ
Ë ‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫°—∫Õ‘π‡μÕ√χ≈´«‘¥‚’ Õ·∫∫¡“μ√∞“𠂪√‡°
√¤´’ø¤·°π®–‡æ‘Ë¡®”π«π‡¤Èπ«‘¥’‚Õ‡ªÁπ¤Õ߇∑Ë“„ÀÈ°—∫‚∑√∑—
»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥ ∑”„ÀÈ¿“æπ‘Ëß ‰¡Ë°–æ√‘∫ ™—¥‡®π°«Ë“Õ‘π‡μÕ√χ≈´«‘¥’
‚Õ´÷Ëß®–„™È‰¥È‡©æ“–‡¡◊ËÕ‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥√Õß√—∫‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø¤
·°π
• √–∫∫¤—≠≠“≥‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø¤·°πÕÕ° (576p)
ºŸÈ∫√‘‚¿§ºŸÈ∫√‘‚¿§§«√∑√“∫«Ë“‚∑√∑—»πϧ«“¡§¡™—
¥¤Ÿß∑ÿ°‡§√◊ËÕ߉¡Ë‰¥È‡¢È“°—π‰¥È°—∫º≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ’È ·≈–Õ“®‡°‘¥ª—
≠À“„π°“√·¤¥ß¿“æ „π°√≥’∑’ˇ°‘¥ª—≠À“‡°’ˬ«°—
∫¿“æ„π√–∫∫‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø¤·°π°—∫‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß√ÿπ
Ë 576
¢Õ·π–π”„ÀȤ≈—∫°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ‰ª‡ªÁπ¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ°„π√–∫
∫ '§«“¡§¡™—¥¡“μ√∞“π'∂È“¡’§”∂“¡‡°’ˬ«°—∫§«“¡‡¢È“°—
π‰¥È¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
√ÿËπ 576p ‚ª√¥μ‘¥μËÕ»Ÿπ¬Ï∫√‘°“√≈Ÿ°§È“¢Õß´—¡´ÿß
À√◊Õ
°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬ RF ¢Õߺ≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ®È’ –¤Ë߇©æ“–¤—
≠≠“≥‚∑√∑—»πχ∑Ë“π—Èπ§ÿ≥μÈÕ߇™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ¤“¬¤—
≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß/«‘¥’‚Õ‡æ◊ËÕ√—∫™¡ DVD ®“°‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ¢Õߧÿ≥
ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ®“°π—Èπ§ÿ≥¤“
¡“√∂√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πϺ˓π∑“ߤ“¬ TV
‰∑¬ - 19
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·≈–°“√μßÈ— §“Ë
1. ∂Õ¥¤“¬Õ“°“»ÕÕ°®“°‚∑√∑—»πÏ·≈–‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ‡¢È“°—∫
RF IN ∑’Ë·ºß¥È“πÀ≈—ߢÕ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
2. ‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ RF OUT (TO TV) ¢Õ߇§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ·≈–™ËÕߤ“¬Õ“°“»‡¢È“¢Õß‚∑√∑—
»πÏ‚¥¬„™È¤“¬Õ“°“»∑’Ë„ÀÈ¡“¥È«¬
3. „™È¤“¬¤—≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ/‡¤’¬ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ·®Á§ ANALOG
AUDIO OUT(R/L)/VIDEO OUT ¢Õ߇§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ‡¢È“°—∫·®Á§ Audio & Video ¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ
4. ‡¤’¬∫ª≈—Í°‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ·≈–∑’«’
5. ‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ·≈–∑’«’
6. °¥ªÿË¡ INPUT SEL. ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ
®π°√–∑—Ëߤ—≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ®“°‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
ª√“°Ø∫πÀπÈ“®Õ‚∑√∑—»πÏ
«∏‘ °’ “√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ¤“¬¤≠
—
≠“≥«¥‘ ‚’ ÕÕÕ°·∫∫ÕπË◊ Ê
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 20
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·≈–°“√μßÈ— §“Ë
·∫∫∑Ë’ 1 :°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË °∫
— ·®§
Á ¤≠
— ≠“≥«¥
‘ ’
‚ÕÕÕ° (§Õ¡‚æ¤μ
‘ )
·∫∫∑Ë’ 2 :°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË °∫
— ·®§
Á ¤≠
— ≠“≥‡Õ¤«¥
‘ ‚’ ÕÕÕ°
1. ‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ¤“¬«‘¥’‚Õ (¤’‡À≈◊Õß) √–À«Ë“ß·®Á§ VIDEO (¤’‡À≈◊Õß)
OUT ¢Õ߇§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï °—∫·®Á§ VIDEO
(¤’‡À≈◊Õß) INPUT ¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥ (À√◊Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV)
ï • §ÿ≥®–‰¥È¿“æ∑’¡
Ë §
’ ≥
ÿ ¿“檰μ‘
1. ‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬‡Õ¤-«‘¥‚’ Õ (‰¡Ë„ÀÈ¡“) √–À«Ë“ß·®Á§ S-VIDEO
OUT ¢Õ߇§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï °—∫·®Á§ S-VIDEO
INPUT ¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥ (À√◊Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV)
• §ÿ≥®–‰¥È¿“æ∑’Ë¡’§ÿ≥¿“椟ߢ÷Èπ
2. ‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬‡¤’¬ß (¤’¢“«·≈–·¥ß) √–À«Ë“ß·®Á§ AUDIO OUT
¢Õ߇§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï °—∫·®Á§ AUDIO IN
¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥ (À√◊Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV)(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 22~23)
2. ‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬‡¤’¬ß (¤’¢“«·≈–·¥ß) √–À«Ë“ß·®Á§ AUDIO OUT
¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï °—∫·®Á§ AUDIO IN
¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥ (À√◊Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV) (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 22~23)
‡À≈◊Õß
¤“¬«‘¥’‚Õ/ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ
20 - ‰∑¬
‡À≈◊Õß
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 21
·∫∫∑Ë’ 3 :·®§
Á ¤≠
— ≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμÏ
«¥
‘ ‚’ ÕÕÕ°
1. ‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμÏ«‘¥’‚Õ (‰¡Ë„ÀÈ¡“) √–À«Ë“ß·®Á§
COMPONENT OUT (Y,PB,PR) ¢Õ߇§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï °—∫·®Á§ COMPONENT OUT (Y,PB,PR)
¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
• §ÿ≥®–¤πÿ°¤π“π°—∫¿“æ§ÿ≥¿“椟ß
·≈–¤’∑’Ë¡’§«“¡∂Ÿ°μÈÕß·¡Ë
π¬”
3. À≈—ß®“°°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ „ÀÈ¥ŸÀπÈ“ 39~41
¡’À≈“¬«‘∏’„π°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ‰ª¬—߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD ¢Õߧÿ≥
¡’«‘∏’¤Ëߤ—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ßÕÕ°À≈“¬·∫∫‚¥¬‰¡Ë„™È¤“
¬¤°“√Ïμ‡≈◊Õ°«‘∏’°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‡¤’¬ß·∫∫∑’ˇÀ¡“–¤¡°—∫§ÿ≥¡“°∑’ˤÿ¥
¥È“π≈Ë“ß
• ·∫∫∑Ë’ 1 : °“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
• ·∫∫∑Ë’ 2 : °“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫¤‡μÕ√‘‚Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬¥È«¬·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥
AV ÕÕ°
• ·∫∫∑Ë’ 3 : °“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV ¥È«¬·®Á§¤—
≠≠“≥¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈ÕÕ°
º≈‘μ¿“¬„μÈ°“√Õπÿ≠“μ®“° Dolby Laboratories"Dolby"
·≈–¤—≠≈—°…≥Ï D §ŸË ‡ªÁπ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ßÀ¡“¬°“√§È“¢Õß Dolby
Laboratories
"DTS" ·≈– "DTS Digital Out" ‡ªÁπ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬°“
√§È“¢Õß Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
¤’‡¢’¬«
¤’πÈ”‡ß‘π
¤’·¥ß
¤’‡¢’¬«
·∫∫∑Ë’ 1 :°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË °∫
— ‚∑√∑»
— π¢Ï Õߧ≥
ÿ
∂È“‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥¡’·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß‡¢È“ „ÀÈ„™È°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ¥—ßπ’È
¤’πÈ”‡ß‘π
¤’·¥ß
¤’‡À≈◊Õß
°“√μ—Èߧ˓‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥ÈμÕ
Ë ‡¡◊ËÕ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—
π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°—∫‚∑√»—æ∑Ï‚¥¬„™È¤
“¬‡§‡∫‘≈§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμÏ (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 39~41)
¤’·¥ß
¤’‡À≈◊Õß
■
μ√«®¥Ÿ„ÀÈ·πË„®«Ë“‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ√À—¤¤’μ√ß°—π·®Á§¤—
≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμÏ Y, PB, PR ÕÕ°¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï μÈÕ߇™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ°—∫·®Á§¤—
≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμχ¢È“∑’Ëμ√ß°—π¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
¤’¢“«
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
¤’·¥ß
■
¤’¢“«
‰∑¬ - 21
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·≈–°“√μßÈ— §“Ë
2. ‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬‡¤’¬ß (¤’¢“«·≈–·¥ß) √–À«Ë“ß·®Á§ AUDIO OUT
¢Õ߇§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï °—∫·®Á§ AUDIO IN
¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥ (À√◊Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV)(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 21~22)
«∏‘ °’ “√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ¤“¬¤≠
—
≠“≥‡¤¬’ ßÕÕ°·∫∫ÕπË◊ Ê
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 22
·∫∫∑Ë’ 2 :°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË °∫
— ¤‡μÕ√‚‘ Õ·Õ¡ª≈ø
‘ “
¬¥«È ¬·®§
Á ¤≠
— ≠“≥ AV ÕÕ°
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·≈–°“√μßÈ— §“Ë
∂È“¤‡μÕ√‘‚Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬¢Õߧÿ≥¡’‡©æ“–·®Á§ AUDIO INPUT
(L ·≈– R) „ÀÈ„™È·®Á§ AUDIO OUT
¤’·¥ß
·∫∫∑Ë’ 3 :°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË °∫
— ·Õ¡ª≈ø
‘ “¬ AV
¥«È ¬·®§
Á ¤≠
— ≠“≥¥®‘ μ
‘ Õ≈ÕÕ°
∂È“·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV ¢Õߧÿ≥¡’μ—«∂Õ¥√À—¤¥Õ≈∫’È¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈ MPEG2
À√◊Õ DTS ·≈–·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥¥‘®‘μÕ≈‡¢È“ „ÀÈ„™È°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕπ’¤
È ”À√—
∫°“√√—μ“¡‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß¢¬“¬‡¤’¬ß¢Õߧÿ≥ „ÀÈμÕ
Ë °—∫¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ÕÕæ쑧—
≈À√◊Õ¤“¬‚§·Õ°‡™’¬≈ (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 37~38)
¤’¢“«
À√◊Õ
¤’·¥ß
¤’¢“«
À≈—ß (L)
≈”‚æßÀπÈ“ (L)
À≈—ß (R)
≈”‚æßÀπÈ“ (R)
ÀπÈ“ (R)
ÀπÈ“ (L)
´—∫«Ÿø‡øÕ√Ï
22 - ‰∑¬
°≈“ß
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.12
12:18 PM
Page 23
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË HDMI/
DVI ‰ª¬ß— ‚∑√∑»
— πÏ
’ Ë’ 1 : °“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‚∑√∑—»πϥȫ¬·®Á§ HDMI
• °√≥∑
’ Ë’ 2 : °“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‚∑√∑—»πϥȫ¬·®Á§ DVI
• °√≥∑
• „™È¤“¬Õ–·¥ª‡μÕ√Ï DVI ‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ·®Á§ HDMI OUT ∑’˥ȓπÀ≈—ß
¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD ‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ DVI IN ¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
• „™È¤“¬‡¤’¬ß ‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ·®Á§ AUDIO (¤’·¥ß·≈–¢“«) OUT
∑’Ë·ºß¥È“πÀ≈—ߢÕ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD ‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ AUDIO
(¤’·¥ß·≈–¢“«) IN ¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ
‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD ·≈–‚∑√∑—»πÏ
• °¥ªÿË¡‡≈◊Õ°¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ
®π°√–∑—Ëߤ—≠≠“≥ DVI ®“°‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
°√≥∑
’ Ë’ 1 : °“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ‚∑√∑»
— π¥
Ï «È ¬·®§
Á
HDMI
• „™È¤“¬ HDMI ‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ·®Á§ HDMI OUT ∑’˥ȓπÀ≈—ߢÕ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—
π∑÷° DVD ‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ HDMI IN ¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
• °¥ªÿË¡‡≈◊Õ°¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ ®π°√–
∑—Ëߤ—≠≠“≥ HDMI ®“°‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD ª√“°Ø∫πÀπÈ“®Õ‚∑√
∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
■
À“°μÈÕß°“√„™È¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ HDMI „ÀÈ∑”°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡
μËÕ¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ °ËÕπ∑’Ë®–‡¤’¬∫¤“¬‰ø À√◊ÕÀ≈—
ß®“°¥”‡π‘π°“√ 燤’¬∫ & μ—Èߧ˓՗μ‚π¡—μ‘é ‡¤√Á®
լ˓‡¤’¬∫¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ HDMI „π√–À«Ë“ß°√–∫«π°“√
燤’¬∫ & μ—Èߧ˓՗μ‚π¡—μ‘é
■
‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø¤·°π®–∑”ß“π‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—쑇¡◊ËÕ HDMI
‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕÕ¬ŸË
■
∂È“‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥‰¡Ë¡’μ—«∂Õ¥√À—¤∫‘μ¤μ√’¡
§ÿ≥μÈÕßμ—Èߧ˓¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß¥‘®‘μÕ≈ÕÕ°‡ªÁπ PCM
‡æ◊ËÕ∑’Ë®–™¡‡π◊ÈÕÀ“ºË“π¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ° HDMI ‰¥È
¥ŸÀπÈ“ 37~38
■
¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫Õÿª°√≥Ï HDMI (‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ TV/HDMI)
∑’˧ÿ≥„™È ‡¤’¬ßÕ“®‰¡Ë‰¥È√—∫°“√¤π—∫¤πÿπ°“√∑”ß“π
∂È“‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ TV/HDMI ‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ√–∫∫¥Õ≈∫’È¥‘®‘
μÕ≈ ®–‰¡Ë¡’¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ßÕÕ°‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥μ—Èߧ˓‡Õ“μÏæÿμ
‡ªÁπ ‘Bitstream (∫‘μ¤μ√’¡)’ „π‡¡πŸ Audio setup
(μ—Èߧ˓‡¤’¬ß)
„π°√≥’π’È „ÀÈμ—Èߧ˓‡Õ“μÏæÿ쇤’¬ß¥‘®‘μÕ≈‡ªÁπ PCM
∂È“‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ TV/HDMI ‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ√–∫∫ DTS
®–‰¡Ë¡’¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ßÕÕ°‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤°Ï
„π√Ÿª·∫∫ DTS
■
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¤≈—∫®“°¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ° HDMI ‰ª¬—ߤ—
≠≠“≥ÕÕ°Õ◊ËπÊ ‰¥È‡©æ“–„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥
¢ÕÈ §«√√–«ß—
‰∑¬ - 23
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·≈–°“√μßÈ— §“Ë
∂È“‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥¡’™ËÕߤ—≠≠“≥‡¢È“ HDMI/DVI „Àȇ™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ
¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈Õ–·¥ª‡μÕ√Ï HDMI/DVI ‰ª¬—ß‚∑√∑—»πÏ
§ÿ≥®–¤πÿ°¤π“π°—∫¿“æ·≈–‡¤’¬ß∑’Ë¡’§ÿ≥¿“楒∑’ˤÿ¥
°√≥∑
’ Ë’ 2 : °“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ‚∑√∑»
— π¥
Ï «È ¬·®§
Á DVI
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 24
■
¢“«
ᴧ
■
HDMI (Õπ
‘ ‡μÕ√‡Ï ø´¡≈— μ¡
‘ ‡’ ¥¬
’ §«“¡≈–‡Õ¬
’ ¥¤ßŸ )
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
HDMI ‡ªÁπÕ‘π‡μÕ√χø´∑’Ë„™È„π°“√¤Ëߺ˓π¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈
¥‘®‘μÕ≈¢ÕߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¿“æ·≈–‡¤’¬ß ‚¥¬°“√‡¤’¬∫¢—È«
μËՇ撬ßÕ—π‡¥’¬«‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
‡π◊ËÕß®“° HDMI π—Èπ¡’√–∫∫æ◊Èπ∞“π¡“®“° DVI ¥—ßπ—È
π®÷ß„™Èß“π‰¥È°—∫ DVI լ˓ߤ¡∫Ÿ√≥Ï
¢ÈÕ·μ°μ˓߇撬ßլ˓߇¥’¬«√–À«Ë“ß HDMI ·≈– DVI
°Á§◊Õ HDMI π—Èπ¤π—∫¤πÿπ√–∫∫‡¤’¬ß¡—≈μ‘·™π‡π≈
¥È«¬°“√„™È HDMI ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD ®–¤Ëߤ—≠≠“≥
¿“æ·≈–‡¤’¬ß¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈ ·≈–·¤¥ß¿“æ∑’¤
Ë «¬¤¥∫π
‚∑√∑—»πÏ∑’Ë¡’·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“ HDMI
■
§”Õ∏∫
‘ “¬°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË HDMI
¢—È«μËÕ HDMI › ∑—ÈߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¿“æ·∫∫‰¡Ë∫’∫¢π“¥
·≈–‡¤’¬ß¥‘®‘μÕ≈ (¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈ LPCM À√◊Õ ∫‘μ¤μ√’¡)
- ·¡È«“Ë ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD ®–„™È¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈
HDMI ¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ°¢Õ߇§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° HDD &
DVD ®–·¤¥ß‡©æ“–¤—≠≠“≥¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈∑’∫
Ë √‘
¤ÿ∑∏‘ωª¬—ß‚∑√∑—»πχ∑Ë“π—Èπ
- ∂È“‚∑√∑—»πω¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ HDCP (°“√ªÈÕß°—π‡π◊ÈÕ
À“¥‘®‘μÕ≈·∫π¥Ï«‘∏¤Ÿß) ®–¡’¤—≠≠“≥√∫°«πª
√“°Ø∫πÀπÈ“®Õ
24 - ‰∑¬
∑”‰¡´¡
— ´ßÿ ®ß÷ „™È HDMI?
‚∑√∑—»πÏÕπ“≈ÁÕ°π—Èπ„™È¤—≠≠“≥¿“æ/‡¤’¬ß·∫∫Õπ“≈ÁÕ°
լ˓߉√°Áμ“¡ „π¢≥–∑’ˇ≈Ëπ DVD ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’ˤË߉ª¬—ß‚∑√∑—»πÏπ—È
π‡ªÁπ·∫∫¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈
¥—ßπ—Èπ‡§√◊ËÕß®÷ß®”‡ªÁπμÈÕß„™Èμ—«·ª≈ߥ‘®‘μÕ≈‡ªÁπÕπ“≈ÁÕ°
(„π‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD) À√◊Õμ—«·ª≈ßÕπ“≈ÁÕ°
‡ªÁ𥑮‘μÕ≈ („π‚∑√∑—»πÏ)
√–À«Ë“ß°“√·ª≈ß §ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß¿“æ®–≈¥≈ß ‡π◊Õ
Ë ß®“°¡’¤—
≠≠“≥√∫°«π·≈–°“√¤Ÿ≠‡¤’¬¤—≠≠“≥
‡∑§‚π‚≈¬’ HDMI π—Èπ‡ªÁπ‡∑§‚π‚≈¬’∑’Ë¥’∑’ˤÿ¥ ‡π◊ËÕß®“°‰¡ËμÈÕ
ß¡’°“√·ª≈ß D/A ·≈–‡ªÁπ¤—≠≠“≥¥‘®‘μÕ≈∫√‘¤ÿ∑∏‘®Ï “°‡§
√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD ‰ª¬—ß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
¢“«
ᴧ
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·≈–°“√μßÈ— §“Ë
■
HDCP §Õ◊ Õ–‰√?
HDCP (°“√ªÈÕß°—π‡π◊Õ
È À“¥‘®‘μÕ≈·∫π¥Ï«‘∏¤Ÿß) ‡ªÁπ√–∫∫
¤”À√—∫°“√ªÈÕß°—π‰¡Ë„Àȧ—¥≈Õ°¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ°¢Õ߇π◊ÈÕÀ“
‚¥¬√–∫∫π’È®–¡’°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ¥‘®‘μÕ≈∑’Ë¡’§«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿—
¬√–À«Ë“ß·À≈Ëß°”‡π‘¥«‘¥’‚Õ (PC, DVD, œ≈œ)
·≈–Õÿª°√≥Ï·¤¥ßº≈ (‚∑√∑—»πÏ, ‚ª√‡®°‡μÕ√Ï, œ≈œ)
‡π◊ÈÕÀ“®–∂Ÿ°‡¢È“√À—¤∑’ËÕÿª°√≥ÏμÈπ∑“ß ‡æ◊ËÕªÈÕß°—
π‰¡Ë„ÀȤ“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‚¥¬‰¡Ë‰¥È√—∫Õπÿ≠“μ
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.12
12:18 PM
Page 25
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·®§
Á AV 1
IN, AV 2 IN, DV Input
πÕ°®“°π—Èπ §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂„™È·®Á§ AV 2 IN
∑’Ë·ºß¥È“πÀπÈ“¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD °Á‰¥È §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂∫—
π∑÷°®“°Õÿª°√≥Ï∑’ˇ™◊ËÕ¡μËÕÕ¬ŸË‰¥È ‡™Ëπ °≈ÈÕß«‘¥’‚Õ
‡¡◊ËÕ¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“∂Ÿ°„¤Ë‡¢È“„π™ËÕß AV 2 „π¢≥–∑’Ë°”≈—ß™¡‚∑√∑—»πÏ
¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“®–∂Ÿ°¤≈—∫‰ª¬—ß AV 2 ‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘ ∂È“¤—
≠≠“≥‡¢È“‰¡Ë∂Ÿ°‡≈◊Õ°‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘ „ÀÈ„™ÈªÿË¡ INPUT ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¤—
≠≠“≥‡¢È“∑’ˇÀ¡“–¤¡
’ Ë’ 1 : °“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‡§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ«‘¥’‚Õ, °≈ËÕ߇´Áμ∑Õª (STB)
• °√≥∑
À√◊Õ‡§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ DVD ‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ AV 1 IN
’ Ë’ 2: °“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°≈ÈÕß«‘¥’‚Õ‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ AV 2 IN
• °√≥∑
’ Ë’ 3: °“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°≈ÈÕß«‘¥’‚Õ‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ DV IN
• °√≥∑
°√≥∑
’ Ë’ 1 : °“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ‡§√ÕË◊ ߇≈π
Ë «¥
‘ ‚’ Õ,
°≈ÕË ß‡´μ
Á ∑Õª (STB) À√Õ◊ ‡§√ÕË◊ ߇≈π
Ë DVD
‰ª¬ß— ·®§
Á AV 1 IN
°≈ÕÈ ß«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ
ᴧ
¢“«
‡À≈Õ◊ ß
°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ VCR À√◊ÕÕÿª°√≥Ï¿“¬πÕ°‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ AUDIO/VIDEO
AV 1 IN ¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂∫—
π∑÷°®“°Õÿª°√≥Ï∑’ˇ™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‡¢È“¡“‰¥È (VCR, STB À√◊Õ DVD)
‡À≈Õ◊ ß
¢“«
ᴧ
VCR
°√≥∑
’ Ë’ 3 : °“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË °≈ÕÈ ß«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ‰ª¬ß— ·®§
Á
DV IN
STB
DVD
∂È“°≈ÈÕß«‘¥’‚Õ¢Õߧÿ≥¡’·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ° DV „Àȇ™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ·®Á§
π—Èπ‰ª¬—ß·®Á§ DV Input ¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD ¢Õߧÿ≥
À√Õ◊
°≈ÕÈ ß«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ
■
πÕ°®“°π—Èπ §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂„™È·®Á§ AV 2 IN
∑’Ë·ºß¥È“πÀπÈ“¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD °Á‰¥È
■
‡¡◊ËÕμËÕ∑—Èß·®Á§ S-Video ·≈–·®Á§ Video æ√ÈÕ¡°—π
‡§√◊ËÕß®–„™È¤—≠≠“≥®“°·®Á§ S-Video °ËÕπ
■
‡π◊ÈÕÀ“∑’ˉ¥È√—∫°“√ªÈÕß°—π‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‰¥È
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
∂È“¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“‰¡Ë∂Ÿ°‡≈◊Õ°‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘ „ÀÈ„™ÈªÿË¡
INPUT SEL. ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“∑’ˇÀ¡“–¤¡
‰∑¬ - 25
°“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË ·≈–°“√μßÈ— §“Ë
¤‘Ëßπ’ș˫¬„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD
¢Õߧÿ≥‰ª¬—ßÕÿª°√≥Ï¿“¬πÕ°Õ◊ËπÊ ·≈–¥Ÿ ·≈–∫—π∑÷°¤—
≠≠“≥®“°·À≈Ëß°”‡π‘¥¿“¬πÕ°‰¥È
°√≥∑
’ Ë’ 2: °“√‡™ÕË◊ ¡μÕË °≈ÕÈ ß«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ‰ª¬ß— ·®§
Á
AV 2 IN
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 26
°“√‡√¬’ °„™‡È ¡π∫Ÿ πÀπ“È ®Õ
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
‡¡πŸ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ∑”„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°„™ÈÀ√◊Õ¬°‡≈‘°ø—ß°Ï™—ËπμË“ß Ê
¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥„™ÈªÿË¡μËÕ‰ªπ’ȇæ◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥
·≈–‡√’¬°„™È‡¡πŸ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Library
HDD
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
1
°“√‡√’¬°„™È‡¡πŸ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ ........................................24
°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“ Plug & Auto ............................................25
2
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
ª¡
Ë ÿ MENU
°¥ªÿË¡π’È∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈‡æ◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥‡¡πŸ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ°¥Õ’°§
√—È߇æ◊ËÕÕÕ°®“°‡¡πŸ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ
ª¡
Ëÿ …† œ √
°¥ªÿË¡‡À≈Ë“π’È∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊ËÕπ·∂∫‡≈◊Õ°
…† œ √ „Àȇ«’¬π¥Ÿμ—«‡≈◊Õ°‡¡πŸ
°“√μ—ßÈ π“Ñ°“ .........................................................26
°“√μ—Èߤ∂“π’≈Ë«ßÀπÈ“¥È«¬ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπμ—Èߧ˓՗μ‚π¡—μ‘
(Auto Setup).........................................................27
3
ª¡
Ë ÿ OK
°¥ªÿË¡π’È∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈‡æ◊ËÕ¬◊π¬—π°“√μ—Èߧ˓„À¡Ë
°“√μ—Èߤ∂“π’≈Ë«ßÀπÈ“¥È«¬ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπμ—Èߧ˓‡Õß
(Manual Setup) ....................................................28
°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“μ—«‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“............................................29
°“√μ—Èߧ˓°“√ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕßÕ—μ‚π¡—μ‘ ................................30
°“√μ—Èß§Ë“μ—«‡≈◊Õ°°“√∫—π∑÷°¥Ë«π ...............................31
°“√¤√È“ß∫∑‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘ .........................................32
°“√≈ß∑–‡∫’¬π DivX(R)...........................................33
°“√μ—Èߧ˓‡«≈“¢È“¡ CM ............................................33
°“√μ—È߇«≈“„π‚À¡¥ EP ...........................................34
°“√μ—Èß§Ë“μ—«‡≈◊Õ°¢Õ߇¤’¬ß .......................................35
°“√μ—Èß§Ë“μ—«‡≈◊Õ°°“√·¤¥ßº≈«‘¥’‚Õ...........................37
°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“‚ª√‡°√¤´’椷°π......................................37
°“√¬°‡≈‘°‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø¤·°π ....................................38
°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“°“√≈ÁÕ§‚¥¬ ºŸª
È °§√Õß...............................39
26 - ‰∑¬
4
ª¡
Ë ÿ RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡π’È∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫‰ª¬—ßÀπÈ“®Õ MENU
∑’ª
Ë √“°Ø°ËÕπÀπÈ“À√◊Õ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ÕÕ°®“° MENU ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:21 AM
Page 27
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë Plug & Auto
5
°“√§ÈπÀ“¤∂“π’Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘®–‡√‘Ë¡¢÷Èπ
Auto Setup
Please wait.
68%
‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥®–μ—Èߧ˓‡Õß‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—
쑇¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥‡¤’¬∫ª≈—Í°„π°“√„™Èß“π§√—Èß·√°¤∂“π’‚∑√∑—»πÏ·≈–
π“Ñ°“®–∂Ÿ°∫—π∑÷°‰«È„πÀπË«¬§«“¡®”¢—ÈπμÕππ’È®–„™È‡«≈“À≈“
¬π“∑’®“°π—Èπ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥®–æ√ÈÕ¡
„™Èß“π
‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ¤“¬ RF ¥—ß·¤¥ß„πÀπÈ“ 19
(°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD ‰ª¬—ß‚∑√∑—
»πÏ‚¥¬„™È¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ RF ·≈–¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ/«‘¥‚’ Õ)
À“°μÈÕß°“√„™È¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ HDMI „ÀÈ∑”°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬
‡§‡∫‘≈ °ËÕπ∑’®Ë –‡¤’¬∫¤“¬‰ø À√◊ÕÀ≈—ß®“°¥”‡π‘π°“√
燤’¬∫ & μ—ßÈ §Ë“Õ—μ‚π¡—μé‘ ‡¤√Á® լ˓‡¤’¬∫¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ HDMI
„π√–À«Ë“ß°√–∫«π°“√ 燤’¬∫ & μ—ßÈ §Ë“Õ—μ‚π¡—μé‘
2
‡¤’¬∫ª≈—Í°‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï°—∫¤“¬‰øÀ
≈—°"AUTO" ∑’Ë·ºßÀπÈ“ª—¥¥È“πÀπÈ“®–°–æ√‘∫
6
°“√§ÈπÀ“¤∂“π’Õ—μ‚π¡—쑇¤√Á®‡√’¬∫√ÈÕ¬¿“¬„π 3-4 «‘π“∑’
§ÿ≥®–‡ÀÁπ‡¡πŸ Clock Setting (°“√μ—Èßπ“Ñ°“)
∂È“§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√μ—Èßπ“Ñ°“„πμÕππ’È „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ OK
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
1
• ®”π«π¤∂“π’∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï∑”°“√∫—
π∑÷°‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘®–¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫®”π«π¤∂“π’∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕߧÈπæ∫
Auto channel scan completed successfully.
OK
3
°¥ªÿË¡À¡“¬‡≈¢‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“
Press
1
for English
Touche
2
pour Français
Drücken Sie
3
Für Deutsch
Pulse
4
para Español
Premere
5
7
μ√«®¤Õ∫«—π∑’Ë·≈–‡«≈“
mo.
da.
yr.
hr.
min.
JAN
01
2006
12
00
Sunday
per Italiano
Druk op
6
voor Nederlands
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ
7
‰Îfl ÛÒÒÍÓ„Ó.
• ∂È“:∂Ÿ°μÈÕß „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ OK ®“°π—Èπ«—π∑’Ë·≈–‡«≈“®–∂Ÿ°∫—
4
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ‡æ◊ËÕ‡√‘Ë¡°“√μ—Èߧ˓՗μ‚π¡—μ‘
π∑÷°‰«È∂È“§ÿ≥‰¡Ë°¥ªÿË¡ OK ¿“¬„π 5 «‘π“∑’ «—
π∑’Ë·≈–‡«≈“®–∂Ÿ°∫—π∑÷°‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘
• ‰¡Ë∂Ÿ°μÈÕß „ÀȪÈÕπ‡¥◊Õπ, «—π, ª’, ™—Ë«‚¡ß À√◊Õ π“∑’ ∑’Ë∂Ÿ°μÈÕß
‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡ …†œ √ À√◊ÕªÿË¡À¡“¬‡≈¢°¥ªÿË¡ OK ®“°
Auto setup will be started.
Yes
π—Èπ«—π∑’Ë·≈–‡«≈“®–∂Ÿ°∫—π∑÷°‰«È‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“
√‡ª≈’ˬπ°“√μ—Èßπ“Ñ°“ §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂μ—Èߧ˓‡Õ߉¥È
No
‰∑¬ - 27
HR735_01082W-THA-1
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 28
„πμÕππ’È ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï æ√ÈÕ¡¤”
À√—∫°“√„™Èß“π·≈È«ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ "°“√μ—Èߧ˓ Plug &
Auto" ®–∂Ÿ°μ—È߉«È·≈È« ¥—ßπ—Èπ ∂È“§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡ª≈’ˬ
πø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π‚¥¬°“√μ—Èߤ∂“π’≈Ë«
ßÀπÈ“„π‡¡πŸ "°“√μ—Èߤ∂“π’≈Ë«ßÀπÈ“¥È«¬ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ
μ—Èߧ˓‡Õß (Presetting Channels with the
Manual setup function)" ¢ÕßÀπÈ“®Õ OSD
(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 30~31)
‡¡πŸπ’È„™È‡æ◊ËÕμ—È߇«≈“ª—®®ÿ∫—π
§ÿ≥®”‡ªÁπμÈÕßμ—È߇«≈“‡æ◊ËÕ„™Èø—ß°Ï™—Ëπμ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°
‡≈◊Õ°„™Èø—ß°Ï™—Ëπμ—Èߧ˓‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—쑉¥È‚¥¬°“√°¥
STOP ( ) ∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕߧȓ߉«È 5 «‘π“∑’À√◊Õπ“π°«Ë“
π—Èπ¢≥–∑’˪‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß‚¥¬∑’ˉ¡Ë¡’·ºË𥑤°ÏÕ¬ŸË¥È“π„π
1
°“√μßÈ— π“ð
‘ “
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Library
HDD
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
2
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° System ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
28 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
RETURN
√
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-1
4
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 29
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Clock Set ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
°¥ªÿË¡ …†œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕªÈÕπ‡¥◊Õπ, «—π, ª’, ™—Ë«‚¡ß À√◊Õ π“∑’
°¥ªÿË¡μ—«‡≈¢‡æ◊ËÕªÈÕπ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈π“Ñ°“∑’Ë∂Ÿ°μÈÕß
«—π„π¤—ª¥“ÀÏ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘
HDD & DVD RECORDER
°“√μßÈ— ¤∂“π≈’ «Ë ßÀπÈ
“¥«È ¬øß— °™Ï π
Ë— μßÈ— §“Ë Õ—
μ‚π¡μ
— ‘ (Auto Setup)
Clock Set
HDD
§ÿ≥¤¡∫—μ‘π’È∑”„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°μ—Èß·∂∫√—∫§≈◊Ëπ¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—
π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ‰ª∑’ˇ¤“Õ“°“»À√◊Õ‡§‡∫‘≈∑’«’∑’˧ÿ≥
‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°—∫·®Á§ Antenna In „π√–À«Ë“ß°“√μ—Èߧ˓‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
MOVE
da.
yr.
hr.
min.
JAN
01
2006
12
00
Sunday
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ®“°π—Èπ«—π∑’Ë·≈–‡«≈“®–∂Ÿ°∫—
π∑÷°‰«È∂È“§ÿ≥‰¡Ë°¥ªÿË¡ OK ‡«≈“®–‰¡Ë∂Ÿ°∫—π∑÷°
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
5
mo.
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° System ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
4
SELECT
√
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Channel Set ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Channel Set
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Auto Setup
√
Manual Setup
√
Programme
Setup
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 29
HR735_01082W-THA-1
5
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 30
°¥ªÿË¡ …†‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Auto Setup ·≈–°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Your data will be lost.Press [OK] to
continue, [Return] to exit." ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Channel Set
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Auto Setup
√
Manual Setup
√
°“√μßÈ— ¤∂“π≈’ «Ë ßÀπ“È
¥«È ¬øß— °™Ï π
Ë— μßÈ— §“Ë ‡Õß
(Manual Setup)
Programme Your data will be lost.
Press [OK] to continue, [Return] to exit.
Setup
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡æ‘Ë¡¤∂“π’∑’Ëμ—Èß≈Ë«ßÀπÈ“´÷Ëß°“√§ÈπÀ“¤∂“π’Õ—μ‚π¡—
μ‘¢“È ¡‰ª·≈–§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂≈∫¤∂“π’∑§
Ë’ ≥
ÿ ‰¡ËμÕ
È ß°“√‰¥È§≥
ÿ ¤“¡“√∂
μ—Èß‚ª√·°√¡‡√’¬ß≈”¥—∫¤∂“π’
OK
SELECT
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∂È“§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√ÕÕ° „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë MENU
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
6
RETURN
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …†‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
Auto Setup
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
Please wait.
HDD
3%
Library
Disc Manager
Stop
Programme
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• ¬Ë“𧫓¡∂’¬
Ë “Ë π·√°®–∂Ÿ°¤·°π ·≈–¤∂“π’·√°∑’æ
Ë ∫®–·
¤¥ß¢÷Èπ·≈–‰¥È√—∫°“√®—¥‡°Á∫ ·≈–‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ®–§ÈπÀ“¤∂“π’∑¤
Ë’ Õß ·≈–μËÕÊ ‰ª
• ®”π«π¤∂“π’∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï∑”°“√∫—
π∑÷°‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘®–¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫®”π«π¤∂“π’∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕß
§Èπæ∫
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …†‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° System ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
7
°“√§ÈπÀ“¤∂“π’ ®–‡√‘Ë¡¢÷È𰥪ÿË¡ OK ‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥°“√μ—Èߧ˓՗
μ‚π¡—μ‘
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
4
SELECT
√
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …†‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Channel Set ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Channel Set
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Auto Setup
√√
Manual Setup
√
Programme
Setup
MOVE
30 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-1
5
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 31
°¥ªÿË¡ …†‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Manual Setup ·≈–°¥ OK
À√◊Õªÿ¡
Ë √
- CH : ‡≈◊Õ°¤∂“π’‚¥¬°¥ªÿË¡ œ √
- Name : ·¤¥ß™◊ËÕ¤∂“π’‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘®“°¤—
≠≠“≥·æ√Ë¿“æ∑’Ëμ√«®®—∫‰¥È∂È“μ√«®®—∫‰¡Ë‰¥È
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂·°È‰¢™◊ËÕ‰¥È‚¥¬°¥ªÿË¡ …†œ √
Manual Setup
PR
CH
002
---
Name
01
02
004
----
03
---
----
04
---
----
05
---
----
06
---
07
----
---
MOVE
- MFT(Manual Frequency Tuning) : §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂
μ—Èߧ«“¡∂’˧≈◊Ëπ¢Õߤ∂“π’„ÀÈ¥’¢÷Èπ‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡ œ √
----
◊ ° Delete: ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¤∂“π’„π PR (‚ª√·°√¡)
• ∂“È ‡≈Õ
----
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
®–∂Ÿ°≈∫ÕÕ°‰ª
◊ ° Swap: §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡ª≈’ˬπ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¤∂“π’„π PR
• ∂“È ‡≈Õ
6
(‚ª√·°√¡) ¤≈—∫°—π¤Õߤ∂“π’ μ—«Õ¬Ë“ß‡™Ëπ ∂È“§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“
√¤≈—∫‡ª≈’ˬπ PR2 °—∫ PR5 „Àȇ≈◊Õ° Swap ∑’Ë PR2 ®“°
π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë PR5
°¥ªÿË¡ …†‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° PR (‚ª√·°√¡) ∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√·°È‰¢
≈∫ À√◊Õ¤≈—∫‡ª≈’Ë¬π ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY ‡≈◊Õ° Edit ,
Delete À√◊Õ Swap
CH
Name
01
002
---
----
02
004
----
03
---
----
04
---
----
Edit 05
---
----
06
Delete
Swap07
---
----
---
MOVE
----
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë μ«— ‡≈Õ◊ °¿“…“
◊ ° Edit: §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡æ‘Ë¡À√◊Õ·°È‰¢¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈
• ∂“È ‡≈Õ
PR((‚ª√·°√¡) ‰¥ÈÀ≈—ß®“°‡ª≈’ˬπ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈ PR (CH,
Name, MFT) „Àȇ≈◊Õ° Save ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
Manual Setup
PR
01
CH
002
Name
----
∂È“§ÿ≥μ—Èߧ˓‡¤’¬ß §”∫√√¬“¬ ‡¡πŸ¥‘¤°Ï ·≈–‡¡πŸ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ≈Ë«ß
ÀπÈ“ °“√μ—Èߧ˓‡À≈Ë“π’È®–∂Ÿ°‡√’¬°„™È‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘∑ÿ°§√—Èß∑’˧ÿ≥
™¡¿“æ¬πμ√Ï∂È“¿“…“∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°‰¡Ë‰¥È∫—π∑÷°Õ¬ŸË∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï ¿“
…“∑’Ë∫π
— ∑÷°‰«È¥—È߇¥‘¡°Á®–∂Ÿ°‡≈◊Õ°
MFT
Save
MOVE
CHANGE
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
‰∑¬ - 31
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
Manual Setup
PR
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 32
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
5
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
3
SELECT
RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡ RETURN À√◊Õ œ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë °≈—∫‰ª¬—
߇¡πŸ°ËÕπÀπÈ“°¥ªÿË¡ MENU ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ÕÕ°®“°‡¡πŸ
■
¿“…“∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∂È“·ºË𥑤°Ïπ—Èπ¤π—∫¤πÿπ
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Language ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ
√ ‡¡πŸμ—Èߧ˓ Language ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
HDD & DVD RECORDER
■
Language
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë °“√ª¥
‘ ‡§√ÕË◊
ßÕμ
— ‚π¡μ
— ‘
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Audio
Original
:: Original
√√
Subtitle
: Automatic
√
Disc Menu
: English
√
Menu
: English
√
MOVE
4
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°μ—«‡≈◊Õ°¢Õß¿“…“∑’ËμÈÕß°“√
·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
§ÿ≥¤¡∫—μ‘π’È®–ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥À“°§ÿ≥
‰¡Ë‰¥È°¥ªÿË¡„¥‡≈¬®π∂÷߇«≈“∑’Ë°”À𥉫È
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Language
Setup
HDD
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
MOVE
Audio
Original
:: Original
Original
Subtitle
English
: Automatic
Disc Menu
Menu
SELECT
Français
: English
Deutsch
: English
Español
Italiano
Nederlands
Korean
RETURN
Library
System
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
√√
Disc Manager
√
√
Programme
√
Setup
MOVE
EXIT
• Audio : ¤”À√—∫¿“…“‡¤’¬ß¢Õߥ‘¤°Ï
• Subtitle : ¤”À√—∫§”∫√√¬“¬∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï
• Disc Menu : ¤”À√—∫‡¡πŸ¥‘¤°Ï∑’ËÕ¬ŸË∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï
enu : ¤”À√—∫‡¡πŸÀπÈ“®Õ¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
• Me
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° System ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
‡¡πŸ System ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
32 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
RETURN
√
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-1
4
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 33
°¥ªÿË¡…† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Auto Power Off ·≈–°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
√
Video
√
√
Parental Lock
√
HDD
Library
Library
Channel Set
Disc Manager
√
Clock Set
√
Programme
Auto Power Off Off: Off : Off
√
Setup
Quick Recording 2 Hours : Off
Chapter Creator 6 Hours : Off
Disc Manager
DivX(R) Registration
Programme
Setup
√
MOVE
MOVE
5
SELECT
RETURN
Setup
HDD
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° System ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
• Off : ¬°‡≈‘°„™Èß“π°“√ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕßÕ—μ‚π¡—μ
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
Library
μ‘À≈—ß®“°‰¡Ë¡’°“√°¥ªÿË¡„¥‡ªÁπ‡«≈“ 2 ™—Ë«‚¡ß
• 6 Hours : ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß√—∫ DVD & HDD ®–ª‘¥‡Õß‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—
μ‘À≈—ß®“°‰¡Ë¡’°“√°¥ªÿË¡„¥‡ªÁπ‡«≈“ 6 ™—Ë«‚¡ß
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
HDD
• 2 Hours : ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß√—∫ DVD & HDD ®–ª‘¥‡Õß‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—
√
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
√
• ∂È“∂÷߇«≈“ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß∑’Ë∂Ÿ°μ—Èߧ˓‚¥¬ø—ß°Ï™—Ë𪑥‡§√◊ËÕßÕ—
μ‚π¡—μ‘√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈ËπÀ√◊Õ°“√∫—π∑÷°
Õÿª°√≥Ï®–∑”ß“πμËÕ‰ª®π°√–∑—Ëß°“√‡≈ËπÀ√◊Õ°“√∫—
π∑÷°¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥
MOVE
4
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Quick Recording ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë μ«— ‡≈Õ◊ °°“√
∫π
— ∑°
÷ ¥«Ë π
À“°μ—È߇ª‘¥ø—ß°Ï™—ππ’È ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD RECORDER
®–‡√‘Ë¡°“√∑”ß“πլ˓ß√«¥‡√Á« ´÷Ëߙ˫¬„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°™ËÕß
∑’ËμÈÕß°“√‰¥È„π∑—π∑’
1
Setup
Channel Set
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording Off
: Off
√
√
On
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
5
SELECT
RETURN
√
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° On ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ Stop (À¬ÿ¥)/‚À¡¥ No Disc
(‰¡Ë¡’·ºË𥑤°Ï) „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
μ“¡§Ë“¥’øÕ≈μÏ Quick Recording ®–∂Ÿ°μ—È߉«È∑’Ë Off
■
À“°ø—ß°Ï™—ππ’Èμ—È߉«È∑’ˇª‘¥ °“√„™Èæ≈—ßß“π®–‡æ‘Ë¡¢÷Èπ
‡¡◊ËÕª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß
‰∑¬ - 33
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 34
°“√¤√“È ß∫∑‚¥¬Õ—
μ‚π¡μ
— ‘
4
°¥ªÿ¡
Ë …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Chapter Creator ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
System
DVD-RW(V)
Library
·ºËπ DVD-Video ª√–°Õ∫¥È«¬ ùTitles (§”∫√√¬“¬) û ·≈–
ùChapters (∫∑)û
À“°§ÿ≥∫—π∑÷° Title (§”∫√√¬“¬) Àπ÷Ëß™ÿ¥®–∂Ÿ°¤√ȓߢ÷Èπ
À“°§ÿ≥„™Èøß— °Ï™π
— π’È Title (§”∫√√¬“¬) ®–∂Ÿ°·∫ËßÕÕ°‡ªÁπ
Chapter (∫∑)
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
(‚À¡¥ V)
1
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Off
:: Off
√√
Chapter Creator
Off
On
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
5
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
SELECT
RETURN
√
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
• Off: ‡≈◊Õ°μ—«‡≈◊Õ°π’ȇ¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥‰¡ËμÈÕß°“√
(¤√È“ß∫∑Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘)
• On: ‡≈◊Õ°μ—«‡≈◊Õ°π’ȇ¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√ (¤√È“ß∫∑Õ—μ‚π¡—μ)‘
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
°¥ªÿË¡ MENU ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ÕÕ°®“°‡¡πŸ
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
DVD-RW(V)
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
6
°¥ªÿË¡ REC ‡æ◊ËÕ‡√‘Ë¡∫—π∑÷°(¥Ÿ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 74 ‡°’ˬ«°—∫«‘∏’°“√
μ—Èߧ«“¡‡√Á«°“√∫—π∑÷°) ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Do you want to create
the chapter menu after this recording?" ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
EXIT
Do you want to create the chapter menu
after this recording?
3
°¥ªÿË¡…† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° System ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
‡¡πŸ System ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Yes
No
System
DVD-RW(V)
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Channel Set
√
√
Clock Set
√
Auto Power Off
: Off
√
Quick Recording
: Off
√
Chapter Creator
: Off
√
DivX(R) Registration
MOVE
34 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
RETURN
7
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
• ∫∑„À¡Ë®–∂Ÿ°¤√ȓߢ÷Èπμ“¡‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°∫∑Àπ÷Ëß®–
¬“«ª√–¡“≥ 5 π“∑’„π‚À¡¥ XP ·≈– SP ·≈–ª√–¡“≥
15 π“∑’„π‚À¡¥ LP ·≈– EP
8
°¥ªÿË¡ STOP ‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥∫—π∑÷°
√
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-1
9
2006.4.11
Page 35
∂È“μÈÕß°“√„Àȇ§√◊ËÕß·¤¥ß‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˤ√ȓߢ÷Èπ ‰øπ—
≈‰≈´Ï·ºË𥑤°Ï°ËÕπ (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 117) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ TITLE
MENU‡¡πŸ™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
Previous
10
1:22 AM
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
JAN/01/2006
17:30 PR1
Top
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë ‡«≈“¢“È ¡ CM
‡¡◊ËÕ∫—π∑÷°‚ª√·°√¡∫πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ·ºËπ DVD-RW À√◊Õ DVD-R
®–∂Ÿ°‡≈Ëπ ‚¥¬¤“¡“√∂μ—Èß„Àȇ§√◊ËÕߢȓ¡∫“ߤ˫π¢Õß‚ª√·°√¡
‰¥È‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘μ“¡‡«≈“¢È“¡ CM (‚¶…≥“) ∑’˺ŸÈ„™Èμ—È߉«È
Next
∂È“μÈÕß°“√„Àȇ§√◊ËÕß·¤¥ß∫∑∑’ˤ√ȓߢ÷Èπ ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß
∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ DISC MENU‡¡πŸ∫∑¤”À√—
∫‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
1
CHAPTER
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Previous
■
¢ÕÈ §«√√–«ß—
Top
Next
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ¤√È“ß∫∑Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘®–‰¡Ë∑”ß“π„π√–À«Ë“ß
μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°À√◊Õ‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° PVR Option ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
P
V
R
O
ption ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
√ ‡¡πŸ
È
HDD & DVD RECORDER
PVR Option
HDD
Library
CM Skip Time
: 15 Sec
√√
Disc Manager
EP Mode Time
: 6 Hours
√
Programme
Setup
°“√≈ß∑–‡∫¬
’ π
DivX(R)
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‚ª√¥„™È√À—¤≈ß∑–‡∫’¬π‡æ◊ËÕ≈ß∑–‡∫’¬π‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ïπ’È °—∫√Ÿª·∫∫«‘¥’‚Õμ“¡§”¤—Ëß DivX(R)¤”À√—
∫¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡ ‡¬’ˬ¡™¡∑’Ë www.divx.com/vod
‰∑¬ - 35
HR735_01082W-THA-1
4
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 36
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° CM Skip Time ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
°“√μßÈ— ‡«≈“„π‚À¡¥ EP
PVR Option
HDD
Library
CM Skip Time
Disc Manager
EP Mode Time
15::15
Sec
15Sec
Sec
30: 6Hours
Sec
√√
√
60 Sec
Programme
Setup
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°Àπ÷Ëß„π¤’Ë‚À¡¥‚¥¬°“√°¥ªÿË¡ REC
MODE ´È”‰ª‡√◊ËÕ¬ Ê‚À¡¥ EP ‡ªÁπÀπ÷Ëß„π‚À¡¥ REC ¤’‚Ë À¡¥
(XP, SP, LP, EP)„π‚À¡¥ EP (¬◊¥‡«≈“) §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂μ—ßÈ ‡«≈“∫—
π∑÷°‰¥È 6 ∂÷ß 8 ™—Ë«‚¡ß
5
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°™Ë«ß‡«≈“∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡
OK À√◊Õ √
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
6
À“°§ÿ≥°¥ªÿ¡
Ë CM SKIP √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ ¤Ë«π∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—
∫‡«≈“∑’Ëμ—Èß®–∂Ÿ°¢È“¡ ®“°π—Èπ®–‡≈Ëπ¤Ë«π∂—¥‰ª
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
■
Setup
CM Skip ¤“¡“√∂∑”‰¥È√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπª°μ‘‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
‡¡◊ËÕ‡«≈“∑’Ëμ—Èßπ“π°«Ë“‡«≈“∑’ˇÀ≈◊ÕÕ¬ŸË¢Õ߇√◊ËÕߪ—®®ÿ∫—
π:‡√◊ËÕß∂—¥‰ª®–∂Ÿ°‡≈Ëπ®“°μÕπμÈπ
■
‡¡◊ËÕ‡«≈“∑’Ëμ—Èßπ“π°«Ë“‡«≈“∑’ˇÀ≈◊ÕÕ¬ŸË¢Õß√“¬°“√
‡≈Ëπ ©“°∂—¥‰ª®–∂Ÿ°‡≈Ëπ
■
CM Skip ‰¡Ë∑”ß“π„π‚À¡¥¿“æπ‘Ëß
■
‡¡◊ËÕ‡«≈“∑’Ëμ—Èß¡“°°«Ë“‡«≈“∑’ˇÀ≈◊ÕÕ¬ŸË¢Õß©“°
‡√◊ËÕß≈Ë“¤ÿ¥ À√◊Õ·∑√Á§≈Ë“¤ÿ¥ ∑’Ë°”≈—ß·¤¥ßÕ¬ŸË
‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ÀÈ“¡®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
■
■
36 - ‰∑¬
CM Skip ∑”ÀπÈ“∑’ˇ≈Ëπ´È” (√«¡∂÷ß ‡≈Ëπ´È” A-B, ∫∑
·≈–‡√◊Õ
Ë ß)
CM Skip Õ“®‰¡Ë∑”ß“π„𥑤°Ï DVD-Video
∫“ß·ºËπ
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° PVR Option ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ‡¡πŸ PVR Option ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
HDD & DVD RECORDER
PVR Option
HDD
Library
CM Skip Time
15Sec
Sec
::15
√√
Disc Manager
EP Mode Time
: 6 Hours
√
Programme
Setup
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-1
4
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 37
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° EP Mode Time ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Audio ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
HDD & DVD RECORDER
PVR Option
Digital Output
: PCM
√
Disc Manager
DTS
: Off
√
Programme
DRC
: On
√
NICAM
: Off
√
V-Mode Compatibility
: Off
√
Library
Library
CM Skip Time
: 15 Sec
Disc Manager
EP Mode Time
66 :Hours
6Hours
Hours
√
√
8 Hours
Programme
Setup
Setup
MOVE
MOVE
5
SELECT
RETURN
Audio
HDD
HDD
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡«≈“∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°μ—«‡≈◊Õ°‡¤’¬ß∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡
OK À√◊Õ √
5
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
°¥ªÿË¡ RETURN À√◊Õ œ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë °≈—∫‰ª¬—
߇¡πŸ°ËÕπÀπÈ“°¥ªÿË¡ MENU ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ÕÕ°®“°‡¡πŸ
Digital Output
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ‡¢È“°—
∫·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬¿“¬πÕ°À√◊Õ™ÿ¥‚Œ¡‡∏’¬‡μÕ√Ï∑”„Àȧ≥
ÿ ¤“¡“
√∂μ—Èߧ˓Õÿª°√≥χ¤’¬ß ·≈–¤∂“π–¢Õ߇¤’¬ß„ÀȤե§≈ÈÕß°—
∫√–∫∫‡¤’¬ß∑’Ë°”≈—ß„™Èß“πÕ¬ŸË
§ÿ≥¬—ߤ“¡“√∂„™È‚À¡¥ NICAM ‰¥È¥È«¬
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Library
Programme
Setup
MOVE
¤∑’ˤπ—∫¤πÿπ¥Õ≈∫’È ¥‘®‘μÕ≈
2. Bitstream : ¤Ëߤ—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß¥Õ≈∫’È¥‘®‘μÕ≈ (À√◊Õ
MPEG-2) ÕÕ°‡ªÁπ∫‘μ¤μ√’¡‡≈◊Õ°‡¡◊Õ
Ë √’´’ø
‡«Õ√Ï AV À√◊Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV ¢Õߧÿ≥¡’μ—
«∂Õ¥√À—¤¥Õ≈∫’È¥‘®‘μÕ≈ (À√◊Õ MPEG-2)
■
°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“¤—≠≠“≥¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈ÕÕ°®–∂Ÿ°„™È°—∫∑—Èß√–
∫∫‡¤’¬ß¥Õ≈∫’¥
È ®‘ μ
‘ Õ≈·≈– MPEG-2 ‡∑Ë“ Ê °—π·
∑√Á°‡¤’¬ß LPCM ®–∂Ÿ°¤ËßÕÕ°‡ªÁπ PCM
‡¤¡Õ‚¥¬‰¡Ë¡’§«“¡¤—¡æ—π∏Ï°—∫°“√μ—Èߧ˓¤—≠≠“
≥¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈ÕÕ°
■
μ√«®¤Õ∫„ÀÈ·πË„®«Ë“§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ°¤—≠≠“≥¥‘®μ
‘ Õ≈ÕÕ°
‰¥È∂Ÿ°μÈÕß ‰¡Ë‡™Ëππ—Èπ§ÿ≥®–‰¡Ë‰¥È¬‘π‡¤’¬ß‡≈¬À√◊Õ
‰¥È¬‘π‡¤’¬ß¥—ß¡“°
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
Setup
HDD
Disc Manager
1. PCM : ‡≈◊Õ°¤Ë«ππ’ȇ¡◊ËÕÕÿª°√≥Ï¢Õߧÿ≥‰¡Ë¡’°“√∂Õ¥√À—
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 37
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë μ«— ‡≈Õ◊ °¢
Õ߇¤¬
’ ß
4
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 38
DTS
V-Mode Compatibility
1. Off: ‰¡Ë¤ßË ¤—≠≠“≥ DTS ÕÕ°‡≈◊Õ°‡¡◊Õ
Ë √’´ø
’ ‡«Õ√Ï AV
§ÿ≥¤¡∫—μ‘π’È®–‡°’ˬ«°—∫°“√μ—Èߧ˓¤”À√—∫‡≈◊Õ°‡¤’¬ß‡¡◊ËÕ∫—
π∑÷°°“√·æ√ˤ≠
— ≠“≥√–∫∫ NICAM STEREO
(¡—≈μ‘ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ) ≈ß∫πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ‚¥¬®–‰¡Ë¡’º≈μËÕ°“√∫—π∑÷°
DVD ¢Õß‚ª√·°√¡‚¥¬μ√ß
À√◊Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV ¢Õߧÿ≥‰¡Ë¡μ
’ «— ∂Õ¥√À—¤ DTS
2. On : ¤Ëߤ—≠≠“≥ DTS ∫‘μ¤μ√’¡ºË“π∑“ߤ—≠≠“≥¥‘®μ
‘
Õ≈ÕÕ°‡¡◊Õ
Ë §ÿ≥‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á° DTS‡≈◊Õ°‡©æ“–‡¡◊Õ
Ë √’´ø
’
‡«Õ√Ï AV (À√◊Õ·Õ¡ª≈‘ø“¬ AV) ¢Õߧÿ≥¡’μ«— ∂Õ¥√
À—¤ DTS
‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°‡¤’¬ß DTS ‡¤’¬ß®–‰¡ËÕÕ°®“°¤—
≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß AV ÕÕ°
■
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
1. Off: ∑—Èß "Dual L" ·≈– "Dual R" ¢Õß°“√·æ√ˤ—≠≠“≥¡—
≈μ‘ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ®–‰¥È√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°≈ß„πŒ“√Ï¥
¥‘¤°Ï‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ïμ“¡¤∂“π–°“√
μ—Èߧ˓‡™Ëππ’È®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°‰ª¬—ß‚À¡¥ V
(DVD-RW/-R)
2. On : "Dual L" À√◊Õ "Dual R" ¢Õß°“√·æ√ˤ—≠≠“≥¡—
≈μ‘ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ®–‰¥È√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°≈ß„πŒ“√Ï¥
¥‘¤°Ï‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ïμ“¡¤∂“π–°“√μ—Èß
§Ë“‡™Ëππ’È®–¤“¡“√∂∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°‰ª¬—ß DVD-R À√◊Õ
DVD-RW (‚À¡¥ V)μ—«‡≈◊Õ°"Dual L" ·≈–
"Dual R" ¤“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°‰¥È®“° "Audio Selection
(°“√‡≈◊Õ°‡¤’¬ß)"
DRC
®–„™È‰¥È‡©æ“–‡¡◊ËÕμ√«®æ∫¤—≠≠“≥¥Õ≈∫’È¥‘®‘μÕ≈‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
HDD & DVD RECORDER
1. On : ‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°‡¤’¬ß¢Õß¿“æ¬πμ√Ï∑’Ë√–¥—∫‡¤’¬ß‡∫“
À√◊Õ®“°≈”‚æß¢π“¥‡≈Á° √–∫∫¤“¡“√∂∫’∫Õ—¥¤—
≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ßլ˓߇À¡“–¤¡‡æ◊ËÕ¤√È“ß¡«≈‡¤’¬ß‡∫“„
ÀȤ“¡“√∂‡¢È“„®‰¥È ·≈–ªÈÕß°—π∑ËÕπ‡¤’¬ß‡°‘π®√‘ß
‰¡Ë„ÀÈ¥—߇°‘π‰ª
Audio
HDD
Digital Output
: PCM
√
Disc Manager
DTS
: Off
√
Programme
DRC
: On
Library
Setup
√
NICAM
: Off
√
V-Mode Compatibility
Compatibility
V-Mode
Off
Off
:: Off
√√
On
On
2. Off: §ÿ≥®–‡æ≈‘¥‡æ≈‘π‰ª°∫¿“æ¬πμ√Ï„π™Ë«ß‰¥π
MOVE
“¡‘°¡“μ√∞“π
SELECT
RETURN
HDD & DVD RECORDER
EXIT
Audio
HDD
Digital Output
: PCM
√
Disc Manager
DTS
: Off
√
Programme
DRC
: On
√
NICAM
: Off
√
V-Mode Compatibility
: On
√
Off
Dual :L: Off
√√
Library
NICAM
‚ª√·°√¡ NICAM ·∫Ë߇ªÁπ 3 ·∫∫NICAM ¤‡μÕ√‘‚Õ NICAM
‚¡‚π ·≈–¤Õß¿“…“ (¤Ëߤ—≠≠“≥„πÕ’°¿“…“Àπ÷ßË )‚ª√·°√¡
NICAM ®–¤Ëß√Ë«¡°—∫√–∫∫°√–®“¬‡¤’¬ß·∫∫‚¡‚π¡“μ√∞“
π‡¤¡Õ·≈–§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°‡¤’¬ß·∫∫∑’μ
Ë Õ
È ß°“√‰¥È‚¥¬°“√‡ª‘¥À
√◊Õª‘¥ NICAM
1. On : μ—Èߧ˓∑’Ëμ”·ÀπËßπ’ȇæ◊ËÕ∫—π∑÷°‡¤’¬ß‚¡‚π¡“μ√∞“π
„π√–À«Ë“ß°“√°√–®“¬‡¤’¬ß NICAM ∂È“‡¤’¬ß¤‡μ
Õ√‘‚Õº‘¥‡æ’¬
È π‰ª ‡π◊ËÕß®“°§ÿ≥¿“æ°“√√—∫¤—
≠≠“≥¥ÈÕ¬≈ß
2. Off: ‚À¡¥ NICAM
38 - ‰∑¬
Setup
Audio
Audio Selection
Selection
Dual R
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 39
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë μ«— ‡≈Õ◊ °°“√·
¤¥ßº≈«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ
5
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
■
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È∑”„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂μ—Èߧ˓ÀπÈ“®Õ‚∑√∑—»πÏø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—
∫™π‘¥¢Õß·ºË𥑤°ÏÕ“®„™È‰¡Ë‰¥È°—∫·ºË𥑤°Ï∫“ß™π‘¥
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
°¥ªÿË¡ RETURN À√◊Õ œ ‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫‰ª¬—߇¡πŸ°ËÕπ
ÀπÈ“°¥ªÿË¡ MENU ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ÕÕ°®“°‡¡πŸ
TV Aspect
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫™π‘¥¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ∑’˧ÿ≥¡’ §ÿ≥Õ“®μÈÕß°“√ª√—∫°“√
μ—ßÈ §Ë“¢ÕßÀπÈ“®Õμ“¡μÈÕß°“√(Õ—μ√“¤Ë«π¿“æ)
1. 4:3 Letter Box : ‡≈◊Õ°‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¥ŸÀπÈ“®Õ∑’Ë¡’Õ—
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
MOVE
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Video ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
‡¡πŸμ—Èߧ˓ Video ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Video
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
TV Aspect
: 4:3 Letter Box
3D Noise Reduction : Off
√√
3D Noise Reduction (°“√≈¥¤—
≠≠“≥√∫°«π∑ª
Ë’ √∫
— ‡ª≈¬
Ë’ π‰¥)È
1. Off: ª°μ‘
2. On : „ÀÈ¿“æ∑’Ë™—¥‡®π¢÷ÈπºË“π°“√≈¥¤—≠≠“≥√∫°«π
(¤”À√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°)
√
Programme
Setup
MOVE
4
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°μ—«‡≈◊Õ°«‘¥’‚Õ∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡
OK À√◊Õ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Video
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
TV Aspect
Aspect
TV
: 4:3Letter
LetterBox
Box
4:3
3D Noise Reduction4:3
: OffPan-Scan
16:9 Wide
√
√
√
Setup
MOVE
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë ‚ª√‡°√
¤´æ
’ ¤·°π
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
∂È“‚∑√∑—»πϤπ—∫¤πÿπ‚ª√‡°√¤´’椷°π °¥ªÿË¡ P.SCAN ∑’˥ȓπÀ
πÈ“¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ‡æ◊ËÕ√—∫™¡
∂È“§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ° "Progressive scan mode (‚À¡¥‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø¤·°π)"
·√°¤ÿ¥§ÿ≥μÈÕ߇™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμÏ°Õ
Ë π(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 21)
¥Ÿ„ÀÈ·πË„®«Ë“¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμχ™◊ËÕ¡μËÕÕ¬ŸËլ˓ß∂Ÿ°μÈÕß
‰∑¬ - 39
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
HDD & DVD RECORDER
μ√“¤Ë«π 16:9 ´÷Ëß·¤¥ß‡π◊ÈÕÀ“∑—ÈßÀ¡¥∑’Ë
DVD ¡’„ÀÈ ·¡È«Ë“§ÿ≥®–¡’‚∑√∑—»πÏ∑’Ë¡’À
πÈ“®Õ„πÕ—μ√“¤Ë«π 4:3 °Áμ“¡·∂∫¤’¥”
®–ª√“°Ø∑’ˤ˫π∫π·≈–≈˓ߢÕßÀπÈ“®Õ
2. 4:3 Pan - Scan : ‡≈◊Õ°μ—«‡≈◊Õ°π’È ¤”À√—∫¢π“¥‚∑√∑—
»πÏ·∫∫¥—È߇¥‘¡ ‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¥Ÿ‡©æ
“–¤Ë«π°≈“ߢÕßÀπÈ“®Õ 16:9 (¥È“π
´È“¬¤ÿ¥·≈–¢«“¤ÿ¥¢Õß¿“æ¬πμ√Ï®–∂Ÿ
°μ—¥‰ª)
3. 16:9 Wide : §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¥Ÿ¿“æ 16:9 ∑’ˤ¡∫Ÿ√≥Ï∫π‚∑√∑—
»πÏ·∫∫‰«¥Ï¤°√’π¢Õߧÿ≥
HR735_01082W-THA-1
1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 40
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ °¥ªÿË¡ P.SCAN
∑’˥ȓπÀπÈ“¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢ÈÕ§«“¡
"Press [Yes] to confirm Progressive scan
mode.Otherwise, press [No]" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
Press [Yes] to confirm Progressive scan mode.
Otherwise, press [No].
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
Yes
2
1
No
OK
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ °¥ªÿË¡ P.SCAN
∑’˥ȓπÀπÈ“¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢ÈÕ§«“¡
"Press [Yes] to confirm Interlace scan mode.
Otherwise, press [No]" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷È𰥪ÿË¡ œ √
‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
Press [Yes] to confirm Interlace scan mode.
Otherwise, press [No]
¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Please, set your TV to Progressive input.
To deactivate, press [STOP] key." ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷È𰥪ÿË¡
OK
Please, set your TV to Progressive input.
To deactivate, press [STOP] key.
3
°“√¬°‡≈°‘ ‚ª√‡°√¤´’
ø¤·°π
Yes
2
No
¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Please, set your TV to Interlace input.To
deactivate, press [STOP] key." ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
Please, set your TV to Interlace input.
¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Video Output Mode Progressive Scan"
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
To deactivate, press [STOP] key.
OK
Video Output Mode
Progressive Scan.
3
■
‡¡◊ËÕ‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ HDMI Õ¬ŸË ÀπÈ“®Õπ’È®–‰¡Ë
·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
■
∂È“°¥ªÿË¡ P.SCAN ∑’Ë·ºßÀπÈ“ª—¥¥È“πÀπÈ“¢Õ߇
§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï „π√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "This function is possible only on stop
mode" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ
■
°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“‚ª√‡°√¤´’椷°π®–∑”‰¥È‡©æ“–‡¡◊Õ
Ë ‡
§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï „Õ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
40 - ‰∑¬
¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Video Output Mode Interlace Scan"
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
Video Output Mode
Interlace Scan.
HR735_01082W-THA-1
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 41
ÀÈ“¡°¥ªÿË¡ P.SCAN ∂È“§ÿ≥°”≈—ß„™È‚∑√∑—»πÏ∑’ˉ¡Ë
¤π—π¤πÿπ‚À¡¥‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø∂È“°¥ ®–‰¡Ë¡’¿“æ
„¥ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ
∂È“§ÿ≥°¥ªÿ¡
Ë P.SCAN ‚¥¬‰¡Ë‡®μπ“·≈–‚∑√∑—
»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥‰¡Ë¤π—π¤πÿπ‚À¡¥‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø §ÿ≥μÈÕß
ÕÕ°®“°‚À¡¥‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø¤”À√—∫°“√ÕÕ°®“°
‚À¡¥‚ª√‡°√¤´’ø °¥ªÿ¡
Ë P.SCAN ∑’Ë·ºßÀπÈ“ª—
¥¥È“πÀπÈ“ 3 §√—ÈßÀπÈ“®Õ®–°≈—∫§◊π¤¿“æª°μ‘À≈—
ß®“°‰ø PS
∑’Ë·ºßÀπÈ“ª—¥¥È“πÀπÈ“¥—∫≈ß
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Parental Lock ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥„™Èß“π‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥
‡ªÁπ§√—Èß·√° ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Create the Password"
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Create the password
Programme
Setup
0-9NUMBER
RETURN
EXIT
ªÈÕπ√À—¤ºË“π 4 À≈—°‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡μ—«‡≈¢ 0 ∂÷ß 9 ∫π√’
‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Confirm the password"
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷ÈπªÈÕπ√À—¤ºË“π¢Õߧÿ≥Õ’°§√—Èß
HDD & DVD RECORDER
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë °“√≈ÕÁ §‚¥¬
ºª
È Ÿ °§√Õß
4
SELECT
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
ø—ß°Ï™—π°“√≈ÁÕ§‚¥¬ºŸÈª°§√Õß∑”ß“π√Ë«¡°—∫·ºËπ DVD ∑’Ë¡’°“√
°”Àπ¥√–¥—∫¢Õß¿“æ¬πμ√χՓ‰«È ´÷Ëߙ˫¬„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§«∫§ÿ¡
™π‘¥¢Õß DVD ∑’˧√Õ∫§√—«¢Õߧÿ≥®–√—∫™¡‰¥È
¥—∫¢Õß¿“æ¬πμ√Ï∑—ÈßÀ¡¥ 8 √–¥—∫∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï
Confirm the password
Programme
Setup
0-9NUMBER
5
1
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Password
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
2
SELECT
Password
Disc Manager
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Setup ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
Off
On
Programme
Setup
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Setup
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
MOVE
MOVE
System
√
√
PVR Option
√
Language
√
Audio
√
Video
√
Parental Lock
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
6
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° On À√◊Õ Off ·≈–°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
°¥ªÿË¡ RETURN À√◊Õ œ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë °≈—∫‰ª¬—
߇¡πŸ°ËÕπÀπÈ“°¥ªÿË¡ MENU ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ÕÕ°®“°‡¡πŸ
‰∑¬ - 41
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 42
∂“È §≥
ÿ ≈¡
◊ √À¤— º“Ë π¢Õߧ≥
ÿ
°“√‡ª≈¬
Ë’ π√À¤— º“Ë π
1
1
π”·ºË𥑤°ÏÕÕ°
2
) ∑’Ë·ºßÀπÈ“ª—¥¥È“πÀπÈ“§È“
°¥ªÿË¡ PROG (
߉«Èլ˓ßπÈÕ¬ 5 «‘π“∑’
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Change Password ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Password
: On
Rating Level
: Level1 - Kids
Change
Change Password
Password
√
√
√√
Setup
MOVE
HDD & DVD RECORDER
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–¥∫
— ¢Õß¿“æ¬πμ√Ï
°“√μßÈ— §“Ë √–∫∫
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Change Password
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
1
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Rating Level ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊Õ
ªÿ¡
Ë √
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Programme
Enter the password
Setup
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Password
Rating Level
Level8 - Adults
√
Level7
√√
Level6
√
: On
: Level1 - Kids
Change Password
Level5
Setup
Level4
2
Level3
Level2
Level1-Kids
Level1-Kids
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
ªÈÕπ√À—¤ºË“π 4 À≈—°‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡μ—«‡≈¢ 0 ∂÷ß 9
∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Confirm the password"
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Change Password
HDD
Library
2
Disc Manager
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°√–¥—∫¢Õß¿“æ¬πμ√Ï∑§
Ë’ ≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√
®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È μ—«Õ¬Ë“ß‡™Ëπ ∂È“§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ°„™È√–¥—∫ 6
·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’Ë¡’√–¥—∫‡ªÁπ 7, 8 ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰¥Èμ—
«‡≈¢∑’Ë¡“°¢÷ÈπÀ¡“¬§«“¡«Ë“‡ªÁπ√“¬°“√∑’ˇÀ¡“–¤”À√—
∫ºŸÈ„À≠ˇ∑Ë“π—Èπ
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Parental Lock
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Password
: On
√
Rating Level
: Level6
√
Change Password
√
Setup
MOVE
42 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Programme
Confirm the password
Setup
0~9 NUMBER
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
ªÈÕπ√À—¤ºË“π¢Õߧÿ≥Õ’°§√—Èß‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡μ—«‡≈¢∫π√’‚¡∑§
Õπ‚∑√≈
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 43
°ÕË π‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
ÕË“π¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈μËÕ‰ªπ’È°ËÕπ‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤°Ï
∫∑π’È®–·π–π”ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπæ◊Èπ∞“π¢Õß°“√‡≈Ëπ¿“æ·≈–°“√
‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤°Ï·μË≈–™π‘¥
¥Õ≈∫’È¥‘®‘μÕ≈
DTS
√À¤— ¿¡
Ÿ ¿
‘ “§ (‡©æ“– DVD-Video)
∑—È߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ·≈–·ºË𥑤°Ï ∂Ÿ°‡¢È“√
À—¤‰«Èμ“¡¿Ÿ¡‘¿“§‡æ◊ËÕ„ÀȤ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤°Ï‰¥È √À—
¤¿Ÿ¡‘¿“§‡À≈Ë“π’ÈμÈÕßμ√ß°—π∂È“√À—¤‰¡Ëμ√ß°—π ·ºË𥑤°Ï°Á
®–‡≈Ëπ‰¡Ë‰¥ÈÀ¡“¬‡≈¢¿Ÿ¡‘¿“§¤”À√—∫‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ïπ’È √–∫ÿ‰«È∑’Ë·ºß¥È“πÀ≈—ߢÕ߇§√◊ËÕß
‡¤’¬ß¥‘®‘μÕ≈
ª√–‡¿∑¥¤‘ °∑
Ï ¤Ë’ “¡“√∂‡≈π
Ë ‰¥È
¤‡μÕ√‘‚Õ
√–∫∫¿“æ·∫∫ PAL
„π¤À√“™Õ“≥“®—°√, Ω√—Ëß
‡»¤, ‡¬Õ√¡—ππ’, œ≈œ
MP3
™π‘¥·ºË𥑤°Ï ‚≈‚°È¥‘¤°Ï ‡π◊ÈÕÀ“∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°
DVD-«‘¥‚’ Õ
DivX
CD ‡æ≈ß
¥È“π‡¥’¬«(12 ´¡.)
¤Õ߇¥’¬«(12 ´¡.)
‡¤’¬ß + «‘¥’‚Õ
¥È“π‡¥’¬«(8 ´¡.)
¤Õ߇¥’¬«(8 ´¡.)
¥È“π‡¥’¬«(12 ´¡.)
‡æ≈ß
¥È“π‡¥’¬«(8 ´¡.)
‡¤’¬ß + «‘¥’‚Õ
DVD-RW
‡¤’¬ß + «‘¥’‚Õ
DVD-R
‡¤’¬ß + «‘¥’‚Õ
°“√„™Èø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ §ÈπÀ“·≈–¢È“¡ ....................................45
°“√‡≈Ëπ¿“æ™È“/°“√‡≈Ëπ∑’≈–‡ø√¡ ..............................46
°“√‡≈Ëπμ“¡√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß ...........................................48
‡¡πŸπ”∑“ß .............................................................49
°“√„™È‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—Ëπ ..............................................52
°“√„™È∑’˧—Ëπ .............................................................54
°“√‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“¢Õߧ”∫√√¬“¬ ..................................55
CD-RW/-R
DVD-RAM/RW/-R
JPEG
MP3
MPEG4
°“√‡≈◊Õ°™ËÕß·™π·π≈‡¤’¬ß·≈–´“«π¥Ï·∑√Á° ...............56
DVDHR735
°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ¡ÿ¡°≈ÈÕß .................................................57
‡¤’¬ß + «‘¥’‚Õ
‡≈Ëπ´È” ...................................................................58
°“√´Ÿ¡¿“懢ȓ .......................................................59
HDD
‡≈◊Õ°¤◊ËÕ .................................................................60
°“√‡≈Ëπ CD ‡æ≈ß/MP3............................................60
°“√™¡¿“æ ............................................................67
°“√‡≈Ëπ MPEG4.....................................................71
1 (XP:§ÿ≥¿“懬’¬Ë ¡)
2 (SP:§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“μ√∞“π)
4 (LP:‡≈Ëπ√–¬–¬“«)
6 À√◊Õ 8 (EP:·∫∫¢¬“¬)
2 (XP:§ÿ≥¿“懬’¬Ë ¡)
¤Õ߇¥’¬« 12 4 (SP:§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“μ√∞“π)
´¡. (9.4GB) 8 (LP:‡≈Ëπ√–¬–¬“«)
12 À√◊Õ 16 (EP:·∫∫¢¬“¬)
1 (XP:§ÿ≥¿“懬’¬Ë ¡)
2 (SP:§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“μ√∞“π)
12 ´¡.
(4.7GB)
4 (LP:‡≈Ëπ√–¬–¬“«)
6 À√◊Õ 8 (EP:·∫∫¢¬“¬)
1 (XP:§ÿ≥¿“懬’¬Ë ¡)
2 (SP:§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“μ√∞“π)
12 ´¡.
(4.7GB)
4 (LP:‡≈Ëπ√–¬–¬“«)
6 À√◊Õ 8 (EP:·∫∫¢¬“¬)
DVDHR736
‡¤’¬ß + «‘¥’‚Õ
-
ª√–¡“≥ 38
(XP:§ÿ≥¿“懬’¬Ë ¡)
ª√–¡“≥ 72
(SP:§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“μ√∞“π)
ª√–¡“≥ 138
(LP:‡≈Ëπ√–¬–¬“«)
ª√–¡“≥ 205 À√◊Õª√–¡
“≥ 272(EP:·∫∫¢¬“¬)
ª√–¡“≥ 62
(XP:§ÿ≥¿“懬’¬Ë ¡)
ª√–¡“≥ 116
(SP:§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“μ√∞“π)
ª√–¡“≥ 223
(LP:‡≈Ëπ√–¬–¬“«)
ª√–¡“≥ 330 À√◊Õª√–¡
“≥ 437(EP:·∫∫¢¬“¬)
‰∑¬ - 43
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
DVD-RAM
°“√„™È Disc Menu (‡¡πŸ¥‘¤°Ï) ·≈– Title Menu
(‡¡πŸ‡√◊ËÕß) ..............................................................45
‡°’¬
Ë «°—∫ ANYKEY..................................................47
‡®”π«π‡«≈“À√◊Õπ
“∑’¤Ÿß¤ÿ¥„π°“√‡≈Ëπ
240
480
80
160
74
20
¥È“π‡¥’¬« 12
´¡. (4.7GB)
°ËÕπ‡≈Ëπ¿“æ ..........................................................43
°“√‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤°Ï .....................................................44
≈—°…≥–¥‘¤°Ï
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 44
·ºπ
Ë ¥¤
‘ °™Ï π¥
‘ ∑‰Ë’ ¡¤
Ë “¡“√∂‡≈π
Ë ‰¥È
•
•
•
•
DVD-Video ∑’Ë¡’À¡“¬‡≈¢¿Ÿ¡‘¿“§Õ◊Ëπ∑’ˉ¡Ë„™Ë "3" À√◊Õ "ALL"
DVD-RAM §«“¡®ÿ 2.6 GB ·≈– 5.2 GB ¢π“¥ 12 ´¡.
·ºËπ DVD-R ¤”À√—∫ Authoring §«“¡®ÿ 3.9 GB
DVD-RAM/-RW (‚À¡¥ VR) ∑’‰Ë ¡Ë‰¥È∫π
— ∑÷°μ“¡¡“μ√∞“π
°“√∫—π∑÷°«‘¥’‚Õ
• DVD-R ∑’ˉ¡Ë‰¥È‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·≈– DVD-RW (‚À¡¥ V) ∑’ˉ¡Ë‰¥È‰øπ—
≈‰≈´Ï´÷Ëß∫—π∑÷°®“°‡§√◊ËÕßÕ◊Ëπ
• ·ºËπ DVD-ROM/PD/MV œ≈œ
• CVD/CD-ROM/CDV/CD-G/CD-I
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
■
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
■
■
‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ïπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ
¥‘¤°Ï∑’ˇ¢È“°—π‰¥È°—∫¡“μ√∞“π DVD-RAM ‡«Õ√Ï™—Ëπ
2.0 ‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
‡§√◊ËÕß®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·≈–/À√◊Õ∫—π∑÷° À√◊Õ„™Èø—ß°Ï
™—Ëπ摇»…Õ◊Ëπ Ê ‡™Ëπ °“√‡ª≈’ˬπ·ª≈ß¡ÿ¡°≈ÈÕß·≈–°“
√ª√—∫μ—ÈßÕ—μ√“¤Ë«π¿“æ°—∫·ºË𥑤°Ï∫“ß™π‘¥¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈
‡°’ˬ«°∫·ºË𥑤°Ï®–¡’√–∫ÿ„π√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∫π°≈ËÕß‚ª
√¥ÕË“π√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥¥—ß°≈Ë“« ∂È“®”‡ªÁπ
լ˓ª≈ËÕ¬„ÀÈ·ºË𥑤°Ï¤°ª√°À√◊Õ¡’√Õ¬¢’¥¢Ë«π
≈“¬π‘È«¡◊Õ ¤‘Ëߤ°ª√° ΩÿËπ≈–ÕÕß √Õ¬¢’¥¢Ë«π À√◊Õ§√“
∫§«—π∫ÿÀ√’Ë∫πº‘«ÀπÈ“∫—π∑÷°®–∑”„Àȉ¡Ë¤“¡“√∂
„™È·ºË𥑤°Ïπ’È∑”°“√∫—π∑÷°‰¥È
·ºËπ DVD-RAM/-RW/-R ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ∫π
‡§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ DVD ∫“ß√ÿËπ‰¥È‚¥¬¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫‡§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ
·ºË𥑤°Ï ·≈–¤∂“π–¢Õß°“√∫—π∑÷°
·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‚ª√·°√¡¥È«¬√–∫∫ NTSC ‰«È
®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂𔉪‡≈ËπÀ√◊Õ∫—π∑÷°‚¥¬„™Èº≈‘μ¿—≥±Ïπ’È
1
°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE
2
«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï‡∫“ Ê ≈ß„π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï‚¥¬«“ߥȓπ
∑’Ë¡’¢ÈÕ§«“¡¤°√’πÀß“¬¢÷Èπ
3
°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE ‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
• ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥®–ª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË
𥑤°Ï·≈–‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤°Ï‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ
• ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD ®–‰¡Ë‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤°Ï‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—
μ‘À≈—ß®“°‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕ߇ªÁπ§√—Èß·√°
• ‡¡◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°·≈–¡’·ºË𥑤°ÏÕ¬ŸË„π∂“¥«“ß
‡§√◊ËÕß®–∑”ß“π·≈–√ÕÕ¬ŸË„π¤∂“π–À¬ÿ¥
• °¥ªÿË¡ PLAY(
• ∂È“§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√„Àȇ§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—쑇¡◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕ
ß·≈–¡’·ºË𥑤°ÏÕ¬ŸË„π‡§√◊ËÕß „Àȇª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕߥȫ¬ªÿË¡
PLAY( )
4
°¥ªÿË¡ STOP(
) ‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥‡≈Ëπ
■
‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥À¬ÿ¥°“√‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤°Ï ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï®–®”μ”·ÀπËß∑’˧ÿ≥À¬ÿ¥‡Õ“‰«È
‡æ◊ËÕ∑’Ë«Ë“‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥°¥ªÿË¡ PLAY( ) Õ’°§√—ßÈ ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß
°Á®–°≈∫‰ª‡≈ËπμËÕ„πμ”·ÀπËß∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ À¬ÿ¥‡Õ“
‰«È(∂È“‰¡Ë‰¥Èπ”·ºË𥑤°ÏÕÕ° À√◊Õ‰¡Ë‰¥È∂Õ¥ª≈—Í°‡
§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° À√◊Õ∂È“§ÿ≥°¥ªÿË¡ STOP( ) ¤Õߧ√—ßÈ )
■
ÀÈ“¡¢¬—∫‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥
¢≥–°”≈—߇≈Ëπ‡π◊Õ
Ë ß®“°Õ“®∑”„ÀÈ·ºË𥑤°Ï‡¤’¬À“¬
¥Ÿ„ÀÈ·πË„®«Ë“‰¥È°¥ªÿ¡
Ë OPEN/CLOSE ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡ª‘¥À√◊
Õª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
ÀÈ“¡¥—π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï¢≥–∑’°
Ë ”≈—߇ª‘¥À√◊Õª‘¥
‡π◊Õ
Ë ß®“°Õ“®∑”„Àȇ§√◊Õ
Ë ß∑”ß“πº‘¥æ≈“¥
ÀÈ“¡«“ß«—¤¥ÿ·ª≈°ª≈Õ¡∫πÀ√◊Õ„π∂“¥«“ß·ºËπ
¥‘¤°Ï
∫“ßø—ß°Ï™π
Ë— Õ“®∑”ß“π·μ°μË“ß°—πÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë∑”ß“π
¢÷π
È Õ¬Ÿ°
Ë ∫
— ™π‘¥¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï∂“
È ‡ªÁπ‡™Ëππ’È „ÀÈÕ“
Ë π
§”·π–π”∑’√Ë –∫ÿ∫π°≈ËÕߥ‘¤°Ï
√–¡—¥√–«—߇ªÁπ摇»…‰¡Ë„ÀÈπ«
È‘ ¡◊Õ‡¥Á°μ‘¥Õ¬Ÿ√Ë –À«Ë“ß
∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï°∫
— μ—«∂—߇§√◊Õ
Ë ß‡¡◊Õ
Ë ª‘¥∂“¥
§ÿ≥μÈÕß„¤Ë·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD ‡æ’¬ß§√—ßÈ ≈–Àπ÷ßË ·ºËπ‡∑Ë“
π—π
È °“√„¤Ë¥‘¤°Ïμ—Èß·μˤÕß·ºËπ¢÷Èπ‰ª ®–∑”„Àȇ§√◊ËÕ߉¡Ë¤“
¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰¥È ·≈–∑”§«“¡‡¤’¬À“¬„ÀÈ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
HDD & DVD
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
°“√‡≈π
Ë ·ºπ
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï
¢ÕÈ §«√√–«ß—
■
■
■
■
■
■
44 - ‰∑¬
) ‡æ◊ËÕ‡√‘Ë¡‡≈Ëπ
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 45
°“√„™È Disc Menu
(‡¡π¥
Ÿ ¤‘ °)Ï ·≈– Title
Menu (‡¡π‡Ÿ √ÕË◊ ß)
°“√„™ø
È ß— °™Ï π
Ë—
§π
È À“·≈–¢“È ¡
°“√§π
È À“∫∑ À√Õ◊ ·∑√°Á
·ºË𥑤°Ï∫“ߪ√–‡¿∑¡’√–∫∫‡¡πŸ‡©æ“–∑’Ë∑”„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°ø—
ß°Ï™π
Ë— 摇»…¤”À√—∫‡√◊Õ
Ë ß ∫∑ ·∑√Á°‡¤’¬ß §”∫√√¬“¬ ¿“æ¬πμ√Ïμ—
«Õ¬Ë“ß ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¢Õßμ—«≈–§√ œ≈œ
¤”À√∫
— ·ºπ
Ë DVD-VIDEO
1
1
°¥ªÿË¡ DISC MENU ‡æ◊ËÕ‡¢È“‡¡πŸ¥‘¤°Ï¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï
• ‰ª∑’ˇ¡πŸμ—Èߧ˓‡°’ˬ«°—∫°“√‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ
• §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“¢Õ߇¤’¬ß·≈–§”∫√√¬“¬ œ≈œ
®“°·ºË𥑤°Ï
°¥ªÿË¡ TITLE MENU ‡æ◊ËÕ‰ª∑’ˇ¡πŸ‡√◊ËÕߢÕß·ºË𥑤°Ï
• °¥ªÿË¡π’È∂È“·ºË𥑤°Ï¡’¡“°°«Ë“Àπ÷Ë߇√◊ËÕß·ºË𥑤°Ï∫“ß
ª√–‡¿∑Õ“®‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ°“√∑”ß“π¢Õ߇¡πŸ‡√◊ËÕß
HDD/
DVD-VIDEO/
DVD-RAM/-RW/-R
Fast 1 ➞
Fast 3 ➞
Fast 5 ➞
MPEG4
Fast 1 ➞
AUDIO CD
(CD-DA)
X2 ➞
) ∫π√’‚¡∑
Fast 2 ➞
Fast 4 ➞
Fast 6 ➞
Fast 2 ➞
X4➞
Fast 3
X8➞
• §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§ÈπÀ“√“¬°“√„π∑‘»∑“߬ÈÕπ°≈—∫„π°“√
°≈—∫‰ª‡≈Ëπ∑’˧«“¡‡√Á«ª°μ‘ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ PLAY (
)
• ‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥°¥ªÿË¡ SEARCH (
) §È“߉«È
°“√‡≈Ëπ®–¥”‡π‘π°“√∑’˧«“¡‡√Á«§Ë“‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ X4
¤”À√∫
— ·ºπ
Ë HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW/-R
1
∂È“§ÿ≥ª≈ËÕ¬ªÿ¡
Ë SEARCH (
) ‡§√◊ËÕß®–‡≈Ëπ∑’˧«
“¡‡√Á«ª°μ‘
• §«“¡‡√Á«∑’Ë√–∫ÿ„πø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È Õ“®·μ°μË“ß®“°§«“¡‡√Á«
®√‘ß„π°“√‡≈Ëπ
°¥ªÿË¡ TITLE LIST ‡æ◊ËÕ·¤¥ß√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
‰¡Ë¡’‡¤’¬ß„π√–À«Ë“ß‚À¡¥¤·°π (Search)
¬°‡«Èπ‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ CD (CD-DA)
(§ÿ≥®–‰¥È¬‘π‡¤’¬ß√–À«Ë“ߧÈπÀ“·∫∫‡¥‘πÀπÈ“
(Fset 1) „𥑤°Ï)
Title List (√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß): √“¬°“√‡√◊ËÕߧ◊Õ√“¬°“√¢
Õß‚ª√·°√¡∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«È°ËÕπÀπÈ“π’ÈÀ“°‡√◊ËÕß∂Ÿ°≈∫
®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‡√◊ËÕßπ—Èπ‰¥ÈÕ’°
Play List (√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ): À¡“¬∂÷ß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ´÷Ëߤ√È“
ß‚¥¬°“√‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√„π√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡≈Ëπμ“¡√“¬°“√‡≈Ë𠇧√◊ËÕß®–‡≈Ëπ‡©æ“–
©“°∑’˺ŸÈ„™È‡≈◊Õ°‰«È ·≈È«À¬ÿ¥ ‡π◊ËÕß®“°√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ®–
¡’‡©æ“–¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë®”‡ªÁπ¤”À√—∫°“√‡≈Ëπ©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√
‡∑Ë“π—Èπ ¥—ßπ—Èπ·¡È«Ë“®–≈∫√“¬°“√‡≈ËπÕÕ° °“√∫—
π∑÷°¥—È߇¥‘¡®–‰¡Ë∂Ÿ°≈∫ÕÕ°‰ª(‡©æ“–‚À¡¥ VR)
‰∑¬ - 45
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
2
√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ °¥ªÿË¡ SEARCH (
§Õπ‚∑√≈
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 46
‡≈π
Ë ∑≈’ –‡ø√¡
°“√¢“È ¡∫∑ ·∑√°
Á À√Õ◊ ‡§√ÕË◊ ßÀ¡“¬§π
Ë—
√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§ÈπÀ“լ˓ß√«¥‡√Á«ºË“π∫∑À√◊Õ·
∑√Á°
1
√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ °¥ªÿË¡ SKIP (
ÿ °¥ª¡
Ë ÿ SKIP (
• ∂“È §≥
)∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
)
®–¢È“¡‰ª∑’Ë®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õß∫∑À√◊Õ·∑√Á°À√◊Õ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—Ëπ
(HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW (‚À¡¥ VR))
°“√°¥ªÿË¡Õ’°§√—Èß¿“¬„π 3 «‘π“∑’®–°≈—
∫‰ª∑’Ë®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õß∫∑À√◊Õ·∑√Á°À√◊Õ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—Ëπ
(HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW (‚À¡¥ VR)) °ËÕπÀπÈ“π’È
°¥ªÿË¡ STEP(
) ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥
™—Ë«§√“«
• ∑ÿ°§√—Èß∑’Ë°¥ªÿË¡ ¿“æ‡ø√¡„À¡Ë®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÿË¡ STEP(
) ¿“æ®–ª√“°Ø‡ªÁπ‡ø√¡°ËÕπÀπÈ“
‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÿË¡ STEP(
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
ÿ °¥ª¡
Ë ÿ SKIP (
• ∂“È §≥
)
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
®–¢È“¡‰ª∑’Ë∫∑À√◊Õ·∑√Á°À√◊Õ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—Ëπ
(HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW (‚À¡¥ VR)) ∂—¥‰ª
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ™“È /
°“√‡≈π
Ë ∑≈’ –‡ø√¡
‡≈π
Ë ¿“晓È
„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥™—Ë«§√“«À√◊Õ‡≈Ëπ∑’≈–‡ø√¡ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ SEARCH
(
) ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
ÿ °¥ª¡
Ë ÿ SEARCH (
• ∂“È §≥
Slow 1 ➞
Slow 2 ➞
ÿ °¥ª¡
Ë ÿ SEARCH (
• ∂“È §≥
Slow 1 ➞
)
Slow 3
)
Slow 2 ➞
Slow 3
— ‰ª‡≈π
Ë ∑§
Ë’ «“¡‡√«Á ª°μ‘ „À°
È ¥ª¡
Ë ÿ PLAY (
• „π°“√°≈∫
)
°¥ªÿË¡ SEARCH (
) §È“߉«È¢≥–À¬ÿ¥™—Ë«§√“« ·ºË𥑤
°Ï®–‡≈Ëπ™È“ Ê ∑’˧«“¡‡√Á« 1/4 ¢Õߧ«“¡‡√Á«ª°μ‘∂È“ª≈ËÕ¬ªÿË¡ ®–
°≈—∫‰ª∑’Ë‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥™—Ë«§√“«
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
46 - ‰∑¬
§«“¡‡√Á«∑’Ë√–∫ÿ„πø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È Õ“®·μ°μË“ß®“°§«“¡
‡√Á«®√‘ß„π°“√‡≈Ëπ
°“√‡≈Ëπ¿“æ™È“®–∑”ß“π„π∑‘»∑“߇¥‘πÀπÈ“„π·ºË
𥑤°Ï MPEG4 ‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
) ¿“æ®–ª√“°Ø‡ªÁπ‡ø√¡∂—¥‰ª
• „π°“√°≈—∫‰ª‡≈Ëπ∑’˧«“¡‡√Á«ª°μ‘ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ PLAY (
)
°“√‡≈Ëπ¿“æ∑’≈–‡ø√¡®–∑”ß“π„π∑‘»∑“߇¥‘π
ÀπÈ“„π·ºË𥑤°Ï MPEG4 ‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 47
‡°¬
Ë’ «°∫
— ANYKEY
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Search ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
Search
ANYKEY
Title
1/3
Time
00:00:37
CHANGE
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ ANYKEY ∑”„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§ÈπÀ“©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√‰¥ÈßË“¬
‚¥¬‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß ∫∑ ·∑√Á° ‡«≈“‰¥È‚¥¬μ√ߧÿ≥¬—ߤ“¡“√∂‡ª≈’ˬ
π§”∫√√¬“¬·≈–‡¤’¬ß ·≈–μ—Èߧÿ≥¤¡∫—μ‘∫“ßլ˓ß√«¡∑—ßÈ ‡§√◊Õ
Ë
ßÀ¡“¬§—Ëπ ‡≈◊Õ°¡ÿ¡°≈ÈÕß ‡≈◊Õ°´Ÿ¡ °“√‡≈Ëπ´È” ‡≈◊Õ°¤◊ËÕ®—¥‡°Á∫
Search
Title
Chapter
Time
‡≈Õ◊ °©“°‚¥¬μ√ß‚¥¬„™È ANYKEY
• ∂È“§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‰ª∑’ˇ√◊ËÕß ∫∑ À√◊Õ·∑√Á°‡æ◊ËÕ§ÈπÀ“©“°∑’ËμÈÕ
SELECT
ANYKEY
1/5
1/40
00:02:16
CHANGE
SELECT
ß°“√
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Off
Media
HDD
√
• ∂È“§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‰ª∑’ˇ«≈“∑’ËμÈÕß°“√‡æ◊Ëՙ˫¬§ÈπÀ“©“°
SELECT
DVD-VIDEO
ANYKEY
Search
√
Bookmark
√
Audio
ENG
Subtitle
Off
Angle
1/1
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
DVD
MOVE
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ À√◊ÕªÿË¡μ—«‡≈¢ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√
·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK
D 2/0 L+R
Zoom
MOVE
4
Off
Audio
Repeat
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title À√◊Õ Chapter
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
D5.1CH
SELECT
HDD
√
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
MOVE
√
SELECT
DVD-VIDEO
ANYKEY
Search
√
Bookmark
√
Audio
ENG
Subtitle
Off
Angle
1/1
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
DVD
MOVE
D5.1CH
√
SELECT
‰∑¬ - 47
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
HDD
3
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 48
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Search ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
Search
ANYKEY
Title
1/3
Time
00:00:37
CHANGE
°“√‡≈π
Ë μ“¡√“¬™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß
SELECT
ªØ‘∫μ
— μ
‘ “¡§”·π–π”μËÕ‰ªπ’‡È æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈Ëπ©“°∑’μ
Ë Õ
È ß°“√®“° Title List
(√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß)
Search
Title
Chapter
Time
CHANGE
ANYKEY
1/5
1/40
00:02:16
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
SELECT
1
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Time
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ TITLE
LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
4
ªÈÕπ‡«≈“μ“¡≈”¥—∫™—Ë«‚¡ß π“∑’
·≈–«‘π“∑’‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡À¡“¬‡≈¢ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
Õ“®„™È‰¡Ë‰¥È°—∫·ºË𥑤°Ï∫“ߪ√–‡¿∑ ‡¡◊ËÕ„¤Ë·ºËπ CD
‡æ≈ß (CD-DA) À√◊Õ MP3
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈Õ“®®–‰¡Ëª√“°Ø¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫™π‘¥¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï
■
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ°“√§ÈπÀ“¥È«¬‡«≈“‰¡Ë∑”ß“π∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï∫
“ß·ºËπ
■
„π°“√∑”„ÀÈÀπÈ“®ÕÀ“¬‰ª „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë RETURN
(¬ÈÕπ°≈—∫)
48 - ‰∑¬
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ®“° Title
List (√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß) ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ PLAY ( )
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’ˇ≈◊Õ° (‡√◊ËÕß) ®–‰¥È√—∫°“√‡≈Ëπ
3
À“°μÈÕß°“√À¬ÿ¥°“√‡≈Ëπ‡√◊ËÕß „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ STOP( )
À“°μÈÕß°“√°≈—∫‰ª∑’ËÀπÈ“®Õ√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ TITLE
LIST
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 49
Ë’ «°∫
— ª¡
Ë ÿ INFO - ‡°¬
À“°§ÿ≥°¥ªÿ¡
Ë INFO √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ ‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÿË¡ INFO
Õ’°§√—Èß ÀπÈ“®Õ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈√–∫∫®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ ¥—ßπ’È: Displays
Active Status, Background Status ·≈–¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈ Main
Screen information
HDD
Active status
Play
Background Status
––
Screen
Playback
‡¡ππ
٠ӷҧ
System Info
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
12:00
°“√π”∑“ß©“°
∂È“¡’‰μ‡μ‘È≈∑’˪√–°Õ∫¥È«¬μ—«¡“√Ï° (¥ŸÀπÈ“52)
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§ÈπÀ“©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√‰¥È‚¥¬„™È Scene Navigation
(‚À¡¥ VR)
°“√°¥ªÿ¡
Ë INFO ¤Õߧ√—Èß ÀπÈ“®Õ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¥‘¤°Ï®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
¥—ßπ’È:·¤¥ß Total Titles ·≈– Total Playlists,
Recordable Time(Title), Available
Space(Music/Photo).
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
1
HDD
Total Title
Total Playlist
Recordable Time: Title
Available Space:Music/Photo
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
Disc Info
3
1
35:41 SP
4755 MB
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
12:00
1/3
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
°“√°¥ªÿË¡ INFO ¤“¡§√—Èß ÀπÈ“®Õ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈°“√‡≈Ëπª—®®ÿ∫—
π®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ ¥—ßπ’È:·¤¥ß¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¢Õß Playback Name ,
Title, Created Time, Length, Playing Time, Audio
·≈–·¤¥ß«Ë“„™Èß“π°“√ªÈÕß°—π°“√‡¢’¬π¥‘¤°ÏÕ¬ŸËÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
HDD
Name
Title
Created Time
Length
Playing Time
Audio
Title Protection
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
Playing Info
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR
1
1/3
JAN/01/2006 17:30
01:00:00 SP
00:00:02
Dolby Digital 2/0 L+R
Not Protected
12:00
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ®“° Title List
(√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
Rename
Protection
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Copy
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Delete
Edit
√
Playlist
√
Navigation
SP
√
JAN/01/2006 00:00
Select Media
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 49
HR735_01082W-THA-1
3
2006.4.11
1:22 AM
Page 50
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Navigation ®“°
π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
°¥ªÿË¡ OK
HDD
Scene Navigation
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
Protection
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
Copy
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Rename
01
Edit
√
Playlist
√
Navigation
SP
√
Scena Navigation
Navigation
Scene
Select Media
√
Time Navigation
JAN/01/2006 00:00
MOVE
02
00:00:35
SELECT
RETURN
MOVE
03
00:01:05
4
Scene Navigation
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
00:00:05
02
1/3
00:00:35
03
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ PLAY ( )
■
HDD
SELECT
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Scene Navigation ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
OK À√◊Õ √
01
00:00:05
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Delete
4
1/3
Title List
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
°“√π”∑“ß©“°®–‰¡Ë∑”ß“πÀ“°‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°‰¡Ë¡’‡
§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—Ëπ
00:01:05
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
°“√π”∑“߇«≈“
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
(‚À¡¥ VR)
5
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ PLAY ( )
¥È«¬°“√„™Èø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§ÈπÀ“©“°‰¥È∑’≈–π“∑’®“°√“
¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«È
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
2
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Navigation ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ œ √
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Scene
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
HDD
ANYKEY
Search
√
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Navigation Scene
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
CHANGE
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
√
SELECT
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
50 - ‰∑¬
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2
2006.4.11
1:23 AM
Page 51
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ®“° Title List
(√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
Rename
Protection
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Navigation ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ œ √
‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Time
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Copy
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Delete
Edit
√
Playlist
√
Navigation
SP
√
Select Media
√
JAN/01/2006 00:00
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HDD
ANYKEY
Search
3
√
Navigation Time
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Navigation ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/02/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
CHANGE
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
Rename
D 2/0 L+R
√
SELECT
003 JAN/03/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Delete
Edit
√
Playlist
√
Navigation
SP
√
Scena Navigation
Navigation
Scene
Select Media
√
Time Navigation
JAN/01/2006 00:00
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
3
°¥ªÿË¡ OK
4
Time Navigation
1/3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Time Navigation ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
00:00
01:00
00:00
œ√
HDD
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Time Navigation
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
4
00:00
01:00
00:00
œ√
5
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
HDD
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Ëբȓ¡Àπ÷Ëßπ“∑’„π·μË≈–§√—Èß
·≈–§ÈπÀ“©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
PLAY ( )
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Ëբȓ¡Àπ÷Ëßπ“∑’„π·μË≈–§√—Èß
·≈–§ÈπÀ“©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
PLAY ( )
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
■
‡§Õ√χ´Õ√Ï®–‰¡Ë¢¬—∫À“°‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë∫—
π∑÷°‰«È∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°¡’‡«≈“πÈÕ¬°«Ë“ 1 π“∑’
·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’ˉ¡Ë‰¥È∫—
π∑÷°¥È«¬Õÿª°√≥Ïπ’ÈÕ“®®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™Èß“πø—ß°Ï
™—Ëππ”∑“߉¥È
‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë¡’°“√·°È‰¢Õ“®‰¡Ë·¤¥ß‡«≈“§ÈπÀ“∑’Ë·∑È®√‘ß
‰∑¬ - 51
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:23 AM
Page 52
°“√„™‡È §√ÕË◊ ßÀ¡“¬§π
Ë—
4
°¥ªÿË¡ OK Õ’°§√—È߇¡◊ËÕ©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
• À¡“¬‡≈¢ 02 ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È ·≈–‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß®–®¥®”©“°π—π
È
Marker
01 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
N:2
°”Àπ¥®ÿ¥§—Ëπ∑’Ë©“°∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¥ŸÕ’°§√—Èß
‡æ◊ËÕ„ÀȤ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ®“°μ”·ÀπËß∑’˧—Ëπ‰«È
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
(‚À¡¥ VR)
• ¥‘¤°Ï HDD À√◊Õ DVD-RW (‚À¡¥ VR) ¡’ø—ß°Ï™—π Maker
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MARKER
1
°¥ªÿË¡ MARKER √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
Marker
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
N:0
SELECT
(μ—«∑”‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ ·∑π∑’Ëø—ß°Ï™—π Bookmark(∑’˧—Ëπ)
‡π◊Õ
Ë ß®“°©“°®–·¤¥ß‡ªÁπÀ≈“¬Ê ÀπÈ“·μ°μË“ß°—π °“√‡√’¬ßμ—
«‡≈¢®÷ß¡’§«“¡®”‡ªÁπ
— ¥¤‘ °Ï À√◊Õ‡ªÁ𥑤°Ïª
À“°¥‘¤°Ï∑’Ë„™È‡¢È“√À—¤¥È«¬ °“√ªÕÈ ß°π
√–‡¿∑ DVD-RAM ®–¤“¡“√∂μ—ßÈ À√◊Õ≈∫μ—«∑”‡§√◊Õ
Ë ßÀ¡“¬
§—Ëπ‰¥È ‚¥¬®–‡≈Ëπ‰¥Èլ˓߇¥’¬«‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
RETURN
°“√‡≈π
Ë ©“°∑∑
Ë’ ”‡§√ÕË◊ ßÀ¡“¬§π
Ë—
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
(‚À¡¥ VR)
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Marker ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
2
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ‡¡◊ËÕ©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
• À¡“¬‡≈¢ 01 ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È ·≈–‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß®–®¥®”©“°π—π
È
Marker
01 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MARKER
1
°¥ªÿË¡ MARKER √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
N:1
Marker
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
01 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
N:2
RETURN
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
3
°¥ªÿË¡ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‰ª∑’Ëμ”·ÀπËß∂—¥‰ª
52 - ‰∑¬
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Marker ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2
2006.4.11
1:23 AM
Page 53
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’Ë∑”‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬‰«È
Marker
01 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
2
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’Ë∑”‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬‰«È
N:2
Marker
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 - - - - N : 8
RETURN
MOVE
3
°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ PLAY (
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
)‡æ◊ËÕ‡√‘Ë¡‡≈Ëπ®“°©“°∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°
• ∂È“§ÿ≥°¥ªÿ¡
Ë SKIP (
) ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß®–¬È“¬‰ª¬—
ß®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—Ëπ°“√°¥ªÿË¡Õ’°§√—Èß¿“¬„π
3 «‘π“∑’®–°≈—∫‰ª∑’Ë®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬
§—Ëπ°ËÕπÀπÈ“π’È
• ∂È“§ÿ≥°¥ªÿ¡
Ë SKIP (
) ®–‰ª∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—Ëπ∂—¥‰ª
3
°¥ªÿË¡ CANCEL ‡æ◊ËÕ≈∫‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—Ëπ∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°
Marker
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 - - - - - - N : 7
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
■
(‚À¡¥ VR)
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MARKER
1
°¥ªÿË¡ MARKER √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
Marker
‡¡◊ËÕ≈∫‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—Ëπ„π¢≥–‡≈ËπŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï, ·ºËπ
HDD/DVD-RW (‚À¡¥ VR)
À¡“¬‡≈¢¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—ËπÕ◊Ëπ Ê ®–‡ª≈’ˬπ·ª≈ßμ—
«Õ¬Ë“߇™Ëπ ∂È“≈∫‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—ËπÀ¡“¬‡≈¢∑’Ë 7 À≈—
ß®“°∑’˧—Ëπ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬‰«È 10 ©“° À¡“¬‡≈¢‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬
§—ËπÀ≈—ß®“°À¡“¬‡≈¢ 8 ®–‡≈◊ËÕπ¢÷Èπ¡“Àπ÷ËßÀ¡“¬‡≈¢‚¥¬Õ—
μ‚π¡—μ‘ ‚¥¬‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§—ËπÀ¡“¬‡≈¢ 8
®–‡ª≈’ˬπ‡ªÁπÀ¡“¬‡≈¢ 7
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 - - - - N : 8
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Marker ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
‰∑¬ - 53
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
°“√≈∫‡§√ÕË◊ ßÀ¡“¬§π
Ë—
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:23 AM
Page 54
4
°“√„™∑
È §
Ë’ π
Ë—
°¥ªÿË¡ OK Õ’°§√—È߇¡◊ËÕ©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
À¡“¬‡≈¢ 2 ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ·≈–‡§√◊ËÕß®–®¥®”©“°π—π
È
Bookmark
(‚À¡¥ V)
1 2 - - - - - - -
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
--
RETURN
• ∑”´È”¢È“ßμÈπ‡æ◊ËÕ§—Ëπμ”·ÀπËßÕ◊Ëπ Ê
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MARKER
1
• §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§—Ëπ‰¥È∂÷ß 10 ©“°
°¥ªÿË¡ MARKER √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
Bookmark
- - - - - - - - -
--
■
‡¡◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï·≈È«ª‘¥ ©“°∑’˧—Ëπ®–À“¬‰ª
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
°“√‡≈π
Ë ©“°∑§
Ë’ π
Ë—
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Bookmark ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MARKER
1
2
°¥ªÿË¡ MARKER √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ‡¡◊ËÕ©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
Bookmark
1 2 - - - - - - -
--
• À¡“¬‡≈¢ 1 ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È ·≈–‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß®–®¥®”©“°π—Èπ
Bookmark
1 - - - - - - - -
--
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Bookmark ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
3
°¥ªÿË¡ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‰ª∑’Ëμ”·ÀπËß∂—¥‰ª
54 - ‰∑¬
2
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’˧—Ëπ‰«È
3
°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ PLAY (
)‡æ◊ËÕ‡√‘Ë¡‡≈Ëπ®“°©“°∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:23 AM
Page 55
°“√≈∫©“°∑§
Ë’ π
Ë—
°“√‡≈Õ◊ °¿“…“¢Õߧ”
∫√√¬“¬
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MARKER
1
°¥ªÿË¡ MARKER √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“Àπ÷Ëߤ”À√—∫§”∫√√¬“¬∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π·ºË𥑤°Ï
Bookmark
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -
--
(‚À¡¥ VR)
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
RETURN
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ SUBTITLE
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Bookmark ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
1
°¥ªÿË¡ SUBTITLE √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
Subtitle
2
MOVE
PLAY
CANCEL
--
RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡ CANCEL ‡æ◊ËÕ≈∫©“°§—Ëπ∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°
Bookmark 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - -
MOVE
SELECT
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
Bookmark 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -
3
Off
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’˧—Ëπ‰«È
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“¢Õߧ”∫√√¬“¬∑’μ
Ë Õ
È ß°“√πÕ
°®“°π’È °¥ªÿË¡ SUBTITLE μ‘¥μËÕ°—π
‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“¢Õߧ”∫√√¬“¬∑’μ
Ë Õ
È ß°“√
• „π°“√∑”„ÀÈÀπÈ“®ÕÀ“¬‰ª °¥ªÿ¡
Ë CANCEL À√◊Õ
RETURN
--
RETURN
‰∑¬ - 55
HR735_01082W-THA-1
2006.4.11
1:23 AM
Page 56
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
°“√‡≈Õ◊ °™ÕË ß·™π·π≈‡
¤¬
’ ß·≈–´“«π¥·Ï ∑√°Á
°“√‡≈Õ◊ °‡¤¬
’ ß
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Subtitle
HDD
‡≈◊Õ°´“«π¥Ï·∑√Á°Àπ÷Ëß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π·ºË𥑤°Ï
‡≈◊Õ°™ËÕߤ—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß®“°‚ª√·°√¡∑’«’∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°¥È«¬
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
Repeat
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
MOVE
(‚À¡¥ VR)
D 2/0 L+R
Off
√
CHANGE
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ AUDIO
3
°¥ªÿË¡œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“§”∫√√¬“¬∑’μ
Ë Õ
È ß°“√
1
°¥ªÿË¡ AUDIO √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
Audio
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
***Dolby Digital 2/0 L+R
ÀπÈ“®Õ§”∫√√¬“¬Õ“®·μ°μË“ß°—π¢÷π
È Õ¬Ÿ°
Ë —
∫™π‘¥¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï
·ºË𥑤°Ï∫“ß·ºËπ®–„Àȧÿ≥‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“¤”À√—
∫‡¡πŸ¥‘¤°Ï‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
DVD-VIDEO
Audio ENG Dolby Digital 5.1CH
2
56 - ‰∑¬
°¥ªÿË¡ …†‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°´“«π¥Ï·∑√Á°À√◊Õ·™π·π≈‡¤’¬ß∑’ËμÈÕß
°“√πÕ°®“°π’È °¥ªÿ¡
Ë AUDIO μ‘¥μËÕ°—π
‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°´“«π¥Ï·∑√Á°À√◊Õ·™π‡π≈‡¤’¬ß∑’ËμÈÕß°“√
• „π°“√∑”„ÀÈÀπÈ“®ÕÀ“¬‰ª ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ CANCEL À√◊Õ
RETURN
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:26 AM
Page 57
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
1
2
°“√‡ª≈¬
Ë’ π¡¡
ÿ °≈ÕÈ ß
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Audio
HDD
‡¡◊ËÕ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¡’¡ÿ¡°≈ÈÕßÀ≈“¬¡ÿ¡„π©“
°∫“ß©“° §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂„™Èø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ¡ÿ¡°≈ÈÕ߉¥È
ANYKEY
Search
√
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
MOVE
3
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
√
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Angle
CHANGE
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“‡¤’¬ßæ“°¬ÏÀ√◊Õ¤—
≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß∑’μ
Ë Õ
È ß°“√
DVD-VIDEO
ANYKEY
Search
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
´“«π¥Ï·∑√Á°À√◊Õ·™π·π≈‡¤’¬ßÕ“®·μ°μË“ß°—
πμ“¡·μË∑’Ë√–∫ÿ„𥑤°Ï
·ºË𥑤°Ï∫“ß·ºËπ®–„Àȧÿ≥‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“¢Õ߇¤’¬ß¤”
À√—∫‡¡πŸ¥‘¤°Ï‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
3
√
Audio
ENG
Subtitle
Off
Angle
1/3
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
DVD
MOVE
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
√
Bookmark
D5.1CH
√
CHANGE
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¡ÿ¡°≈ÈÕß∑’ËμÈÕß°“√
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
■
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È®–¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫·ºË𥑤°Ï ·≈–Õ“®„™È‰¡Ë‰¥È°—
∫·ºËπ DVD ∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È®–‰¡Ë∑”ß“π∂È“·ºËπ DVD ‰¡Ë‰¥È∂Ÿ°∫—
π∑÷°¥È«¬√–∫∫À≈“¬¡ÿ¡°≈ÈÕß
·¤¥ß¡ÿ¡ª—®®ÿ∫—π μ—«‡≈¢¡ÿ¡∑—ÈßÀ¡¥.
‰∑¬ - 57
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:26 AM
Page 58
3
‡≈π
Ë ´”È
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Repeat Off, Repeat A-B À√◊Õ
Repeat Title À√◊Õ Repeat Chapter ∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ´È”
®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
°“√‡≈π
Ë ´”È
■
HDD/DVD-RAM/-RW (‚À¡¥ VR), DVD-R
∑’‰Ë ¡Ë‰¥È‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·≈– DVD-RW (‚À¡¥ V)
∑’ˉ¡Ë‰¥È‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ´È”∫∑‰¥È
■
§ÿ≥¬—ߤ“¡“√∂„™Èß“π°“√‡≈Ëπ∑—Ë«‰ª‰¥È‚¥¬°“√°¥ªÿË¡
CANCEL
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ REPEAT
1
°¥ªÿË¡ REPEAT √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
Repeat
Repeat A-B (‡≈π
Ë ´”È A-B)
Off
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ REPEAT A-B
1
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …†‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Off, Title À√◊Õ Chapter
∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ´È” ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
°¥ªÿË¡ REPEAT A-B √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
Repeat A-B
Off
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Repeat
HDD
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
CHANGE
58 - ‰∑¬
D 2/0 L+R
√
SELECT
2
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë®ÿ¥´÷Ëߧÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡√‘Ë¡‡≈Ëπ´È” (A) ·≈–°¥Õ’°§
√—Èß∑’Ë®ÿ¥´÷Ëߧÿ≥μÈÕß°“√„ÀÈÀ¬ÿ¥‡≈Ëπ´È” (B)°“√‡≈Ëπ´È”™Ë«ß AB ®–‡√‘Ë¡¢÷Èπ
Repeat A-B
A-B
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:26 AM
Page 59
— ‰ª‡≈π
Ë μ“¡ª°μ‘ - „π°“√°≈∫
3
°¥ªÿË¡ CANCEL ‡æ◊Õ
Ë °≈—∫‰ª‡≈Ëπμ“¡ª°μ‘
■
∂È“§ÿ≥μ—Èß®ÿ¥ (B) °ËÕπ®∫ÀÈ“«‘π“∑’ ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ÀÈ“¡
( ) ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
■
πÕ°®“°π’È §ÿ≥¬—ߤ“¡“√∂„™Èß“π°“√‡≈Ëπ·∫∫ª°μ‘
‚¥¬°¥ªÿË¡ CANCEL
■
·ºËπ´’¥‡’ æ≈ß (CD-DA), ·ºËπ MP3 ·≈– MPEG4
‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ Repeat A-B (´È” A-B)
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Repeat
HDD
°“√´¡
Ÿ ¿“懢“È
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
√
SELECT
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
HDD
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
CHANGE
ANYKEY
Search
√
Navigation Time
Marker
3
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Repeat A-B ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
Subtitle
D 2/0 L+R
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
MOVE
4
√
Off
Audio
√
SELECT
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë®ÿ¥´÷Ëߧÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡√‘Ë¡‡≈Ëπ´È” (A) ·≈–°¥Õ’°§
√—Èß∑’Ë®ÿ¥´÷Ëߧÿ≥μÈÕß°“√„ÀÈÀ¬ÿ¥‡≈Ëπ´È” (B) °“√‡≈Ëπ´È”™Ë«ß
A-B ®–‡√‘Ë¡¢÷Èπ
2
Repeat A-B
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Zoom ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
( ) ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
A-B
— ‰ª‡≈π
Ë μ“¡ª°μ‘ - „π°“√°≈∫
5
°¥ªÿË¡ CANCEL ‡æ◊Õ
Ë °≈—∫‰ª‡≈Ëπμ“¡ª°μ‘
‰∑¬ - 59
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:26 AM
Page 60
3
°¥ªÿ¡
Ë …† œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‰ª∑’∫
Ë √‘‡«≥∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√¢¬“¬¿“æ
4
°¥ªÿË¡ OK
ÀπÈ“®Õ®–¢¬“¬„À≠ˇªÁπ¤Õ߇∑Ë“¢Õß¢π“¥ª°μ‘¢π“¥ÀπÈ“
®Õ®–¢¬“¬„À≠ˇªÁπ¤’ˇ∑Ë“¢Õß¢π“¥ª°μ‘
°“√‡≈π
Ë CD ‡æ≈ß/MP3
°“√‡≈π
Ë CD ‡æ≈ß (CD-DA)
normal size ➞ X 2 ➞ X 4
➞ X 2 ➞ normal size
HDD/DVD-VIDEO/
DVD-RAM/-RW/-R
1
„¤Ë·ºËπ CD ‡æ≈ß (CD-DA) ≈ß„π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
• ‡¡πŸ audio CD (CD ‡æ≈ß) ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
·≈–‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß®–‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á° (‡æ≈ß) ‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘
CD
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
‡¡◊ËÕ∑”°“√∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥ EP ®–„™Èø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ´Ÿ¡‰¡Ë‰¥È
¬°‡«Èπ‡¡◊ËÕ∑”°“√∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥ V
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
√
00:02:22
TRACK01
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
2
Length
TRACK 01
01
TRACK
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
005
TRACK 05
4:09
006
TRACK 06
5:08
007
TRACK 07
MOVE
‡≈Õ◊ °¤ÕË◊
Title
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
†
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°·∑√Á° (‡æ≈ß) ∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√ø—ß ®“°
π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
¤«Ë πª√–°Õ∫¢ÕßÀπ“È ®Õ Audio CD (CD-DA)
!
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ
CD
Music List
TRACK01
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Media
@
√
00:02:22
TRACK01
#
HDD
ANYKEY
Search
$
%
1/16
No.
Title
Length
TRACK 01
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
005
TRACK 05
4:09
006
TRACK 06
5:08
007
TRACK 07
MOVE
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
^
†
EXIT
√
Navigation Time
Marker
Subtitle
√
Off
Audio
Repeat
Off
Zoom
Off
Media
HDD
CHANGE
3
D 2/0 L+R
√
SELECT
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° HDD À√◊Õ DVD ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
60 - ‰∑¬
Á ª®— ®∫
ÿ π
— (‡æ≈ß):·¤¥ßÀ¡“¬‡≈¢¢Õß·∑√Á°∑’Ë°”≈—߇≈ËπÕ¬ŸË
1. ·∑√°
2. ·¤¥ß¤∂“π–°“√∑”ß“π¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï·≈–‡«≈“∑’ˇ≈Ëπμ“¡¤—
¥¤Ë«π∑’Ë°”≈—߇≈ËπÕ¬ŸË„π¢≥–π—Èπ
3. ·¤¥ßª√–‡¿∑‰ø≈Ï·≈–™◊ËÕ‚ø≈‡¥Õ√Ϫ—®®ÿ∫π
—
4. ·¤¥ßªÿË¡∑’Ë„™È‰¥È
5. ·¤¥ß¥—™π’°“√‡≈Ëπª—®®ÿ∫—π·≈–®”π«π·∑√Á°∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
6. ·¤¥ß√“¬°“√·∑√Á° (√“¬°“√‡æ≈ß)
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:26 AM
Page 61
ª¡
Ëÿ μ“Ë ßÊ ∫π√‚’ ¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈∑„Ë’ ™¤È ”À√—
∫°“√‡≈π
Ë CD ‡æ≈ß (CD-DA)
°“√‡≈π
Ë ·ºπ
Ë MP3
1
„¤Ë·ºËπ MP3 ≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
• ‡¡πŸ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Music ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
4
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°·∑√Á°∑’˧≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√ø—ß ®“°
π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
CD
Music List
Song 1.mp3
1/10
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
Song1.mp3
1.mp3
Song
√
00:02:22
3.8 MB
MB
3.8
002 Song 10.mp3
3.8 MB
003 Song 2.mp3
5.1 MB
MP3 Song1.mp3
004 Song 3.mp3
ROOT
005 Song 4.mp3
5.2 MB
006 Song 5.mp3
10.3 MB
MOVE
SELECT
9.2 MB
RETURN
†
EXIT
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
MP3
¤«Ë πª√–°Õ∫¢ÕßÀπ“È ®Õ MP3
!
CD
Music List
Song 1.mp3.
ROOT
@
√
MP3
#
1. …†: ‡≈◊Õ°·∑√Á° (‡æ≈ß)
Ëÿ OK, ª¡
Ëÿ Play ( ):‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°∑’ˇ≈◊Õ° (‡æ≈ß)
2. ª¡
Ëÿ SKIP ( ):‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°∂—¥‰ª
3. ª¡
Ëÿ SKIP ( ):°≈—∫‰ª∑’Ë®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õß·∑√Á°ª—®®ÿ∫—π
4. ª¡
‡¡◊ËÕ°¥„π√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ∂È“°¥Õ’°§√—Èß ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ®–°≈—∫‰ª‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°°ËÕπÀπÈ“π’È
∂È“§ÿ≥°¥ªÿË¡π’È¿“¬„π¤“¡«‘π“∑’À≈—ß®“°‡√‘Ë¡‡≈Ëπ
‡§√◊ËÕß®–‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°°ËÕπÀπÈ“π’È
∂È“§ÿ≥°¥ªÿË¡π’ÈÀ≈—ß®“°¤“¡«‘π“∑’ ‡§√◊ËÕß®–‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°ª—®®ÿ∫—
π„À¡ËÕ’°§√—Èßμ—Èß·μˇ√‘Ë¡μÈπ
Ë ÿ STEP (
5. ª¡
) : ‡≈◊ËÕπÀπÈ“¢÷Èπ/≈ß
Ë ÿ SEARCH (
6. °¥ª¡
):‡≈Ëπ‡√Á« (X2, X4, X8)
Ëÿ STOP ( ): À¬ÿ¥·∑√Á° (‡æ≈ß)
7. ª¡
Ëÿ PLAY ( ):‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á° (‡æ≈ß) À√◊ÕÀ¬ÿ¥‡≈Ëπ™—Ë«§√“«
8. ª¡
Ëÿ ANYKEY:‡¡πŸ ANYKEY ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
9. ª¡
È
$
%
1/10
No.
Title
Size
^
ROOT
Song 1.mp3.
3.8 MB
002 Song 10.mp3
3.8 MB
5.1 MB
00:02:22
003 Song 2.mp3
Song1.mp3
004 Song 3.mp3
ROOT
005 Song 4.mp3
5.2 MB
006 Song 5.mp3
10.3 MB
MOVE
SELECT
9.2 MB
RETURN
†
EXIT
Á ª®— ®∫
ÿ π
— (‡æ≈ß):·¤¥ßÀ¡“¬‡≈¢¢Õß·∑√Á°∑’Ë°”≈—߇≈ËπÕ¬ŸË
1. ·∑√°
2. ·¤¥ß¤∂“π–°“√∑”ß“π¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï·≈–‡«≈“∑’ˇ≈Ëπμ“¡¤—
¥¤Ë«π∑’Ë°”≈—߇≈ËπÕ¬ŸË„π¢≥–π—Èπ
3. ·¤¥ßª√–‡¿∑‰ø≈Ϫ®— ®ÿ∫—π ™◊Õ
Ë ‰ø≈Ï ·≈–™◊ËÕ‚ø≈‡¥Õ√Ï
4. ·¤¥ßªÿË¡∑’Ë„™È‰¥È
5. ·¤¥ß¥—™π’°“√‡≈Ëπª—®®ÿ∫—π, ®”π«π·∑√Á°∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
6. ·¤¥ß√“¬°“√·∑√Á° (√“¬°“√‡æ≈ß)
‰∑¬ - 61
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:26 AM
Page 62
ª¡
Ëÿ μ“Ë ß Ê ∫π√‚’ ¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈∑„Ë’ ™¤È ”À√—
∫°“√‡≈π
Ë MP3
‡≈π
Ë ´”È CD (CD-DA) & MP3
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ REPEAT
1
√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ °¥ªÿË¡ REPEAT ´È”Ê ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥‡≈Ëπ
´È”∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√
CD
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
√
00:02:22
TRACK01
Title
Length
TRACK 01
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
005
TRACK 05
4:09
006
TRACK 06
5:08
007
TRACK 07
MOVE
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
†
EXIT
• Normal (CD (CD-DA)/MP3)
·∑√Á°∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï®–∂Ÿ°‡≈Ëπ„π≈”¥—∫∑’Ë∫—
π∑÷°¡“„π·ºË𥑤°Ï
•
•
•
•
Repeat Track (CD (CD-DA)/MP3)
Repeat Folder (MP3)
Repeat All (CD (CD-DA)/MP3)
Random (CD (CD-DA)/MP3):
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
μ—«‡≈◊Õ°‡≈Ëπ·∫∫¤ÿË¡π’È®–‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï„π≈”¥—
∫·∫∫¤ÿ¡
Ë
— ‰ª‡≈π
Ë μ“¡ª°μ‘ - „π°“√°≈∫
2
1. …†: ‡≈◊Õ°·∑√Á° (‡æ≈ß)
Ëÿ OK, ª¡
Ëÿ Play ( ):‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°∑’ˇ≈◊Õ° (‡æ≈ß)
2. ª¡
Ëÿ SKIP ( ):‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°∂—¥‰ª
3. ª¡
Ëÿ SKIP ( ):°≈—∫‰ª∑’Ë®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õß·∑√Á°ª—®®ÿ∫—π
4. ª¡
‡¡◊ËÕ°¥„π√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ∂È“°¥Õ’°§√—Èß ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ®–°≈—∫‰ª‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°°ËÕπÀπÈ“π’È
∂È“§ÿ≥°¥ªÿË¡π’È¿“¬„π¤“¡«‘π“∑’À≈—ß®“°‡√‘Ë¡‡≈Ëπ
‡§√◊ËÕß®–‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°°ËÕπÀπÈ“π’È
∂È“§ÿ≥°¥ªÿË¡π’ÈÀ≈—ß®“°¤“¡«‘π“∑’ ‡§√◊ËÕß®–‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°ª—®®ÿ∫—
π„À¡ËÕ’°§√—Èßμ—Èß·μˇ√‘Ë¡μÈπ
Ë ÿ STEP (
5. ª¡
) : ‡≈◊ËÕπÀπÈ“¢÷Èπ/≈ß
Ëÿ STOP ( ): À¬ÿ¥·∑√Á° (‡æ≈ß)
6. ª¡
Ëÿ PLAY ( ):‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á° (‡æ≈ß) À√◊ÕÀ¬ÿ¥‡≈Ëπ™—Ë«§√“«
7. ª¡
Ëÿ ANYKEY:‡¡πŸ ANYKEY ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
8. ª¡
È
62 - ‰∑¬
°¥ªÿË¡ REPEAT À√◊Õ CANCEL ´È”Ê ‡æ◊Õ
Ë °≈—∫‰ª¬—
ß°“√‡≈Ëπμ“¡ª°μ‘
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:26 AM
Page 63
√“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë „À¡Ë
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°·∑√Á°≈ß„π√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ‰¥È¤Ÿß¤ÿ¥ 28 ·∑√Á°
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ Music List (√“¬°“√‡æ≈ß)
CD
1
Music List
TRACK01
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ Music List (√“¬°“√‡æ≈ß)
1/16
No.
Title
Length
TRACK
TRACK 01
01
4:19
002 TRACK 02
3:57
003 TRACK 03
3:57
004 TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK01
Play Mode
Mode
Play
005 √√ TRACK 05
4:09
Playlist
006 √ TRACK 06
5:08
Select Media
007 √ TRACK 07
3:31
00:02:22
CD
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
†
00:02:22
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Title
4:19
002 TRACK 02
3:57
003 TRACK 03
3:57
004 TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK01
Play Mode
Mode
Play
005 √√ TRACK 05
4:09
Playlist
006 √ TRACK 06
5:08
Select Media
007 TRACK 07
SELECT
RETURN
†
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Play Mode ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
CD
2
Music List
TRACK01
00:02:22
TRACK01
Play Mode
Playlist
Title
Length
TRACK
TRACK 01
01
4:19
002 TRACK 02
3:57
003 TRACK 03
Normal04
004 TRACK
3:57
√√
Repeat05
Track
005 TRACK
4:09
√
Repeat06
All
006 TRACK
5:08
4:03
√
007 TRACK
07
Random
MOVE
SELECT
CD
II
3:31
RETURN
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
00:00:02
Title
Length
TRACK 01
4:19
002 TRACK 02
3:57
003 TRACK 03
3:57
004 TRACK 04
4:03
4:09
Playlist
Playlist
005 √ TRACK 05
New
NewPlaylist
Playlist
006 √ TRACK
06
Select Media
Go To 07
Playlist
007 √ TRACK
†
00:02:22
Play Mode
EXIT
No.
MOVE
SELECT
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
Select Media
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
1/16
No.
3
3:31
√
MOVE
2
Length
TRACK 01
5:08
3:31
RETURN
†
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥‡≈Ëπ∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
OK À√◊Õ √
• Normal (CD (CD-DA)/MP3)
·∑√Á°∫π·ºË𥑤°Ï®–∂Ÿ°‡≈Ëπ„π≈”¥—∫∑’Ë∫—
π∑÷°¡“„π·ºË𥑤°Ï
•
•
•
•
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° New Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
CD
Repeat Track (CD (CD-DA)/MP3)
Repeat Folder (MP3)
Repeat All (CD (CD-DA)/MP3)
Random (CD (CD-DA)/MP3):
Make Playlist
No.
Title
001 TRACK 01
No.
Playlist
ADD
RETURN
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 03
004 TRACK 04
005 TRACK 05
006 TRACK 06
μ—«‡≈◊Õ°‡≈Ëπ·∫∫¤ÿË¡π’È®–‡≈Ëπ·∑√Á°¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï„π≈”¥—
∫·∫∫¤ÿ¡
Ë
007 TRACK 07
MOVE
4
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°·∑√Á°„π≈”¥—∫∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ
®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
CD
No.
Make Playlist
Title
No.
001 TRACK 01
Playlist
001 TRACK 04
002 TRACK 02
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 03
003 TRACK 06
004 TRACK 04
004 TRACK 01
005 TRACK 05
005 TRACK 07
006 TRACK 06
007 TRACK 07
MOVE
ADD
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 63
HR735_01082W-THA-2
5
2006.4.11
1:27 AM
Page 64
‰ª¬ß— √“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë
∂È“§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπº‘¥ °¥ªÿË¡ √…†
‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°·∑√Á°∑’˺‘¥ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ CANCEL
·∑√Á°∑’˺‘¥®–∂Ÿ°≈∫ÕÕ°‰ª
1
CD
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ Music List
(√“¬°“√‡æ≈ß)
Make Playlist
No.
Title
001 TRACK 01
No.
Playlist
001 TRACK 04
002 TRACK 02
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 03
003 TRACK 06
004 TRACK 01
004 TRACK 04
CD
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
Title
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
005 TRACK 07
005 TRACK 05
006 TRACK 06
007 TRACK 07
00:02:22
MOVE
CANCEL
TRACK01
EXIT
Play
2PlayMode
Mode
005
√
√
TRACK 05
4:09
Playlist
006
√
TRACK 06
5:08
Select Media
007
√
TRACK 07
MOVE
6
Make Playlist
No.
Title
001 TRACK 01
2
RETURN
†
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
No.
Playlist
001 TRACK 04
002 TRACK 02
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 03
003 TRACK 06
004 TRACK 04
004 TRACK 01
005 TRACK 05
Delete
Delete
006
TRACK 06
005 TRACK 07
CD
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
Go toTRACK
Playlist 07
007
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
3:31
SELECT
À“°μÈÕß°“√‡°Á∫√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë ANYKEY
CD
00:02:22
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Playlist ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
Playlist „À¡Ë®–∂Ÿ°¤√ȓߢ÷Èπ
CD
3
Length
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK 05
New
NewPlaylist
Playlist
TRACK
06
4:09
Play Mode
005
√
Playlist
006
√
Select Media
007
√
5:08
Go To Playlist
TRACK
07
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
†
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
Playlist
No.
Title
PLAYLIST
PLAYLIST
CD
Length
Playlist
No.
Playlist01
é
Title
01
TRACK 01
MOVE
7
Length
TRACK 01
00:00:00
Title
PLAYLIST
PLAYLIST
Playlist01
Length
PLAYLIST
é
00:00:00
PLAYLIST
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
MOVE
4
64 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚ø≈‡¥Õ√Ï√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ®“°
π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ
·∑√Á§∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®–‡≈Ëπ‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:27 AM
Page 65
≈∫√“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë
1
4
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√≈∫
5
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ Music List (√“¬°“√‡æ≈ß)
CD
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
II 00:02:22
00:00:02
Title
TRACK 01
Length
4:19
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
Playlist
No.
TRACK 04
4:03
005 √√ TRACK 05
4:09
√
00:02:22
Delete
Playlist
Delete
Playlist
Playlist
006
√
TRACK 06
5:08
Edit Playist
PLAYLIST
007
√
TRACK 07
MOVE
RETURN
New Playlist
†
Go To Music List
EXIT
MOVE
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
CD
Title
002
003
00:02:22
004
005
√
Playlist
Playlist
006
√
Select Media
007
√
MOVE
3:57
TRACK 03
3:57
TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK 05
New Playlist
TRACK
06
4:09
Go To Playlist
TRACK
07
3:31
SELECT
Title
PLAYLIST
Length
Playlist01
Do you want to delete?
√
00:02:22
Delete
Playlist
PLAYLIST
Yes
No
†
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
CD
Playlist
No.
5:08
RETURN
EXIT
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
Play Mode
4:19
TRACK 02
RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Delete Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
Length
TRACK 01
SELECT
CD
1/16
No.
3
6
Music List
TRACK01
Length
Playlist02
3:31
SELECT
Title
PLAYLIST
Playlist01
TRACK01
Play Mode
Select Media
004
CD
MOVE
7
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®–∂Ÿ°≈∫
Playlist
No.
Title
PLAYLIST
PLAYLIST
Length
Playlist01
Playlist02
é
00:00:00
PLAYLIST
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 65
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:27 AM
Page 66
‰ª¬ß— ·°‰È ¢√“¬°“√‡≈πË
1
5
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY „π‚À¡¥√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ Music List (√“¬°“√‡æ≈ß)
CD
Playlist
No.
CD
00:02:22
TRACK01
Play Mode
Playlist
Playlist02
1/16
No.
Select Media
Title
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
005
√√
TRACK 05
4:09
006
√
TRACK 06
5:08
007
√
TRACK 07
MOVE
SELECT
√
00:02:22
Delete
Playlist
Delete
Playlist
Length
TRACK 01
Edit Playist
PLAYLIST
New Playlist
Go To Music List
MOVE
3:31
RETURN
SELECT
EXIT
†
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Edit Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
CD
CD
1/16
No.
Title
Length
TRACK 01
00:02:22
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
No.
Music List
TRACK01
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
005
Playlist
Playlist
New
New Playlist
Playlist
006 √ TRACK
06
5:08
Select Media
Go To Playlist
007 √ TRACK
07
3:31
√
TRACK 05
SELECT
007 TRACK 01
07
001
001 TRACK 04
002 TRACK 02
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 03
003 TRACK 06
004 TRACK 04
004 TRACK 01
005 TRACK 05
005 TRACK 07
MOVE
ADD
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
7
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°·∑√Á°„π≈”¥—∫∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ
®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
8
∂È“§ÿ≥μ—Èß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ‰«Èº‘¥·∑√Á° „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ √…†
‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°·∑√Á°∑’˺‘¥ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ CANCEL
9
À“°μÈÕß°“√‡°Á∫√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë ANYKEY
Playlist
No.
Title
PLAYLIST
PLAYLIST
Length
Playlist01
Playlist02
é
Playlist
†
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
CD
No.
007 TRACK 07
4:09
RETURN
Edit Playlist
Title
006 TRACK 06
4:03
Play Mode
MOVE
3
RETURN
EXIT
6
2
Length
Playlist01
Music List
TRACK01
Title
PLAYLIST
00:00:00
CD
PLAYLIST
No.
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Edit Playlist
Title
No.
Playlist
001 TRACK 01
001 TRACK 04
002 TRACK 02
002 TRACK 02
003 TRACK 03
003 TRACK 06
004 TRACK 04
004 TRACK 01
005 TRACK 05
Delete
Delete
006
TRACK 06
007
Go toTRACK
Playlist 07
4
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√·°È‰¢
MOVE
10
66 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Playlist ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ®–∂Ÿ°·°È‰¢
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:27 AM
Page 67
‰ª¬ß— √“¬°“√‡æ≈ß
1
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Select Media ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ Playlist (√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ)
CD
Music List
TRACK01
CD
1/16
No.
Playlist
TRACK04
Title
No.
Title
Length
Playlist01
00:02:22
TRACK 04
00:02:22
TRACK04
4:03
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 06
5:08
004
TRACK 01
4:19
TRACK01
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
TRACK 04
4:03
TRACK 05
HDD 06
TRACK
4:09
†
004
Play Mode
005
√
Playlist
006
√
Select Media
Media
Select
007
√
New
NewPlaylist
Playlist
Length
TRACK 01
1/4
DVD 07
TRACK
MOVE
SELECT
5:08
✔
RETURN
3:31
†
EXIT
Go To Music List
MOVE
2
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Music List ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
CD
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° HDD À√◊Õ DVD ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
Music List
TRACK01
1/16
No.
√
3
00:00:05
TRACK01
Title
Length
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
004
TRACK 04
4:03
005
TRACK 05
4:09
006
TRACK 06
5:08
007
TRACK 07
MOVE
SELECT
3:31
RETURN
†
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
TRACK 01
EXIT
°“√™¡¿“æ
‡≈Õ◊ °¤ÕË◊
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
CD
1
„¤Ë·ºËπ JPEG ≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
• ‡¡πŸ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
Music List
TRACK01
HDD & DVD RECORDER
1/16
No.
Title
Length
4:19
002
TRACK 02
3:57
003
TRACK 03
3:57
Disc Manager
004
TRACK 04
4:03
Programme
Play
2PlayMode
Mode
005 √√ TRACK 05
4:09
Setup
Playlist
Select Media
00:02:22
TRACK01
006
√
TRACK 06
5:08
007
√
TRACK 07
3:31
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
Library
CD
TRACK 01
Library
Library
Title
Title
√
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
†
EXIT
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 67
HR735_01082W-THA-2
3
2006.4.11
1:27 AM
Page 68
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Photo ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
CD
6
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Slideshow ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
Photo List
Image 1.jpg
1/17
CD
Photo List
Image 1.jpg
ROOT
Image 1.jpg
Image 10.jpg
Image 11.jpg
Image 13.jpg
Image 14.jpg
Image 15.jpg
Image 16.jpg
ROOT
Image 1.jpg
Copy
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
√√
Image Media
13.jpg
Select
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°¿“æ
• ∂È“μÈÕß°“√¥Ÿ¿“æ 8 ¿“æ∂—¥‰ª „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë SKIP( )
• ∂È“μÈÕß°“√¥Ÿ¿“æ 8 ¿“æ°ËÕπÀπÈ“ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë SKIP( )
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
¤‰≈¥‚Ï ™«Ï
5
Fast
1
CD
Image 1.jpg
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°§«“¡‡√Á«¢Õߤ‰≈¥Ï‚™«Ï ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤‰≈¥Ï‚™«Ï®–‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
Image 10.jpg
Image 11.jpg
Slideshow
√
Slideshow Off
√
Go to Photolist
√
Image
14.jpg
Image 15.jpg
Image 16.jpg
MOVE
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
2
68 - ‰∑¬
EXIT
1/17
Copy
Select
Media
Image 13.jpg
Image 16.jpg
RETURN
Photo List
Image 1.jpg
Slideshow
Image 15.jpg
SELECT
ÿ ¤‰≈¥‚Ï ™«Ï - À“°μÕÈ ß°“√À¬¥
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
ROOT
7
Image 11.jpg
Normal
Normal
Image
√ 14.jpg
MOVE
4
Image 10.jpg
Slow
Slideshow
Slideshow
MOVE
1/17
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Slideshow Off ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:27 AM
Page 69
ÿ °“√À¡π
ÿ - À“°μÕÈ ß°“√À¬¥
À¡π
ÿ
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 4 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 67~68
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
1
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ OK ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¿“æ∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¥Ÿ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
5
ANYKEY
Image 15.jpg
6/17
Rotate
Rotate
√√
Go to Photolist
MOVE
Slideshow
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
√
00:00:00 √
é
Rotate
Zoom
Go to Photolist
MOVE
6
SELECT
RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Rotate ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
Image 15.jpg
Slideshow
é
Rotate
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Rotate ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Rotate Off ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
6/17
√
Rotate Off
00:00:00 √√ Rotate 90
´¡
Ÿ
Rotate 270
Go to Photolist
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¡ÿ¡°“√À¡ÿπ ·≈È«°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 4 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 67~68
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ OK ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¿“æ∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¥Ÿ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
5
ANYKEY
Image 15.jpg
Slideshow
Slideshow
é
Rotate
6/17
√
√
00:00:00 √
Zoom
Go to Photolist
MOVE
6
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Zoom ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
‰∑¬ - 69
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
Rotate 180
Zoom
7
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-2
7
2006.4.11
1:27 AM
Page 70
·μË≈–§√—Èß∑’˧ÿ≥°¥ªÿË¡ OK ¿“æ®–¢¬“¬„À≠Ë¢π
È÷ ‰¥È∂ß÷ 4X (4
‡∑Ë“®“°¢π“¥ª°μ‘)
‰ª¬ß— √“¬°“√¿“æ
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 4 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 67~68
➞ X2 ➞ X4 ➞ X2 ➞ Normal
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ OK ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¿“æ∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¥Ÿ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
5
ANYKEY
ÿ °“√´¡
Ÿ - À“°μÕÈ ß°“√À¬¥
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
Image 15.jpg
Slideshow
é
Rotate
6/17
√
√
00:00:00 √
Zoom
Go to Photolist
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Zoom
ZoomOff
Off
Go to Photolist
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
6
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Photolist, ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Zoom Off ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
CD
Photo List
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
Image 15.jpg
ROOT
Image 13.jpg
Image 1.jpg
Image 14.jpg
MOVE
70 - ‰∑¬
6/17
Image 10.jpg
Image 11.jpg
Image 15.jpg
Image 16.jpg
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:27 AM
Page 71
°“√‡≈π
Ë MPEG4
4
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‰ø≈Ï avi (DivX) ®“°π—π
È °¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ PLAY ( )
5
‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈Ëπ‰ø≈Ï MPEG4 §ÿ≥®–¤“¡“√∂„™Èø—ß°Ï
™—ËπμËÕ‰ªπ’È°“√°¥ªÿË¡ STOP ( ) Àπ÷ßË §
√—Èß√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ®–·¤¥ß√“¬°“√‰ø≈Ï
·≈–‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÿË¡π’ÈÕ’°§√—Èß®–ÕÕ°®“°ÀπÈ“®Õ‡¡πŸ
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
1
„¤Ë·ºËπ DivX ≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
• ‡¡πŸ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
§”Õ∏∫
‘ “¬øß— °™Ï π
Ë — MPEG4
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ
¢È“¡
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
(„π°√≥’∑’ˇ≈Ëπ·ºËπ DivX CD ¥Ÿ∑’Ë¢ÈÕ 4 „πÀπÈ“π’È)
HDD & DVD RECORDER
§ÈπÀ“
‡≈Ëπ¿“æ™È“
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
MOVE
√
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
SELECT
RETURN
) ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈„π‚À¡¥¿“æπ‘Ëß
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° DivX(MPEG4) ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“®Õ DivX(MPEG4) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
CD
SEARCH ( ) ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
(Slow1, Slow2, Slow3)
‡≈Ëπ∑’≈–‡ø√¡ °¥ªÿË¡ STEP(
■
3
) ·≈–°¥Õ’°§
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
- √Ÿª·∫∫«‘¥’‚Õ DivX (Codec): DivX 3.11 DivX 4.x
DivX 5.x (‰¡Ë¡’ QPEL ·≈– GMC)
- √Ÿª·∫∫ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ DivX (Codec) : MP3, MPEG1
Audio Layer 2, Windows Media Audio, LPCM,
AC3
DivX (MPEG4) List
Movie 1.avi
‡§√◊ËÕßπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë¡’°“√∫’¥Õ—
¥¿“æ„π√Ÿª·∫∫μËÕ‰ªπ’:È
1/1
No.
Title
Size
■
√Ÿª·∫∫‰ø≈ϧ”∫√√¬“¬∑’ˤπ—∫¤πÿπ: .smi, .srt, .sub,
.psb, .txt, .ass (‰ø≈ϧ”∫√√¬“¬§«√¡’™◊ËÕ‡¥’¬«°—π°—
∫™◊ËÕ‰ø≈Ï MPEG ∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß)
■
‡§√◊ËÕßÕ“®‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‰ø≈Ï MPEG4
∫“߉ø≈Ï∑’ˤ√È“ß®“°§Õ¡æ‘«‡μÕ√Ϥ˫π∫ÿ§§≈‰¥È
π—Ëπ‡ªÁπ‡Àμÿº≈«Ë“ ∑”‰¡‡§√◊ËÕß®÷߉¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ™π‘¥
Codec, ‡«Õ√Ï™—Ëπ
·≈–§«“¡≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑’ˤŸß°«Ë“∑’Ë√–∫ÿ„π¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–
ROOT
001 Movie 1.avi
162.8MB
162.8MB
DivX(MPEG4)
MPEG4
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 71
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
Setup
Title
Title
√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ °¥ªÿË¡ SEARCH (
√—È߇æ◊ËÕ§ÈπÀ“¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«∑’ˤŸß¢÷Èπ
(Fast1, Fast2, Fast3)
„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥™—Ë«§√“«À√◊Õ‡≈Ëπ∑’≈–‡ø√¡ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
Library
CD
§”Õ∏‘∫“¬
√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ °¥ªÿË¡ SKIP (
)
‡§√◊ËÕß®–‡¥‘πÀπÈ“À√◊Õ∂Õ¬À≈—߉ª 5 π“∑’
HR735_01082W-THA-2
2006.4.11
1:27 AM
Page 72
°“√‡¢“È √À¤— §”∫√√¬“¬ DivX
1
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY „π√“¬°“√‰ø≈Ï
CD
DivX (MPEG4) List
Movie 1.avi
1/1
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
Movie 1.avi
001 Movie_01.avi
162.8MB
0.7MB
DivX(MPEG4)
Copy
Copy
ROOT
Subtitle
Encoding
√
Select Media
√
MOVE
2
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Subtitle Encoding ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
CD
DivX (MPEG4) List
Movie 1.avi
1/1
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
Movie 1.avi
001 Movie_01.avi
162.8MB
0.7MB
Western(Windows)
Western(Windows)
DivX(MPEG4)
Copy
Central(Windows)
ROOT
Subtitle
Encoding
√
Greek(Windows)
Select Media
√
Cyrillic(Windows)
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
MOVE
3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°¿“…“§”∫√√¬“¬ DivX
μ“¡¿Ÿ¡‘¿“§∑’ˤπ—∫¤πÿπ ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
Western
·Õø√‘°“, ∫“¤°Ï, §“μ“≈“π, ‡¥π¡“√Ï°, Õ—ß°ƒ…,
·ø‚√Õ’¤, ø‘π·≈π¥Ï, ‡¬Õ√¡—π, ‰Õ´Ï·≈π¥Ï,
Õ‘π‚¥π’‡´’¬, Õ‘μ“≈’, ¡“‡≈¬Ï, πÕ√χ«¬Ï, ‚ª√μÿ‡°¤,
¤‡ªπ, ¤«“Œ‘≈’, ¤«’‡¥π
Central
Õ—ß°ƒ…, Õ—≈∫“‡π’¬, ‚§√‡Õ‡™’¬, ‡™Á°, Œ—ß°“√’,
‚ª·≈π¥Ï, ‚√¡“‡π’¬, ‡´Õ√χ∫’¬ (≈–μ‘π), ¤‚≈«—°,
¤‚≈«’‡π’¬
Greek
Õ—ß°ƒ…, °√’°
Cyrillic
Õ—ß°ƒ…, Õ‡´√’, ‡∫≈“√ÿ¤, ∫—≈·°‡√’¬, §“´—§¤∂“π,
¡“‡´‚¥‡π’¬, √—¤‡´’¬, ‡´Õ√χ∫’¬, ∑“∑“√Ï, ¬Ÿ‡§√π,
Õÿ´‡∫°‘¤∂“π
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
72 - ‰∑¬
À“°¿“…“§”∫√√¬“¬ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È „π≈—°…≥–·∫∫Õ—
°…√¢“¥À“¬ „Àȇª≈’ˬπ§Ë“ DivX Subtitle
‡ªÁπ¿Ÿ¡‘¿“§∑’ˇÀ¡“–¤¡À“°¬—ߧ߄™Èß“π‰¡Ë‰¥È
·¤¥ß«Ë“√Ÿª·∫∫π’ȉ¡Ë‰¥È√—∫°“√¤π—∫¤πÿπ
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 73
°ÕË π°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
‡§√◊ËÕßπ’Ȥ“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°·ºË𥑤°Ï‰¥ÈÀ≈“¬™π‘¥°ËÕπ°“√∫—π∑÷°
„ÀÈÕË“π§”·π–π”μËÕ‰ªπ’È·≈–‡≈◊Õ°·ºË𥑤°Ï™π‘¥∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√
·ºπ
Ë ¥¤
‘ °∑
Ï ∫
Ë’ π
— ∑°
÷ ‰¥È
‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°π’Ȥ“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°·ºË𥑤°ÏμËÕ‰ªπ’È
∫∑π’®È –·¤¥ß«‘∏°
’ “√∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ·∫∫μË“ß Ê
HDD
DVD-RW
DVD-R
• DVD-RW ‡ªÁπ·ºËπ∑’ˤ“¡“√∂‡¢’¬π´È”‰¥È
• DVD-R ‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È‡¢’¬π´È”‰¥È
§«“¡‡¢“È °π
— ‰¥√È –À«“Ë ß´¡
— ´ßÿ °∫
— ‡§√ÕË◊ ß∫π
— ∑°
÷ ¢Õß∫√…
‘ ∑
— Õπ
Ë◊
™π‘¥·ºË𥑤°Ï √Ÿª·∫∫°“√∫—π∑÷° ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
´—¡´ÿß
‚À¡¥ VR
∫√‘…—∑Õ◊Ëπ
DVD-RW
∫√‘…—∑Õ◊Ëπ
´—¡´ÿß
‚À¡¥ V
DVD-R
∫√‘…—∑Õ◊Ëπ
°ËÕπ°“√∫—π∑÷° ........................................................73
■
°“√∫—π∑÷°√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πÏ∑’˧ÿ≥°”≈—ß√—∫™¡Õ¬ŸË ............75
°“√∫—π∑÷°®“°‡§√◊ËÕß¿“¬πÕ°∑’˧ÿ≥°”≈—ß√—∫™¡Õ¬ŸË ........77
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
°“√§—¥≈Õ°®“°°≈ÈÕß∂Ë“¬«‘¥’‚Õ .................................78
°“√∫—π∑÷°·∫∫¤—¡º—¤‡¥’¬« (OTR) .............................79
°“√∫—π∑÷°·≈–°“√‡≈Ëπæ√ÈÕ¡°—π .................................80
°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°....................................................81
°“√·°È‰¢°“√·¤¥ßº≈√“¬°“√∑’Ë°”À𥇫≈“ ...............83
°“√·°È‰¢√“¬°“√∑’Ë°”À𥇫≈“.................................84
‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
- ‡ªÁπ°“√®∫·ºËπ DVD RW/-R ´÷Ëß®–∑”„Àȉ¡Ë¤
“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‰¥ÈÕ’°
‰¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
- ∑”„ÀȤ“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD-RW
‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡®“°∑’ˇ§¬∫—π∑÷°¥È«¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
- ·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD-RW ∑’ˉ¥È√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°¥È«¬ DAO
(Disc At Once) „π§Õ¡æ‘«‡μÕ√Ϥ«Ë π∫ÿ§§≈ (PC)
®–∂Ÿ°‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï∑ÿ°§√—Èß
- ·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD-RW ∑’ˉ¥È√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥
«‘¥’‚Õ¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°¢ÕߺŸÈº≈‘μ√“¬Õ◊Ëπ®–∂Ÿ°‰øπ—
≈‰≈´Ï∑ÿ°§√—Èß
- ·ºËπ DVD-R ®–∂Ÿ°‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï∑ÿ°§√—Èß
°“√≈∫√“¬°“√∑’Ë°”À𥇫≈“ ....................................85
‰∑¬ - 73
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
´—¡´ÿß
‚À¡¥ V
π∑÷°‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡„π
°“√‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï °“√∫—
‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°¢Õß´—¡´ÿß
‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
∫—π∑÷°‰¡Ë‰¥È
∫—π∑÷°‰¥È
‰¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
∫—π∑÷°‰¡Ë‰¥È
∫—π∑÷°‰¥È
‰¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
∫—π∑÷°‰¡Ë‰¥È
∫—π∑÷°‰¥È
‰¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
∫—π∑÷°‰¡Ë‰¥È
‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
∫—π∑÷°‰¡Ë‰¥È
‰¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
∫—π∑÷°‰¡Ë‰¥È
‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
∫—π∑÷°‰¥È
‰¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
∫—π∑÷°‰¡Ë‰¥È
‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
∫—π∑÷°‰¡Ë‰¥È
‰¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 74
‚À¡¥∫π
— ∑°÷
û
Ÿ ·∫∫°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥„¤Ë·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’ˬ—߉¡Ë‰¥È„™È ¢ÈÕ§«“¡μËÕ‰ªπ’È®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ:
‡π◊ËÕß®“°ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ∑’Ë®–¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥È®–·μ°μË“ß°—π¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫
ª√–‡¿∑¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï „Àȇ≈◊Õ°·ºËπ∑’ˇÀ¡“–°—∫≈—°…≥–§«“¡
μÈÕß°“√¢Õߧÿ≥¡“°∑’ˤÿ¥
DVD-RW:‡¡◊ËÕ„¤Ë·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD-RW ∑’ˬ—߉¡Ë‡§¬„™Èß“π‡ªÁπ§
√—Èß·√° ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Uninitialized Disc Do you want
to initialize this disc?" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷ÈπÀ“°‡≈◊Õ° Yes
·ºË𥑤°Ï®–∂Ÿ°øÕ√Ï·¡μ„π‚À¡¥ VR
À“°§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ‚À¡¥ ‚ª√¥¥Ÿ
°“√øÕ√Ï·¡μ¥‘¤°Ï ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 114~115
Uninitialized Disc.
Do you want to initialize this disc?
Yes
‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°Àπ÷Ëß„π¤’Ë‚À¡¥‚¥¬°“√°¥ªÿË¡ REC MODE
´È”‰ª‡√◊ËÕ¬ Ê „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°
‡«≈“„π°“√∫—π∑÷°·≈–§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß¿“æ∑’μ
Ë Õ
È ß°“√‚¥¬∑—«Ë ‰ª
§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß¿“æ®–¥’¢÷Èπ‡¡◊ËÕ‡«≈“„π°“√∫—π∑÷°≈¥≈ß„π‚À¡¥ FR
®–ª√—∫μ—Èß‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°∑’ˇÀ¡“–¤¡∑’ˤÿ¥‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—
μ‘μ“¡‡«≈“∑’ˇÀ≈◊ÕÕ¬ŸË„π·ºË𥑤°Ï·≈–§«“¡¬“«¢Õß°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—
π∑÷°ø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È®–‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥„¥‚À¡¥Àπ÷Ëß„π‚À¡¥ XP, SP, LP
·≈– EP ·≈–§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂„™È‚À¡¥π’È„π°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°
• DVD-HR735
‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°
‡«≈“„π°“√∫—π∑÷°
DVD-RW/-R
HDD (160GB)
XP
ª√–¡“≥ 1 ™—«Ë ‚¡ß
(‚À¡¥§ÿ≥¿“椟ß) ª√–¡“≥ 38 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ª√–¡“≥ 8.5 Mbps
SP
ª√–¡“≥ 72 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ª√–¡“≥ 2 ™—«Ë ‚¡ß
(‚À¡¥§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“μ√∞“π)
ª√–¡“≥ 4.5 Mbps
LP
ª√–¡“≥ 138 ™—Ë«‚¡ß
(‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°π“π)
No
EP
(‚À¡¥¬◊¥‡«≈“)
DVD-R:‰¡Ë®”‡ªÁπμÈÕßøÕ√Ï·¡μ DVD-R ·≈–¤“¡“√∂∫—
π∑÷°‰¥È„π‚À¡¥«‘¥’‚Õ‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
ª√–¡“≥ 4 ™—«Ë ‚¡ß
ª√–¡“≥ 2 Mbps
ª√–¡“≥ 6 ™—Ë«‚¡ß/
ª√–¡“≥ 205 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ª√–¡“≥ 1.6 Mbps
ª√–¡“≥ 8 ™—Ë«‚¡ß/
ª√–¡“≥ 272 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ª√–¡“≥ 1.2 Mbps
FR
ª√–¡“≥ 38~205 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ª√–¡“≥ 1~6 ™—Ë«‚¡ß
(∫—π∑÷°·∫∫¬◊¥À¬ÿπË )
• DVD-HR736
DVD-RW (‚À¡¥ V)/-R
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
• ∫∑®–∂Ÿ°¤√È“ß‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—쑇¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï°“√∫—π∑÷°∫π·ºËπ
DVD-RW/-R „π‚À¡¥ Video
§«“¡¬“«¢Õß∫∑ (™Ë«ß‡«≈“√–À«Ë“ß∫∑μË“ß Ê) ®–·μ°μË“ß°—
π¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°
• °“√·°È‰¢æ◊Èπ∞“π (°“√≈∫‡√◊ËÕß/°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß)
DVD-RW(‚À¡¥ VR)
• ‚À¡¥π’È∑”„ÀȤ“¡“√∂·°È‰¢‰¥ÈÀ≈“¬·∫∫ (‡™Ëπ °“√≈∫∑—È߇√◊ËÕß
°“√≈∫∫“ߤ˫π¢Õ߇√◊Õ
Ë ß œ≈œ)
• μ—«‡≈◊Õ°°“√·°È‰¢μË“ß Ê ‚¥¬„™È Playlist (√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ) ∑’ˤ√ȓ߉«È
‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°
‡«≈“„π°“√∫—π∑÷°
DVD-RW/-R
HDD (250GB)
XP
ª√–¡“≥ 1 ™—«Ë ‚¡ß
(‚À¡¥§ÿ≥¿“椟ß) ª√–¡“≥ 62 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ª√–¡“≥ 8.5 Mbps
SP
ª√–¡“≥ 116 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ª√–¡“≥ 2 ™—«Ë ‚¡ß
(‚À¡¥§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“μ√∞“π)
ª√–¡“≥ 4.5 Mbps
LP
ª√–¡“≥ 223 ™—Ë«‚¡ß
(‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°π“π)
EP
(‚À¡¥¬◊¥‡«≈“)
FR
ª√–¡“≥ 62~330 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ª√–¡“≥ 1~6 ™—Ë«‚¡ß
(∫—π∑÷°·∫∫¬◊¥À¬ÿπË )
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
74 - ‰∑¬
ª√–¡“≥ 4 ™—«Ë ‚¡ß
ª√–¡“≥ 2 Mbps
ª√–¡“≥ 6 ™—Ë«‚¡ß/
ª√–¡“≥ 330 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ª√–¡“≥ 1.6 Mbps
ª√–¡“≥ 8 ™—Ë«‚¡ß/
ª√–¡“≥ 437 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ª√–¡“≥ 1.2 Mbps
‡«≈“°“√∫—π∑÷°Õ“®·μ°μË“ß°—π¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—
∫‡ß◊Õ
Ë π‰¢‡©æ“–
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 75
¿“æ∑‰Ë’ ¡¤Ë “¡“√∂∫π
— ∑°
÷ ‰¥È
«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë¡’°“√ªÈÕß°—π°“√§—¥≈Õ°®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‰¥È¥È«¬‡§√◊ËÕß
∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ïπ’È
‡¡◊ËÕ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰¥È√—∫¤—≠≠“≥ªÈÕß°—π°“√§—
¥≈Õ°¢≥–∑”°“√∫—π∑÷° °“√∫—π∑÷°®–À¬ÿ¥≈ß·≈–¢ÈÕ§«“¡μËÕ‰ª
π’È®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ
°“√∫π
— ∑°÷ √“¬°“√‚∑√∑—
»π∑
Ï §
Ë’ ≥
ÿ °”≈ß— √∫
— ™¡Õ¬ËŸ
μ√«®¤Õ∫¥Ÿ«Ë“·ºË𥑤°Ï¡’æ◊Èπ∑’ˇ撬ßæÕ¤”À√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°ª√—
∫‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°
You cannot record copy protected movie.
1
‡°¬
Ë’ «°∫
— ¤≠
— ≠“≥§«∫§¡
ÿ °“√§¥
— ≈Õ°
°“√∂Ë“¬∑Õ¥¤—≠≠“≥‚∑√∑—»πÏ∑’Ë¡’¤—≠≠“≥§«∫§ÿ¡°“√§—¥≈Õ°®–
¡’¤—≠≠“≥™π‘¥„¥™π‘¥Àπ÷Ëß„π¤“¡™π‘¥μËÕ‰ªπ’È Copy-Free
(§—¥≈Õ°‰¥È) Copy-Once (§—¥≈Õ°‰¥ÈÀπ÷Ëߧ√—Èß) ·≈– CopyNever (ÀÈ“¡§—¥≈Õ°) À“°§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√∫—π∑÷°√“¬°“√™π‘¥§—
¥≈Õ°‰¥ÈÀπ÷Ëߧ√—Èß „™È DVD-RW ∑’Ë¡’ CPRM „π‚À¡¥ VR
¤◊ËÕ
™π‘¥¤—≠≠“≥
DVD-RW(Ver.1.1)
Copy-Free
∂È“„™È·ºËπ DVD-RW „À¡Ë
§ÿ≥®–∂Ÿ°∂“¡«Ë“μÈÕß°“√„ÀȤ√ȓߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡√‘Ë¡μÈπÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë
‡≈◊Õ°μ—«‡≈◊Õ°¢Õߧÿ≥ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 74)
Copy-Once Copy-Never
O
-
-
O*
-
°¥ªÿË¡ HDD À√◊Õ DVD
À“°§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ° DVD „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë OPEN/CLOSE
·≈–«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï™π‘¥∫—π∑÷°‰¥È≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE
‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï√Õ®π°«Ë“¢ÈÕ§«“¡ LOAD
®–À“¬‰ª®“°·ºßÀπÈ“ª—¥¥È“πÀπÈ“
DVD-RW(Ver.1.1)
∑’Ë¡’ CPRM
O
O
-
DVD-R
O
-
Uninitialized Disc.
Do you want to initialize this disc?
Yes
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
‚À¡¥ VR
‚À¡¥ V
No
‡¡◊ËÕ "Copy Once" ‰¥È√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°·≈È« ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∑”°“√∫—
π∑÷°‰¥ÈÕ’°
È ß°π
— ‡πÕÈ◊ À“¤”À√∫
— ¤ÕË◊ ∑∫
Ë’ π
— ∑°
÷ ‰¥È (CPRM)
- °“√ªÕ
CPRM ‡ªÁπ°≈‰°∑’Ë®”°—¥°“√∫—π∑÷°μ“¡™π‘¥¢Õߤ◊ËÕ∑’Ë„™È∫—
π∑÷°°≈‰°π’Ȥπ—∫¤πÿπ‚¥¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï∫“ß√ÿËπ·μˇ§√◊ËÕ߇≈Ëπ DVD ¤Ë«π„À≠Ë®–‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ·ºËπ
DVD ‡ª≈Ë“∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰¥È·μË≈–·ºËπ®–¡’À¡“¬‡≈¢¤◊ËÕ·∫∫ 64 ∫‘μΩ—
ßÕ¬ŸË„π BCA‡¡◊ËÕ‡π◊ÈÕÀ“∑’ˉ¥È√—∫°“√ª°ªÈÕß∂Ÿ°∫—
π∑÷°≈ß„π·ºË𥑤°Ïπ’È ‡π◊ÈÕÀ“®–∂Ÿ°‡¢È“√À—¤‡ª≈Ë“·∫∫ 56 ∫‘μ C2
(√À—¤≈—∫) ∑’ˉ¥È√—∫®“°À¡“¬‡≈¢¤◊ËÕ
2
°¥ªÿË¡ PROG (
) À√◊ÕªÿË¡À¡“¬‡≈¢‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√
∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√∫—π∑÷°
„π√–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ À¡“¬‡≈¢π’È®–∂Ÿ°ÕË“π®“° BCA
·≈–„™È‡æ◊ËÕ¤√È“ß√À—¤‡æ◊ËÕ∂Õ¥√À—¤‡π◊ÈÕÀ“„π·ºË𥑤°Ï
∂È“‡π◊ÈÕÀ“„π·ºË𥑤°Ï∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°‰ª¬—ߤ◊ËÕÕ◊Ëπ
À¡“¬‡≈¢π’È®–À“¬‰ªÀ√◊Õº‘¥‰ª ·≈–®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∂Õ¥√À—
¤¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‰¥È
‰∑¬ - 75
HR735_01082W-THA-3
3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 76
°¥ªÿË¡ REC MODE ´È”‰ª‡√◊ËÕ¬ Ê (À√◊Õ°¥ªÿË¡ REC
MODE ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ …†) ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°§«“¡‡√Á«„π°“√∫—π∑÷°
(§ÿ≥¿“æ)
➞ SP ➞ LP ➞ EP ➞ XP
Record Mode
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
Recording : PR 1 [SP]
— °“√À¬¥
ÿ ∫π
— ∑°
÷ ™«Ë— §√“« - ¤”À√∫
• °¥ªÿË¡ REC PAUSE ‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥°√–∫«π°“√∫—π∑÷°‰«È™—Ë«§√“«
• °¥ªÿË¡ REC PAUSE Õ’°§√—Èß√–À«Ë“ßÀ¬ÿ¥∫—π∑÷°™—Ë«§√“«
‡æ◊ËÕ∑”°“√∫—π∑÷°μËÕ
• §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¤≈—∫‡ª≈’ˬπ¤∂“π’‰¥È‚¥¬°“√°¥ªÿË¡ PROG
(
) ¢≥–À¬ÿ¥°“√∫—π∑÷°™—Ë«§√“«
— °“√À¬¥
ÿ ∫π
— ∑°
÷ - ¤”À√∫
°¥ªÿË¡ STOP (
) ‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥À√◊Õ¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°√–∫«π°“√∫—π∑÷°
• ‡¡◊ËÕ„™È·ºËπ DVD-RW/-R ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ 'Updating the
information of disc. Please wait for a moment'
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
76 - ‰∑¬
§ÿ≥‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡ª≈’ˬπ‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°·≈– PROG
„π¢≥–∑”°“√∫—π∑÷°
■
°“√∫—π∑÷°®–À¬ÿ¥‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘ ∂È“‰¡Ë¡’æ◊Èπ∑’ˇÀ≈◊Õ
¤”À√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°
■
¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°≈ß„π·ºË𥑤°Ï (DVD-RW/-R)
‰¥È∂÷ß 99 ‡√◊ËÕß≈ß
■
¤“¡“√∂‡¢’¬π≈ß„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰¥È∂÷ß 999 ‡√◊ËÕß
■
°“√∫—π∑÷°„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¤“¡“√∂∑”‰¥ÈμËÕ‡π◊ËÕßπ“
π∂÷ß 24 ™—Ë«‚≤ß ·≈–‡¡◊ËÕ∫—π∑÷°‡ªÁπ‡«≈“ 24 ™—Ë«‚¡ß
®–∑”°“√∫—π∑÷° 4 ‡√◊ËÕß ‚¥¬∑’Ë·μË≈–‡√◊ËÕß¡’§«“¡¬“«
6 ™—Ë«‚¡ß
■
°“√∫—π∑÷°®–À¬ÿ¥‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘ ∂È“‡≈◊Õ°√Ÿª¿“æ
∑’Ë¡’°“√ªÈÕß°—π°“√§—¥≈Õ°
■
·ºËπ DVD-RW μÈÕ߉¥È√∫
— °“√øÕ√Ï·¡μ°ËÕπ∑’®Ë –
‡√‘Ë¡∫—π∑÷°·ºË𥑤°Ï„À¡Ë∑’Ë®”ÀπË“¬¤Ë«π„À≠Ë®–¬—ß
‰¡Ë‰¥ÈøÕ√Ï·¡μ
■
ÀÈ“¡„™È·ºËπ DVD-R ™π‘¥ authoring °—∫‡§√◊ËÕßπ’È
SP(35:12)
°¥ªÿË¡ REC
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡°’ˬ«°—∫¤∂“π’®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ ®“°π—Èπ°“√∫—
π∑÷°®–‡√‘Ë¡¢÷Èπ‰Õ§Õπ ( ) ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È ∫π·ºßÀπÈ“ª—
¥¥È“πÀπÈ“
4
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 77
°“√∫π— ∑°÷ ®“°‡§√ÕË◊ ß¿“
¬πÕ°∑§Ë’ ≥
ÿ °”≈ß— √∫— ™¡Õ¬ËŸ
4
°¥ªÿË¡ REC
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡°’ˬ«°—∫‚À¡¥Õ‘πæÿ∑¿“¬πÕ°®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∫πÀ
πÈ“®Õ®“°π—Èπ°“√∫—π∑÷°®–‡√‘Ë¡¢÷Èπ‰Õ§Õπ ( )
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∫π·ºßÀπÈ“ª—¥¥È“πÀπÈ“
— °“√À¬¥
ÿ ∫π
— ∑°
÷ ™«Ë— §√“« - ¤”À√∫
°ÕË π∑§
Ë’ ≥
ÿ ®–‡√¡
Ë‘ μπ
È
• °¥ªÿË¡ REC PAUSE ‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥°√–∫«π°“√∫—π∑÷°‰«È™—Ë«§√“«
μ√«®¤Õ∫¥Ÿ«Ë“·ºË𥑤°Ï¡’æ◊Èπ∑’ˇ撬ßæÕ¤”À√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷° ª√—
∫‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°
• °¥ªÿË¡ REC PAUSE Õ’°§√—Èß√–À«Ë“ßÀ¬ÿ¥∫—π∑÷°™—Ë«§√“«
‡æ◊ËÕ∑”°“√∫—π∑÷°μËÕ
• §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¤≈—∫‡ª≈’ˬπ¤∂“π’‰¥È‚¥¬°“√°¥ªÿË¡ PROG
(
1
2
) ¢≥–À¬ÿ¥°“√∫—π∑÷°™—Ë«§√“«
°¥ªÿË¡ HDD À√◊Õ DVD
À“°§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ° DVD „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë OPEN/CLOSE
·≈–«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï™π‘¥∫—π∑÷°‰¥È≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß·
ºË𥑤°Ï°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE ‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
√Õ®π°«Ë“¢ÈÕ§«“¡ LOAD ®–À“¬‰ª®“°·ºßÀπÈ“ª—
¥¥È“πÀπÈ“
∂È“„™È·ºËπ DVD-RW „À¡Ë §ÿ≥®–∂Ÿ°∂“¡«Ë“μÈÕß°“√„ÀȤ
√ȓߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡√‘Ë¡μÈπÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 74)
— °“√À¬¥
ÿ ∫π
— ∑°
÷ - ¤”À√∫
°¥ªÿË¡ STOP (
) ‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥À√◊Õ¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°√–∫«π°“√∫—π∑÷°
• ‡¡◊ËÕ„™È·ºËπ DVD-RW/-R ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ 'Updating the
information of disc. Please wait for a moment'
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
°¥ªÿË¡ INPUT SEL. ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°·À≈Ëߤ—
≠≠“≥‡¢È“μ“¡∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ ‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ‰«È
·ºßÀπÈ“ª—¥¥È“πÀπÈ“®–‡ª≈’ˬπμ“¡≈”¥—∫¥—ßπ’È
➞ PR Number ➞ AV1 ➞ AV2 ➞ DV
3
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
∂È“§ÿ≥‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ°≈ÈÕß∂Ë“¬«‘¥’‚Õ¥‘®‘μÕ≈ °¥ªÿË¡ INPUT
SEL. ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° DV (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 78)
°¥ªÿË¡ REC MODE ´È”‰ª‡√◊Õ
Ë ¬ Ê (À√◊Õ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë REC
MODE ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ …†) ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°§«“¡‡√Á«„π°“√∫—π∑÷°
(§ÿ≥¿“æ)
➞ SP ➞ LP ➞ EP ➞ XP
Record Mode
SP(35:12)
‰∑¬ - 77
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 78
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°®“°°≈ÕÈ ß
∂“Ë ¬«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ
4
°¥ªÿË¡ INPUT SEL. ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° DV
∂È“μ—Èߧ˓¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“‰ª∑’Ë DV ‡¡πŸ‡≈Ëπ¿“æ/∫—π∑÷°∑’Ë„™È§«∫
§ÿ¡°≈ÈÕß∂Ë“¬«‘¥’‚Õ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∑’˥ȓπ∫π¤ÿ¥¢ÕßÀπÈ“®Õ
DV
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§«∫§ÿ¡°≈ÈÕß∂Ë“¬«‘¥’‚Õ‚¥¬„™ÈÕπ
‘ ‡μÕ√χø´
IEEE1394 (DV)
The DV device is connected
MOVE
1
‡¤’¬∫·®Á§ DV ÕÕ°¢Õß°≈ÈÕß∂Ë“¬«‘¥‚’ Õ‡¢È“°—∫·®Á§ DV ‡¢È“
2
°¥ªÿË¡ HDD À√◊Õ DVD
À“°§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ° DVD „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë OPEN/CLOSE
·≈–«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï™π‘¥∫—π∑÷°‰¥È≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß
·ºË𥑤°Ï°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE ‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºËπ
¥‘¤°Ï√Õ®π°«Ë“¢ÈÕ§«“¡ LOAD ®–À“¬‰ª®“°·ºßÀπÈ“ª—
¥¥È“πÀπÈ“
∑’˥ȓπÀπÈ“¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
‚¥¬„™È¤“¬‡§‡∫‘≈ DV
5
‡≈◊Õ°‰Õ§Õπ ‡≈Ëπ¿“æ (√) ∑’˥ȓπ∫π¢ÕßÀπÈ“®Õ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈Ëπ¿“
殓°°≈ÈÕß∂Ë“¬«‘¥’‚Õ ·≈–§ÈπÀ“μ”·ÀπË߇√‘Ë¡μÈπ„π°“√§—
¥≈Õ°
6
∂È“μÈÕß°“√‡√‘Ë¡∫—π∑÷° „™ÈªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°‰Õ§Õπ ∫—π∑÷°
(● ) ∑’˥ȓπ∫π¤ÿ¥¢ÕßÀπÈ“®Õ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂°¥ªÿ¡
Ë REC ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈‡æ◊ËÕ‡√‘Ë¡∫—π∑÷°
— °“√À¬¥
ÿ ∫π
— ∑°
÷ - ¤”À√∫
°¥ªÿË¡ STOP (
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
3
°¥ªÿË¡ REC MODE ´È”Ê ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°§«“¡‡√Á«°“√∫—π∑÷°
(§ÿ≥¿“æ)
RETURN
) ‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥À√◊Õ¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°√–∫«π°“√∫—π∑÷°
• ‡¡◊ËÕ„™È·ºËπ DVD-RW/-R ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ 'Updating the
information of disc. Please wait for a moment'
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
➞ SP ➞ LP ➞ EP ➞ XP
■
Record Mode
78 - ‰∑¬
SP(02:10)
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
∂È“μÈÕß°“√„ÀȉէÕπ∑’‡Ë °’¬
Ë «°—∫°“√‡≈Ëπ¿“æª√“°Ø
¢÷Èπ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ °¥ªÿË¡≈Ÿ°»√ªÿË¡„¥ªÿË¡Àπ÷Ëß∫π√’‚¡∑
§Õπ‚∑√≈
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 79
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ ·∫∫¤¡
— º—
¤‡¥¬
’ « (OTR)
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
μ—«π—∫‡«≈“®–≈¥≈߇ªÁππ“∑’®“° 8:00 ∂÷ß 0:00 ®“°
π—Èπ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ®–À¬ÿ¥∫—π∑÷°
— °“√À¬¥
ÿ ∫π
— ∑°
÷ - ¤”À√∫
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂μ—ßÈ §Ë“‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï „ÀÈ∫—
π∑÷°‡æ‘Ë¡¢÷Èπ§√—Èß≈– 30 π“∑’ ‰¥Èπ“π∂÷ß 8 ™—Ë«‚¡ß ‚¥¬°“√°¥ªÿË¡
REC
°¥ªÿË¡ STOP ( )¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Do you want to stop
recording?" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
• °¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
• À√◊Õ°¥ªÿË¡ STOP (
1
°¥ªÿË¡ HDD À√◊Õ DVD
À“°§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ° DVD „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë OPEN/CLOSE
·≈–«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï™π‘¥∫—π∑÷°‰¥È≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß
·ºË𥑤°Ï°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE ‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
√Õ®π°«Ë“¢ÈÕ§«“¡ LOAD ®–À“¬‰ª®“°·ºßÀπÈ“ª—
¥¥È“πÀπÈ“
2
°¥ªÿË¡ PROG (
3
°¥ªÿË¡ REC ‡æ◊ËÕ‡√‘Ë¡∫—π∑÷°
) À√◊ÕªÿË¡À¡“¬‡≈¢‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√
∑’Ë®–∫—π∑÷°∂È“§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√∫—π∑÷°ºË“π¤Ë«πª√–°Õ∫¿“
¬πÕ°∑’ˇ™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ‰«È °¥ªÿË¡ INPUT SEL. ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¤—
≠≠“≥‡¢È“¿“¬πÕ°∑’μ
Ë Õ
È ß°“√ (AV1, AV2, DV À√◊Õ
PR01)
Recording : PR 1 [SP]
) Õ’°§√—ßÈ
‡°¬
Ë’ «°∫
— ª¡
Ë ÿ INFO
√–À«Ë“ß°“√∫—π∑÷° °¥ªÿË¡ INFO Àπ÷Ëߧ√—Èß ÀπÈ“®Õ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈√–∫
∫®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ ¥—ßπ’È:Displays Active Status
(¤∂“π–°“√„™ÈÀπÈ“®Õ), Background Status (¤∂“π–æ◊ÈπÀ≈—
ß) ·≈–¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈ Main Screen information (ÀπÈ“®ÕÀ≈—°)
HDD
Active status
Record SP
Background Status – –
Screen
Recording:PR1 [SP]
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
12:00
Disc Info
3
None
35:37 SP
4745MB
12:00
°¥ªÿË¡ REC ´È”Ê ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ª√—∫
‡«≈“°“√∫—π∑÷°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√
➞ 0:30 ➞ 1:00 ➞ ... 8:00 ➞ Off
OTR Mode
‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÿË¡ INFO 3 §√—Èß:ÀπÈ“®Õ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈°“√∫—π∑÷°ª—®®ÿ∫—π ®–ª√“
°Ø¢÷Èπ: ·¤¥ß¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¢Õß Name (™◊ËÕ) °“√∫—π∑÷°, Title (‡√◊ËÕß),
Created Time (‡«≈“∑’ˤ√È“ß) ·≈– Recording Time (‡«≈“∫—
π∑÷°)
0:30
HDD
Name
Recording Title
Recording Info
JAN/01/2006 12:00 PR
1
4
Created Time
JAN/01//2006 12:00
Recording Time
00:13:27
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
12:00
‰∑¬ - 79
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
°“√°¥ªÿ¡
Ë INFO ¤Õߧ√—Èß ÀπÈ“®Õ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¥‘¤°Ï®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ ¥—
ßπ’È:·¤¥ß Total Titles (®”π«π‡√◊ËÕß) ·≈– Total Playlists
(√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ∑—ÈßÀ¡¥), Recordable Time(Title)
(‡«≈“∑’ˤ“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‰¥È (‡√◊ËÕß), Available Space
(Music/Photo).(æ◊Èπ∑’Ë∑’Ë„™È‰¥È (‡æ≈ß/¿“æ)
HDD
Total TItle
Total Playlist
Recordable Time:Title
Available Space:Music/Photo
JAN/01/2006 (SUN)
4
System Info
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 80
°“√∫π
— ∑°÷ ·≈–°“√‡≈π
Ë
æ√ÕÈ ¡°π
—
2
°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ PLAY ( )
‡§√◊ËÕß®–‡≈Ëπ‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥°”≈—ß∫—π∑÷°Õ¬ŸË„πª—®®ÿ∫—
π®“°®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡·√°
√ Play
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‚ª√·°√¡∑’˧ÿ≥°”≈—ß∫—π∑÷°Õ¬ŸË‰¥Èμ—Èß·μËμÈπ
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¥Ÿ√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß°ËÕπÀπÈ“π’È¢≥–∑’Ë∑”°“√∫—
π∑÷°‚ª√·°√¡
¢≥–°”≈ß— ∫π
— ∑°
÷
ÿ °“√‡≈π
Ë / °“√∫π
— ∑°÷ - °“√À¬¥
1
°¥ªÿË¡ PLAY (
)
‡§√◊ËÕß®–‡≈Ëπ‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥°”≈—ß∫—π∑÷°Õ¬ŸË„πª—®®ÿ∫—
π®“°®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡·√°
°“√‡≈Ëπ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥È‡ªÁπ‡«≈“ 10
«‘π“∑’®“°®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õß°“√∫—π∑÷°
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂„™Èª¡
Ëÿ SKIP (
) ·≈–ªÿ¡
Ë °“√‡≈ËπÕ◊π
Ë Ê
∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß ‡æ◊ËÕ¥Ÿ√“¬°“√∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«È°ËÕπÀπÈ“π’È
1
°¥ªÿË¡ STOP ( )ÀπÈ“®Õ°“√‡≈Ëπ®–À“¬‰ª
·≈–ÀπÈ“®Õ°“√∫—π∑÷°∑’Ë¥”‡π‘π°“√Õ¬ŸË®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
2
‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÿË¡ STOP (
√ Play
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
) Õ’°§√—Èß®–‡ªÁπ°“√À¬ÿ¥°“√∫—π∑÷°
■
§ÿ≥®–‰¡Ë‰¥È¬‘π‡¤’¬ß„¥Ê √–À«Ë“ß‚À¡¥§ÈπÀ“
■
°“√‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ DVD ¤“¡“√∂∑”‰¥È√–À«Ë“ß°“√∫—
■
π∑÷°≈ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ïլ˓߉√°Áμ“¡ ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂
‡≈Ëπ‰ø≈Ï JPEG, MP3 ·≈– DivX „π·ºË𥑤°Ï‰¥È
°“√‡≈Ëπ®“°Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¤“¡“√∂∑”‰¥È√–À«Ë“ß°“√∫—
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
π∑÷°≈ß·ºËπ DVD լ˓߉√°Áμ“¡ ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ
‰ø≈Ï JPEG ·≈– MP3 „πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰¥È
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷° „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
SKIP (
°¥ªÿË¡ …†/S
) ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°
HDD
Title List
RECORDING...
4/4
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
004 RECORDING...
Recording
00:00:00
JAN/02/2006 00:00
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
80 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 81
°“√μßÈ— ‡«≈“∫π
— ∑°
÷
3
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Add a list
HDD
Scheduled List
Current Time 10:54
No.
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
Mode
No.01 No Title
To
Source
Date
Start
End
HDD
PR 01
JAN 01
10 : 54
12 : 54
Recordable Time HDD 35:45 SP
1. μ√«®¤Õ∫¥Ÿ«“Ë ¤“¬Õ“°“»‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕÕ¬ŸË
2. μ√«®¤Õ∫‡«≈“∑’ˇÀ≈◊ÕÕ¬ŸË„π·ºË𥑤°Ï
3. μ√«®¤Õ∫«—π∑’Ë·≈–‡«≈“„ÀÈ∂Ÿ°μÈÕß
„ÀÈ·πË„®«Ë“‰¥Èμ—Èßπ“Ñ°“ (Setup-Clock Set)
°ËÕπ∑’˧ÿ≥®–∑”°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 28~29)
Recordable Time
HDD
MOVE
Title
SP
Save
35:45 SP
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ ANYKEY
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Add ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TIMER
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ Stop (À¬ÿ¥)/Playback (‡≈Ëπ)
„ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ TIMER
ÀπÈ“®Õ Programme (‚ª√·°√¡) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
4
‡≈◊Õ°μ—«‡≈◊Õ°°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°
• ªÈÕπ¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“‚¥¬„™Èª¡
Ëÿ …†œ √ ·≈–ªÿË¡μ—«‡≈¢
œ √ : ‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ª¬—ß√“¬°“√°ËÕπÀπÈ“/∂—¥‰ª
…† 0~9 : μ—ßÈ §Ë“
• To :‡≈◊Õ°¤◊ËÕ¤”À√—∫∫—π∑÷° Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï À√◊Õ DVD
• Source :·À≈Ëߤ—≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢È“ (AV1, AV2) À√◊Õ¤∂“
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Programme
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Scheduled List
List
Scheduled
√
√
Recorded List
√
π’·æ√Ë¿“æ∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√μ—È߇«≈“„ÀÈ∫—π∑÷°
• Date :°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°¤“¡“√∂μ—È߇«≈“∫—
π∑÷°‰¥È¿“¬„πÀπ÷Ë߇¥◊Õπμ—Èß«—π∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°(«—π/‡¥◊Õπ)
Programme
Setup
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
JAN 31
JAN 30
JAN 29
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ Stop (À¬ÿ¥)/Playback (‡≈Ëπ)
„ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
JAN 02
JAN 01
Every SUN
Every SAT
MON-FRI
MON-SAT
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
MOVE
Every Day
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Programme ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
2
°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Scheduled List.
HDD
Scheduled List
Current Time 10:54
No.
To
Source
Date
Start
Add a list
End
Mode
Recordable Time HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 81
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 82
• Start/End Time :‡«≈“‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ·≈–¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—
π∑÷°
— ∑°÷ ) :
• Mode (‚À¡¥°“√∫π
- FR (∫—π∑÷°·∫∫¬◊¥À¬ÿπ
Ë ) :‡≈◊Õ°‡¡◊Õ
Ë §ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√
5
‡¡◊Õ
Ë §ÿ≥°”≈—ß∫—π∑÷°„π‚À¡¥ EP ∫π·ºËπ DVDRW(‚À¡¥ V)/R ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‰¥È‡μÁ¡∂÷ß 6
À√◊Õ 8 ™—«Ë ‚¡ß‡π◊Õ
Ë ß®“°‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß®–„™È√–∫∫ VBR (Õ—
μ√“¤Ë«π∫‘μ·ª√º—π) ENCODINGμ—«Õ¬Ë“ß‡™Ëπ
∂È“§ÿ≥∫—π∑÷°√“¬°“√∑’Ë¡’°“√‡§≈◊ËÕπ‰À«¡“°
‡§√◊ËÕß®–„™ÈÕ—μ√“¤Ë«π∫‘μ∑’ˤŸß°«Ë“´÷Ëß∑”„ÀȤ‘Èπ‡ª≈◊Õß
ÀπË«¬§«“¡®”¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï¡“°°«Ë“
■
• TITLE :°“√„¤Ë©≈“°™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß „Àȇ≈◊Õ°™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß ·≈–°¥ªÿË¡ OK
‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Save ·≈–°¥ªÿ¡
Ë OK Õ’°§√—Èß
•
μ—ßÈ §Ë“§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß«‘¥‚’ Õ‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ„‘ π‚À¡¥ FR ®–ª√—
∫μ—Èß‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°∑’ˇÀ¡“–¤¡∑’ˤÿ¥‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—
μ‘μ“¡‡«≈“∑’ˇÀ≈◊ÕÕ¬ŸË„π·ºË𥑤°Ï·≈–§«“¡¬“«¢Õß°“√
μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°ø—ß°Ï
™—Ëππ’È®–‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥„¥‚À¡¥Àπ÷Ëß„π‚À¡¥ XP, SP, LP
·≈– EP
- XP (§ÿ≥¿“椟ß) :‡≈◊Õ°‡¡◊Õ
Ë §ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß«‘¥‚’ Õ‡ªÁπ¤‘ßË ¤”§—
≠
- SP (§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“μ√∞“π) :‡≈◊Õ°‡æ◊Õ
Ë ∫—π∑÷°„π§ÿ≥¿“æ¡“
μ√∞“π
- LP (§ÿ≥¿“æμË”) :‡≈◊Õ°‡¡◊Õ
Ë μÈÕß°“√‡«≈“„π°“√∫—π∑÷°
∑’ˬ“«π“π
- EP (¬◊¥‡«≈“) :‡≈◊Õ°‡¡◊ËÕμÈÕß°“√‡«≈“„π°“√∫—π∑÷°∑’ˬ“«
π“π°«Ë“
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
À≈—ß®“°‡≈◊Õ°§Ë“∑’Ëμ—È߉«È¤”À√—∫·μË≈–‚À¡¥·≈È« °¥ªÿË¡ OK
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∫π·ºßÀπÈ“ª—¥¥È“πÀπÈ“´÷Ëß·¤¥ß«Ë“‰¥È
μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°‰«È·≈È«
∂“È ‡«≈“∑μ
Ë’ ßÈ— ∑∫
— ´ÕÈ π°π
— :
‡§√◊ËÕß®–∫—π∑÷°√“¬°“√μ“¡≈”¥—∫°ËÕπÀ≈—ß
∂È“μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°¤”À√—∫√“¬°“√·√° ®“°π—Èπμ—È߇«≈“∫—
π∑÷°Õ’°§√—Èߤ”À√—∫√“¬°“√∑’ˤÕß ·≈–∑—ÈߤÕß√“¬°“√¡’‡«≈“∑—
∫´ÈÕπ°—π ¢ÈÕ§«“¡μËÕ‰ªπ’È®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ"This setting is
identical with 1."¢ÈÕ§«“¡®–·¤¥ß«Ë“μÈÕß∫—π∑÷°√“¬°“√·√
°°ËÕπ À≈—ß®“°∫—π∑÷°√“¬°“√·√°‡¤√Á®¤‘Èπ √“¬°“√∑’ˤÕß
®–‡√‘Ë¡∂Ÿ°∫—π∑÷°
∂“È μÕÈ ß°“√®∫°“√∑”ß“π‚¥¬‰¡∫
Ë π
— ∑°
÷ °“√μßÈ— §“Ë ª®— ®∫
ÿ π
—
°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
∂“È μÕÈ ß°“√°≈∫
— ‰ª¬ß— ‡¡π°
Ÿ ÕË πÀπ“È
°¥ªÿË¡ RETURN ∂È“§ÿ≥‰¡ËμÈÕß°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°
6
‡¡◊Õ
Ë §ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√∫—π∑÷°∫π·ºËπ DVD-RW/-R
§ÿ≥μÈÕß„¤Ë·ºËπ
7
ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕ߇æ◊ËÕ¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°
°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°®–‰¡Ë∑”ß“π‡¡◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
ÀπÈ“®Õ·°È‰¢™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
¥Ÿ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 88 ¤”À√—∫°“√≈ß∑–‡∫’¬π
■
‡«≈“„π°“√∫—π∑÷°¢Õßμ—«μ—ßÈ ‡«≈“Õ“®·μ°μË“ß®“°
‡«≈“∑’Ëμ—È߉«È¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫¤∂“π–¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï·≈–
¤∂“π–¢Õß°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°‚¥¬√«¡ (μ—«Õ¬Ë“ß‡™Ëπ
°“√§“∫‡°’ˬ«¢Õ߇«≈“∑’Ëμ—Èß À√◊Õ‡¡◊ËÕ°“√∫—π∑÷°°ËÕπ
ÀπÈ“®∫≈ß¿“¬„π 2 π“∑’ °ËÕπ‡«≈“‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õß°“√∫—
π∑÷°∂—¥‰ª)
■
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°‰¥È 12 √“¬°“√
■
∂È“¥‘¤°Ï HDD ¡’æ◊Èπ∑’ˇÀ≈◊Õ‰¡Ë‡æ’¬ßæÕ ¤—≠≈—°…≥Ï
®–°–æ√‘∫ π—ËπÀ¡“¬§«“¡«Ë“¥‘¤°Ï HDD ‰¡Ë¡’æ◊Èπ∑’Ë∑’Ë®–
∫—π∑÷°·≈È«
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
82 - ‰∑¬
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:30 AM
Page 83
°“√·°‰È ¢√“¬°“√∑°Ë’ ”Àπ
¥‡«≈“
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√∑’Ë°”À𥇫≈“∑’˧ÿ≥
μÈÕß°“√·°È‰¢ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
• √“¬°“√ Add , Edit, Delete ·≈– Go to Recorded List
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
HDD
Scheduled List
Current Time 10:54
∑”μ“¡¢—ÈπμÕπμËÕ‰ªπ’ȇæ◊ËÕ·°È‰¢√“¬°“√∑’Ë°”À𥇫≈“
No.
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
-- --- ----
-- --
--:--
--:--
--
01 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
17:30
18:30
SP
02 HDD PR 01
Add
03 HDD PR 01
Edit
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
Delete
Recordable
Time ListHDD 35:45 SP
Go to Recorded
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TIMER
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ TIMER
ÀπÈ“®Õ Programme (‚ª√·°√¡) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷π
È
HDD & DVD RECORDER
4
Programme
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Edit ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
• √“¬°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
·°È‰¢√“¬°“√∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¥Ÿ∫∑ "°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°"
¤”À√—∫¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡‡°’ˬ«°—∫√“¬°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—
π∑÷°(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 81~82)
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Scheduled List
List
Scheduled
√
√
Recorded List
√
HDD
Programme
Scheduled List
Current Time 10:54
Setup
No. To
Source
Date
Start
To
Source
Date
HDD
PR 01
JAN 01
End
Mode
Start
End
Mode
17 : 30
18 : 30
SP
Title
Save
No.01 No Title
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Recordable Time HDD 35:45 SP
Recordable Time
MOVE
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
HDD 35:45 SP
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
2
°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Scheduled List
HDD
5
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Save ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK ‡æ◊ËÕ¬◊π¬—
π°“√μ—Èߧ˓∑’Ë·°È‰¢
6
°¥ªÿË¡ MENU À≈—ß®“°¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°“√∑”ß“π
ÀπÈ“®Õ Scheduled List ®–À“¬‰ª
Scheduled List
Current Time 10:54
No.
To
Source
Date
HDD
HDD
HDD
PR 01
PR 01
PR 01
JAN 01
JAN 01
JAN 01
Start
End
Mode
18:30
22:00
23:45
SP
SP
SP
Add a list
01
02
03
Recordable Time
17:30
21:00
23:15
HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 83
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Programme ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 84
°“√≈∫√“¬°“√∑°Ë’ ”Àπ¥‡
«≈“
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°À¡“¬‡≈¢¢Õß Scheduled List
(√“¬°“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—π∑÷°) ∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√≈∫ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
ANYKEY
•√“¬°“√ Add , Edit, Delete ·≈– Go To Recorded List
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
∑”μ“¡¢—π
È μÕπμËÕ‰ªπ’‡È æ◊Õ
Ë ≈∫√“¬°“√ÕÕ°®“°√“¬°“√
∑’Ë°”À𥇫≈“
HDD
Scheduled List
Current Time 11:01
No.
To Source
-- --- ----
Date
-- --
Start
--:--
End
--:--
Mode
01 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
17:30
18:30
SP
02 HDD PR 01
Add
03 HDD PR 01
Edit
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
--
Delete
Recordable
Time List
HDD 35:45 SP
Go to Recorded
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TIMER
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ TIMER
ÀπÈ“®Õ Programme (‚ª√·°√¡) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷π
È
HDD & DVD RECORDER
4
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Delete ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
• √–∫∫®–·¤¥ß¢ÈÕ§«“¡¬◊π¬—π°“√≈∫ ‡™Ëπ "Do you want
to delete?"
Programme
HDD
Scheduled List
HDD
Current Time 11:01
Library
Disc Manager
Scheduled List
List
Scheduled
√
√
Recorded List
√
No.
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
No.01
Programme
Do you want to delete?
Setup
Yes
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
No
Recordable Time
HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
SELECT
EXIT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Programme ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
5
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
• ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®–∂Ÿ°≈∫ÕÕ°®“°√“¬°“√
HDD
Scheduled List
Current Time 11:01
No.
2
°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Scheduled List.
To Source
-- --- ----
Date
-- --
Start
--:--
End
--:--
Mode
01 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
Recordable Time
HDD
Scheduled List
No.
To
Source
Date
HDD
HDD
HDD
PR 01
PR 01
PR 01
JAN 01
JAN 01
JAN 01
Start
End
HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
Current Time 10:54
--
SELECT
RETURN
Mode
Add a list
01
02
03
Recordable Time
18:30
22:00
23:45
SP
SP
SP
6
HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
84 - ‰∑¬
17:30
21:00
23:15
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ MENU À≈—ß®“°¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°“√∑”ß“π
ÀπÈ“®Õ Scheduled List ®–À“¬‰ª¢÷Èπ
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 85
‰ª∑√Ë’ “¬°“√∑∫
Ë’ π
— ∑°
÷
3
°¥ªÿË¡ MENU À≈—ß®“°¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°“√∑”ß“π
ÀπÈ“®Õ Recorded List ®–À“¬‰ª
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¬◊π¬—πº≈≈—æ∏ϥȓπª√–¤‘∑∏‘¿“æ¢Õß√“¬™◊ËÕ
‡√◊ËÕß∑’˺˓π‡«≈“°“√∫—π∑÷°∑’ˤ”√Õ߉«È
¢ÕÈ ¡≈Ÿ ‡°¬
Ë’ «°∫
— √“¬°“√∑∫
Ë’ π
— ∑°
÷
·®Èß„ÀÈ∑√“∫«Ë“√“¬°“√∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°‰«È¥”‡π‘π°“√∫—π∑÷°μ“
¡°“√μ—È߇«≈“‡ªÁπº≈¤”‡√Á®À√◊Õ‰¡Ë
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TIMER
1
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√∑’Ë∫—π∑÷° ®“°π—
3
È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ TIMER
ÀπÈ“®Õ Programme (‚ª√·°√¡) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷π
È
HDD & DVD RECORDER
HDD
Programme
HDD
Library
Disc Manager
Scheduled List
List
Scheduled
√
√
Recorded List
√
Recorded List
No.
To Source
01 HDD PR 01
01
Date
JAN 01
Start
17:30
End
18:30
Mode
Status
SP
OK
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
OK
03 HDD PR 01
Info
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
OK
Delete
List Clear
Programme
Go to Scheduled List
Setup
MOVE
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Info ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
4
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Programme ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊Õªÿ¡
Ë √
HDD
No.
To
Scheduled List
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
Status
Timer rec was finished successfully
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Recorded List ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“®Õ Recorded List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
OK
Recordable Time
HDD 35:45 SP
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Recorded List
No.
To Source
01 HDD PR 01
01
Date
JAN 01
Start
17:30
End
18:30
Mode
Status
SP
OK
OK
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
OK
03 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
OK
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 85
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 86
≈∫√“¬°“√∑∫
Ë’ π
— ∑°
÷
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° List Clear ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
4
≈∫√“¬°“√∑’∫
Ë —π∑÷°·μË≈–√“¬°“√
HDD
No.
Recorded List
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
Status
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√∑’Ë∫—
3
Do you want to delete a Recorded list?
π∑÷°∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√≈∫ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
No
Yes
HDD
Recorded List
MOVE
No.
To Source
01 HDD PR 01
01
Date
01/01
Start
17:30
End
18:30
Mode
Status
SP
OK
02 HDD PR 01
01/01
21:00
22:00
SP
OK
03 HDD PR 01
Info
01/01
23:15
23:45
SP
OK
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Delete
List Clear
Go to Scheduled List
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰ª∑°Ë’ “√·¤¥ßº≈√“¬°“√∑°Ë’ ”À𥇫≈“
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Delete ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
4
¤≈—∫®“°√“¬°“√∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰ª‡ªÁπ°“√·¤¥ßº≈√“¬°“√∑’Ë°”Àπ¥
‡«≈“‰¥È‚¥¬μ√ß
HDD
No.
To
Recorded List
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
Status
No.01
Do you want to delete?
Yes
Recordable Time
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
3
No
HDD 35:45 SP
HDD
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
Recorded List
EXIT
No.
To Source
01 HDD PR 01
01
Date
JAN 01
Start
17:30
End
18:30
Mode
Status
SP
OK
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
OK
03 HDD PR 01
Info
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
OK
Delete
List Clear
Go to Scheduled List
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
≈“È ß√“¬°“√∑∫
Ë’ π
— ∑°
÷
≈È“ß√“¬°“√∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°∑—ÈßÀ¡¥„π§√—È߇¥’¬«
4
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° Go to Scheduled List ®“°π—Èπ°¥
OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
3
HDD
HDD
Current Time 10:54
No.
No.
Scheduled List
Recorded List
To Source
01 HDD PR 01
01
Date
JAN 01
Start
17:30
End
18:30
Mode
Status
SP
OK
02 HDD PR 01
JAN 01
21:00
22:00
SP
OK
03 HDD PR 01
Info
JAN 01
23:15
23:45
SP
OK
To
Source
Date
Start
End
Mode
Add a list
Delete
List Clear
Recordable Time
Go to Scheduled List
MOVE
86 - ‰∑¬
HDD 35:45 SP
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 87
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
„π¤Ë«ππ’È®–·π–𔇰’ˬ«°—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπæ◊Èπ∞“π¢Õß°“√μ—
¥μËÕ·≈–Õ∏‘∫“¬∑—Èßø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ·°È‰¢¤”À√—∫°“√∫—
π∑÷°∫𥑤°Ï·≈–ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ·°È‰¢¤”À√—∫¥‘¤°Ï∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
°“√·°È‰¢¢—Èπæ◊Èπ∞“π (√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß)..............................88
°“√·°È‰¢¢—Èπ¤Ÿß (√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ) ....................................94
°“√§—¥≈Õ°®“°Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰ª¬—ß·ºËπ DVD.................103
°“√§—¥≈Õ°À≈“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß„π§√—È߇¥’¬« .......................106
°“√§—¥≈Õ°®“° DVD ‰ª¬—ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ......................109
°“√§—¥≈Õ° MP3, JPEG À√◊Õ Divx .........................111
Ë
• √“¬°“√‡≈π
À¡“¬∂÷ß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ´÷Ëߤ√È“ß‚¥¬°“√‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√„π√“¬™◊ËÕ
‡√◊ËÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡≈Ëπμ“¡√“¬°“√‡≈Ë𠇧√◊ËÕß®–‡≈Ëπ‡©æ“–©“°∑’˺ŸÈ„™È‡≈◊Õ°
‰«È ·≈È«À¬ÿ¥ ‡π◊ËÕß®“°√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ®–¡’‡©æ“–¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë®”‡ªÁπ¤”À√—
∫°“√‡≈Ëπ©“°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√‡∑Ë“π—Èπ ¥—ßπ—Èπ·¡È«Ë“®–≈∫√“¬°“√‡≈ËπÕÕ°
°“√¤μ√’¡¥—È߇¥‘¡®–‰¡Ë∂Ÿ°≈∫ÕÕ°‰ª
°“√∫π
— ∑°÷ À√Õ◊ °“√·°‰È ¢Õ“®®–‰¡‰Ë ¥√È ∫
— °“√¤π∫
— ¤ππ
ÿ À“°‡°¥
‘
¢ÕÈ º¥
‘ æ≈“¥ ‡™π
Ë ‰øø“È ¥∫
— °√–∑π
— Àπ
—
‚ª√¥∑√“∫«“Ë ·ºπ
Ë ∑‡Ë’ ¤¬
’ À“¬®–‰¡¤Ë “¡“√∂°§
ÈŸ π
◊ ‡πÕÈ◊ À“°≈—
∫¤¤ËŸ ¿“懥¡
‘ ‰¥È
Disc Manager (μ—«®—¥°“√¥‘¤°Ï) ..............................113
‰∑¬ - 87
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
Ë◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß
• √“¬™Õ
√“¬°“√‡√◊ËÕߧ◊Õ√“¬°“√¢Õß‚ª√·°√¡∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«È°ËÕπÀπÈ“π’È
À“°‡√◊ËÕß∂Ÿ°≈∫ ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ‡√◊ËÕßπ—Èπ‰¥ÈÕ’°
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 88
°“√·°‰È ¢¢π
È— æπ
È ◊ ∞“π
(√“¬™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß)
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Rename ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“®Õ Rename (‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
Rename
JAN / 01 / 2006 17:30 PR1
°“√‡ª≈¬
Ë’ π™ÕË◊ (©≈“°°”°∫
— ) ‡√ÕË◊ ß
ªØ‘∫—μ‘μ“¡§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’ȇæ◊ËÕ‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß ‡™Ëπ
‡æ◊ËÕ·°È‰¢‡√◊ËÕߢÕß‚ª√·°√¡∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«È
Back Space
Space
MOVE
4
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
Delete
SELECT
RETURN
1
HDD
Rename
Sports(A1)
Back Space
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
EXIT
„¤Ëμ—«Õ—°…√∑’ËμÈÕß°“√‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡ …† œ √ ·≈È«°¥ªÿË¡ OK
HDD
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
Clear
Space
MOVE
1/3
Delete
SELECT
RETURN
Clear
EXIT
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
• Back Space: ≈∫·≈–¬È“¬‡§Õ√χ´Õ√Ï∂Õ¬À≈—
ßÀπ÷Ëßμ”·ÀπËß
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
• Space: „¤Ë‡«Èπ«√√§·≈–¬È“¬‡§Õ√χ´Õ√ωª¢È“ßÀπÈ“Àπ÷Ëß
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
μ”·ÀπËß (‰ª∑“ߢ«“)
EXIT
• Delete: ≈∫μ—«Õ—°…√∑’Ëμ”·ÀπË߇§Õ√χ´Õ√Ï
• Clear: ≈∫°“√ªÈÕπμ—«Õ—°…√∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
• Save: ≈ß∑–‡∫’¬π°“√ªÈÕπμ—«Õ—°…√
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
¤Õߧ√—Èß
5
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Save ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˇª≈’Ë¬π®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ∑’Ë√“¬°“√‡√◊ËÕߢÕߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°
HDD
Title List
Sports(A1)
2
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 Sports(A1)
001
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ®“°
Title List (√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
MOVE
88 - ‰∑¬
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Protection
√
√
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 89
°“√≈ÕÁ § (ªÕÈ ß°π
— ) ™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß
ªØ‘∫—μ‘μ“¡§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’ȇæ◊ËÕ≈ÁÕ§¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ◊ËÕªÈÕß°—
π°“√≈∫‚¥¬‰¡Ëμ—Èß„®
3
°¥ªÿ¡
Ë …† ‡æ◊ÕË ‡≈◊Õ° Protection ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Title Protection:
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30 On
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
1
MOVE
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
4
Off
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° On ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
‰Õ§Õπ√Ÿª°ÿ≠·®∑’ËÀπÈ“μ˓ߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈¢Õß√“¬°“√∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°‰«È®–‡
ª≈’¬
Ë π‡ªÁπ¤∂“π–∂Ÿ°≈ÁÕ§ ( ➝ )
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√ªÈÕß°—π ®“° Title
List (√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
MOVE
√
√
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 89
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 90
°“√≈∫™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß
ªØ‘∫μ
— μ
‘ “¡§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’ȇæ◊ËÕ≈∫¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈ÕÕ°®“°√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Delete ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Do you want
to delete?
003 may
JAN/01/2006
23:15 PR 00:30:00
(Related playlists
be deleted.)
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
JAN/01/2006 17:30Yes
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
1/3
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
SELECT
RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√≈∫„π Title List
(√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
Copy
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Deleting...
003 wait.)
JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
(Please
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR1
1/2
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
002 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
MOVE
90 - ‰∑¬
1/3
4
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Protection
EXIT
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
2
RETURN
√–∫∫®–·®ÈߢÈÕ§«“¡¬◊π¬—π„Àȧ≥
ÿ ∑√“∫ HDD, DVDRW ( ‚À¡¥VR): ‡¡◊ËÕ√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ‰¡Ë‰¥È·¤¥ßÕ¬ŸË ¢ÈÕ§«“¡
"Do you want to delete? (Related playlists may be
deleted.)" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
DVD-RW (‚À¡¥«‘¥’‚Õ)/-R:
‡¡◊ËÕ√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ‰¡Ë‰¥È·¤¥ßÕ¬ŸË ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Do you want
to delete?" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
MOVE
SELECT
• ¢ÈÕ§«“¡Õ“®·μ°μË“ß°—π¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫ª√–‡¿∑¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
No
√
JAN/01/2006 21:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
√
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 91
■
§ÿ≥‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂≈∫¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë¡’°“√ªÈÕß°—πÀ“°§ÿ≥μÈÕß
°“√≈∫¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë¡’°“√ªÈÕß°—π „Àȇ≈◊Õ°"Off" (ª‘¥)
„π‡¡πŸ Title Protection (ªÈÕß°—π‡√◊ËÕß)(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 89)
■
‡¡◊ËÕμ—Èß Disc Protection (ªÈÕß°—𥑤°Ï) ‰«È∑’Ë
Protected (ªÈÕß°—π) §ÿ≥®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂≈∫‡√◊ËÕß
‰¥È(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 114)
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√·¬°®“° Title
List (√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
■
■
‡¡◊ËÕ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∂Ÿ°≈∫ÕÕ°®“° Title List (√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß)
·≈È« ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂°ŸÈ§◊π‰¥È
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
√
√
√
MOVE
‡¡◊ËÕ‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºËπ DVD-RW/-R ·≈È«
®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂≈∫‰¥È
3
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Edit ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
‡¡πŸ·°È‰¢®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
°“√·¬°¤«Ë π„π‡√ÕË◊ ß (·¬°)
Rename
Protection
Copy
ªØ‘∫—μ‘μ“¡§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’ȇæ◊ËÕ·¬°¤Ë«π¢ÕߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
√
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Split
Partial Delete
√
√
MOVE
4
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Split ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
Split
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
Split 1
Split 2
00:00:00
00:00:00
00:00:01
Select
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
Return
Split
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
‰∑¬ - 91
HR735_01082W-THA-3
5
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 92
PLAY( ), SEARCH
„™ÈªÿË¡∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—∫°“√‡≈Ëπ (P
(
)) ‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ª∑’Ë®ÿ¥∑’Ë®–·¬°·≈–°¥ªÿË¡OK
À“°‰¡Ë„™Ë®ÿ¥∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√·¬° „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ RETURN
‡æ◊ËÕ¬°‡≈‘°°“√‡≈◊Õ° „™ÈªÿË¡∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß°—∫°“√‡≈Ëπ
‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ª∑’Ë®ÿ¥∑’Ë®–·¬°·≈–°¥ªÿË¡ OK
7
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë·¬°®–∂Ÿ°·∫ËßÕÕ°‡ªÁπ¤Õߤ˫π ·≈–‡√◊ËÕß∂—
¥‰ª®–∂Ÿ°‡≈◊Õ
Ë πÕÕ°‰ªμ“¡≈”¥—∫
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
HDD
Split
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
002 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 00:29:05
Title List No. 001
Split 1
①
003 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 00:02:00
004 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:02:06
Split 2
00:00:00
00:30:55
00:30:55
Select
Return
Split
MOVE
1/4
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 00:30:55
001
00:00:55
SELECT
RETURN
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
➂
➁
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
EXIT
① √Õ∫°“√·¬°·√°
➁ ‡«≈“∫—π∑÷°∑—ÈßÀ¡¥¢Õß√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
➂ ‡«≈“‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õß°“√·¬°§√—Èß∑’ˤÕß·≈–ÀπÈ“®Õ¢Õߤ˫ππ—Èπ
°“√≈∫¤«Ë π„π‡√ÕË◊ ß (≈∫∫“ߤ«Ë π)
ªØ‘∫—μ‘μ“¡§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’ȇæ◊ËÕ≈∫¤Ë«π¢ÕߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
HDD
Split
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
Split 1
Split 2
00:00:00
00:30:55
(‚À¡¥ VR)
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
00:30:55
Select
Return
Split
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
1
6
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Split ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "This title cannot be
recovered after splitting. Do you want to split?"
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
HDD
Split
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
Title List No. 001
Split 1
Split 2
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
This title cannot be recovered after splitting
Do you want to split?
00:00:00
Yes
Select
00:00:00
No
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
00:00:55
Return
Split
MOVE
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
92 - ‰∑¬
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 93
∫“ߤ˫π ≈∫ √“¬°“√ ÀπÈ“®Õ ÕߧϪ√–°Õ∫
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√·°È‰¢®“° Title
List (√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Partial Delete
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
1/3
Rename
Protection
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
End
00:19:10
00:00:00
①
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
Start
√
00:19:10
Start
End
Return
Delete
➃
➁
√
√
MOVE
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
SELECT
EXIT
RETURN
EXIT
➂
① ·∂∫°“√‡≈Ëπ
➁ ‡«≈“‡≈Ëπ
➂ ÀπÈ“μË“ß®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ°“√≈∫¤Ë«π·≈–‡«≈“
➃ ÀπÈ“μË“ß®ÿ¥¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°“√≈∫¤Ë«π·≈–‡«≈“
• ‡≈◊Õ°®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ·≈–®ÿ¥¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥¢Õߤ˫π∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√≈
• ‡¡◊Õ
Ë „™È·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD-RW(VR) §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°
Partial Delete (≈∫∫“ߤ˫π) ‰¥È‚¥¬μ√ß ‚¥¬°¥ªÿË¡
ANYKEY
(®“°π—Èπ‰ª¬—ߢ—ÈπμÕπ 5)
∫‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡°“√‡≈Ëπ∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Edit ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“®Õ Edit Title List (·°È‰¢√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Rename
Protection
Copy
PLAY(
(P
6
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
√
), SEARCH (
))
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë®ÿ¥¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥
¿“æ·≈–‡«≈“¢Õß®ÿ¥¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∑’ËÀπÈ“μË“ß®ÿ¥¤‘Èπ¤ÿ
¥°“√≈∫¤Ë«π
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Split
Partial Delete
√
HDD
√
Partial Delete
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
MOVE
4
• ªÿË¡°“√‡≈Ëπ∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß:
SELECT
RETURN
Title List No. 001
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Partial Delete ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
HDD
Start
End
00:19:10
00:41:20
00:41:20
Start
End
Delete
MOVE
Return
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Partial Delete
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
Start
End
00:00:00
00:00:00
7
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Delete ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
00:00:00
End
Return
Delete
HDD
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
Start
Partial Delete
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
Start
5
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ
¿“æ·≈–‡«≈“¢Õß®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∑’ËÀπÈ“μË“ß®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡
μÈπ°“√≈∫¤Ë«π
00:01:00
Yes
Start
End
MOVE
HDD
End
Do you want to delete?
(Deleted part will not be restored)
00:06:35
No
00:06:35
Delete
Return
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Partial Delete
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Title List No. 001
Start
End
00:19:10
00:00:00
00:19:10
Start
End
MOVE
Return
Delete
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 93
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 94
8
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
¤Ë«π∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®–∂Ÿ°≈∫
9
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Return ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
‡æ◊ËÕ¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°“√∑”ß“ππ’È
°“√·°‰È ¢¢π
È— ¤ßŸ
(√“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë )
°“√¤√“È ß√“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë
ªØ‘∫—μ‘μ“¡§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’ȇæ◊ËÕ¤√ȓߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ„À¡Ë®“
°‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«È
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
§«“¡¬“«¢Õߤ˫π∑’Ë®–≈∫®–μÈÕ߉¡ËπÈÕ¬°«Ë“ 5 «‘π“∑’
■
À“°§«“¡¬“«¢Õߤ˫π∑’Ë®–≈∫πÈÕ¬°«Ë“ 5 «‘π“∑’
§ÿ≥®–‰¥È√—∫·®Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "The range is too
short."
(‚À¡¥ VR)
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
■
À“°‡«≈“¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥Õ¬ŸË°ËÕπ®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ §ÿ≥®–‰¥È√—
∫·®Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "End point cannot be
marked earlier than start point"
■
¤Ë«ππ—Èπ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂≈∫‰¥ÈÀ“°¡’¿“æπ‘Ëß√«¡Õ¬ŸË
■
°¥ªÿË¡ MENU À≈—ß®“°°“√∑”ß“π‡¤√Á®¤‘Èπ
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–À“¬‰ª
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
2
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
√
New Playlist
√
Go To Playlist
MOVE
94 - ‰∑¬
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 95
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° New Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“ Make Playlist (¤√È“ß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
6
Make Playlist
New Playlist
Scene No. 001
Title List 1/3
Start
End
00:00:00
00:00:00
• À“°μÈÕß°“√¤√È“ß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ„À¡Ë
∑”´È”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1~6 À“°§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¤√È“ß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ
„À¡Ë
00:00:00
Start
End
Return
Make
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
7
4
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Make ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
• „π°“√¤√È“ß©“°¤”À√—∫√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ:
ÀπÈ“®Õ Make (¤√È“ß) ÀπÈ“®Õ„À¡Ë®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
∑”´È”μ“¡¢—ÈπμÕπ 4~6 ‡æ◊ËÕ¤√È“ß©“°¢Õß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ
©“°„À¡Ë®–∂Ÿ°‡æ‘Ë¡„π√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπª—®®ÿ∫—π
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂μ√«®¤Õ∫·≈–¥Ÿ©“°∑—ÈßÀ¡¥„πÀπÈ“®Õ Edit
playlist (·°È‰¢√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ)(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 97)
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Return ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
‡æ◊ËÕ¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥°“√∑”ß“ππ’È
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ
HDD
Make Playlist
New Playlist
Scene No. 001
Title List 1/3
Start
End
00:08:38
00:00:00
■
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¤√ȓߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ‰¥È¡“°∂÷ß 99
√“¬°“√
■
ÀπÈ“®Õ∑’Ë·¤¥ß¢÷ÈπÕ“®®–·μ°μË“ß°—π‡≈Á°πÈÕ¬¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—
∫ª√–‡¿∑¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
00:08:38
Start
End
Return
Make
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• ¿“æ·≈–‡«≈“∑’Ë®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∑’ËÀπÈ“μË“ß Start
(‡√‘¡
Ë μÈπ)
• ·∂∫μ—«‡≈◊Õ°¤’‡À≈◊Õß®–‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ª∑’Ë√“¬°“√ End (¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥)
• ‡≈◊Õ°®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õߤ˫π„π®ÿ¥∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¤√È“ß©
“°„À¡Ë‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡°“√‡≈Ëπ∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß
PLAY( ), SEARCH (
(P
))
5
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë®ÿ¥¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
HDD
Make Playlist
New Playlist
Scene No. 001
Title List 1/3
Start
End
00:08:38
00:11:03
00:11:03
Start
End
MOVE
Make
Return
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• ¿“æ·≈–‡«≈“¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ∑’ËÀπÈ“μË“ß End (¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥)
• ·∂∫μ—«‡≈◊Õ°¤’‡À≈◊Õß®–‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ª∑’Ë√“¬°“√ Make (¤√È“ß)
‰∑¬ - 95
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 96
°“√‡ª≈¬
Ë’ π™ÕË◊ √“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë
√“¬°“√¤”À√∫
— ‡≈π
Ë „π√“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë
ªØ‘∫—μ‘μ“¡§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’ȇ¡◊ËÕ‡≈Ëπ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈„π√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ
ªØ‘∫—μ‘μ“¡§”·π–π”μËÕ‰ªπ’ȇæ◊ËÕ‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈√“¬°“√‡≈Ë𠇙Ëπ
‡æ◊ËÕ·°È‰¢‡√◊ËÕߢÕß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ
(‚À¡¥ VR)
(‚À¡¥ VR)
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ PLAY LIST
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ PLAY LIST
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
PLAY LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Playlist ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ PLAY
LIST
ÀπÈ“ Edit Playlist (·°È‰¢√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006 13:47
001
Length
00:06:09
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
HDD
Length
00:06:09
00:01:54
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
JAN/02/2006 13:47
6 Scenes
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
U°
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
1/3
00:03:33
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006 13:47
001
JAN/02/2006 13:47
6 Scenes
MOVE
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
¤Õߧ√—Èß
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ ®“°
π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ PLAY ( )
3
°¥ªÿË¡ STOP( ) ‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥‡≈Ëπ
ÀπÈ“®Õ®–°≈—∫‰ª∑’ËÀπÈ“®Õ Playlist (√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ)
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ®“°
Playlist (√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
‡¡πŸ ANYKEY ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È : Rename, Copy , Delete ,
Edit Playlist, New Playlist, Go to Title list
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006 13:47
Length
00:06:09
Rename
Rename
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
Copy
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
Delete
Edit Playlist
13:47
NewJAN/02/2006
Playlist
6 Scenes
Go to
Titlelist
MOVE
96 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 97
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Rename ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“®Õ Rename (‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
°“√·°‰È ¢©“°¤”À√∫
— √“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë
ªØ‘∫μ
— μ
‘ “¡§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’‡È æ◊Õ
Ë ·°È‰¢©“°¢Õß√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ
Rename
(‚À¡¥ VR)
JAN / 02 / 2006 13:47
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ PLAY LIST
Back Space
MOVE
Space
SELECT
Delete
Clear
RETURN
EXIT
1
4
„¤Ëμ—«Õ—°…√∑’ËμÈÕß°“√‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡ …† œ √ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
OK
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
PLAY LIST
ÀπÈ“ Edit Playlist (·°È‰¢√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
HDD
Rename
Dolphin
1/3
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006
001
JAN/02/2006 13:47
13:47
Length
00:06:09
00:06:09
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
JAN/02/2006 13:47
6 Scenes
MOVE
Back Space
MOVE
Space
Delete
SELECT
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Clear
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• ø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’ȇÀ¡◊Õπ°—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ Rename ∑’Ë„™È‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
‡√◊ËÕß(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 88)
• ®”π«πμ—«Õ—°…√¤Ÿß¤ÿ¥∑’ˤ“¡“√∂„¤Ë‰¥È§◊Õ 31 μ—«Õ—°…√∑—Èß
31 μ—«®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÿË¡ INFO
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Save ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˇª≈’ˬπ·≈È«®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ∑’Ë™ËÕß™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕߢÕߢÈÕ¡Ÿ≈√“¬°
“√‡≈Ëπ∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
5
HDD
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
Playlist
1/3
No.
Title
001 Dolphin
Dolphin
001
Length
00:08:15
00:01:07
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
JAN/02/2006 13:50
6 Scenes
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√·°È‰¢®“° Playlist
®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
‡¡πŸ Edit Playlist ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ: Rename, Copy , Delete,
Edit Playlist , New Playlist, Go to Titlelist
EXIT
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006 13:47
Length
00:06:09
00:06:09
Rename
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
Copy
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
Delete
Edit Playlist
13:47
NewJAN/02/2006
Playlist
Go 6toScenes
Titlelist
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 97
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
Dolphin
HR735_01082W-THA-3
3
2006.4.11
1:31 AM
Page 98
°“√ª√∫
— ·μßË ©“° (°“√·∑π∑©
Ë ’ “°)
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Edit Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“ Edit Scene ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 3 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 97~98
01
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
00:02:24
05
00:00:09
02
00:00:34
03
00:00:31
06
00:01:06
07
00:00:00
MOVE
SELECT
04
4
°¥ªÿË¡ …†œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√ª√—∫·μËß
®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
00:01:22
RETURN
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
EXIT
Play 00:02:24
01
Play
02
0:00:34
06
00:01:06
03
00:00:31.
07
07
00:00:00
00:00:00
04
0:01:22
Modify
Move
Add
05
Delete0:00:09
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√‡≈π
Ë ©“°∑‡Ë’ ≈Õ◊ °
4
°¥ªÿË¡ …†œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√‡≈Ëπ ®“°
π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ∑’Ë®–‡≈Ëπ®–‰¥È√—∫°“√‡≈◊Õ°
5
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Modify ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“ Modify Scene ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
Modify Scene
JAN/02/2006 13:47
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
Scene No. 001
Title List : 1/3
01Play 00:02:24
02
0:00:34
03
00:00:31.
04
Move
Add
MOVE
5
07
SELECT
00:00:00
Change
MOVE
00:01:06
00:00:00
00:00:00
End
Start
06
End
0:01:22
Modify
05Delete0:00:09
Start
Cancel
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
00:00:00
RETURN
EXIT
6
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Play ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
©“°∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®–‰¥È√—∫°“√‡≈Ëπ
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õß©“°
HDD
Modify Scene
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 001
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
√ Play
Title List : 1/3
Start
End
00:04:54
00:00:00
00:05:27
Start
End
Change
MOVE
• À“°μÈÕß°“√À¬ÿ¥°“√‡≈Ëπ©“° „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ STOP(
98 - ‰∑¬
)
Cancel
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• ¿“æ·≈–‡«≈“®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ∑’ËÀπÈ“μË“ß Start
• ‡≈◊Õ°®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπÀ√◊Õ®ÿ¥¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥¢ÕßμÕπ∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¥—
PLAY(
¥·ª≈ß‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡°“√‡≈Ëπ∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß (P
SEARCH (
))
),
HR735_01082W-THA-3
7
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 99
°“√¬“È ¬©“° (‡ª≈¬
Ë’ πμ”·ÀπßË ©“°)
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë®ÿ¥¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥¢Õß©“°
HDD
Modify Scene
JAN/02/2006 13:47
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 3 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 97~98
Scene No. 001
Start
End
00:01:44
00:06:25
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’˧≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√¬È“¬
Title List : 1/3
00:06:25
Start
End
Change
MOVE
4
(‡ª≈’ˬπμ”·ÀπËß) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
Cancel
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
• ¿“æ·≈–‡«≈“¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ∑’ËÀπÈ“μË“ß End
Play00:02:24
01Play
02
0:00:34
03
06
00:01:06
07
00:00:31.
04
0:01:22
Modify
Move
8
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Change ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
Add
05Delete0:00:09
MOVE
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
01
00:02:10
05
0:00:09
02
0:00:34
06
00:01:06
MOVE
03
00:00:31.
07
00:00:00
SELECT
04
RETURN
0:01:22
5
07
00:00:00
00:00:00
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Move ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
EXIT
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
• ©“°∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ ª√—∫·μËß®–‰¥È√∫
— °“√‡ª≈’¬
Ë π·ª≈ß„πμÕπ
∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°
01
00:04:31
05
0:00:09
02
0:00:34
06
00:01:06
MOVE
03
00:00:31.
07
00:00:00
SELECT
04
RETURN
0:01:22
EXIT
• ÀπÈ“μË“ßμ—«‡≈◊Õ°¤’‡À≈◊Õß®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ∑’Ë©“°∑’Ë®–∂Ÿ°¬È“¬
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
‰∑¬ - 99
HR735_01082W-THA-3
6
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 100
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°®ÿ¥∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¬È“¬©“°∑’ˇ≈◊
Õ° ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 6/6
°“√‡æ¡
Ë ‘ ©“°
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 3 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 97~98
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’Ë®–·∑√°©“°„À¡Ë°ËÕπÀ
01
05
00:04:31
00:00:09
02
00:00:34
06
00:01:06
MOVE
03
00:00:31.
07
00:00:00
SELECT
04
00:01:22
RETURN
4
EXIT
πÈ“π—Èπ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
01
Play 00:02:24
02
0:00:34
03
06
00:01:06
07
Add
07
MOVE
01
05
HDD
Edit Playlist
Scene No. 5/6
0:00:34
00:04:31
02
00:00:31
06
00:01:06
MOVE
03
0:01:22
07
00:00:00
SELECT
04
RETURN
00:00:09
04
0:01:22
Move
05
Delete0:00:09
JAN/02/2006 13:47
00:00:31.
Modify
• ©“°∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®–∂Ÿ°¬È“¬‰ª¬—ßμ”·ÀπËß∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°
5
00:00:00
00:00:00
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Add ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“ Add Scene ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
EXIT
HDD
Add Scene
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 001
Title List 1/3
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
Start
End
00:00:00
00:00:00
00:00:00
§ÿ≥‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂¬È“¬©“°∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°‰ª¬—ßμ”·ÀπËߢÕß©“
°∂—¥‰ª ‡π◊Õ
Ë ß®“°©“°∑’‡Ë ≈◊Õ°®–∂Ÿ°·∑√°°ËÕπμ”·À
πËßπ—Èπ ´÷Ë߇∑Ë“°—∫‰¡Ë®”‡ªÁπμÈÕ߬ȓ¬
Start
End
Cancel
Add
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
ÀπÈ“®Õ∑’Ë·¤¥ß¢÷ÈπÕ“®®–·μ°μË“ß°—π‡≈Á°πÈÕ¬¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—
∫ª√–‡¿∑¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï
6
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢Õß©“°
HDD
Add Scene
JAN/02/2006 13:47
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
Scene No. 001
Start
End
00:01:51
00:00:00
00:01:51
Start
End
MOVE
Add
Cancel
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• ¿“æ·≈–‡«≈“®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ∑’ËÀπÈ“μË“ß Start
• ‡≈◊Õ°®ÿ¥‡√‘Ë¡μÈπÀ√◊Õ®ÿ¥¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥¢ÕßμÕπ∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¥—
PLAY(
¥·ª≈ß‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡°“√‡≈Ëπ∑’ˇ°’ˬ«¢ÈÕß (P
(
))
100 - ‰∑¬
), SKIP
HR735_01082W-THA-3
7
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 101
°“√≈∫©“°
°¥ªÿË¡ OK ∑’Ë®ÿ¥¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥¢Õß©“°
HDD
Add Scene
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 3 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 97~98
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 001
Start
End
00:01:51
00:07:28
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°©“°∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ μÈÕß°“√≈∫ ®“°
Title List 1/3
4
π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
00:07:28
End
Start
Cancel
Add
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
• ¿“æ·≈–‡«≈“¢Õߤ‘Èπ¤ÿ¥®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ∑’ËÀπÈ“μË“ß End
01
Play 00:02:24
• À“°μÈÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘° „ÀÈ°¥ªÿ¡
Ë œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Cancel
Move
02
0:00:34
06
00:01:06
00:00:31.
07
00:00:00
04
0:01:22
Add
®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
05
Delete0:00:09
MOVE
8
03
Modify
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Add ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/7
01
00:03:30
02
05
0:01:22
06
MOVE
00:02:24
0:00:09
03
07
SELECT
0:00:34
00:01:06
04
08
RETURN
5
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Delete ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
HDD
Edit Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
Scene No. 1/6
00:00:31
00:00:00
Do you want to delete the scene ?
01
00:02:24
02
05
0:00:09
06
EXIT
0:00:34
03
Yes
MOVE
00:01:06
00:00:31.
04
0:01:22
No
07
SELECT
00:00:00
RETURN
EXIT
• ¤Ë«π∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡æ‘Ë¡®–∂Ÿ°·∑√°‰«È°ËÕπÀπÈ“©“°∑’ˇ≈◊
Õ°‰«È„π¢—ÈπμÕπ 4 ¢Õß Adding a Scene
∑’ËÀπÈ“°ËÕπÀπÈ“π’È
• ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Do you want to delete the scene?"
®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
6
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
‡æ◊ËÕ≈∫©“°∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
‰∑¬ - 101
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 102
°“√≈∫∫π
— ∑°÷ √“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë ®“°√“¬°“√‡≈π
Ë
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Delete ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
• §ÿ≥®–‰¥È√—∫·®Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡¬◊π¬—π°“√≈∫ 'Do you
want to delete?'
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ PLAY LIST
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/02/2006
JAN/02/200613:47A
13:47A 00:06:09
00:06:09
1
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51A 00:03:33
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
PLAY LIST
ÀπÈ“ Edit Playlist (·°È‰¢√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
003 to
JAN/02/2006
Do you want
delete? 14:08A 00:01:54
JAN/02/2006 13:47Yes
6 Scenes
MOVE
HDD
No
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006 13:47
001
Length
00:06:09
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
4
JAN/02/2006 13:47
6 Scenes
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
√–∫∫®–¬ÈÕπ°≈—∫‰ª∑’ËÀπÈ“®Õ Playlist ‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘À≈—
ß®“°°“√≈∫‡¤√Á®¤‘Èπ
EXIT
HDD
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
Playlist
JAN/19/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/16/2006 12:15A 00:10:21
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
002 JAN/19/2006 12:15A 00:40:03
002
Deleting...
(Please wait.)
JAN/01/2006 12:15
7 Scenes
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
• °¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:51
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Go To Playlist ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
2
HDD
Playlist
JAN/02/2006 13:47
1/3
No.
Title
001 JAN/02/2006
JAN/02/2006 13:47
13:47
Length
00:06:09
Rename
002 JAN/02/2006 13:51
00:03:33
Copy
003 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
Delete
Edit Playlist
13:47
NewJAN/02/2006
Playlist
Go 6toScenes
Titlelist
MOVE
102 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Title
Length
001 JAN/02/2006 13:51
001
00:03:33
002 JAN/02/2006 14:08
00:01:54
JAN/02/2006 13:51
3 Scenes
MOVE
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√·°È‰¢®“° Playlist
(√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ) ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
‡¡πŸ Edit Playlist (·°È‰¢√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ) ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ ¥—ßπ’È:
Rename, Copy, Delete, Edit Playlist , New Playlist,
Go to Titlelist
1/2
No.
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Playlist ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 103
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°®“°Œ“√¥
Ï ¥‘
¤°‰Ï ª¬ß— ·ºπ
Ë DVD
‡°¬
Ë’ «°∫
— Àπ“È ®Õ§¥
— ≈Õ°
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
!
@
No.
Title
Rec. Mode
Add a list
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS
Length
Start
01:00:00
Rec. Mode
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
1
°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE ·≈–«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï™π‘¥∫—
π∑÷°‰¥È≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
2
°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE ‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï√Õ®
π°«Ë“¢ÈÕ§«“¡ LOAD ®–À“¬‰ª®“°·ºßÀπÈ“ª—¥¥È“πÀ
πÈ“μ√«®¤Õ∫¥Ÿ«Ë“·ºË𥑤°Ï¡’æ◊Èπ∑’ˇ撬ßæÕ¤”À√—∫°“√∫—
π∑÷°
3
‡≈◊Õ°Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‚¥¬°¥ªÿË¡ HDD ∑’Ë·ºßÀπÈ“ª—¥¥È“πÀπÈ“¢Õ
߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï À√◊Õ∑’Ë√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
4
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
%
^
[DVD] Available
SP
#
$
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
04:01:01
4.44GB
&
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
*
EXIT
! ‡æ‘Ë¡‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë®–§—¥≈Õ° (‰¥È¤Ÿß¤ÿ¥∂÷ß 7 ‡√◊ËÕß„π§√—È߇¥’¬«)
@ ‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë®–‰¥È√—∫°“√§—¥≈Õ°
# ‚À¡¥°“√∫—π∑÷°¤”À√—∫°“√§—¥≈Õ°
- HS (§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß):§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§—
¥≈Õ°‰¥Èլ˓ß√«¥‡√Á«°«Ë“§«“¡‡√Á«°“√‡≈Ëπ·∫∫ª°μ‘
§—¥≈Õ°„π‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°‚À¡¥‡¥’¬«°—∫‡√◊ËÕßμÈπ©∫—∫
- XP/SP/LP/EP :§ÿ≥‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß‰¥È
$ ‡«≈“∫—π∑÷°¢Õ߇√◊ËÕß®–∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°
% ªÿË¡‡√‘Ë¡°“√§—¥≈Õ°
^ ªÿË¡μ—Èߧ˓‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°
& ‡«≈“·≈–æ◊Èπ∑’Ë∑’ˇÀ≈◊Õ„π¥‘¤°Ïª—®®ÿ∫—π„π‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷° DVD
* ‡«≈“∫—π∑÷°∑—ÈßÀ¡¥·≈–æ◊Èπ∑’Ë¢Õ߇√◊ËÕß∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°¤”À√—∫§—¥≈Õ°
HDD
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°√Õ∫‡¥’¬«
¬È“¬
(≈∫™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°ÏÀ≈—ß®“°§—¥≈Õ°)
‡¡◊ËÕ "‚ª√·°√¡·∫∫§—¥≈Õ°√Õ∫‡¥’¬«" ∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°≈ß„π¥‘¤°Ï
DVD ·≈È« ™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕßπ’È®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°≈ß„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤
°Ï‰¥ÈÕ’°
·μËÀ“° "‚ª√·°√¡·∫∫§—¥≈Õ°√Õ∫‡¥’¬«" ‰¥È√∫
— °“√§—
¥≈Õ°≈ß„π¥‘¤°Ï DVD ™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕßπ’È®–¤“¡“√∂∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°≈ß„π·ºËπ
DVD-RW(‚À¡¥ VR)
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
5
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°
À“°μÈÕß°“√‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ªÀπÈ“Õ◊Ëπ °¥ªÿË¡ SKIP(
)
SKIP( ) : ÀπÈ“°ËÕπÀπÈ“¢Õß√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
SKIP( ) : ÀπÈ“∂—¥‰ª¢Õß√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
‰∑¬ - 103
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
HDD ➞ DVD
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–°“√§—¥≈Õ°‡π◊ÈÕÀ“
¤“√∫—≠
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕߪÈÕß°—π°“√§—¥≈Õ°
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
HR735_01082W-THA-3
6
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 104
— ≈Õ°‡√ÕË◊ ß∑ºË’ “Ë π°“√·°‰È ¢¡“°ÕË π - °“√§¥
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
9
¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Do you want to view screen of copying
title?" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
Rename
Rename
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
HDD
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
√
No.
- ---
√
Rec. Mode Length
-- --:--:--
Title
√
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Do you want to view screen of copying title?
2 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Yes
MOVE
7
No
SELECT
Total
00:03:05
0.06 GB
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Copy ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“®Õ Copy ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
HDD
Copy
10
À“°μÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕߢ≥–∑’Ë¥Ÿ‡√◊ËÕß®“°ÀπÈ“®Õ§—
¥≈Õ° „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
Title
Rec. Mode
Add a list
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS
Length
Start
Rec. Mode
01:00:00
[DVD] Available
SP
04:01:01
4.44GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
21%
• À“°§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ·ª≈ß‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°‡¡◊ËÕ§—¥≈Õ°
If you want to stop copy, press CANCEL key.
¥Ÿ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 108~109
• À“°‡≈◊Õ° No ‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë®–∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°®–‰¡Ëª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∫πÀ
8
°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Start ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
HDD
πÈ“®Õ ·≈–°“√§—¥≈Õ°®–‡√‘¡
Ë μÈπ¢≥–∑’√Ë “¬°“√
∑’Ë·æ√Ë¿“æ„πª—®®ÿ∫—π°”≈—ß·¤¥ßÕ¬ŸË∫πÀπÈ“®Õ
• °¥ªÿË¡ INFO ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡ª≈’¬
Ë π·∂∫°“√¥”‡π‘π°“√§—¥≈Õ°
À“°§ÿ≥°¥ªÿ¡
Ë INFO Õ’°§√—ßÈ ·∂∫°“√¥”‡π‘π°“√§—
¥≈Õ°®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
• À“°μÈÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘°°“√§—¥≈Õ°∑’Ë°”≈—ߥ”‡π‘πÕ¬ŸË °¥ªÿË¡
CANCEL
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
Start
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
SP
MOVE
SELECT
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:03:05
0.06 GB
RETURN
EXIT
— ≈Õ°‡√ÕË◊ ß∑‰Ë’ ¡¡
Ë °
’ “√·°‰È ¢ - °“√§¥
-1 ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Do you want to use high speed copy
Ë’ «°∫
— °“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ COPY - ‡°¬
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°®“°√“
¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ COPY ∑’Ë√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈§ÿ≥
¤“¡“√∂‰ª¬—ßÀπÈ“®Õ§—¥≈Õ°
• πÕ°®“°π’È √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ §ÿ≥¬—ߤ“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕß
‚¥¬°¥ªÿË¡ COPY
9
mode?" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Do you want
to use
speed copy mode?
2 JAN/01/2006
21:00 PR
SP ➞high
HS 01:00:00
Yes
MOVE
104 - ‰∑¬
SELECT
No
Total
00:03:05
0.06 GB
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 105
§—¥≈Õ°¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß:À¡“¬∂÷ߧÿ≥®–¤“¡“√∂∂Ë“
¬‚Õπ‚¥¬‰¡ËμÈÕß°—ß«≈‡°’ˬ«°—∫§ÿ≥¿“æ∑’Ë®–·¬Ë≈ß
„π·μË≈–¤”‡π“ "°“√¤√È“ß"πÕ°®“°π’Ȭ—ßÀ¡“¬§«“
¡«Ë“°“√§—¥≈Õ°®–¥”‡π‘π°“√¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß
¤ÿ¥∑’Ë∑”‰¥È
°“√‡ª≈¬
Ë’ π‚À¡¥∫π
— ∑°
÷
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 7 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 103~104
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ √ ·≈– † ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Rec.Mode ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
8
OK
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
10
À“°μÈÕß°“√‡√‘Ë¡°“√§—¥≈Õ°§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß °¥ªÿË¡ œ √
‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
°“√§—¥≈Õ°§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß®–‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë®–§—
¥≈Õ°®–‰¡Ë·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ ¢≥–∑’Ë√“¬°“√∑’Ë·æ√Ë¿“檗®®ÿ∫—
π®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ∫πÀπÈ“®Õ
1
Title
Rec.Mode
Length
Start
--- - - - :-XP
-:JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
SP
LP
EP
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
LP
High Speed
MOVE
9
SELECT
04:01:01
4.44GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
OK
• HS (§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß): §—¥≈Õ°„π‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°‚À¡¥‡¥’¬«°—
∫Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
21%
• XP/SP/LP/EP : §ÿ≥‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°¥È«¬‚À¡¥
If you want to stop copy, press CANCEL key.
∑’Ë¡’§ÿ≥¿“椟߰«Ë“μÈπ©∫—∫À“°‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥§—¥≈Õ°‚À¡
¥‡¥’¬«°—π ‡√◊ËÕß®–‰¥È√—∫°“√§—¥≈Õ°¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß
• À“°‡≈◊Õ° No ‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë®–§—¥≈Õ°®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ¥È«¬§«“¡
‡√Á«°“√‡≈Ëπ¢Õ߇√◊ËÕߢ≥–∑’Ë°”≈—ߧ—¥≈Õ°
• °¥ªÿË¡ INFO ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡ª≈’¬
Ë π·∂∫°“√¥”‡π‘π°“√§—¥≈Õ°
À“°§ÿ≥°¥ªÿ¡
Ë INFO Õ’°§√—ßÈ ·∂∫°“√¥”‡π‘π°“√§—
¥≈Õ°®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
• À“°μÈÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘°°“√§—¥≈Õ°∑’Ë°”≈—ߥ”‡π‘πÕ¬ŸË °¥ªÿË¡
CANCEL
11
À≈—ß®“°§—¥≈Õ°‡¤√Á®‡√’¬∫√ÈÕ¬ ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "The title is
successfully copied" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
¥È«¬°“√„™È«‘∏’‡¥’¬«°—ππ’È §ÿ≥®–¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°
Playlist (√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ) ‰¥È
■
°“√§—¥≈Õ°¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥È
¤”À√—∫√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë∂Ÿ°≈∫‰ª∫“ߤ˫π
■
„π√–À«Ë“ß°“√§—¥≈Õ° °“√μ—È߇«≈“∫—
π∑÷°®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥È
■
°“√§—¥≈Õ°¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥È‡¡◊ËÕ:
- §—¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˤ“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‰¥È‡æ’¬ß§√—È߇¥’¬«
- §—¥≈Õ°√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπ
- §—¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë∂Ÿ°≈∫‰ª∫“ߤ˫π
■
¤”À√—∫√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˤ“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‰¥È‡æ’¬ßÀπ÷Ëߧ
√—Èß:
- ¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥È°—∫·ºË𥑤°Ï DVD ∑’ˤπ—∫¤πÿπ
CPRM ‡∑Ë“π—Èπ
- À“°√“¬°“√‡≈Ëπª√–°Õ∫¥È«¬©“°∑’¤
Ë “¡“√∂§—
¥≈Õ°‰¥È‡æ’¬ßÀπ÷Ëߧ√—Èß ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∑”°“√§—
¥≈Õ°‰¥È
‰∑¬ - 105
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
The title is successfully copied.
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 106
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°À≈“¬™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊
ß„π§√ßÈ— ‡¥¬
’ «
6
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
Protection
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
Edit
√
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
√
√
√
MOVE
1
°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE ·≈–«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï™π‘¥∫—
π∑÷°‰¥È≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
2
°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE
‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï√Õ®π°«Ë“¢ÈÕ§«“¡ LOAD
®–À“¬‰ª®“°·ºßÀπÈ“ª—
¥¥È“πÀπÈ“μ√«®¤Õ∫¥Ÿ«Ë“·ºË𥑤°Ï¡’æ◊Èπ∑’ˇ撬ßæÕ¤”À√—
∫°“√∫—π∑÷°
7
SELECT
4
HDD
No.
Copy
Title
Rec.Mode
Add a list
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS
Length
Start
01:00:00
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
04:01:01
4.44GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‡≈◊Õ°Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‚¥¬°¥ªÿË¡ HDD ∑’Ë·ºßÀπÈ“ª—
¥¥È“πÀπÈ“¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
À√◊Õ∑’Ë√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
HDD
8
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
Title
Rec.Mode
Add a list
Start
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:30:00
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°
À“°μÈÕß°“√‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ªÀπÈ“Õ◊Ëπ °¥ªÿË¡ SKIP(
)
SKIP( ) :ÀπÈ“°ËÕπÀπÈ“¢Õß√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
SKIP( ) :ÀπÈ“∂—¥‰ª¢Õß√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
106 - ‰∑¬
Length
01:00:00
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
EXIT
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS
5
RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Copy ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“®Õ Copy ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
MOVE
3
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 01:00:00
01:00:00
001
Add
Add
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
9
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 107
°“√≈∫™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß∑‰Ë’ ¡μ
Ë ÕÈ ß°“√ÕÕ°®“°√“¬°
“√§¥
— ≈Õ°
°¥ªÿË¡ OK
ÀπÈ“®Õ‡æ‘Ë¡√“¬°“√§—¥≈Õ°®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 7 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 106
HDD
Add Copy List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
001
002 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 01:00:00
003 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 00:35:00
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√≈∫®“°ÀπÈ“®Õ§—
8
¥≈Õ°
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
V-Mode Compatibility
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
HDD
EXIT
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
Start
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
10
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡
®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
∑”´È”¢—ÈπμÕπ 8~10 ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’ËμÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°
HDD
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
MOVE
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
Title
Rec.Mode
9
Length
- -----:--:-1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
2 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
03:59:42
4.42GB
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Delete ®“°π—Èπ°¥
OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Do you want to delete?" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
Total
00:03:05
0.06 GB
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Do you want to delete?
11
°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Start ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
SP
Yes
HDD
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
MOVE
Copy
NO
SELECT
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.06 GB
RETURN
EXIT
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
2 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
MOVE
SELECT
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:03:05
0.06 GB
RETURN
10
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®–∂Ÿ°≈∫
EXIT
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˇæ‘Ë¡‰«È„π√“¬°“√§—¥≈Õ°®–∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°
À“°μÈÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘°°“√§—¥≈Õ°∑’Ë°”≈—ߥ”‡π‘πÕ¬ŸË °¥ªÿË¡
CANCEL
No.
Title
■
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:00:00
0.00 GB
MOVE
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
Rec.Mode Length
Add a list
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
À“°√“¬°“√§—¥≈Õ°ª√–°Õ∫¥È«¬‡√◊Õ
Ë ßլ˓ß
πÈÕ¬Àπ÷Ë߇√◊ËÕß∑’ˉ¡Ë¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß
‰¥È °“√∑”ß“π®–‡ªÁπ‰ªμ“¡¢—π
È μÕπ 9
μ“¡∑’ËÕ∏‘∫“¬‰«È∑’ËÀπÈ“ 104¡‘‡™Ëππ—Èπ °“√∑”ß“π®–
‡ªÁπ‰ªμ“¡¢—π
È μÕπ 9-1 μ“¡∑’ËÕ∏‘∫“¬‰«È∑’ËÀπÈ“ 104
‰∑¬ - 107
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 108
°“√¥μ
Ÿ «— Õ¬“Ë ß™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß∑‡Ë’ ≈Õ◊ °‰«®È “°√“¬°“√§—
¥≈Õ°
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 7 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 106
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√¥Ÿμ—
8
°“√‡≈Õ◊ °‚À¡¥∫π
— ∑°
÷ ¢Õß™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß·μ≈Ë –‡√ÕË◊
ß®“°√“¬°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕßÀ≈“¬‡√◊ËÕ߉¥È‡¡◊ËÕμ—Èß‚À¡¥°“√∫—π∑÷°μË“ß
°—π¤”À√—∫·μË≈–‡√◊ËÕß
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 7 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 106
«Õ¬Ë“ß„πÀπÈ“®Õ§—¥≈Õ°
-1 °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë®–‡ª≈’ˬπ·ª≈ß‚À¡¥°“√§—
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
8
¥≈Õ°¢Õ߇√◊ËÕßπ—Èπ„πÀπÈ“®Õ§—¥≈Õ°
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
MOVE
SELECT
HDD
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
RETURN
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
EXIT
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
SP
MOVE
9
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Preview ®“°
π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¥Ÿμ—«Õ¬Ë“߇√◊ËÕß∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°ºË“π∑“ßÀπÈ“μË“ß·¤
¥ßº≈∑’ËÕ¬ŸËμ√ß°≈“ߢÕßÀπÈ“®Õ
HDD
9
HDD
Copy
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
No.
- ---
Copy
Start
Title
Rec.Mode Length
-- --:--:--
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
Rec. Mode
SP
SELECT
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
RETURN
Add
XP
Delete
SP
Preview
Rec.Mode
LP
√
MOVE
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ RETURN ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ÕÕ°®“°‚À¡¥ Preview
(¥Ÿμ«— լ˓ß)
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
[DVD] Available
108 - ‰∑¬
EXIT
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
10
RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Rec.Mode ®“°
π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
- ---
SELECT
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
EP
SELECT
SP
03:59:42
4.42GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
RETURN
EXIT
10
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ®“°π—Èπ°¥
K À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
OK
11
∑”´È”¢—ÈπμÕπ 9~11 ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’Ë®–‡ª≈’ˬπ·ª≈ß
‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°¢Õ߇√◊ËÕß
¢—ÈπμÕπ°“√§—¥≈Õ°∑’ˇÀ≈◊Õ¤“¡“√∂∑”μ“¡∑’ËÕ∏‘∫“¬‰«È∑’ËÀ
πÈ“ 103~105
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 109
°“√‡ª≈¬
Ë’ π‚À¡¥∫π
— ∑°
÷ ¢Õß™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß
∑ßÈ— À¡¥®“°√“¬°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°
§ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕßÀ≈“¬‡√◊ËÕ߉¥È‡¡◊ËÕ∑’Ëμ—Èߧ˓‚À¡¥°“√∫—
π∑÷°‡À¡◊Õπ°—π¤”À√—∫‡√◊ËÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°®“° DVD
‰ª¬ß— Œ“√¥
Ï ¥¤‘ °Ï
À“°μÈÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓ „ÀÈ∑”μ“¡¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 7 ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 106
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ TITLE LIST
-1 ‡≈◊Õ° Rec.Mode ∑’Ë¥È“π¢«“¡◊Õ¢ÕßÀπÈ“®Õ ‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡
…†œ √ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
8
HDD
Copy
Copy To : HDD ➞ DVD
No.
1
Title
Rec.Mode
LP
EP
9
2
°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE ‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
3
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡
TITLE LIST
ÀπÈ“®Õ Title List ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
Start
Rec. Mode
[DVD] Available
LP
High Speed
SELECT
°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE ·≈–«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï™π‘¥∫—
π∑÷°‰¥È≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
Length
--- - - - :-XP
-:JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 01:00:00
SP
MOVE
1
RETURN
04:01:01
4.44GB
Total
00:01:05
0.02 GB
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°∑’ËμÈÕß°“√ ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
¢—ÈπμÕπ°“√§—¥≈Õ°∑’ˇÀ≈◊Õ¤“¡“√∂∑”μ“¡∑’ËÕ∏‘∫“¬‰«È∑’ËÀ
πÈ“ 103~105
DVD-RW(VR)
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
1/3
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR 00:17:55
001
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 00:02:06
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:01:03
JAN/01/2006 17:30
SP
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ MENU
• „π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥ À¬ÿ¥/‡≈Ëπ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡
√ ¤Õߧ√—Èß
• °¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
‰∑¬ - 109
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 110
4
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°
À“°μÈÕß°“√‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ªÀπÈ“Õ◊Ëπ °¥ªÿË¡ SKIP(
)
SKIP( ) :ÀπÈ“°ËÕπÀπÈ“¢Õß√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
SKIP( ) :ÀπÈ“∂—¥‰ª¢Õß√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß
5
°¥ªÿË¡ ANYKEY
7
21%
DVD-RW(VR)
If you want to stop copy, press CANCEL key.
Title List
JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR1
Rename
1/3
Protection
No.
Title
Length
001 JAN/01/2006
JAN/01/2006 17:30
17:30 PR
PR 00:17:55
01:00:00
Copy
002 JAN/01/2006 21:00 PR 00:02:06
Delete
003 JAN/01/2006 23:15 PR 00:01:03
• °¥ªÿË¡ INFO ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡ª≈’¬
Ë π·∂∫°“√¥”‡π‘π°“√§—¥≈Õ°
À“°§ÿ≥°¥ªÿ¡
Ë INFO Õ’°§√—ßÈ ·∂∫°“√¥”‡π‘π°“√§—
¥≈Õ°®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
partial Delete
Playlist
JAN/01/2006 17:30
Navigation
SP
Select
Media
V-Mode
Compatibility
MOVE
√
√
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
8
6
°¥ªÿË¡ OK À√◊Õ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Start ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À≈—ß®“°§—¥≈Õ°‡¤√Á®‡√’¬∫√ÈÕ¬ ¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "The title is
successfully copied" ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
°¥ªÿË¡…† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Copy ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
ÀπÈ“®Õ Copy ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷π
È
DVD-RW(VR)
The title is successfully copied.
Copy
Copy To : DVD ➞ HDD
No.
Title
Rec.Mode
Add a list
Length
Start
1 JAN/01/2006 17:30 PR SP ➞ HS 00:17:55
[HDD] Available
SP
65:02:32
72.88GB
Total
00:17:55
0.02 GB
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
• °“√§—¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕßÀ≈“¬‡√◊ËÕß„π§√—È߇¥’¬« - ‡À¡◊Õπ°—
∫°“√∑”ß“π¢Õߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï (¥Ÿ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 106)
Ë’ «°∫
— °“√„™ª
È ¡
Ë ÿ COPY - ‡°¬
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°®“°√“¬
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ COPY ∑’Ë√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈§ÿ≥¤“¡“√
∂‰ª¬—ßÀπÈ“®Õ§—¥≈Õ°
• πÕ°®“°π’È √–À«Ë“ß°“√‡≈Ëπ §ÿ≥¬—ߤ“¡“√∂§—
¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕß‚¥¬°¥ªÿË¡ COPY
• °“√≈∫‡√◊Õ
Ë ß∑’ˉ¡ËμÈÕß°“√ÕÕ°®“°√“¬°“√§—¥≈Õ° - ‡À¡◊Õπ°—
∫°“√∑”ß“π¢Õߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï (¥Ÿ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 107)
• °“√¥Ÿμ—«Õ¬Ë“߇√◊ËÕß∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®“°√“¬°“√§—¥≈Õ° - ‡À¡◊Õπ°—
∫°“√∑”ß“π¢Õߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï (¥Ÿ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 108)
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
■
■
■
■
§ÿ≥‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°¤‘Ëß„¥„π·ºËπ DVD-R ∑’ˉøπ—
≈‰≈´Ï·≈È« ·≈–‚À¡¥ DVD-RW(‚À¡¥ V)
§ÿ≥‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ° DVD-VIDEO ‰ª¬—
ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
°“√§—¥≈Õ°¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß®“° DVD-RW (‚À¡¥
VR) ¤“¡“√∂„™È‰¥È
‡¡◊Õ
Ë §ÿ≥§—¥≈Õ°®“°·ºËπ DVD-RW(‚À¡¥ V)/-R
‰ª¬—ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È°“√§—
¥≈Õ°¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«¤Ÿß‰¥È
‚À¡¥∫—π∑÷°®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡ª≈’ˬπ·ª≈߉¥È‡¡◊ËÕ§ÿ≥§—
¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕß®“° DVD ‰ª¬—ߌ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–°“√§—¥≈Õ°‡π◊ÈÕÀ“
¤“√∫—≠
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕߪÈÕß°—π°“√§—¥≈Õ°
™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ°√Õ∫‡¥’¬«
110 - ‰∑¬
DVD ➞ HDD
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ
‰¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:32 AM
Page 111
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ° MP3, JPEG
À√Õ◊ Divx
5
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‰ø≈Ï MP3, JPEG À√◊Õ DivX
∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ° ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
CD
Music List
Song1.mp3
1/10
No.
Title
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°‰ø≈Ï
Song 1.mp3.
1.mp3.
Song
3.8
3.8 MB
MB
002 Song 10.mp3
3.8 MB
00:02:22
003 Song 2.mp3
5.1 MB
Song1.mp3
Play Mode
004 Song
3.mp3
√
Playlist
ROOT
005 Song
4.mp3
√
5.2 MB
Select Media
006 Song
5.mp3
√
10.3 MB
√
Copy
MP3
1
2
„¤Ë·ºËπ JPEG, MP3 À√◊Õ DivX ≈ß∫π∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
MOVE
°¥ªÿË¡ OPEN/CLOSE ‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥∂“¥«“ß·ºË𥑤°Ï
√Õ®π°«Ë“¢ÈÕ§«“¡ LOAD ®–À“¬‰ª®“°·ºßÀπÈ“ª—
¥¥È“πÀπÈ“
μ√«®¤Õ∫¥Ÿ«Ë“·ºË𥑤°Ï¡’æ◊Èπ∑’ˇ撬ßæÕ¤”À√—∫°“√∫—π∑÷°
6
9.2 MB
SELECT
RETURN
CD
Music List
Song1.mp3
1/10
No.
Title
Free space : 4699 MB
002 Song 10.mp3
Total00:02:22
file number : 1/1
003 Song 2.mp3
File Name : Song 1.mp3
MP3
Size
ROOT
Song 1.mp3.
1.mp3.
Song
√
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Music, Photo À√◊Õ DivX(MPEG4)
®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
†
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Copy ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
°“√§—¥≈Õ°‰ø≈Ï®–‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ
Copying...
4
Size
ROOT
3.8
3.8 MB
MB
3.8 MB
5.1 MB
Song1.mp3
004 Song 3.mp3
ROOT
005 Song 4.mp3
5.2 MB
006 Song 5.mp3
10.3 MB
33%
9.2 MB
†
CANCEL
CD
Music List
Song1.mp3
1/10
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
√
MP3
Song1.mp3.
1.mp3.
Song
3.8 MB
002 Song 10.mp3
3.8 MB
00:02:22
003 Song 2.mp3
5.1 MB
Song1.mp3
004 Song 3.mp3
ROOT
005 Song 4.mp3
5.2 MB
006 Song 5.mp3
10.3 MB
MOVE
SELECT
9.2 MB
RETURN
†
EXIT
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
‰∑¬ - 111
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 112
°“√§¥
— ≈Õ°‚ø≈‡¥Õ√Ï
1
5
„¤Ë·ºË𥑤°Ï (JPEG, MP3 À√◊Õ DivX) ≈ß∫π∂“¥
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° Copy ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
°“√§—¥≈Õ°‚ø≈‡¥Õ√Ï®–‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ
‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ϬËÕ¬·≈–‰ø≈Ï„π‚ø≈‡¥Õ√Ï∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°®–‰¥È√—∫°“√§—
¥≈Õ°
CD
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Library ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
¤Õߧ√—Èß
Music List
No.
Copying...
Title
File Name : Song 2.mp3
3
004 Song 3.mp3
ROOT
005 Song 4.mp3
13%
Title
Size
MP3
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ°‚ø≈‡¥Õ√Ï DivX , JPEG À√◊Õ MP3
∑’˧ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√§—¥≈Õ° ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ ANYKEY
CD
Music List
No.
Title
Size
ROOT
DivX(MPEG4)
Jpg
é
00:00:00
-
MP3
MP3
CopyROOT
Playlist
ROOT
Select Media
†
¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‰¥È∂÷ß 500 ‰ø≈Ï ·≈– 100
‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ϬËÕ¬≈ß„π‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ÏÀπ÷Ëߤ”À√—∫‰ø≈Ï MP3
■
¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‰¥È∂÷ß 500 ‰ø≈Ï ·≈– 100
‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ϬËÕ¬≈ß„π‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ÏÀπ÷Ëߤ”À√—∫‰ø≈Ï JPEG
■
¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‰¥È∂÷ß 500 ‰ø≈Ï ·≈– 100
‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ϬËÕ¬≈ß„π‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ÏÀπ÷Ëߤ”À√—∫‰ø≈Ï DivX
■
‰ø≈Ï∑’Ë¡’™◊ËÕ ***.mp3/***.jpg ®–∂Ÿ°‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ‡ªÁπ
***01.mp3/***01.jpg ‚¥¬Õ—μ‚π¡—μ‘ ·≈–‰¥È√—∫°“√§—
¥≈Õ°
■
‚¥¬¤“¡“√∂„™È™◊ËÕ‡¥’¬«°—π‰¥È∂÷ß 999 ¤”‡π“
■
§ÿ≥‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ° CD ‡æ≈߉¥È
■
¢π“¥¢Õ߉ø≈Ï„π¥‘¤°Ï·≈–‰ø≈Ï∑’˧—¥≈Õ°≈ß„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘
¤°ÏÕ“®·μ°μË“ß°—π‡≈Á°πÈÕ¬‡π◊Õ
Ë ß®“°√–∫∫‰ø≈Ï
ROOT
MOVE
5.2 MB
■
Jpg
00:00:00
ROOT
9.2 MB
‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÿË¡ CANCEL √–À«Ë“ß°“√§—¥≈Õ°‚ø≈‡¥Õ√Ï
®–¬°‡≈‘°°“√§—¥≈Õ°‚ø≈‡¥Õ√ÏÀ≈—ß®“°‰ø≈Ϫ—®®ÿ∫—
π∂Ÿ°§—¥≈Õ°·≈È«
DivX(MPEG4)
é
5.1 MB
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
ROOT
ROOT
3.8 MB
MB
3.8
3.8 MB
CANCEL
Music List
No.
4
Song1.mp3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Music, Photo À√◊Õ DivX(MPEG4)
À√◊Õ ®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK À√◊ÕªÿË¡ √
‚ø≈‡¥Õ√Ï MP3,JPEG À√◊Õ DivX ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
CD
Size
ROOT
Song 1.mp3.
1.mp3.
Song
Free space : 4699
MB
002 Song 10.mp3
file number : 2/8
√ Total00:02:22
003 Song 2.mp3
√
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–°“√§—¥≈Õ°‡π◊ÈÕÀ“
¤“√∫—≠
MP3
JPEG(¿“æ∂Ë“¬)
DivX
HDD ➞ DVD
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
DVD ➞ HDD
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
¤π—∫¤πÿπ
• Disc (CD-R/ CD-RW/ DVD-R(‰øπÕ≈‰≈´Ï) / DVD-
RW(‰øπÕ≈‰≈´Ï)) → HDD
• HDD → DVD-R, DVD-RW(V)
• ·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’Ë¡’°“√∫—π∑÷°«‘¥’‚ÕÀ√◊Õ¡’°“√Õ—¥‡¤’¬ß§”∫√√¬“¬∑’Ë
HDD ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‰¥È
• À“°¥‘¤°Ï∂Ÿ°ª‘¥°“√‡¢’¬π (‰øπÕ≈‰≈´Ï) ‚¥¬„™È‚ª√·°√¡ Disc
Manager ®–¤“¡“√∂„™Èß“π√Ë«¡°—∫ PC ‰¥È ‚¥¬„™È‡ªÁ𥑤°Ï·∫
∫√–∫∫‰ø≈Ï UDF
112 - ‰∑¬
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 113
3
Disc Manager
(μ«— ®¥
— °“√¥¤‘ °)Ï
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊ÕË ‡≈◊Õ° Rename ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
ÀπÈ“®Õ Rename (‡ª≈’ˬπ™◊ËÕ) ®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ
Rename
DVD-RW(VR)
°“√·°‰È ¢™ÕË◊ ¥¤
‘ °Ï
ªØ∫—μμ
‘ “¡§”·π–π”μËÕ‰ªπ’‡È æ◊Õ
Ë μ—ßÈ ™◊Õ
Ë „ÀÈ°∫
— ¥‘¤°Ï
Back Space
Space
MOVE
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
4
Delete
SELECT
Clear
RETURN
„¤Ëμ—«Õ—°…√∑’ËμÈÕß°“√‚¥¬„™ÈªÿË¡ …† œ √ ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡
OK
Rename
DVD-RW(VR)
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Library
Disc
DVD-RW(VR)
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
1
Back Space
Space
MOVE
MOVE
2
SELECT
RETURN
Delete
SELECT
5
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
MOVE
Disc_ 1
00:17
02:10 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
Rename
Finalise
SELECT
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
Protection
Rename
Delete All
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Save ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
¥‘¤°Ï®–‰¥È√—∫°“√μ—Èß™◊ËÕ
DVD-RW(VR)
DVD-RW(VR)
Clear
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Disc Manager ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
Protection
EXIT
RETURN
Format
Delete All
MOVE
Finalise
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
EXIT
§ÿ≥Õ“®®”‡ªÁπμÈÕß≈∫°“√ªÈÕß°—𥑤°Ï°ËÕπ®–‡√‘Ë¡°
“√·°È‰¢
■
ÀπÈ“®Õ∑’Ë·¤¥ß¢÷ÈπÕ“®·μ°μË“ß°—π ¢÷ÈπÕ¬ŸË°—∫ª√–‡¿∑
¢Õߥ‘¤°Ï
‰∑¬ - 113
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 114
°“√øÕ√·Ï ¡μ¥¤‘ °Ï
°“√ªÕÈ ß°π
— ¥¤‘ °Ï
°“√ªÈÕß°—𥑤°Ï™Ë«¬„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂ªÈÕß°—π·ºË𥑤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥®
“°°“√øÕ√Ï·¡μÀ√◊Õ≈∫∑‘Èß‚¥¬‰¡Ëμ—Èß„®
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
„™È§”·π–π”‡À≈Ë“π’ȇæ◊ËÕ°“√øÕ√Ï·¡μ¥‘¤°Ï
§«√≈∫°“√ªÈÕß°—𥑤°ÏÕÕ°°ËÕπ¥È«¬
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
HDD & DVD RECORDER
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Library
Library
Library
DVD-RW(VR)
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
Library
HDD
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
MOVE
2
SELECT
RETURN
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Disc Manager ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
DVD-RW(VR)
SELECT
RETURN
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Disc Manager ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
Disc Manager
HDD
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
Delete All
Disc Manager
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000:20
Available Space
035:29 SP
[Music/Photo Partition]
Used Space
Availlable Space
Rename
Protection
Finalise
0119MB
4636MB
Format
Delete All
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Protection ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
3
DVD-RW(VR)
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Format ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
Disc Manager
HDD
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Rename
On
Delete All
Do you want to format this disc?
[Music/Photo Partition]
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
Yes 4636MB No
Off
Finalise
SELECT
Disc Manager
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
Disc
NotProtection
Protected
VR-Mode
Protection
MOVE
RETURN
Format
Delete All
EXIT
MOVE
4
Format
EXIT
MOVE
3
EXIT
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° On ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
SELECT
Format
RETURN
EXIT
HDD
• §ÿ≥®–‰¥È√—∫·®Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡¬◊π¬—π 'Do you want to
format this disc?".
• À“°§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ° Yes §ÿ≥®–‰¥È√—∫·®Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡¬◊π¬—π
"All data will be deleted. Do you want to continue?"
114 - ‰∑¬
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 115
DVD-RW
• §ÿ≥®–‰¥È√—∫·®Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡¬◊π¬—π "Choose the
recording format for DVD- RW."
2
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Disc Manager ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
HDD
DVD-RW(VR)
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000:20
Available Space
035:29 SP
00:00
02:10 SP
[Music/Photo Partition]
Used Space
Availlable Space
Choose the recoding format for DVD-RW.
Disc Protection Info
Not Protected
Current Rec.Mode
VR-Mode
DVD-VR
Protection
Disc Manager
Disc Manager
Delete All
DVD-V
Delete All
Finalise
4
SELECT
RETURN
SELECT
RETURN
3
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Delete All ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
HDD
·ºπ
Ë DVD-VR ·≈– DVD-V ®–‰¥√È ∫
— °“√√–∫μ
ÿ “¡√ª
Ÿ
·∫∫°“√∫π
— ∑°÷ ¢Õß·ºπ
Ë
DVD-VR
DVD-RW
EXIT
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
¥‘¤°Ï®–∂Ÿ°øÕ√Ï·¡μ
DISC
Format
Format
MOVE
MOVE
0119MB
4636MB
DVD-V
DVD-RW/DVD-R
Disc Manager
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
Select contents to delete all?
[Music/Photo Partition]
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
4636MB
Title
DivX
Music
Photo
Delete All
MOVE
SELECT
Format
RETURN
EXIT
• ‡¡◊ËÕ¡’¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë∂Ÿ°ªÈÕß°—πÕ¬ŸË: ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ Delete All Title
Lists (≈∫√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥) ®–‰¡Ë∑”ß“πլ˓߉√°Áμ“¡
À“°‡√◊ËÕߪ√–°Õ∫¥È«¬¿“æπ‘Ëß ø—ß°Ï
™—Ëππ’È®–‰¡Ë∑”ß“πÀ“°§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√≈∫√“¬°“√∑’Ë¡’°“√
ªÈÕß°—π „ÀȬ°‡≈‘°°“√ªÈÕß°—π®“°√“¬°“√ Lock (≈ÁÕ§)
≈∫√“¬™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß∑ßÈ— À¡¥/√“¬°“√ DivX/
√“¬°“√‡æ≈ß/ √“¬°“√¿“æ∂“Ë ¬
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
HDD & DVD RECORDER
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
1
Library
HDD
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 115
HR735_01082W-THA-3
4
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 116
°“√≈∫√“¬°“√™ÕË◊ ‡√ÕË◊ ß∑ßÈ— À¡¥
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Title , DivX, Music À√◊Õ Photo
®“°π—Èπ°¥ OK
HDD
Disc Manager
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
1
All playlists will also be deleted.
[Music/Photo Partition]
Do you want to continue?
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
4636MB
Yes
No
Delete All
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
Library
HDD & DVD RECORDER
Format
HDD
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
HDD
Setup
Disc Manager
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
Delete All
SELECT
√
Music
√
Photo
√
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Format
RETURN
EXIT
2
HDD
√
DivX (MPEG4)
MOVE
All DivX(MPEG4) will be deleted.
[Music/Photo Partition]
Do you want to continue?
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
4636MB
Yes
No
MOVE
Title
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Disc Manager ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
Disc Manager
DVD-RW(VR)
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
All music will be deleted.
[Music/Photo Partition]
Do you want to continue?
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
4636MB
Yes
No
Delete All
Format
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
Rename
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
EXIT
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
HDD
Finalise
SELECT
3
All photo will be deleted.
[Music/Photo Partition]
Do you want to continue?
Used Space
0119MB
Availlable Space
4636MB
Yes
No
Delete All
MOVE
SELECT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Delete All ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
• §ÿ≥®–‰¥È√—∫·®Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡¬◊π¬—π "Do you want to
delete all title lists?"
Format
RETURN
EXIT
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
DVD-RW(VR)
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
√“¬°“√‡√◊ËÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥, √“¬°“√ DivX, √“¬°“√‡æ≈ß
À√◊Õ√“¬°“√¿“æ ®–∂Ÿ°≈∫
00:17
01:54 SP
Do you want to delete all title lists?
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Protection
Not Protected
VR-Mode
Yes
Rename
Delete All
MOVE
116 - ‰∑¬
EXIT
Disc Manager
[Title/DivX(MPEG4) Partition]
Used Space
000 20
Available Space
035 29 SP
5
Format
RETURN
No
Finalise
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 117
• ‡¡◊ËÕ¡’¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë∂Ÿ°ªÈÕß°—πÕ¬ŸË: ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ Delete All Title
Lists (≈∫√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥)
®–‰¡Ë∑”ß“πլ˓߉√°Áμ“¡ À“°‡√◊ËÕߪ√–°Õ∫¥È«¬¿“æπ‘Ëß
ø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È®–‰¡Ë∑”ß“π
À“°§ÿ≥μÈÕß°“√≈∫√“¬°“√∑’Ë¡’°“√ªÈÕß°—π
„ÀȬ°‡≈‘°°“√ªÈÕß°—π®“°√“¬°“√ Lock (≈ÁÕ§)
3
°¥ªÿË¡ …† œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Finalise ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
§ÿ≥®–‰¥È√—∫·®Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Do you want to finalise
disc?"
DVD-RW(VR)
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
• ‡¡◊ËÕ„™È·ºËπ DVD-RW ∑’Ë¡’°“√ªÈÕß°—π ®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂
00:17
01:54 SP
Do you want to finalise disc?
Disc Protection Info
Not Protected
Current Rec.Mode
VR-Mode
≈∫¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈®“°¥‘¤°Ï
• À“°§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ° Yes §ÿ≥®–‰¥È√—∫·®Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡¬◊π¬—π
"All playlists will also be deleted. Do you want to
continue?"
4
Rename
Yes
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
√“¬™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥®–∂Ÿ°≈∫
No
Finalise
SELECT
DVD-RW(VR)
À≈—ß®“°§ÿ≥∫—π∑÷°‡√◊ËÕß≈ß„π·ºËπ DVD-RW/DVD-R
¥È«¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥·≈È«
®–®”‡ªÁπμÈÕß∑”°“√‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºËπ°ËÕπ®÷ß®–¤“¡“√∂𔉪‡≈Ëπ°—
∫Õÿª°√≥Ï¿“¬πÕ°‰¥È
HDD & DVD RECORDER
EXIT
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc will be finalised.
Disc Protection InfoDo you want
Not Protected
to continue?
Current Rec.Mode
VR-Mode
Rename
Yes
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
Format
RETURN
À“°§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ° Yes §ÿ≥®–‰¥È√∫
— ·®ÈßÕ’°§
√—Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Disc will be finalised.Do you want to
continue?"
°“√‰øπ≈— ‰≈´·Ï ºπ
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï
1
Disc Manager
4
No
Finalise
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
·ºË𥑤°Ï®–‰¥È√—∫°“√‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
Library
DVD-RW(VR)
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
RETURN
DVD-RW(VR)
Disc Manager
00:17
01:54 SP
Disc Protection Info
Current Rec.Mode
Not Protected
VR-Mode
■
À≈—ß®“°∑”°“√‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï ·ºËπ DVD-R/DVD-RW
(‚À¡¥ video) ®–„™Èß“π‰¥È„π≈—°…≥–‡¥’¬«°—π°—
∫·ºËπ DVD-Video
■
ÀπÈ“®Õ∑’Ë·¤¥ßÕ“®·μ°μË“ß°—π ¢÷ÈπÕ¬Ÿ°
Ë —∫ª√–‡¿∑
¥‘¤°Ï
■
‡«≈“„π°“√‰øπ—≈‰≈´ÏÕ“®·μ°μË“ß°—π ¢÷ÈπÕ¬Ÿ°
Ë —
∫ª√‘¡“≥¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π·ºËπ
■
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈„π·ºËπ®–‰¥È√—∫§«“¡‡¤’¬À“¬À“°‡§√◊ËÕß∫—
π∑÷°¥—∫√–À«Ë“ߢ—ÈπμÕπ°“√‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
EXIT
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Disc Manager ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
Disc Name
Used Space
Available Space
‡¡◊ËÕ‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï·ºË𥑤°Ï·≈È« §ÿ≥®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂≈∫¢ÈÕ
¡Ÿ≈®“°√“¬°“√∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰¥È
Rename
Protection
Delete All
MOVE
Finalise
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
‰∑¬ - 117
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
2
SELECT
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 118
°“√‰¡‰Ë øπ≈— ‰≈´·Ï ºπ
Ë ¥¤‘ °Ï (‚À¡¥ V/VR)
DVD-RW(VR:F)
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Current Rec.Mode
VR-Mode
Disc will be unfinalised.
Do you want to continue?
Yes
No
Unfinalise
1
„π¢≥–∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕßÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥ „ÀÈ°¥ªÿË¡ MENU
DVD-RW(VR:F)
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
Library
HDD
Library
Library
Disc Manager
Programme
Setup
Title
√
DivX (MPEG4)
√
Music
√
Photo
√
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
4
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Yes ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
·ºË𥑤°Ï®–‰¡Ë∂Ÿ°‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
EXIT
■
À¡“¬‡Àμÿ
2
‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
‰¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
¤—≠≈—°…≥Ï DVD-Video(RW) DVD-RW(V)
‡™Ëπ‡¥’¬«°—∫
¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷° ªÈÕß°—π
°“√∑”ß“π
DVD-Video
·≈–≈∫‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡‰¥È
°¥ªÿË¡ …† ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Disc Manager ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
À√◊Õ √
DVD-RW(VR:F)
·ºËπ DVD-RW ¤“¡“√∂∂Ÿ°‰øπ—≈‰≈´ÏÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë‰øπ—
≈‰≈´Ï„π‚À¡¥ Video
Disc Manager
Disc Name
Current Rec.Mode
■
VR-Mode
Unfinalise
MOVE
SELECT
·ºËπ DVD-RW ¤“¡“√∂∂Ÿ°‰øπ—≈‰≈´ÏÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë‰øπ—
≈‰≈´Ï„π‚À¡¥ VR
Format
RETURN
¤—≠≈—°…≥Ï
3
°¥ªÿË¡ œ √ ‡æ◊Õ
Ë ‡≈◊Õ° Unfinalise ®“°π—È𰥪ÿË¡ OK
§ÿ≥®–‰¥È√—∫·®Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Do you want to
unfinalise disc?"
Disc Manager
DVD-RW(VR:F)
°“√μ¥
— μÕË
Disc Name
Current Rec.Mode
VR-Mode
Do you want to unfinalise disc?
Yes
No
Unfinalise
MOVE
SELECT
RETURN
Format
EXIT
À“°§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ° Yes §ÿ≥®–‰¥È√∫
— ·®ÈßÕ’°§
√—Èߥȫ¬¢ÈÕ§«“¡ "Disc will be unfinalised. Do you want
to continue?"
118 - ‰∑¬
‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
‰¡Ë‰øπ—≈‰≈´Ï
DVD-RW(VR:F)
DVD-RW(VR)
EXIT
°“√∑”ß“π
‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷° ≈∫ ¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷° ≈∫
·°È‰¢ ·≈–ªÈÕß°—π
·°È‰¢ ·≈–ªÈÕß°—π
‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡‰¥È
‡æ‘Ë¡‡μ‘¡‰¥È
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 119
°“√·°‰È ¢ª≠
— À“
¢Õ
È ¡≈Ÿ Õ“È ßÕß‘
À“°º≈‘μ¿—≥±Ï¢Õߧÿ≥∑”ß“πº‘¥ª°μ‘ „ÀÈμ√«®¤Õ∫μ“¡√“¬°“
√¥È“π≈Ë“ßπ’È°ËÕπμ‘¥μËÕ»Ÿπ¬Ï∫√‘°“√∑’ˉ¥È√—∫Õπÿ≠“μ¢Õß´—¡´ÿß
°”≈ß— ‰ø
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ‡æ’¬ß™—Ë«§√ŸË‡¡◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï μÈÕß„™È‡«≈
“√–¬–Àπ÷Ëß„π°“√‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈·≈–¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈®–·
¤¥ß‡ªÁπ‡«≈“ª√–¡“≥ 10 «‘π“∑’ À≈—
ß®“°‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß
·μËÀ“°μ—È߇ª‘¥ø—ß°Ï™—π°“√∫—π∑÷°·∫∫ Quick
Recording (√«¥‡√Á«) ‡§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷° HDD &
DVD ®–‡√‘Ë¡°“√∑”ß“πլ˓ß√«¥‡√Á« ´÷Ëߙ˫¬
„Àȧÿ≥¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°™ËÕß∑’ËμÈÕß°“√‰¥È„π∑—
π∑’ (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 33)
°“√∫π
— ∑°÷
‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°√“¬°“√∑’«’
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“‡¤’¬∫¤“¬‰ø°—∫‡μÈ“√—
∫‰øøÈ“·πËπÀπ“·≈È«À√◊Õ‰¡Ë
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
§ÿ≥μ—Èß°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“™ËÕ߇§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ∂Ÿ°μÈÕßÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 3
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“¡’æ◊Èπ∑’Ë«Ë“ß„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï/·ºËπ
DVD-RW/-R ¢Õߧÿ≥
¢ÈÕ¡≈Ÿ Õ“È ßÕß‘
À≈—ß®“°°¥ªÿË¡ REC ·≈È« ‰¡Ë¡’°“√μÕ∫¤πÕß
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
°“√·°È‰¢ª—≠À“ ....................................................119
¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–........................................................123
°“√∫—π∑÷°¤“¡“√∂∑”‰¥È„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï/·ºËπ
DVD- RW/-R ‡∑Ë“π—π
È
À“°‚ª√·°√¡¡’°“√ªÈÕß°—π°“√§—¥≈Õ°‰«È
®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‰«È
‰∑¬ - 119
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 120
°“√‡≈π
Ë ¿“æ
‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤°Ï
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“„¤Ë·ºË𥑤°Ï∂Ÿ°μÈÕß·≈È« ‚¥¬À—
π¥È“π©≈“°¢÷Èπ
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
μ√«®√À—¤¿Ÿ¡¿
‘ “§¢Õß·ºËπ DVD
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 3
‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‡§√◊ËÕßπ’ÈÕ“®‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡≈Ëπ·ºË𥑤
°Ï∫“ߪ√–‡¿∑‰¥È(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 7, 44)
°“√∑”ß“π¢Õß¡ÿ¡°≈ÈÕ߉¡Ë∑”ß“π‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈Ëπ·ºËπ DVD
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
°“√∑”ß“π¢Õß¡ÿ¡°≈ÈÕß®–„™È‰¥ÈμËÕ‡¡◊ËÕ·ºËπ¥‘
¤°Ï¡’¿“æ∑’Ë®—∫¿“殓°¡ÿ¡∑’Ë·μ°μË“ß°—π
‰¡Ë‡≈Ëπ‡¤’¬ß ·≈–/À√◊Õ ¿“…“§”∫√√¬“¬ ∑’‡Ë ≈◊Õ°
‰Õ§Õπ
·¤¥ß¢÷π
È ∑’À
Ë πÈ“®Õ
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
§ÿ≥‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂„™È°“√∑”ß“πÀ√◊Õø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ—Èπ
‡π◊ËÕß®“°‡Àμÿº≈μËÕ‰ªπ’È:
(1) ·ºËπ DVD ∂Ÿ°°”®—¥
(2) ·ºËπ DVD ¢Õߧÿ≥‰¡Ë√Õß√—∫§ÿ≥¤¡∫—μ‘π’È
(μ—«Õ¬Ë“ß‡™Ëπ: ¡ÿ¡°≈ÈÕß)
(3) ¢≥–π’Ȭ—߉¡Ë¡’§ÿ≥¤¡∫—μ‘π’È„ÀÈ„™È
(4) §ÿ≥¢Õ¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡√◊ËÕß ∫∑ À√◊Õ‡«≈“°“√·¤°π
∑’ËÕ¬ŸËπÕ°™Ë«ß
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
‡¤’¬ß·≈–¿“…“§”∫√√¬“¬‡ªÁπ°“√°”À𥇩
æ“–¢Õß·ºË𥑤°Ï·ºËπ DVD
®–·¤¥ß‡©æ“–‡¤’¬ß·≈–¿“…“§”∫√√¬“¬∑’¡
Ë ’
Õ¬ŸË„π·ºËπ‡∑Ë“π—Èπ ·≈–®–·¤¥ß¢÷Èπ„π‡¡πŸ¥‘¤°Ï
‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂§—¥≈Õ°‡√◊ËÕßÀ√◊Õ‰ø≈ωª¬—ß‚À¡¥Õ◊Ëπ
°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“‚À¡¥°“√‡≈Ëπ·μ°μË“ß®“°°“√
μ—Èߧ˓∑’Ë°”Àπ¥‰«È„π‡¡πŸ °“√μ—Èߧ˓
¢ÈÕ¡≈Ÿ Õ“È ßÕß‘
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
·ºË𥑤°Ï‰¡Ë√Õß√—∫ø—ß°Ï™—Ëπ
∑—ÈßÀ¡¥∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°„π°√≥’ °“√
μ—Èߧ˓∫“ßլ˓ß∑’Ë°”Àπ¥‰«È„π‡¡πŸ°“√
μ—ßÈ §Ë“Õ“®®–∑”ß“π‰¡Ë‡À¡“–¤¡
‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂‡ª≈’ˬπÕ—μ√“¤Ë«π¿“æ
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
120 - ‰∑¬
Õ—μ√“¤Ë«π¿“æ∂Ÿ°°”Àπ¥·πËπÕπ„π·ºËπ
DVD (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 39)
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
·ºËπ DVD ∑’Ë¡’°“√‡¢È“√À—¤ªÈÕß°—π°“√§—
¥≈Õ°®–‰¡Ë¤“¡“√∂§—
¥≈Õ°≈ß„πŒ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï‰¥È
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
‚ª√¥¥Ÿ∑’Ë "¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–°“√§—¥≈Õ°‡π◊ÈÕÀ“"
∑’ËÀπÈ“ 5 ‡æ◊ËÕμ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“¤π—∫¤πÿπ°“√§—
¥≈Õ°À√◊Õ‰¡Ë
‚ª√¥¥Ÿ "V-Mode Compatibility" ∑’ËÀπÈ“ 38
‡æ◊ËÕμ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“¤π—∫¤πÿπ°“√§—¥≈Õ°À√◊Õ‰¡Ë
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 121
«¥
‘ ‚’ Õ
°“√∫π
— ∑°
÷ ·∫∫μßÈ— ‡«≈“
‰øμ—ßÈ ‡«≈“°–æ√‘∫
·ºËπÀ¡ÿπ ·μˉ¡Ë¡¿
’ “æÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¡’§≥
ÿ ¿“æ·¬Ë
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
¥Ÿ„ÀÈ·πË„®«Ë“°“√μ—Èߧ˓«‘¥’‚Õ∂Ÿ°μÈÕß
(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 39~41)
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“·ºËπ‡¤’¬À“¬À√◊Õ¡’«—
¤¥ÿ·ª≈°·ª≈ßÕ¬ŸË∫𥑤°ÏÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 3
·ºË𥑤°Ï∑’Ë¡’§ÿ≥¿“æμË”∫“ß·ºËπÕ“®·¤¥ß
º≈‰¡Ë‡À¡“–¤¡
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 4
À“°©“°‡ª≈’Ë¬π®“°¤’¡◊¥‡ªÁπ¤«Ë“ß„π∑—π∑’∑—
π„¥ ÀπÈ“®ÕÕ“®¤—Ëπμ“¡·π«μ—Èß™—Ë«§√ŸË
·μˉ¡Ë∂Õ
◊ ‡ªÁπ¢ÈÕ∫°æ√ËÕß
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
„π°“√∫—π∑÷° „ÀÈμ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“¡’æ◊Èπ∑’ˇ撬ß
æÕ„π·ºË𥑤°Ï À√◊Õ HDD
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“¥‘¤°Ïª—®®ÿ∫—π¤“¡“√∂∫—π∑÷°‰
¥ÈÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë
¥Ÿ„ÀÈ·πË„®°ËÕπ∂÷߇«≈“‡√‘Ë¡μÈπ°“√∫—π∑÷°
°“√∫—π∑÷°·∫∫μ—È߇«≈“∑”ß“π‰¡Ë‡À¡“–¤¡
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
‡¤¬
’ ß
μ√«®¤Õ∫°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“‡«≈“°“√∫—π∑÷°·≈–‡«≈
“¤‘Èπ¤ÿ¥Õ’°§√—Èß
°“√∫—π∑÷°®–∂Ÿ°¬°‡≈‘°À“°¡’°“√™–ß—°ß—
π¢Õß°√–·¤‰øøÈ“ ‡π◊Õ
Ë ß®“°‰ø¥—∫À√◊Õ‡Àμÿ
º≈Õ◊Ëπ∑’˧≈È“¬§≈÷ß°—π¢≥–∑”°“√∫—π∑÷°
HDMI
‰¡Ë¡’‡¤’¬ß
‰¡Ë¡¤
’ ≠
— ≠“≥ÕÕ° HDMI
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
§ÿ≥¥Ÿ‚ª√·°√¡„π‚À¡¥‡≈Ëπ¿“æ™È“À√◊Õ‚À
¡¥¢È“¡À√◊Õ‰¡Ë
À“°§ÿ≥°”≈—߇≈Ëπ‚ª√·°√¡¥È«¬§«“¡‡√Á«
∑’ˉ¡Ë„™Ë§«“¡‡√Á«ª°μ‘ Õ“®‰¡Ë¡’‡¤’¬ß„Àȉ¥È¬‘π
(¬°‡«Èπ°“√§ÈπÀ“·∫∫‡¥‘πÀπÈ“ (Fast1)
„𥑤°Ï)
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
μ√«®¤Õ∫°“√‡™◊Õ
Ë ¡μËÕ·≈–°“√μ—ßÈ §Ë“
(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 21~22, 37~38)
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 3
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“·ºËπ‡¤’¬À“¬À√◊Õ‰¡Ë∑”§«“¡¤
–Õ“¥·ºËπ À“°®”‡ªÁπ
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 4
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“„¤Ë·ºË𥑤°Ï∂Ÿ°μÈÕß·≈È« ‚¥¬À—
π¥È“π©≈“°¢÷Èπ
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“‚À¡¥π—ÈπÕ¬ŸË„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥Õ¬ŸËÀ
√◊Õ‰¡Ë §ÿ≥¤“¡“√∂¤≈—∫‚À¡¥ HDMI „π‚À¡
¥À¬ÿ¥
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
μ√«®¤Õ∫¤—≠≠“≥«‘¥‚’ ÕÕÕ°«Ë“‡ª‘¥°“√
∑”ß“π HDMI ‰«ÈÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 3
μ√«®¤Õ∫°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡μËÕ√–À«Ë“ß‚∑√∑—»πÏ·≈–
·®Á§ HDMI ∫π‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° HDD & DVD
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 4
¥Ÿ«“Ë ‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥¤π—∫¤πÿπ HDMI À√◊Õ‰¡Ë
ÀπÈ“®Õ¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ° HDMI º‘¥ª°μ‘
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
∂È“¡’¤≠
— ≠“≥√∫°«πª√“°Ø∫πÀπÈ“®Õ
À¡“¬§«“¡«Ë“‚∑√∑—»πω¡Ë¤π—∫¤πÿπ HDCP
(°“√ªÈÕß°—π‡π◊ÈÕÀ“¥‘®‘μÕ≈·∫π¥Ï«‘∏¤Ÿß)
¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ° HDMI °√–μÿ°
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“§ÿ≥‡≈◊Õ°μ—«‡≈◊Õ°¤—
≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß¥‘®‘μÕ≈ÕÕ°∑’Ë∂Ÿ°μÈÕß„π‡¡πŸ
Audio Output Options (μ—«‡≈◊Õ°¤—
≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ßÕÕ°)(¥ŸÀπÈ“ 37)
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“¡’°“√μ—Èߧ˓√–∫∫‚∑√∑—»πÏÕ
¬Ë“ß∂Ÿ°μÈÕß
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
‚ª√¥ÕË“π§ŸË¡◊ÕºŸÈ„™È¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πÏ¢Õߧÿ≥
‰∑¬ - 121
¢ÈÕ¡≈Ÿ Õ“È ßÕß‘
‰¡Ë¡’¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ßÕÕ°
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 122
™¥
ÿ √‚’ ¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
ª—≠À“Õ◊π
Ë Ê
√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈‰¡Ë∑”ß“π
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
‡≈Áß√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈‰ª∑’Ëμ—«√—∫∑’ˇ§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥°–√–¬–ÀË“ß∑’ˇÀ¡
“–¤¡¬È“¬¤‘Ëß°’¥¢«“ß√–À«Ë“߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°
DVD & Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï ·≈–√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“·∫μ‡μÕ√’Õ
Ë Õ
Ë πÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 3
μ√«®¤Õ∫«Ë“‡≈◊Õ°ªÿË¡§«∫§ÿ¡ TV ‰«ÈÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë
Õπ
Ë◊ Ê
≈◊¡√À—¤ºË“π§«∫§ÿ¡°“√¥Ÿ‚¥¬ºŸÈª°§√Õß
¢ÈÕ¡≈Ÿ Õ“È ßÕß‘
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
°¥ªÿË¡ PROG(
) ∑’Ë·ºß§«∫§ÿ¡¥È“πÀ
πÈ“¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕß∫—π∑÷°§È“߉«È‡ªÁπ‡«≈“π“π°«Ë“
5 «‘π“∑’ ‚¥¬‰¡Ë¡’·ºË𥑤°Ï„π
‡§√◊ËÕß°“√μ—Èߧ˓∑—ÈßÀ¡¥√«¡∑—Èß√À—
¤ºË“π®–∂Ÿ°‡√’¬°§◊π°≈—∫‡ªÁπ§Ë“®“°‚√ßß“π
լ˓„™È«‘∏’π’Ȭ°‡«ÈπÀ≈’°‡≈’ˬ߉¡Ë‰¥Èլ˓߷∑È®√‘ß
(‚ª√¥∑√“∫«Ë“ø—ß°Ï™—Ëππ’È®–∑”‰¥ÈμËÕ‡¡◊ËÕ
‰¡Ë¡’·ºË𥑤°Ï„¤Ë‰«È‡∑Ë“π—Èπ)
®–‡ª≈’¬
Ë π§”∫√√¬“¬·≈–¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß¢Õß·ºËπ∑’∫
Ë —
π∑÷°·≈È«‰¥ÈÀ√◊Õ‰¡Ë
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
122 - ‰∑¬
·ºËπ∑’Ë∫—
π∑÷°·≈È«®–‡≈Ëπ‡©æ“–§”∫√√¬“¬·≈–¤—
≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß∑’ˇ≈◊Õ°‰«È√–À«Ë“ß°“√∫—π∑÷°
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 1
‚ª√¥ÕË“π¤“√∫—≠
·≈–§ÈπÀ“·≈–ÕË“π¤Ë«π∑’Ë√–∫ÿ∂÷ߪ—
≠À“∑’§
Ë ≥
ÿ æ∫ ·≈–ªØ‘∫—
μ‘μ“¡§”·π–π”∑’„Ë Àȉ«È
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 2
∂Õ¥·≈–‡¤’¬∫ª≈—°
Í ‡§√◊Õ
Ë ß∫—π∑÷° DVD &
Œ“√Ï¥¥‘¤°Ï¢Õߧÿ≥
®¥
ÿ μ√«® 3
À“°ª—≠À“¬—ߧ߷°È‰¡Ë‰¥È
‚ª√¥μ‘¥μËÕ»Ÿπ¬Ï∫√‘°“√¢Õß´—
¡´ÿ¡„°≈È∫È“π§ÿ≥
HR735_01082W-THA-3
2006.4.12
12:17 PM
Page 123
¢ÕÈ ¡≈Ÿ ®”‡æ“–
∑—Ë«‰ª
¢ÈÕ°”Àπ¥¥È“π‰øøÈ“
110-240V 50/60Hz
°“√∫√‘‚¿§æ≈—ßß“π
35 «—μμÏ / 4.3 «—μμÏ (ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß)
πÈ”Àπ—°
3.9 °°.
¢π“¥
430¡¡.(°.) x 300¡¡.(≈.) x 59¡¡.(¤.)
Õÿ≥À¿Ÿ¡‘¢≥–∑”ß“π
‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢Õ◊ËπÊ
«‘¥’‚Õ
¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“
‡¤’¬ß
¤—≠≠“≥ DV ‡¢È“
™ËÕߤ—≠≠“≥∑’ˤ“¡“√∂√—∫‰¥È
+5°C ∂÷ß +35°C
μ—È߇§√◊ËÕß„Àȉ¥È√–¥—∫‡¡◊ËÕ„™Èß“π §«“¡™◊Èπ¤—¡æ—∑∏Ï°“√∑”ß“πμË”°«Ë“ 75%
§Õ¡‚æ¤‘μ«‘¥’‚Õ:1.0 V p-p ∑’Ë‚À≈¥ 75Ω, ´‘ߧχπ°“∑’ø
¤—≠≠“≥‡¢È“ S-Video (Y: 1.0Vp-p, C: 0.286Vp-p ∑’Ë‚À≈¥ 75Ω)
√–¥—∫¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß‡¢È“¤Ÿß¤ÿ¥2Vrms
·®Á§ IEEE 1394(4p) ∑’ˤπ—∫¤πÿπ
PAL, SECAM-B/G, D/K, I
·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥Õ–π“≈ÁÕ°ÕÕ° x 2
‡¤’¬ß
¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ßÕÕ°∑“ߤ“¬ÕÕªμ‘§—≈ /‚§·Õ°´Ï¥‘®‘μÕ≈
¤—≠≠“≥ÕÕ°
§Õ¡‚æ¤‘μ«‘¥’‚Õ:·®Á§¤—≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚ÕÕÕ° x 1
«‘¥’‚Õ
¤—≠≠“≥‡Õ¤-«‘¥’‚ÕÕÕ° x 1 (Y:1.0Vp-p, C:0.286Vp-p ∑’Ë‚À≈¥ 75Ω)
¤—≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππμÏÕÕ° x 1 (Y:1.0Vp-p, Pb:0.70Vp-p, Pr:0.70Vp-p ∑’Ë‚À≈¥ 75Ω)
HDMI/DVI(576p)
√Ÿª·∫∫∫’∫Õ—¥¿“æ
MPEG-II
√Ÿª·∫∫∫’∫Õ—¥‡¤’¬ß
¥Õ≈∫’È¥‘®‘μÕ≈ 2ch/256Kbps, MPEG-II
°“√∫—π∑÷°
XP (ª√–¡“≥ 8.5 Mbps), SP (ª√–¡“≥ 4.5 Mbps), LP (ª√–¡“≥ 2.5 Mbps),
§ÿ≥¿“æ°“√∫—π∑÷°
°“√μÕ∫¤πÕߧ«“¡∂’ˇ¤’¬ß
§«“¡®ÿ HDD
EP (ª√–¡“≥ 1.6 Mbps À√◊Õª√–¡“≥ 1.2 Mbps)
20 Hz~20 kHz
DVD-HR735
160 GB
DVD-HR736
250 GB
™π‘¥·ºË𥑤°Ï
¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ßÕ–π“≈ÁÕ°ÕÕ°
¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß¥‘®‘μÕ≈ÕÕ°
DVD
48 / 96kHz
48kHz
AUDIO CD(CD-DA)
44.1kHz
44.1kHz
‰∑¬ - 123
¢ÈÕ¡≈Ÿ Õ“È ßÕß‘
¤≠
— ≠“≥‡¤¬
’ ßÕÕ°
¤”À√—∫·ºËπ DVD ¤—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°∑’˧«“¡∂’ˤÿË¡μ—«Õ¬Ë“ß 96kHz ®–∂Ÿ°·ª≈ß·≈–¤Ëߤ—≠≠“≥‡¤’¬ßÕÕ°∑’˧«“¡∂’Ë 48kHz
¢ÈÕ¡≈Ÿ Õ“È ßÕß‘
HR735_01082W-THA-3
124 - ‰∑¬
2006.4.11
1:33 AM
Page 124
HR735_01082W-THA-3
‰∑¬
2006.4.12
12:17 PM
Page 125
AK68-01082W